20-F 1 u48449e20vf.htm FORM 20-F e20vf
Table of Contents

 
 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION,

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM 20-F

     
(Mark One)
   
 
   
o
  REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
  OR
 
   
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
   
  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004
 
   
  OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
   
  For the transition period from                      to                     
 
   
  Commission file number 0-25670

Abbey National plc

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Abbey National House, 2 Triton Square, Regent’s Place, London NW1 3AN, England
(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

     
Title of each
Class
  Name of each exchange
on which registered
Non-cumulative Dollar-denominated Preference   New York Stock Exchange*
Shares of nominal value $0.01 each, Series B    
American Depositary Shares,   New York Stock Exchange
each representing one Non-cumulative    
Dollar-denominated Preference Share    
of nominal value $0.01, Series B (ANBPRC)    
7.25% Perpetual Subordinated Capital Securities   New York Stock Exchange
(SXA)    
7.375% Perpetual Subordinated Capital Securities   New York Stock Exchange
(SXP)    


* Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing of related American Depositary Shares

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

         
Ordinary Shares of nominal value 10 pence each
    None  
10 3/8%  Non-cumulative Preference Shares of nominal value £1 each
    200,000,000  
8 5/8% Non-cumulative Preference Shares of nominal value £1 each
    125,000,000  
7 3/8% Non-cumulative Dollar-denominated Preference Shares of nominal value $0.01 each, Series B
    18,000,000  


     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes þ            No o

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17 o            Item 18 þ

 
 

 


Contents

         
       
    2  
    3  
    6  
 
       
       
    7  
    11  
    19  
    38  
    43  
    47  
    70  
 
       
       
    80  
    83  
    92  
 
       
       
Independent Auditors’ Report to the Members of Abbey National plc
    97  
Primary Financial Statements
    98  
Accounting Policies
    103  
Notes to the Financial Statements
    109  
Five Year Record
    195  
 
       
       
    199  
    201  
    202  
    203  
 
       
    205  
 
       
    206  
 Memorandum and Articles of Association of Abbey National plc
 List of Subsidiaries of Abbey National plc
 CEO Certificate pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 CFO Certificate pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 Certificate pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

(ABBEY LOGO)

1


Table of Contents

Business Review and Forward-looking statements

Chairman’s Statement

This was a year of unprecedented change for Abbey National plc (“Abbey”) culminating in the acquisition of Abbey by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. The offer was recommended by the Boards of both companies and it became effective on 12 November 2004.

     2004 was the second year of a three-year turnaround plan involving a significant amount of reorganisation across the whole company - particularly in the first six months. At the same time we - like our peers - have had to prepare for and implement significant regulatory changes including rules governing mortgage lending. In addition, Abbey and its people also had to cope with the uncertainty and extra demands arising from the takeover activity.

     Given these challenges, Abbey produced a resilient set of results. At the start of 2004, I said that we had to be able to show tangible evidence of progress - both for our customers and our shareholders. For our customers we have improved the quality of the service and products that we offer - but accept that we can and must do better. For our shareholders, the value of the Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. offer represented a premium of circa 38% compared to the average share price in the three months prior to announcing the deal - and subsequently the strong performance in the Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. share price to the date of this report has increased this value further.

     Abbey returned to profit in 2004 after two successive years of losses even after incurring a further £564m of reorganisation costs and post acquisition charges. The risks within the Portfolio Business Unit have been substantially removed - and we have reached agreement with the Financial Services Authority in relation to the closed with-profits funds.

     There have been a number of changes to the management team since the completion of the sale of Abbey. Francisco Gómez-Roldán, formerly Finance Director of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., is Abbey’s new Chief Executive. Francisco has held various senior posts with Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., including key roles in turning around the performance of two Spanish banks, Banesto and Argentaria. Since his appointment we have restructured the board - introducing a simpler structure with clearer lines of responsibility with increased prominence to risk and compliance. In February, Graeme Hardie, former Head of NatWest Retail Banking, joined the Board as Executive Director, Sales and Marketing, and in May, Paul Bradshaw joined Abbey as Head of Insurance and Asset Management. Nathan Bostock also joined the Board as Executive Director, Finance and Markets. We also have a new non-executive director team - with Keith Woodley and myself being joined by a number of highly experienced individuals from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., and Andrew Longhurst, former Chairman of Cheltenham & Gloucester.

     I expect 2005 to be a good year for Abbey. I continue to be impressed by our people, and their resilience and willingness to rise to the challenge. We have clear priorities for 2005, set around cost reduction and sales productivity, whilst maintaining a strong focus on risk and compliance.

     Although there are still challenges ahead, and we will have to make some tough decisions, we are now in a strong position with the support of Grupo Santander to reaffirm Abbey’s position as one of the leading banks in the UK.

Lord Burns, Chairman

2


Table of Contents

Business Review and Forward-looking Statements

Chief Executive’s Review

Overview

Abbey returned to profit, with resilient results given a year of change, and the impact of takeover activity on the business in the second half. Abbey is now emerging from a period of significant disruption, having tackled and removed serious risks that threatened the company’s prospects and future.

     There remains huge potential in Abbey’s core retail banking franchise — with about 18 million customers, the Abbey brand and strong market positions — there is scope for Abbey to reverse the underperformance in recent years and reaffirm its position as a leader in personal financial services in the UK. We need to do more with our existing customers — both in terms of retention and cross-selling more products that meet their needs.

     On 12 November 2004, the acquisition of Abbey by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. was completed, making Abbey an important part of one of the largest global banking groups in the world. Abbey’s focus, like that of Grupo Santander is retail banking — working hard at the basics and aiming to improve sales and revenue performance across all our sales channels. At Executive level, we are completing a top class team and are confident we will demonstrate good progress throughout 2005.

Key financial highlights:

     
>
  statutory profit before tax of £273m (2003: a loss of £(686)m), and a profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of £32m (2003: a loss of £(759)m);
 
   
>
  statutory profit before tax for Personal Financial Services of £250m (2003: £235m);
 
   
>
  trading profit before tax for Personal Financial Services of £814m compared with £1,021m in 2003, with the decline largely attributable to a narrowing of the Personal Financial Services Spread by 30 basis points;
 
   
>
  excluding restructuring charges, trading cost growth was restrained to below inflation;
 
   
>
  credit quality remains excellent, with no significant signs of deterioration on either the secured or unsecured loan portfolios;
 
   
>
  a Personal Financial Services trading cost:income ratio of 61.5% and return on equity of 12.1%;
 
   
>
  non-trading charges of £564m include £321m of reorganisation costs incurred through 2004, and a further £243m of post-acquisition charges;
 
   
>
  total customer loans of £94.3bn, up 4% on last year;
 
   
>
  the Portfolio Business Unit assets have further reduced by 62% to £4.7bn, now less than 10% of the original £60bn, and a statutory profit reported for 2004; and
 
   
>
  capital ratios remain strong, with an equity tier 1 ratio of 7.0%.

New business flows in 2004 were mixed, with mortgage new business and investment sales lower than in 2003, but with a turnaround in savings inflows building momentum, and good performances in terms of unsecured lending and bank account openings.

     During the latter part of 2004 signs of revenue stabilisation have been apparent, but the outlook on revenues for 2005 remains tough. Against this backdrop we will work to improve sales productivity while at the same time reducing costs.

Rebranding:

In February, we also announced the alignment of the Abbey corporate identity with the global identity used by Grupo Santander across 40 countries. The familiar Abbey brand name will continue to be used with Grupo Santander’s flame symbol, showing that Abbey is now part of a strong and dynamic group. The focus on improving the customer experience remains – we want to make banking an easier and better experience.

Strategic Outline

Priorities for 2005:

     
>
  improving sales performance and productivity;
 
   
>
  stabilising revenue trends in mortgages and savings, and positioning the Personal Financial Services business for revenue growth in 2006;
 
   
>
  significant cost base reductions; and
 
   
>
  maintaining a strong focus on risk and compliance.

3


Table of Contents

Business Review and Forward-looking Statements

Chief Executive’s Review

Improving sales performance and productivity:

Key to unlocking the potential in the Abbey customer franchise is improving sales performance and productivity across all sales channels — branch, telephone, electronic and intermediary.

Work is underway to:

     
>
  increase the number and quality of customer-facing employees;
 
   
>
  introduce a new incentive scheme more closely linked to performance and quality of service;
 
   
>
  introduce new minimum sales performance standards;
 
   
>
  improve local management information, particularly in branches, to increase local accountability;
 
   
>
  rebrand and refurbish branches, commencing from May; and
 
   
>
  ensure that all call centres can advise and sell across a wider range of Personal Financial Services products – with a seamless link with the branches to assist in terms of retention.

The intermediary channel remains an important part of Abbey’s plans for delivering growth, with the priority on improving service levels, particularly for our main Independent Financial Adviser relationships, including enhancing our online capability and tailoring products exclusively for the Independent Financial Adviser channel.

Revenues:

In 2005, the aim is to stabilise mortgage and savings income, with retaining existing customers a key driver of value. In terms of new business we are targeting an improvement in mortgage sales trends through all channels. In the future, Abbey will compete more effectively in its core markets, and over the next 18 months, we will continue to develop higher margin products such as large loans, buy-to-let and new build.

     In savings, the focus continues to be to rebuild the profitable branch-based franchise, in addition to using electronic channels.

     Outside mortgages and savings, improvements are expected in 2005 across most product areas. In particular, we expect to make progress in rebuilding investment sales with the first step being a new range launched in March, focusing on capital guaranteed offers that use our structuring capability in Abbey Financial Markets. We are also developing plans to boost our unsecured lending, general insurance and Small and Medium Enterprise operations.

Tackling the cost base:

The first phase of work to reduce Abbey’s cost base is underway, including:

     
>
  removing 4,000 roles by the end of the year. The vast majority of the roles removed to date relate to back-office functions without affecting our risk and compliance capability;
 
   
>
  cancellation of 60% of projects, that do not relate to Partenon, Grupo Santander’s information technology platform. This is without damaging revenue prospects; and
 
   
>
  introduction of a new management team with specific responsibility to control the cost base.

In 2005, the programme of site rationalisation will be accelerated, focusing on reducing the number of call centres in the UK (currently 25), and supported by the development of a single telephony platform.

     The other component of the first phase of cost reduction involves a project spanning 10 workstreams focusing on business and process re-engineering, with benefits expected to increase from 2006.

     The second phase of cost reduction involves the rollout, from late in 2006, of Partenon, and detailed plans are now in place.

Measuring Abbey’s progress:

We remain confident of achieving the published revenue and cost synergies:

     
>
  £150m of revenue synergies by 2007 with momentum from 2006; and
 
   
>
  a run-rate of £200m gross cost savings by the end of 2006, rising to £300m by 2007.

During the course of 2005 we expect to be able to demonstrate evidence of:

     
>
  increased numbers of customer facing staff;
 
   
>
  increased staffing levels dedicated to sell;
 
   
>
  reduced new joiner staff turnover;
 
   
>
  improved sales performance across all channels;
 
   
>
  improved market share trends across the range of Personal Financial Services products;
 
   
>
  successful product launches;
 
   
>
  further site closures; and
 
   
>
  4,000 roles removed across the business.

In terms of financial performance during 2005, we are targeting to:

     
>
  stabilise Personal Financial Services trading revenue trends on an underlying basis;
 
   
>
  accelerate cost savings, with a cost reduction in 2005 of £150m instead of the £100m originally targeted; and

4


Table of Contents

Business Review and Forward-looking Statements

Chief Executive’s Review

     
>
  reduce reorganisation charges, which will be in line with previous guidance of circa £150m per year, in addition to which, there will be some ongoing spend associated with regulatory change.

2004 marked the year that Abbey returned to profit. This business has huge potential. We can now realise this using Santander’s strength and placing a strong emphasis on execution.

Francisco Gómez-Roldán
Chief Executive

5


Table of Contents

Business review and forward-looking statements

Forward-looking statements

Abbey may from time to time make written or oral forward-looking statements. Written forward-looking statements may appear in documents filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission, including this Annual Report, reports to shareholders and other communications. The US Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 contains a safe harbour for forward-looking statements on which Abbey relies in making such disclosures. Examples of such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

     
>
  projections or expectations of revenues, costs, profit (or loss), earnings (or loss) per share, dividends, capital structure or other financial items or ratios;
 
   
>
  statements of plans, objectives or goals of Abbey or its management, including those related to products or services;
 
   
>
  statements of future economic performance; and
 
   
>
  statements of assumptions underlying such statements.

Words such as “believes”, “anticipates”, “expects”, “intends”, “aims”, and “plans” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.

     By their very nature, forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, both general and specific, and risks exist that the predictions, forecasts, projections and other forward-looking statements will not be achieved. Abbey cautions readers that a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from the plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions expressed in such forward-looking statements made by Abbey or on Abbey’s behalf. These factors include:

     
>
  inflation, interest rate, exchange rate, market and monetary fluctuations;
 
   
>
  the effect of, and changes to, regulation and government policy;
 
   
>
  the effects of competition in the geographic and business areas in which Abbey conducts operations;
 
   
>
  changes in consumer spending, saving and borrowing habits in the United Kingdom and in other countries in which Abbey conducts operations;
 
   
>
  the effects of changes in laws, regulations, taxation or accounting standards or practices;
 
   
>
  the ability to increase market share and control expenses;
 
   
>
  the timely development of and acceptance of new products and services of Abbey and the perceived overall value of these products and services by users;
 
   
>
  acquisitions and disposals;
 
   
>
  technological changes;
 
   
>
  the possibility of foreign exchange controls, expropriation, nationalisation or confiscation of assets in countries in which Abbey conducts operations; and
 
   
>
  Abbey’s success at managing the risks of the foregoing.

Abbey cautions that the foregoing list of important factors is not exhaustive. When relying on forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to Abbey, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other uncertainties and events. Such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and Abbey does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any of them, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

6


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Business Overview

This section contains forward-looking statements that involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in such forward-looking statements. See “Forward-looking statements” on page 6.

General

Abbey National plc (“Abbey”) and its subsidiaries operate primarily in the UK, and from 12 November 2004 form part of Grupo Santander. Abbey is a significant financial services provider in the UK, being the second largest residential mortgage lender, third largest savings brand, and operates across the full range of personal financial services serving circa 18 million customers. Grupo Santander is Europe’s largest banking group with 5,900 branches in 15 countries and is one of the world’s 10 largest banks by market capitalisation.

     The principal executive office and the registered office of Abbey National plc and Abbey National Treasury Services plc is Abbey House, 2 Triton Square, Regent’s Place, London NW1 3AN. The telephone number of Abbey is +44-(0)870-607-6000. The designated agent for service of process on Abbey National plc in the United States is CT Corporation System, with offices at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10011. Please see “Operating and Financial review – Tangible fixed assets” for further information regarding Abbey’s properties.

Summary history of Abbey National plc

The Abbey National Building Society (the Society) was formed in 1944 with the merger of two long-standing building societies. In 1988, Abbey National plc was incorporated as a bank and in 1989 the Society transferred business to Abbey National plc as part of the conversion and listing on the London Stock Exchange. In 2003, the brand name was shortened to Abbey and this is the name we use in this Annual Report and Accounts. During 2004, Abbey was acquired by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. The transaction was recommended by the Board of Abbey, and via a scheme of arrangement became effective on 12 November 2004.

Corporate purpose and strategy

Abbey’s purpose and goal is to maximise value for the shareholders of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., focusing on the provision of personal financial services in the UK.

     Over the last two years, Abbey has made good progress in restructuring the business — exiting the large majority of £60bn of assets and businesses that were deemed non-core and investing in the ongoing Personal Financial Services operations. As part of Grupo Santander, this programme will be accelerated. Priorities for 2005 are delivering material further cost savings, improving sales productivity in Abbey’s sales channels, and positioning the bank for a return to revenue growth.

     From a Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. perspective, the acquisition of Abbey reflects its confidence in being able to accelerate Abbey’s turnaround, as well as providing a platform for growth in the UK and improving its global diversification and balance.

Executive Responsibility

Following the completion of the acquisition by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., a new organisational structure is being implemented with a revised set of executive responsibilities.

     The new management structure, announced in November 2004, is headed by Francisco Gómez-Roldán (Chief Executive). Francisco was previously Finance Director of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., before which he held a variety of other senior positions in Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.

     The new structure has the following divisions:

     
>
  Sales and Marketing - responsible for all direct sales (branches, telephone, internet banking) and intermediary channels. Also responsible for marketing including product design and pricing, branding and advertising. This role combines the previous Customer Sales and Customer Propositions functions. Graeme Hardie, former head of Natwest retail customer sales, joined Abbey and was appointed to the Board in February 2005 to head this division.
 
   
>
  Insurance and Asset Management - responsible for the long-term savings and general insurance business together with the asset management activities of the Group. This is a new division reflecting the importance of these markets to Abbey and is headed by Paul Bradshaw who joined Abbey in May 2005.
 
   
>
  Manufacturing - responsible for all information technology and operations activity (including service centres). This is a new division that combines the previous Customer Operations and Information Technology divisions, and is headed by Tony Wyatt.
 
   
>
  Finance and Markets - this is a new division that comprises Abbey Financial Markets, Finance and the Portfolio Business Unit, and is headed by Nathan Bostock.
 
   
>
  Human Resources - responsible for all human resources strategy and personnel support. This division is headed by Priscilla Vacassin.
 
   
>
  Risk - responsible for ensuring that the Board and senior management team of Abbey are provided with an appropriate risk policy and control framework, and to report any material risk issues to the Risk Committee and the Board. This division is headed by Ian Jenkins.

     These divisions are supported by four central units — Compliance, Communications, Legal, Secretariat and Tax, and Strategy and Planning.

7


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Business Overview

Competition

Competitive environment and future trends

Abbey’s main competitors are established UK banks, building societies and insurance companies and other providers such as supermarket chains and large retailers.

     In recent years, customer access, choice and mobility have all increased, as has the extent of regulation. The market is competitive, driven largely by market incumbents.

Competition outlook

Management is confident of Abbey’s strength and potential in its core personal financial services markets, and the potential to improve business performance.

Personal Financial Services

The overview of Personal Financial Services set out below reflects the reporting structure in place during 2004 on which the segmental information has been presented.

Banking and Savings

Residential mortgages

Abbey is the second largest provider of residential mortgages in the UK, providing mortgage loans for house purchases as well as home improvement loans to new and existing mortgage customers. Mortgage loans are offered in two payment types. Repayment mortgages require both principal and interest to be repaid in monthly installments over the life of the mortgage. Interest-only mortgages require monthly interest payments and the repayment of principal at the end of the mortgage term (which can be arranged via a number of investment products including Individual Savings Accounts and pension policies, or by the sale of the property).

     Abbey’s mortgage loans are usually secured by a first mortgage over property and are typically arranged for a 25-year term, with no minimum term. Historically interest on mortgage loans has been charged at floating rates determined at the discretion of Abbey by reference to the general level of market interest rates and competitive forces in the UK mortgage market. Fixed rate products offer a predetermined interest rate, generally for between two and five years, after which they bear interest at floating rates.

     In common with the market, an increasing proportion of new business in recent years has been through trackers that track the Bank of England base rate. More recently, a proportion of new loans are flexible mortgages, allowing the customer to vary their monthly payments, or take payment holidays, within predetermined criteria.

Savings

Abbey provides a wide range of retail savings accounts, including on-demand accounts, notice accounts, investment accounts and Individual Savings Accounts. Interest rates on savings in the UK are primarily set with reference to the general level of market interest rates and the level of competition for such funds.

Banking and Consumer Credit

Abbey offers a range of personal banking services including current accounts, credit cards and unsecured loans. Credit scoring is used for initial lending decisions on these products and behavioural scoring is used for certain products for further lending.

     Abbey’s principal credit card offering is delivered through its strategic alliance with MBNA Europe Bank Limited, who are responsible for taking the credit risk and managing the credit card base on an ongoing basis.

Abbey National Offshore

Abbey National International Limited, the principal offshore company, uses the Abbey Offshore brand. Abbey National International Limited’s head office is in Jersey and it has an operational centre in the Isle of Man. Abbey National International Limited’s focus is on attracting deposits by offering a range of savings accounts denominated in sterling, US dollars and euro.

Cater Allen Limited

Cater Allen Limited offers banking services under the trading name Cater Allen Private Bank and aims to provide a personal banking service to high net worth individuals and small corporate clients. The bank attracts clients by marketing to introducers, including Independent Financial Advisers.

James Hay

James Hay provides and offers administration services for self-invested personal pension schemes and small self-administered pension schemes. Its services are provided to end customers mainly via Independent Financial Advisers and branded financial service providers.

cahoot

cahoot is Abbey’s separately branded, e-commerce retail banking and financial services provider. cahoot targets customers who wish to access banking services either through the internet or telephone.

8


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Business Overview continued

Investment and Protection

The UK life insurance industry consists of three principal segments: protection, investment and savings, and pensions.

     
>
  Protection. The traditional form of protection policy, known as term insurance, provides a lump sum benefit payable on death within a specified term. Policies are also available to provide protection against critical illness and disability.
 
   
>
  Investment and savings. Investment bonds, with-profit bonds, structured products, unit trusts, Individual Savings Accounts and endowment life insurance policies are included in this category.
 
   
>
  Pensions. In the UK pensions are a tax-efficient way of saving to provide benefits on retirement. This is a result of the tax deductibility of contributions made and the generally tax-free growth granted to pension funds.

The polarised regime for investment sales is being removed in 2005. Abbey is in the process of making the mandatory changes to comply with the new regime but will continue to sell only its own products for the time being while continuing to review the opportunities that depolarisation presents, for example, gap filling.

     Abbey National Life, and its related subsidiary companies distribute via the marketing associate route, whereby the associate is required to recommend the most suitable products from the product range of the companies for which it acts as associate as well as via the Independent Financial Adviser route in the UK. Independent Financial Advisers must provide suitable advice on the complete product range that exists in the market place.

     Abbey National Life provides a wide range of products including pension, protection and investment products.

     The subsidiaries of Abbey National Life are Abbey National Unit Trust Managers Limited which manages a range of Unit Trusts and Abbey National Personal Equity Plans and Individual Savings Accounts Managers Limited which manages the Personal Equity Plans and Individual Savings Accounts businesses of Abbey. The trustees of the unit trusts changed during the last quarter of 2004 from Citicorp and HSBC to Royal Bank of Scotland Trustee and Depository Services Limited and the investment manager up to January 2004 was Abbey National Asset Managers. On 22 January 2004 Abbey announced that it was transferring certain of its fund management activities to a number of external fund managers.

     Scottish Mutual Assurance plc distributes principally via the Independent Financial Adviser route in the UK. Scottish Mutual Assurance plc and its predecessors have been in the insurance business since 1883. Scottish Mutual provides a broad range of products including personal pensions, single premium products such as investment bonds annuities and products to cover death, critical illness and disability. Since the acquisition of Scottish Provident in 2001, its operations have been combined with Abbey’s other life assurance operations, realising cost synergies. New conventional protection business sold under the Scottish Provident brand in the UK is written into Scottish Mutual Assurance plc.

General Insurance

The range of non-life insurance products sold by Abbey includes property (buildings and contents) and payment protection. Residential home insurance remains the primary type of policy sold and is offered to customers through the branch network and over the telephone, often at the same time that a mortgage is being taken out.

     The business model currently uses a panel of competing insurers to offer a wider choice of products and more competitive retail pricing. In addition, Capita Eastgate and Cap Gemini are responsible for the management and development of new systems to support the general insurance business whilst the servicing of policies was outsourced to Capita Eastgate and some claims administration to Aviva plc. The process of fully implementing these arrangements and new systems is nearing completion.

     During 2004, Abbey ceased offering motor and travel insurance.

Abbey Financial Markets (formerly Treasury Services)

Abbey Financial Markets is now structured into the following three business areas:

Asset and Liability Management

Asset and Liability Management is responsible for managing the structural liquidity of the bank. This includes Abbey’s capital management activities and medium and long-term funding, including Abbey’s securitisation programme. It manages Abbey’s product and structural exposure to interest rates and, in that role, is a link between the retail and wholesale banking areas. Asset and Liability Management helps set and implement Board, Asset and Liability Committee and Risk Committee policies for all aspects of balance sheet management – formulating guidance for, and monitoring, the overall balance sheet shape, including maturity profile. In carrying out its financing role, it maintains many relationships in the financial world which are utilised by other parts of the organisation, including the Personal Financial Services businesses and the two customer-facing Abbey Financial Markets businesses.

Derivatives and Structured Products

Derivatives and Structured Products cover equity, fixed income and credit derivative activities including the manufacture of structured products sold to retail customers by Abbey and other financial services organisations.

Short-Term Markets

Short-Term Markets is responsible for managing the operating liquidity of the bank. It runs Abbey’s short-term funding and liquidity management activities and the securities lending/borrowing and repo businesses. Short-Term Markets focuses on managing Abbey’s liquidity, within the overall balance sheet management framework set by Asset and Liability Management, which also creates trading opportunities. Additionally, Short-Term Markets operates in several international non-cash markets, in particular the stock borrowing and lending repo markets. It has retained a US office, to facilitate Abbey’s short-term multi-currency fund raising.

9


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Business Overview continued

Financing

Abbey Financial Markets continued to raise funding during the year, across the maturity spectrum and in a diverse range of currencies and instruments, but raised no new capital in 2004.

Major debt issuance programs managed by Abbey Financial Markets(1):

         
Programme   Outstanding at 31 December 2004   Comments
 
$15bn medium-term notes
  $10.5bn   Issued in European markets
$7bn U.S. medium-term notes
  $1.6bn   Issued in the United States
$4bn commercial paper
  $0.7bn   Issued in European markets
$20bn U.S. commercial paper (2)
  $2.5bn   Issued in the United States
 


(1)   Securities issued by Abbey National Treasury Services plc unless otherwise stated.
 
(2)   Managed for Abbey National North America LLC, a guaranteed subsidiary of Abbey.

Abbey first registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission in October 1994. Abbey National plc, Abbey National Treasury Services plc and Abbey National First Capital B.V. have registered various shelf facilities with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the most recent being in February 2001, permitting preference shares and debt securities, including medium-term notes and other subordinated securities, to be issued from the date of registration in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $7bn.

     Under the shelf facility registered with the SEC, Abbey National Treasury Services plc may issue senior debt securities, and Abbey National plc and Abbey National First Capital B.V. may issue subordinated debt securities. Abbey acts as guarantor on a senior basis of the debt securities issued by Abbey National Treasury Services plc, and as guarantor on a subordinated basis of the debt securities issued by Abbey National First Capital B.V. Various other entities within the Abbey group of companies may issue other subordinated securities under the shelf facility.

     At 31 December 2004, the aggregate amount of outstanding claims of creditors senior to the holders of subordinated debt of the following entities (and in the case of Abbey, senior to the holders of subordinated debt guaranteed by Abbey) was as follows:

         
 
Abbey and its subsidiaries
  £ 158,223m  
 
Abbey National plc
  £ 87,401m  
 

At 31 December 2004, the aggregate amount of outstanding claims of creditors of the following entities that will rank pari passu with the subordinated debt issued by those entities (and, in the case of Abbey, with the subordinated debt guaranteed by Abbey) was as follows:

         
 
Abbey National plc
  £ 6,395m  
 

In March 2004 there was a further issue through a new issue under Abbey’s UK Residential Mortgage Backed Securitisation programme, Holmes Financing Master Trust, bringing the total issuance under the programme to £20.6bn, (of which £15.1bn is outstanding). The terms and conditions of the underlying mortgages remain unaffected by the securitisation process.

     See also “Liquidity sources”.

Group Infrastructure

Group Infrastructure comprises Central Services, Financial Holdings (which contains the earnings on the difference between Abbey’s statutory capital and the target regulatory capital allocated to segments), and the results of certain small non-core businesses.

Portfolio Business Unit

The Portfolio Business Unit originally comprised a number of businesses, assets and portfolios that were deemed inconsistent with the new strategy focusing on personal financial services in the UK. Of the £60bn of assets that existed at the start of the programme, now only £4.7bn remains including finance leases, operating leases (principally Porterbrook), Motor Finance and Litigation Funding.

10


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review – Summary

The results discussed below are not necessarily indicative of Abbey’s results in future periods. The following information contains certain forward-looking statements. For a discussion of certain cautionary statements relating to forward-looking statements, see “Forward-looking Statements” on page 6.

     The following discussion is based on and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this document. The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with UK GAAP, which varies in certain significant respects from US GAAP. A discussion of such differences can be found in the “Other Material Items” section of the Operating and Financial Review and a reconciliation of certain UK GAAP amounts to US GAAP is included in note 61 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Executive summary

Abbey has prepared this Operating and Financial Review in a manner consistent with the way management views Abbey’s business as a whole. As a result Abbey presents the following key sections to the Operating and Financial Review:

     
>
  Operating review summary - this contains an explanation of the basis of Abbey’s results and any potential changes to that basis in the future, a summary Consolidated Statutory Profit and Loss with commentary, a summary Consolidated Statutory Profit and Loss analysed between Personal Financial Services and the Portfolio Business Unit, and a summary of the nature of adjustments between our statutory basis of accounting and Abbey’s management basis of accounting (known as the “trading” basis);
 
   
>
  Personal Financial Services - this contains a summary of the results, and commentary thereon, by profit and loss line item on a trading basis for each segment. Additional detailed information is provided for certain segments such as the Banking and Savings and Investment and Protection segments due to the significance of their impact on Abbey’s results;
 
   
>
  Portfolio Business Unit - this contains a summary of the results and commentary thereon on a management basis for each segment. Additional detailed information is provided on the assets (and relevant provisions) of the Portfolio Business Unit due to these businesses being managed for exit;
 
   
>
  Other Material Items - this contains detailed information about the statutory to trading basis adjustments. It also contains details of the differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP and the movements therein; and
 
   
>
  Balance Sheet Review - this contains an analysis of Abbey’s balance sheet as a whole, including:
         
  >   Capital disclosures - this contains an analysis of Abbey’s capital needs and availability;
 
       
 
  >   Off-Balance Sheet disclosures - this contains a summary of Abbey’s off-balance sheet arrangements, their business purpose, and importance to Abbey; and
 
       
  >   Liquidity disclosures - this contains an analysis of Abbey’s sources and uses of liquidity and recent cashflows.

Basis of results presentation

Results are disclosed to reflect the segmental structure of the group and which is as follows:

     
>
  Banking and Savings;
 
   
>
  Investment and Protection;
 
   
>
  Abbey Financial Markets;
 
   
>
  General Insurance;
 
   
>
  Group Infrastructure;
 
   
>
  Wholesale Banking;
 
   
>
  Motor Finance and Litigation Funding, (formerly First National); and
 
   
>
  Other.

This report reflects the split of Abbey between the ongoing Personal Financial Services businesses, and those being managed for exit in the Portfolio Business Unit.

     The Banking and Savings, Investment and Protection, General Insurance, Abbey Financial Markets and Group Infrastructure segments represent the Personal Financial Services businesses. The Wholesale Banking, Motor Finance and Litigation Funding and Other segments represent the Portfolio Business Unit.

Critical factors affecting results

Critical accounting policies and areas of significant management judgement

The preparation of Abbey’s financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgements that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of income and expenses during the reporting period.

     Management evaluates its estimates and judgements on an ongoing basis. Management bases its estimates and judgements on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

     The following estimates and judgements are considered important to the portrayal of Abbey’s financial condition.

(a) Provisions for bad and doubtful debts

Abbey estimates provisions for bad and doubtful debts with the objective of maintaining reserve levels believed by management to be sufficient to absorb current estimated probable losses in connection with loans and advances to banks and loans and advances to customers. The calculation of specific provisions on impaired loans and advances is based on the likelihood of the asset being written off (or repossessed in the case of mortgage loans) and the estimated loss on such a write-off. These assessments are made using statistical techniques based on historic experience. General provisions are

11


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review - Summary continued

determined based on historic experience, general credit and lending quality, and current or near-future economic prospects. These determinations are supplemented by various formulaic calculations and the application of management judgement. Abbey considers accounting estimates related to provisions for bad and doubtful debts “critical accounting estimates” because: (i) they are highly susceptible to change from period to period as the assumptions about future default rates and valuation of potential losses relating to impaired loans and advances are based on recent performance experience, and (ii) any significant difference between Abbey’s estimated losses (as reflected in the specific and general provisions) and actual losses will require Abbey to take provisions which, if significantly different, could have a material impact on its future Profit and Loss Account and its Balance Sheet. Abbey’s assumptions about estimated losses are based on past performance, past customer behaviour, the credit quality of recent underwritten business and general economic conditions, which are not necessarily an indication of future losses.

     Provisions for bad and doubtful debts, less amounts released and recoveries of amounts written off in previous years, are charged to the line item “Provisions for bad and doubtful debts” in the Profit and Loss Account. The specific and general provisions are deducted from the “Loans and advances to banks” and the “Loans and advances to customers” line items on the balance sheet. If Abbey believes that additions to the allowance for such credit losses are required, then Abbey records additional provisions for credit losses, which would be treated as a charge in the line item “Provisions for bad and doubtful debts” in the Profit and Loss Account. For US GAAP reporting purposes, allowances for lending losses related to loans within the scope of SFAS 114 “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” are determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective rate, or at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Credit exposures that are deemed to be uncollectable and credit losses, net of recoveries of previously written off amounts, are first allocated against the cumulative Provisions for bad and doubtful debts, with any difference charged or credited to the line item “Provisions for bad and doubtful debts” within the Profit and Loss Account.

     Abbey could have chosen, in the current period, estimates that would have had a materially different impact on its financial presentation. For example, the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2004 include a provision charge for bad and doubtful debts in the Banking and Savings segment for an amount equal to £35m. This provision was reduced (in 2003 it was £130m), reflecting both favourable economic conditions through 2004 resulting in lower defaults and write-offs, and improvements to the overall quality of the lending portfolio as a result of effective risk management and debt management operations.

     In calculating the general provisions within the Banking and Savings segment, a range of outcomes was calculated based principally on management’s conclusions regarding the current economic outlook. Had management used different assumptions regarding the current economic outlook, a larger or smaller provision for bad and doubtful debts would have resulted in the Banking and Savings segment that could have had a material impact on Abbey’s reported operating profit in 2004. Specifically, if management’s conclusions as to the current economic outlook were different, but within the range of what management deemed to be reasonably possible economic outlooks, the provision charge for bad and doubtful debts in the Banking and Savings segment could have decreased in 2004 from an actual provision charge of £35m (2003: £130m) by as much as £15m (2003: £124m), with a potential corresponding increase in Abbey’s operating profit in 2004 of up to 6% (2003: 19%), or increased by £87m (2003: £20m), with a potential corresponding decrease in Abbey’s operating profit in 2004 of up to 32% (2003: 3%). The actual provision charge of £35m (2003: £130m) in 2004, was based on what management estimated to be the most probable economic outlook within the range of reasonably possible economic outlooks.

(b) Trading securities and derivatives

Securities which are not held for the purpose of investment, and the associated funding and derivatives classified as trading, are stated at fair value. The fair value of such financial instruments is the estimated amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. If a quoted market price is available for an instrument, the fair value is calculated based on the market price.

     Where quoted market prices are not available, as is the case with certain over-the-counter derivatives, fair value is determined using pricing models which use a mathematical methodology based on accepted financial theories. Depending on the product type and its components, the fair value of over-the-counter derivatives is modelled using one or a combination of pricing models that are widely accepted in the financial services industry.

     Pricing models take into account the contract terms of the securities as well as market-based valuation parameters, such as interest rates, volatility, exchange rates and the credit rating of the counterparty. Valuation adjustments are an integral component of the fair value estimation process and are taken on individual positions where either the absolute size of the trade or other specific features of the trade or the particular market (such as counterparty credit risk, concentration or market liquidity) require more than the simple application of pricing models.

     When valuation parameters are not observable in the market or cannot be derived from observable market prices, as is the case with certain over-the-counter derivatives, the fair value is derived either through historical analysis of other observable market data (such as spot prices) or through an estimation of a valuation adjustment appropriate for each product. Typically, historical benchmarks are combined with management judgement in this process.

     Abbey considers that the accounting estimate related to valuation of trading securities and derivatives where quoted market prices are not available is a “critical accounting estimate” because: (i) it is highly susceptible to change from period to period because it requires management to make assumptions about interest rates, volatility, exchange rates, the credit rating of the counterparty, valuation adjustments and specific features of the transactions and (ii) the impact that recognising a change in the valuations would have on the assets reported on its Balance Sheet as well as its net profit/(loss) could be material.

     Changes in the valuation of trading securities and derivatives where quoted market prices are not available are accounted for in the line item “Dealing profits” in the Profit and Loss Account and the “Other assets” and “Other liabilities” line items in Abbey’s balance sheet.

12


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review - Summary continued

Abbey could have chosen, in the current period, estimates that would have had a materially different impact on its financial presentation. Had management used different assumptions regarding the interest rates, volatility, exchange rates, the credit rating of the counterparty, and valuation adjustments, a larger or smaller change in the valuation of trading securities and derivatives where quoted market prices are not available would have resulted that could have had a material impact on Abbey’s reported operating profit in 2004.

     For details of our US GAAP accounting policy refer to Note 58 of the financial statements.

(c) Long-term assurance business

Abbey accounts for the value of the shareholders’ interest in the long-term assurance business using the embedded value basis of accounting, in accordance with UK GAAP for banking groups that own life assurance operations. The embedded value is comprised of the net tangible assets of the life assurance subsidiaries and the present value of the in-force business, which is calculated by projecting future surpluses and other net cash flows attributable to the shareholders arising from business written by the balance sheet date and discounting the result at a rate which reflects the shareholders’ overall risk premium.

     Future surpluses will depend on lapse rates, mortality, persistency, investment returns for various categories of investments and levels of expenses (both salary and non-salary). Surpluses are estimated by management through assumptions about future experience, having regard to both actual experience and current economic trends. Surpluses expected to emerge in the future are discounted at risk-adjusted discount rates after provision has been made for taxation. There is an acceptable range into which these assumptions can validly fall, and the use of different assumptions or changes to these assumptions may cause the present value of future surpluses to differ from those assumed at the balance sheet date. This could significantly affect the income recognised, and the value attributed to the in-force business, in the accounts.

     The value of the in-force business could also be affected by changes in the amounts and timing of other net cash flows, principally annual management charges and other fees levied upon the policy holders, which are reflected in the Profit and Loss Account using unsmoothed fund values. In addition, to the extent that actual experience is different from that assumed, the effect will be recognised in the Profit and Loss Account for the period. Demographic assumptions are set individually by product. It is therefore not appropriate to apply a global adjustment to these percentages as it would not give a meaningful sensitivity as different products will react differently or even contrarily to changes in economic conditions.

(d) Impairment of goodwill

The carrying value of goodwill is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation. The carrying value of goodwill is written down by the amount of any impairment, and the loss is recognised in the Profit and Loss Account in the period in which this occurs. Should an external event reverse the effects of a previous impairment, the carrying value of the goodwill may be written up to a value no higher than the original amortised cost. Impairments are calculated with reference to the discounted cash flows of the entity or income-generating unit. Assumptions about expected future cash flows require management to make assumptions about interest rates, the health of the economy and operating costs. This involves significant judgement because such factors have fluctuated in the past and are expected to continue to do so.

     Abbey considers that the accounting estimate related to impairment of goodwill is a “critical accounting estimate” because: (i) it is highly susceptible to change from period to period because it requires management to make assumptions about future cash flows, interest rates, the health of the economy and operating costs, and (ii) the impact that recognising a goodwill impairment charge would have on the assets reported on its Balance Sheet as well as on its net profit/(loss) could be material.

     Goodwill impairment charges are accounted for in the line item “Impairment of goodwill” in the Profit and Loss Account and the “Intangible fixed assets” line item in the Balance Sheet.

     Abbey could have chosen, in the current period, estimates that would have had a materially different impact on its financial presentation. Had management used different assumptions regarding the future cash flows, interest rates, the health of the economy and operating costs, a goodwill impairment charge would have resulted that could have had a material impact on Abbey’s reported operating profit in 2004.

(e) Provisions for misselling

Abbey estimates provisions for misselling with the objective of maintaining reserve levels believed by management to be sufficient to absorb current estimated probable losses in connection with compensation and costs relating to the handling of complaints from customers who claim misselling of endowment policies and other products. The calculation of provisions for misselling is based on the estimated number of claims that will be received, of those, the number that will be upheld, and the estimated average settlement per case. These assessments are based on management’s estimate for each of these three factors.

     Abbey considers accounting estimates related to misselling provisions “critical accounting estimates” because: (i) they are highly susceptible to change from period to period in the three factors above, and (ii) any significant difference between Abbey’s estimated losses as reflected in the specific provisions and actual losses will require Abbey to take provisions which, if significantly different, could have a material impact on its future Profit and Loss Account and its Balance Sheet. Abbey’s assumptions about estimated losses are based on past claims uphold rates, past customer behaviour, and past average settlements, which are not necessarily an indication of future losses.

     Provisions for misselling are charged to the line item “Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments” in the Profit and Loss Account. The provision is included in the “Provisions for liabilities and charges” line item on the balance sheet. If Abbey believes that additions to the misselling provision are required, then Abbey records additional provisions, which would be treated as a charge in the line item “Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments” in the Profit and Loss Account.

     The financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2004 include a provision charge for misselling in the Banking and Savings segment for an amount equal to £153m. This provision was increased (in 2003 it was £61m), reflecting both increased claims and claims upheld.

13


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review - Summary continued

In calculating the misselling provision within the Banking and Savings segment, management’s best estimate of the provision was calculated based on conclusions regarding the number of claims that will be received, of those, the number that will be upheld, and the estimated average settlement per case. Had management used different assumptions regarding these factors, a larger or smaller provision for misselling would have resulted in the Banking and Savings segment that could have had a material impact on Abbey’s reported operating profit in 2004. Management are not, however, able to quantify reliably a meaningful sensitivity or range of possible outcomes. Specifically, due to the non-homogenous nature of the population, any of the factors could change in a way that could either offset or amplify the effect of a change in another factor.

Change in accounting presentation

From 1 January 2004, within Abbey Financial Markets there has been a presentational change such that interest on mark-to-market securities and money market instruments is now classified within dealing profits (in non-interest income) rather than in net interest income. This has no impact on profit. In the 12 months to 31 December 2003 this change resulted in reclassification of £86m (2002: £105m) from net interest income and the comparatives for that period have been amended to reflect this change.

Profit on disposal of Group undertakings

Profits of £46m were made in the year ended 31 December 2004 on the disposal of Group undertakings.

Significant acquisitions and disposals

The results for the year ended 31 December 2004 have not been materially impacted by the disposals. There were no significant acquisitions in the year.

Current and future accounting developments

Abbey, along with all listed companies in the European Union, will be required to prepare its financial statements under International Financial Reporting Standards (sometimes referred to as International Accounting Standards) from 1 January 2005. These standards represent a significant change from UK GAAP.

14


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review - Summary continued

Impact of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)

The impacts below are based on the standards currently in issue and management’s current interpretations of them. As such, the impacts discussed are indicative and intended only to convey direction and approximate scale. These impacts are unaudited. The main standards affecting Abbey are outlined below.

IAS 19 - Pensions - An equity charge will reflect the actuarial pension deficit being recognised on the balance sheet. The profit before tax impact in 2004 is not material since the increased pension charge after applying a discount rate to liabilities is offset by adding back the release of existing SSAP 24 accruals. The increase in ongoing pension costs should be substantially offset by the forecast level of full-time employee reductions following the Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. acquisition.

     From a regulatory perspective, the IAS equity impact will be substituted with a charge based on the amount of the pension fund deficit that the company would have to meet by way of additional payments (over-and-above “normal” annual contributions) over the next five years.

IAS 16 and 17 - Leasing - These standards require leased assets to be depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life. Abbey currently uses an actuarial after tax method for the majority of the leased assets. The straight-line method generally leads to higher depreciation over the early part of the asset’s life and consequently leads to reduction in opening equity. The effect of this higher depreciation on the 2004 profit and loss is largely offset by the increased profit on sale of leasing companies during the year.

IAS 38 - Software capitalisation - The standard requires software costs to be capitalised and amortised rather than expensed immediately. The amounts previously capitalised have been impaired following the Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. acquisition and well documented information technology improvements that are expected to follow. On an ongoing basis, this impairment should lead to a minimal impact on earnings.

IFRS 2 - Stock option expensing - The treatment of share options granted to staff by subsidiaries in the shares of the parent is still being finalised by International Financial Reporting Interpretation Committee (IFRIC). The present guidance is that a subsidiary should treat such options as “cash settled” in the subsidiary accounts, whereas in the parent accounts such options should be treated as “equity settled”.

     Abbey became a subsidiary of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. in 2004, and at that time a number of options in the shares of Abbey were rolled over into Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. shares. The profit and loss treatment of this change is yet to be clarified, but the cumulative effect will be included as an equity adjustment.

IFRS 4 and IAS 39 - Life assurance - Under IFRS 4 contracts that are largely investment in nature (do not contain significant insurance risk) will be accounted for as financial instruments under IAS 39. Whilst discounted value of future profits will no longer be recognised in respect of products classified as investment contracts, companies may recognise particular deferred acquisition cost. However, the acquisition costs that are deferrable under IAS are limited, and the deferred acquisition cost asset recognised will be significantly lower than discounted value of future profits reported.

     There is no requirement for a statutory restatement of 2004 earnings. Going forward, there will be the positive effect of no longer recognising prior period’s discounted value of future profits on investment business, partly offset by the impact of not recognising discounted value of future profits on new investment business. The impact is currently anticipated to be relatively small which reflects Abbey’s current view that most of the existing book does contain an element of insurance risk. However, industry consensus is still being finalised on the precise split of products between insurance and investment, and this could alter the adjustment.

IAS 39 - Non-trading derivatives - Abbey’s hedging business model has been substantially changed with the aim of minimising the impact of IAS 39. In future Abbey expects a modest increase in earnings volatility arising in this respect.

IAS 39 - Fees and commissions - This represents the impact of origination fees receivable on loans (booking/application fees, high loan-to-value fees, survey fees), early redemption fees receivable, and directly related incremental costs of originating loans (survey fees and introducer commissions on mortgages, and issue costs on floating rate notes in special purpose vehicles) being deferred and recognised in income over the expected life of the loan on an effective yield basis.

IAS 39 - Derecognition of liabilities - The standard allows liabilities to be derecognised only when legally extinguished. An equity adjustment will represent the reinstating of certain liabilities to their original contractual values. This standard is not expected to have any impact on 2005 earnings relative to 2004.

IAS 32 - Preference shares - Preference shares will be classified as debt, and coupon payments reflected as interest payable rather than dividends.

15


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review - Summary continued

Group summary

Summarised consolidated statutory Profit and Loss Account and selected ratios

                         
            31 December 2003     31 December 2002  
    31 December 2004     (restated)     (restated)  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Net interest income (1)
    1,530       2,062       2,584  
Non-interest income (1)
    1,114       370       916  
 
Total operating income
    2,644       2,432       3,500  
Administrative expenses and depreciation on fixed assets
    (2,134 )     (2,126 )     (1,955 )
Goodwill impairment and amortisation
    (20 )     (38 )     (1,202 )
Depreciation and impairment on operating lease assets
    (151 )     (251 )     (280 )
Provision for bad and doubtful debts
    35       (474 )     (514 )
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (202 )     (104 )     (50 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    80       (193 )     (511 )
 
Operating profit/(loss)
    252       (754 )     (1,012 )
Income from associated undertakings
    6       12       17  
Profit on disposal of Group undertakings
    46       89       48  
(Loss) on the sale or termination of an operation
    (31 )     (33 )     –  
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax
    273       (686 )     (947 )
 
Tax on profit/(loss) on ordinary activities
    (144 )     42       (152 )
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities after tax
    129       (644 )     (1,099 )
 
Earnings/(loss) per ordinary share
    2.2p       (52.4 )p      (84.8 )p 
 
Dividend per ordinary share
    39.3p       25.0p       25.0p  
Equity Shareholders’ funds
    4,292       4,699       5,602  
Net asset value per ordinary share
    288p       321p       384p  
Tier 1 capital ratio
    10.4 %     10.1 %     9.2 %
Equity Tier 1 capital ratio
    7.0 %     6.9 %     6.4 %
Banking Equity Tier 1 capital ratio
    4.4 %     4.7 %     4.6 %
Closing risk weighted assets (£bn)
    54.2       61.2       78.7  
 


(1)   Note, from the first half of 2004, within Abbey Financial Markets there has been a presentational change such that interest on mark-to-market securities and market instruments is now classified within dealing profits (in non-interest income) rather than in net interest income. This has no impact on profit. In the 12 months to December 2003 this change resulted in reclassification of £86m (2002: £105m) from net interest income to non-interest income and the comparatives for that period have been amended to reflect this change. Under the previous presentation net interest income in 2003 was £2,148m (2002: £2,689m) and non-interest income was £284m (2002: £811m).

2004 compared to 2003

Total profit before tax of £273m compared to a loss of £686m in 2003. Material movements by line included:

     
>
  net interest income of £1,530m (2003: £2,062m) down 26%, reflecting lower product redemption charge income, and a changing business mix with lower margin new business replacing the run-off of higher margin back book in both the mortgages and savings portfolios. The fall in net interest income also reflects the lower level of interest earning assets in the Portfolio Business Unit;
 
   
>
  non-interest income of £1,114m (2003: £370m), up 201% as a result of the non-recurrence of certain embedded value rebasing charges that impacted life assurance earnings in 2003, in addition to lower loss realisations from Portfolio Business Unit asset sales in 2004;
 
   
>
  administrative expenses of £2,134m (2003: £2,126m) were broadly in line with 2003. Personal Financial Services expenses rose £202m to £2,044m largely reflecting expenses related to the acquisition of Abbey by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. and resulting redundancy and restructuring provisions. Portfolio Business Unit expenses fell due to the reduced size of operations;
 
   
>
  goodwill of £20m relates primarily to amortisation of the remaining Scottish Provident goodwill;
 
   
>
  depreciation on operating lease assets of £151m (2003: £251m), down 40% reflecting the sale of leasing companies in the Portfolio Business Unit;
 
   
>
  a credit provision release in relation to bad and doubtful debts of £35m (2003: £474m charge), was mainly driven by a reduction in the level of general provisions on mortgages, the release of provisions relating to the Scottish Provident contingent loan and the non-recurrence of Portfolio Business Unit provisions;
 
   
>
  provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments increased to £202m (2003: £104m) mainly due to increases in the level of misselling provisions; and
 
   
>
  a release of amounts written off fixed asset investments of £80m (2003: £193m charge) reflecting the disposal of Portfolio Business Unit assets for amounts in excess of their written down value, reflecting the improvement in economic conditions relating to these assets.

16


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review - Summary continued

2003 compared to 2002

Loss on ordinary activities before tax of £686m compared to £947m in 2002. Material movements by line included:

     
>
  net interest income of £2,062m (2002: £2,584m), down 20%, with lower average asset balances reflecting accelerated Portfolio Business Unit disposals;
 
   
>
  non-interest income of £370m (2002: £916m), down 60% as a result of increased loss realisations driven from Portfolio Business Unit asset sales;
 
   
>
  administrative expenses and depreciation on fixed assets of £2,126m (2002: £1,955m), up 9%, driven by reorganisation expenses including asset write-downs, partly offset by savings from the cost programme;
 
   
>
  goodwill impairment and amortisation of £38m which relates primarily to amortisation of remaining Scottish Provident goodwill, and is significantly lower than the charge in 2002 that was driven by goodwill impairments of £1,138m;
 
   
>
  provisions for bad and doubtful debts of £474m (2002: £514m), down 8% benefiting from lower Portfolio Business Unit related provisions given reduced asset balances;
 
   
>
  provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments up to £104m (2002: £50m) following a £50m provision for product misselling exposures; and
 
   
>
  lower amounts written off fixed-asset investments of £193m (2002: £511m) reflecting provisioning raised in 2002 arising from specific counterparty deterioration in the Portfolio Business Unit, and consistent with the significant reduction in asset balances during 2003.

Summarised consolidated statutory profit and loss account analysed between Personal Financial Services and the Portfolio Business Unit

                                                                         
    31 December 2004     31 December 2003 (restated)     31 December 2002 (restated)  
    PFS     PBU     Total     PFS     PBU     Total     PFS     PBU     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Net interest income
    1,470       60       1,530       1,709       353       2,062       1,738       846       2,584  
Non-interest income
    1,031       83       1,114       701       (331 )     370       722       194       916  
 
Total operating income
    2,501       143       2,644       2,410       22       2,432       2,460       1,040       3,500  
Administrative expenses
    (2,044 )     (90 )     (2,134 )     (1,842 )     (284 )     (2,126 )     (1,611 )     (344 )     (1,955 )
Goodwill impairment and amortisation
    (20 )     –       (20 )     (28 )     (10 )     (38 )     (811 )     (391 )     (1,202 )
Depreciation of operating lease assets
    –       (151 )     (151 )     –       (251 )     (251 )     (23 )     (257 )     (280 )
Provision for bad and doubtful debts
    46       11       35       (210 )     (264 )     (474 )     (150 )     (364 )     (514 )
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (202 )     –       (202 )     (85 )     (19 )     (104 )     (46 )     (4 )     (50 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    –       80       80       (10 )     (183 )     (193 )     2       (513 )     (511 )
 
Operating profit/(loss)
    281       (29 )     252       235       (989 )     (754 )     (179 )     (833 )     (1,012 )
Income from associated undertakings
    –       6       6       –       12       12       –       17       17  
Profit on disposal of Group undertakings
    –       46       46       –       89       89       –       48       48  
(Loss) on the sale or termination of an operation
    (31 )     –       (31 )     –       (33 )     (33 )     –       –       –  
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax
    250       23       273       235       (921 )     (686 )     (179 )     (768 )     (947 )
 

17


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review - Summary continued

Adjustments between the statutory basis and the trading basis

Abbey’s management reviews discrete financial information for each of its segments that includes measures of operating results and assets. However, due to the differing natures of its ongoing Personal Financial Services group of reportable segments and its Portfolio Business Unit group of reportable segments, which is being managed for exit, the Personal Financial Services group of reportable segments and Portfolio Business Unit group of reportable segments are managed differently. The Personal Financial Services group of reportable segments are managed primarily on the basis of its results, which are measured on a trading basis. The Portfolio Business Unit group of reportable segments is managed both on the basis of its results, which is measured on a management basis, and on the basis of its net asset value. On a consolidated level, the trading results of the Personal Financial Services group of reportable segments is aggregated with the management results of the Portfolio Business Unit group of reportable segments to give the summarised trading Profit and Loss Account. The trading basis for Abbey’s Personal Financial Services group of reportable segments and the management basis for its Portfolio Business Unit group of reportable segments are collectively known as the “trading” basis, as presented below.

     Management considers that the trading basis provides the most appropriate way of reviewing the performance of the business. The main adjustments are:

     
>
  Embedded value charges and rebasing - these are unpredictable as they depend on both equity and debt market movements which do not affect the underlying performance of what is a very long-term business. The short-term market movements remain a very important factor in the management of the business but these are managed separately with a more risk-based focus.
 
   
>
  Reorganisation costs - in 2002, Abbey initiated a far-reaching cost reduction programme and embarked on a period of significant organisational investment and change. Management needs to understand the underlying drivers of the cost base that will remain after the exercise is complete, and does not want this view to be clouded by the costs of the exercise, which are managed independently. More recently, Abbey was acquired by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., which increased the charge in 2004 and will give rise to further restructuring expenditure.
 
   
>
  Goodwill charges - these charges can vary significantly year on year, and hence can materially affect the profit or loss for that year. As a result Abbey reviews these charges separately to avoid clouding the presentation of underlying results.
 
   
>
  Depreciation of operating lease assets - The operating lease businesses are managed as financing businesses and therefore management needs to see the margin earned on the businesses. Residual value risk is separately managed. As a result the depreciation is netted against the related income.
 
   
>
  Income from associated undertakings is included within trading income because it is a regular source of income to Abbey’s operations. Therefore management believes its inclusion at this level reflects the aggregate income from Abbey’s activities.
 
   
>
  Profit on disposal of Group undertakings is included within trading income for reasons similar to those noted above relating to income from associated undertakings.

For a detailed explanation of these items, please refer to the “Other material items” section of the Operating and Financial Review. The Personal Financial Services group of reportable segments’ adjustments are the deduction of:

     
>
  embedded value charges and rebasing;
 
   
>
  reorganisation costs (including post-acquisition expenses and provisions); and
 
   
>
  goodwill charges.
 
   
>
  There is also a single reclassification adjustment where depreciation on operating lease assets is netted within trading income as opposed to being recorded as a part of operating expenses.

The Portfolio Business Unit group of reportable segments’ adjustments are:

     
>
  depreciation on operating lease assets is netted within trading income as opposed to being recorded as a part of operating expenses;
 
   
>
  income from associated undertakings is reported as part of non-interest income as opposed to being reported below the operating loss or profit line; and
 
   
>
  profit on disposal of group undertakings is also reported as part of non-interest income as opposed to being reported below the operating loss or profit line.

The movement of each of these adjustments is discussed in more detail in the “Other Material Items” section.

18


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review – Personal Financial Services

Personal Financial Services profit before tax by segment

                                                 
            Investment     Abbey                    
    Banking and     and     Financial     General     Group Infra-        
    Savings     Protection     Markets     Insurance     structure     Total  
31 December 2004   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Net interest income
    1,510       77       21       (4 )     (134 )     1,470  
Non-interest income
    438       171       291       114       116       1,130  
Depreciation of operating lease assets
    –       –       –       –       –       –  
 
Total trading income
    1,948       248       312       110       (18 )     2,600  
Total trading expenses
    (1,114 )     (83 )     (109 )     (40 )     (253 )     (1,599 )
Provision for bad and doubtful debts
    (34 )     –       –       –       –       (34 )
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (155 )     –       –       –       2       (153 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    –       –       –       –       –       –  
 
Trading profit before tax
    645       165       203       70       (269 )     814  
Adjust for:
                                               
- Embedded value charges and rebasing
    –       21       –       –       –       21  
- Reorganisation expenses
    (183 )     (57 )     (24 )     (16 )     (285 )     (565 )
- Goodwill charges
    –       –       –       –       (20 )     (20 )
 
Operating profit/(loss)
    462       129       179       54       (574 )     250  
 
                                                 
            Investment     Abbey                    
    Banking and     and     Financial     General     Group        
    Savings     Protection     Markets     Insurance     Infrastructure     Total  
31 December 2003   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Net interest income
    1,720       83       26       (5 )     (115 )     1,709  
Non-interest income
    427       214       223       126       90       1,080  
Depreciation of operating lease assets
    –       –       –       –       –       –  
 
Total trading income
    2,147       297       249       121       (25 )     2,789  
Total trading expenses
    (1,132 )     (58 )     (109 )     (48 )     (230 )     (1,577 )
Provision for bad and doubtful debts
    (130 )     –       –       –       –       (130 )
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (9 )     –       –       –       (52 )     (61 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    –       –       –       –       –       –  
 
Trading profit before tax
    876       239       140       73       (307 )     1,021  
Adjust for:
                                               
- Embedded value charges and rebasing
    –       (443 )     –       –       –       (443 )
- Reorganisation expenses
    (169 )     (16 )     (19 )     (41 )     (70 )     (315 )
- Goodwill charges
    –       –       –       –       (28 )     (28 )
 
Operating profit/(loss)
    707       (220 )     121       32       (405 )     235  
 
                                                 
            Investment     Abbey                    
    Banking and     and     Financial     General     Group        
    Savings     Protection     Markets     Insurance     Infrastructure     Total  
31 December 2002   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Net interest income
    1,799       90       27       (3 )     (175 )     1,738  
Non-interest income
    454       335       231       149       106       1,275  
Depreciation of operating lease assets
    (23 )     –       –       –       –       (23 )
 
Total trading income
    2,230       425       258       146       (69 )     2,990  
Total trading expenses
    (1,108 )     (53 )     (110 )     (54 )     (252 )     (1,577 )
Provision for bad and doubtful debts
    (151 )     –       –       –       1       (150 )
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (11 )     –       –       –       (35 )     (46 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    2       –       –       –       –       2  
 
Trading profit before tax
    962       372       148       92       (355 )     1,219  
Adjust for:
                                               
- Embedded value charges and rebasing
    –       (553 )     –       –       –       (553 )
- Reorganisation expenses
    (23 )     –       –       –       (11 )     (34 )
- Goodwill charges
    –       –       –       –       (811 )     (811 )
 
Operating profit/(loss)
    939       (181 )     148       92       (1,177 )     (179 )
 

19


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review – Personal Financial Services continued

2004 compared to 2003

     
>
  Personal Financial Services trading profit before tax of £814m was down 20% on 2003 (2003: £1,021m), largely due to a fall in net interest income reflecting a 30 basis point reduction in spread.
 
   
>
  Banking and Savings trading profit before tax decreased by 26% to £645m (2003: £876m). This was largely attributable to the reduction in the Personal Financial Services Banking spread, with a £153m provision for contingent liabilities including misselling risks, largely offset by a £117m release of general provisions.
 
   
>
  Investment and Protection trading profit before tax decreased to £165m (2003: £239m). The main reason for the movement is the reduction in the discount rate and the increase in the internal value based management charge due to a change in the assumed mix of gearing in the business.
 
   
>
  General Insurance trading profit before tax of £70m was £3m lower than 2003 largely due to falls in new business volumes and lower retention levels, offset by decreases in expenses.
 
   
>
  Abbey Financial Markets trading profit before tax of £203m was up 45%, reflecting favourable market conditions and a number of positive risk management trades which totalled circa £65m, that will not repeat in 2005.
 
   
>
  Group Infrastructure trading loss before tax of £269m decreased by £38m (2003: loss of £307m) due partly to the allocation of more net interest cost to the businesses, to reflect current gearing in the businesses, combined with a lower provision for contingent liabilities.
 
   
2003 compared to 2002
 
   
>
  Personal Financial Services’ trading profit before tax of £1,021m (2002: £1,219m) was down 16%, largely reflecting reduced earnings from the life assurance businesses and a fall in net interest income in Banking and Savings.
 
   
>
  Banking and Savings’ trading profit before tax decreased by 9% to £876m (2002: £962m). This is largely attributable to a fall in the interest spread.
 
   
>
  Investment and Protection’s trading profit before tax decreased to £239m (2002: £372m) largely due to a £142m adverse swing in experience and assumption changes. This was partially offset by a £44m improvement in expected return. Despite relatively stable margins, contributions from new business were also down 15%, reflecting the drop in investment business volumes.
 
   
>
  Abbey Financial Markets’ trading profit before tax was down 5% to £140m (2002: £148m), with a weaker second half performance reflecting less favourable markets.
 
   
>
  General Insurance’s trading profit before tax of £73m was £19m lower than 2002, primarily due to a reduction in retail margin following an increase in the risk premiums payable to the principal underwriter.
 
   
>
  Group Infrastructure’s trading loss before tax improved by £48m to £(307)m (2002: £(355)m) due to increased earnings on centrally held capital and lower expenses. This was partly offset by a provision of £50m relating to potential product misselling.

20


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

Business flows relating to the Personal Financial Services businesses are set out below. These flows are used by management to assess the sales performance of Abbey both absolutely and relative to its peers, and to inform management of product trends in the Personal Financial Services market. These flows can also enable the reader to compare Abbey with other Personal Financial Services organisations.

Personal Financial Services business flows

                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Banking and Savings
                       
Mortgages:(1)
                       
Gross mortgage lending
  £25.0 bn   £29.1 bn   £22.1 bn
Capital repayments
  £21.9 bn   £19.7 bn   £15.4 bn
Net mortgage lending
  £3.1 bn   £9.4 bn   £6.7 bn
Mortgage stock
  £90.9 bn   £87.8 bn   £78.4 bn
Of which:
                       
– Abbey retail
  £87.5 bn   £84.7 bn   £75.7 bn
– Housing Association
  £3.4 bn   £3.1 bn   £2.7 bn
Market share – gross mortgage lending
    8.6 %     10.7 %     10.1 %
Market share – capital repayments
    11.5 %     11.2 %     11.0 %
Market share – net mortgage lending
    3.1 %     9.9 %     8.6 %
Market share – mortgage stock
    10.4 %     11.5 %     11.7 %
Retail deposits:(2)
                       
Total net deposit flows
  £1.4 bn   £1.2 bn   £1.9 bn
Of which:
                       
– Abbey retail
  £0.3 bn   £0.4 bn   £1.0 bn
– Other
  £1.1 bn   £0.8 bn   £0.9 bn
Deposit stock
  £61.9 bn   £60.5 bn   £59.3 bn
Of which:
                       
– Abbey retail
  £49.7 bn   £49.4 bn   £48.8 bn
– Other
  £12.2 bn   £11.1 bn   £10.5 bn
Market share – total household deposit flows
    2.3 %     1.6 %     2.2 %
Market share – outstanding household deposits
    6.8 %     7.1 %     7.6 %
Banking:
                       
Bank account openings:
                       
– Abbey retail
    334,950       344,000       354,000  
– Other
    54,776       52,000       90,000  
 
 
    389,726       396,000       444,000  
 
                       
Bank account stock:
                       
– Abbey retail
    3,522,525       3,335,000       3,138,000  
– Other
    460,696       443,000       447,000  
 
 
    3,983,221       3,778,000       3,585,000  
 
                       
Bank account liability:
                       
– Abbey retail
  £4.5 bn   £4.3 bn   £3.5 bn
– Other
  £3.1 bn   £3.4 bn   £3.9 bn
 
 
  £7.6 bn   £7.7 bn   £7.4 bn
 
                       
Credit card openings:
                       
– Abbey retail
    185,000       215,000       216,000  
– Other
    13,040       36,000       48,000  
 
 
    198,040       251,000       264,000  
 
                       
Credit card stock:
                       
– Abbey retail
    1,048,000       904,000       748,000  
– Other
    139,634       141,000       114,000  
 
 
    1,187,634       1,045,000       862,000  
 
                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Gross unsecured personal loan lending:
                       
– Abbey retail
  £1.1 bn   £1.0 bn   £1.0 bn
– Other
  £1.0 bn   £0.7 bn   £0.5 bn
 
 
  £2.1 bn   £1.7 bn   £1.5 bn
 
                       
Unsecured lending asset:(3)
                       
– Abbey retail
  £2.0 bn   £1.9 bn   £2.0 bn
– Other
  £1.4 bn   £1.0 bn   £0.6 bn
 
 
  £3.4 bn   £2.9 bn   £2.6 bn
 
                       
*SME account openings (net)
    29,245       38,000       36,000  
*SME account stock
    158,027       129,000       91,000  
*SME account liability
  £3.7 bn   £3.2 bn   £2.9 bn
 

21


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Investment and Protection
                       
Investment:
                       
New business premiums: Investments
  £476m     £917m     £866m  
New business premiums: Pensions
  £292m     £464m     £1,342m  
With-profits — closed
    –     £2m     £197m  
Prudence Bonds — closed
  £3m     £54m     £11m  
 
Total life assurance new business premiums
  £771m     £1,437m     £2,416m  
Inscape and James Hay
  £250m     £256m     £296m  
 
Total investment new business premiums
  £1,021m     £1,693m     £2,712m  
 
Annualised equivalent (excluding with-profit bonds)
  £119m     £184m     £302m  
Annualised equivalent – with-profit bonds
    –       –     £20m  
 
Total life assurance annualised equivalent
  £119m     £184m     £322m  
 
Branch and Direct – annualised equivalent
  £70m     £100m     £170m  
Intermediary – annualised equivalent
  £49m     £84m     £152m  
 
Total life assurance annualised equivalent
  £119m     £184m     £322m  
 
James Hay
                       
New business cases: (by number) (4)
    6,099       7,098       8,452  
Protection:
                       
Annualised equivalent
  £97m     £125m     £112m  
 
Branch and Direct – annualised equivalent
  £19m     £28m     £27m  
Intermediary – annualised equivalent
  £78m     £97m     £85m  
 
Total protection annualised equivalent
  £97m     £125m     £112m  
 
Funds under management – life assurance
  £25bn     £26bn     £26bn  
 


*   Small and Medium Enterprise.
                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
 
General Insurance
                       
New policy sales:
                       
Building and Contents
    198,453       218,298       267,000  
Motor
    8,701       25,013       35,000  
Creditor
    116,236       129,719       144,000  
Travel
    6,361       33,295       26,000  
Other
    46,030       46,048       35,000  
 
 
    375,781       452,373       507,000  
 
                       
Policies in force:
                       
Building and Contents
    1,151,187       1,262,000       1,321,000  
Motor
    48,884       68,000       107,000  
Creditor
    298,407       295,000       296,000  
Travel
    1,915       8,000       7,000  
Other
    189,419       174,000       135,000  
 
 
    1,689,812       1,807,000       1,866,000  
 


(1)   Mortgage data has been adjusted for all periods to remove the impact of the disposed First National business.
 
(2)   Deposit inflows and stock have been defined to include all (both retail household and non-household) deposits made through the branch network and remote channels in our retail-orientated businesses, which are predominantly UK-based. For market share purposes only, personal deposits have been used to calculate the share of ‘Outstanding Household Deposits’, in terms of both stock and flow, using a market size estimated from the Office of National Statistics data.
 
(3)   Unsecured lending asset comprises the sum of unsecured personal loans, credit cards (cahoot only) and overdrafts.
 
(4)   Adjusted to exclude James Hay inflows now replaced by new business cases (by number). New business cases represent the number of individual SIPP’s, SASS’s & WRAP’s sold. Fixed fees are generated from these sales including Establishment fees, annual Administration fees and Transaction fees which are not affected by the size of the investment flow into the SIPP, SASS & WRAP.

2004 compared to 2003

Banking and Savings

Mortgages

Gross mortgage lending of £25bn was lower than last year (2003: £29.1bn), and represented a reduced market share of 8.6% (2003: 10.7%). This reflected the extent of reorganisation across all of our sales channels, but also less aggressive targeting of the lower profitability remortgage market. During the second half of the year, lending capability was temporarily restricted due to the implementation of new processes and procedures required to comply with Financial Services Authority mortgage regulation. Capital repayments increased to £21.9bn (2003: £19.7bn) driven by the significant increase in asset reaching the end of its incentive period, and market share increased slightly to 11.5% (2003: 11.2%).

     Net lending of £3.1bn was 67% lower than 2003, equating to a market share of 3.1%. This significant drop was driven by a combination of increased capital repayments and lower gross lending, and was particularly evident in the second half of the year. Of the £6.3bn reduction in net lending, 65% (£4.1bn) was due to lower gross lending and 35% (£2.2bn) was due to higher capital repayments.

22


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review – Personal Financial Services continued

Retail Deposits

Deposit inflows of £1.4bn for the year, with a strong second half performance of £2.4bn. The focus on profitable branch-based deposits has delivered positive results in the second half, with inflows into accounts such as Flexible Saver broadly offsetting attrition from back book accounts. cahoot also made a strong contribution to deposit inflows.

Banking

Bank account openings were broadly flat compared to 2003 with stock volume continuing to grow, up 5% on 2003. Abbey branded in-credit liability increased by 5%, but other bank account liability decreased largely due to cahoot rates remaining unchanged, despite base rate rises.

     New credit card openings were lower than 2003 performance for the first half of the year, however this position was significantly improved in the second half where a 22% increase on the first half was achieved following competitive pricing, new product development, and an increased focus on credit cards in the branch network. Despite the slow start, stock of cards grew by 14%.

     A 26% increase was achieved in unsecured personal loan gross lending compared to 2003 (£2,098m versus £1,660m) and this resulted in a 17% growth in asset. This was achieved while maintaining rates at a broadly constant level in an increasingly competitive marketplace. Only in the final quarter of 2004, was a more aggressive pricing position adopted.

     Openings of small and medium enterprise accounts were down on last year but total account numbers increased by 22% and account balances by 16%.

Investment and Protection

Investment

In the direct channels — Individual Savings Accounts and Unit Trusts sales were lower compared to 2003, reflecting market trends.

     Via intermediary channels — sale of investments products were significantly down on last year, largely due to lower Flexible Investment Bond sales following the withdrawal of the special offer on the Cash Fund. Investment sales continue to be adversely impacted by Abbey’s withdrawal from with-profits products. Pension sales are also down on last year, although sales picked up in the latter half of 2004.

Protection

Protection sales are down, in part due to lower mortgage sales, but also due to increased competition in the market. Scottish Provident remains one of the leading players in this sector.

General Insurance

General Insurance policy sales of 375,781 were down 17% on 2003. The decline in household sales has been due to lower mortgage volumes reducing cross-selling opportunities, coupled with increased lapses due to a switch to new systems. Lower business volumes were offset by higher household sales margins. Abbey exited both the travel and motor markets in 2004, reducing new policy sales by 27,000 and 16,000 respectively.

2003 compared to 2002

Banking and Savings

Mortgages

Full-year gross mortgage lending of £29.1bn (2002: £22.1bn) was up 32%, and represented a market share of 10.7%. With remortgage activity remaining significant throughout the year, capital repayments increased to £19.7bn (2002: £15.4bn), but were still slightly below natural stock share.

     Net lending of £9.4bn was 40% higher than 2002 (£6.7bn), equating to a market share of 9.9%.

Retail deposits

Total retail deposit inflows of £1.2bn were lower than the £1.9bn in 2002, with the estimated market share of total household deposit flows also deteriorating to 1.6% from 2.2%. Inflows into Abbey-branded accounts were £0.4bn (2002: £1.0bn), reflecting positive inflows into the personal and business bank account ranges. Cash Individual Savings Account sales were £1.3bn (2002: £1.3bn), in line with last year. The remainder of the inflows relate to Abbey National Offshore and cahoot.

Banking

Bank account openings totalled 396,000 (2002: 444,000), with a total stock of accounts nearing 3.8m. Abbey retail in-credit balances were up 23% to £4.3bn (2002: £3.5bn). Openings in cahoot and other businesses were 42% lower at 52,000 (2002: 90,000) largely due to an increased number of customers opening the cahoot savings account rather than the current account.

     Unsecured lending balances, which incorporate credit cards (cahoot only), unsecured personal loans and overdrafts, increased by 12% to £2.9bn (2002: £2.6bn) driven in particular by growth in cahoot unsecured personal loans. Gross unsecured personal loan new business of £1.7bn was up 13% on 2002.

     Openings of Small and Medium Enterprise accounts exceeded 38,000, up 6% on 2002 levels, with balances now in excess of £3bn. Credit card openings of 251,000 were down 5% on 2002.

23


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

Investment and Protection

Total life assurance new business premiums were £1.4bn (2002: £2.4bn), reflecting a general decline in demand due to investor nervousness about stock market conditions relating to with-profits funds. The impact on our new business flows was more marked as a result of our previous dependence on with-profits, and subsequent withdrawal from this market and declaration of a zero bonus for with-profit policyholders in 2003.

     By product, the main movements include a significant fall in sales of single premium pension products in Scottish Mutual and Scottish Provident (£(0.4)bn), falls in single premium structured Individual Savings Account and investment bond sales in Abbey National Life (£(0.4)bn), and the withdrawal from the with-profits bond market (£(0.2)bn).

     Sales of protection products were up 12% to £125m (2002: £112m).

General Insurance

General Insurance policy sales of 452,373 were down 11% on 2002, with a fall in household policy sales, only partially offset by increased sales of personal accident and accidental death policies.

     The decline in household policy sales in part reflects the high proportion of mortgage lending through the intermediaries resulting in lower cross sales.

Personal Financial Services trading income

Personal Financial Services trading income by segment by business

                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Abbey retail
    1,810       2,009       2,082  
cahoot
    69       57       30  
Cater Allen and Offshore
    69       81       118  
 
Banking and Savings
    1,948       2,147       2,230  
Scottish Mutual
    84       59       129  
Scottish Provident
    36       114       49  
Abbey National Life
    85       89       216  
Other
    43       35       31  
 
Investment and Protection
    248       297       425  
General Insurance
    110       121       146  
Abbey Financial Markets
    312       249       258  
Group Infrastructure
    (18 )     (25 )     (69 )
 
Total trading income
    2,600       2,789       2,990  
 
Adjust for:
                       
- Embedded value charges and rebasing(1)
    (27 )     (363 )     (553 )
- Reorganisation expenses - life assurance
    (72 )     (16 )     —  
- Depreciation on operating lease assets
    —       —       23  
 
PFS total operating income
    2,501       2,410       2,460  
 


(1)   The £363m embedded value charges and rebasing in 2003 does not include £80m relating to the tax law changes on the Scottish Provident acquisition structure, which are reported as provisions for bad and doubtful debts for statutory purposes.

2004 compared to 2003

Banking and Savings trading income was £199m lower at £1,948m (2003: £2,147m), largely attributable to the reduction in the Personal Financial Services Banking spread by 30 basis points. This was partially offset by a release of unused reassurance reserves of £42m that are not expected to recur in 2005.

     Investment and Protection trading income of £248m was £49m lower than the previous period (2003: £297m), largely due to lower expected return from embedded value earnings due to the lowering of the discount rate assumption and higher internal value based management charges following a change in the assumed mix of capital support. The 2004 result includes £(59)m of experience variances and assumption charges. (These are discussed in more detail in the “life assurance profit before tax” section).

     In General Insurance trading income fell £11m to £110m (2003: £121m) caused mainly by reduced new policy sales and lower renewals business.

     Abbey Financial Markets trading income of £312m was £63m higher than the previous period (2003: £249m), largely due to a number of risk management opportunities and a favourable interest rate environment. In total, the 2004 results include circa £65m of one-off items that are not expected to repeat in 2005.

     Group Infrastructure trading income of £(18)m (2003: £(25)m) was broadly in line with last year, but benefiting from the allocation of more interest cost to the business areas.

     In addition, 2004 results include circa £50m of income in relation to pre-tax earnings on the Group’s capital, that will not recur in 2005 as a result of the closeout of hedging in 2004.

2003 compared to 2002

Banking and Savings trading income was £83m lower at £2,147m (2002: £2,230m). A fall in net interest income was largely due to high levels of mortgage redemptions being replaced by lower margin new business. This also contributed to a lower overall standard variable rate asset, and more than offset the strong volume growth.

24


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

Investment and Protection trading income of £297m was 30% lower than 2002 at £425m. The main contributor to this decrease was the impact of experience variances and assumption changes on the life assurance businesses, which have moved from £84m favourable in 2002 to £58m unfavourable in 2003.

     In General Insurance, trading income fell to £121m (2002: £146m), reflecting primarily an increase in the risk premiums payable to the principal underwriter, combined with a fall in policies-in-force.

     Abbey Financial Markets trading income fell by £9m to £249m (2002: £258m), largely due to the impact of reduced business opportunities resulting from the narrower Personal Financial Services mandate following the Portfolio Business Unit disposal process.

     Group Infrastructure trading income of £(25)m (2002: £(69)m) improved by £44m, with net interest income benefiting from earnings on surplus capital arising from the continued Portfolio Business Unit disposal process. Trading non-interest income was negatively impacted by the non-recurrence of some disposal gains in 2002.

Personal Financial Services net interest income and spread

Personal Financial Services net interest income by segment

                         
            31 December     31 December  
    31 December     2003     2002  
    2004(1)     (restated)     (restated)  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Banking and Savings
    1,510       1,720       1,799  
Investment and Protection
    77       83       90  
General Insurance
    (4 )     (5 )     (3 )
Abbey Financial Markets
    21       26       27  
Group Infrastructure
    (134 )     (115 )     (175 )
 
Net interest income
    1,470       1,709       1,738  
 


(1)   For details of restated presentation of interest and dealing profits see page 14.

2004 compared to 2003

Excluding Banking and Savings (analysed below), net interest income decreased by £29m.

2003 compared to 2002

Excluding Banking and Savings, net interest income decreased by £50m.

Personal Financial Services Banking spread

                 
            31 December  
    31 December     2003  
    2004     (restated)  
 
Net interest income (£m)
    1,510       1,720  
PFS Banking spread
    1.48 %     1.78 %
PFS Average asset spread
    0.70 %     0.90 %
PFS Average liability spread
    0.78 %     0.88 %
PFS Banking margin
    1.60 %     1.98 %
 


(1)   Banking and Savings net interest income includes income associated with the Housing Association asset, however the Personal Financial Services Banking spread excludes Social Housing.

(2)   Average spread is defined as interest received (mortgage, unsecured personal loans and overdraft interest less suspended interest) over average interest earning assets, less interest payable (savings, in-credit bank accounts) over interest bearing liabilities (including an element of wholesale funding). The 2003 spread, has been restated to reflect the sale of asset financing businesses in June 2004, and also adjustment of certain reported asset and liability balances.

(3)   Asset and liability spreads are calculated using the third party interest payments (such as mortgage interest receivable or savings interest payable) net of relevant hedging compared to an internal transfer price of average base rate plus 15 bps.

(4)   Average margin is defined as net interest income (less suspended interest but including a recapitalisation adjustment that equates to earnings on regulatory capital) divided by the average interest earning assets.
 
(5)   Information relating to Personal Financial Services Banking Spread is not available for 2002.

The Personal Financial Services Banking spread was 1.48%, 30 basis points lower than the same period of last year with pressure on the asset spread mainly being responsible for the decline. The reduction in the free-to-go standard variable rate asset contributed circa 8bps of the fall, lower product redemption charges a further circa 11bps. The liability spread reduced to 0.78% (2003: 0.88%), benefiting in the first half from a rising rate environment, but with underlying pressure-reflecting attrition from high margin back-book accounts.

     Through 2005, a modest decline in the spread is expected following a period of relative stability in the last two quarters.

2004 compared to 2003

Banking and Savings net interest income of £1,510m was down 12.2% (2003: £1,720m), in part reflecting a sharp reduction in product redemption charges to £114m (2003: £194m), with a higher proportion of redemptions being penalty free, as well as a further reduction in average penalties per customer.

     The absolute fall in the level of standard variable rate asset has also had an adverse impact of circa £40m in net interest income in 2004 compared with 2003.

25


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

Earnings from deposits were down by circa £35m, with benefits from rising interest rates and spread widening (particularly in bank accounts) being more than offset by attrition from high margin back-book accounts.

2003 compared to 2002

Banking and Savings net interest income of £1,720m was down 4% (2002: £1,799m), primarily reflecting a fall in the average mortgage book margin, with high levels of redemptions and incentive maturities being replaced by lower margin new lending.

                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
Mortgage asset mix (1)   £bn     £bn     £bn  
 
Incentive period
                       
Standard variable rate linked
    14       18       19  
Base-rate linked
    28       26       19  
Fixed
    18       17       14  
Tied in
    —       1       2  
 
 
    60       62       54  
 
Free-to-go
                       
Standard variable rate linked
    12       15       17  
Base-rate linked
    7       2       1  
Fixed
    6       5       3  
Tied in
    1       1       1  
 
 
    26       23       22  
 
Total mortgage asset
    86       85       76  
 


(1)   Quoted mortgage asset excludes £3.1bn (2003: £3.1bn; 2001: £2.2bn) of Housing Association lending, consistent with the methodology used to calculate the Abbey retail spread. In addition, the split of the asset has been restated in prior periods to correct misclassifications, increasing the amount of fixed rate asset, offset by reducing the standard variable rate linked and Base rate linked incentive period values.

2004 compared to 2003

In overall terms, the amount of assets in incentive periods reduced during 2004 reflecting lower gross lending but also high levels of assets reaching the end of their incentive period and reverting to base rate linked (free-to-go). Of the remaining incentive period asset, the standard variable rate linked incentive period business mainly constitutes higher margin variable internal transfer business which all tracks and reverts to standard variable rate. Base rate linked business contains most of the front book business and is linked to base rates in the incentive period.

     The free-to-go standard variable rate asset has fallen over the past few years due partly to the increase in remortgage business and also the selling of Classic and Lifestyle products which revert to a base rate tracker after the incentive period.

     Through 2005, incentive period maturities will again start reverting to standard variable rate, and therefore a more stable profile in the high margin standard variable rate asset is expected.

2003 compared to 2002

At year end, free-to-go standard variable rate was £15bn, reducing through 2003, but in particular from September 2003, as an increased proportion of incentive-based customer loans started to mature onto base rate linked reversion products. This latter segment is broadly restricted to lending undertaken between April 2001 and August 2002.

                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
Liability mix   £bn     £bn     £bn  
 
Banking
    4.5       4.3       3.5  
Remote
    11.0       12.2       13.2  
Fixed term and tax free savings
    15.1       14.5       14.7  
Branch-based deposits
    15.3       15.3       15.4  
 
Total Abbey branded household liability (1)
    45.9       46.3       46.8  
Other brands (1)
    16.0       14.2       12.5  
 
Total PFS liability
    61.9       60.5       59.3  
 


(1)   The split is different to that in the “Personal Financial Services business flows” section due to the treatment of Abbey Business.

2004 compared to 2003

Overall, branch-based deposits have remained stable at £15.3bn. Changes in mix reflect attrition from older branch-based accounts, partly offset by positive flows into new lower but still positive margin, branch-based offerings, such as Flexible Saver and Branch Saver.

     Remote savings balances, including internet and postal, have reduced to £11.0bn (December 2003: £12.2bn). Fixed term and tax-free savings balances increased, with Individual Savings Account (ISA) inflows offsetting bond and Tax Exempt Special Savings Account maturities.

     Growth in balances outside Abbey retail relate primarily to cahoot.

26


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

2003 compared to 2002

Overall, branch-based deposits remained broadly stable at £15.3bn. Current account growth contributed positively to the stability of branch-based balances.

     Remote savings balances, including internet and postal, have reduced to £12.2bn (2002: £13.2bn). Fixed term and tax-free savings balances fell modestly, with Individual Savings Account inflows partially offsetting bond and Tax Exempt Specialist Savings Account (TESSA) maturities.

     Growth in balances outside Abbey retail relate primarily to cahoot and Abbey National Offshore.

Trading non-interest income

                         
    31 December     31 December 2003     31 December 2002  
    2004     (restated)     (restated)  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Mortgages:
                       
Administration, survey and legal fees
    66       73       65  
Application and booking fees
    40       43       13  
Fee income on high loan-to-value loans
    88       55       87  
Introducer fees payable
    (31 )     (20 )     (17 )
Other
    17       12       3  
 
 
    180       163       151  
Savings
    28       47       67  
Banking:
                       
Fees and commissions receivable
    278       246       235  
Fees and commissions payable
    (40 )     (38 )     (31 )
Other
    (8 )     9       9  
 
 
    230       217       213  
 
Banking and Savings
    438       427       431  
 
Investment and Protection
    171       214       335  
 
Building and contents
    91       94       118  
Motor
    —       6       6  
Creditor
    21       24       22  
Other
    2       2       3  
 
General Insurance
    114       126       149  
 
Abbey Financial Markets (1)
    291       223       231  
 
Group Infrastructure
    116       90       106  
 
PFS trading non-interest income
    1,130       1,080       1,252  
 


(1)   For details of restated presentation of interest and dealing profits see page 14.

2004 compared to 2003

Total mortgage non-interest income has increased by £17m to £180m (2003: £163m), predominantly due to a release of unused reassurance reserves relating to high loan-to-value mortgages, offset by increased introducer fees (due to revised amortisation of fees introduced from 2002), and a fall in administration, survey and legal fees, as a result of reduced mortgage completions in 2004.

     Savings non-interest income of £28m is down £19m on last year (2003: £47m), largely due to a fall in the level of both protection and investment sales.

     Banking related non-interest income increased by £13m to £230m (2003: £217m) driven by a new penalty charging structure, offset by the outsourcing costs of cash processing and reduced automatic teller machine income following the loss of key sites at supermarkets.

     Investment and Protection trading non-interest income is analysed in the life assurance income section.

     General insurance non-interest income of £114m (2003: £126m) was slightly lower than the equivalent period in 2003, with lower new business volumes and a reduction in renewals, in part offset by improved margins.

     Abbey Financial Markets non-interest income increased 30% to £291m (2003: £223m), largely due to a number of risk management trades (totalling circa £65m that are not expected to repeat in 2005) and a favourable interest rate environment.

     In Group Infrastructure, non-interest income of £116m (2003: £90m) increased by £26m, reflecting higher capital charges allocated to the life assurance companies in line with the group’s gearing ratio.

2003 compared to 2002

Total mortgage non-interest income has increased by £12m to £163m (2002: £151m), largely due to increased new business levels. These improvements have been offset by reduced fee income on high loan-to-value lending, due primarily to lower levels of new business with loan-to-value greater than 90%.

     Savings non-interest income of £47m (2002: £67m) was down 30%, resulting from a fall in commissions earned on lower sales of life assurance policies.

     Banking related trading non-interest income was £4m higher at £217m.

     Investment and Protection trading non-interest income is analysed in the “Life assurance income” section.

27


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

General Insurance income has fallen to £126m (2002: £149m). Buildings and contents income has been impacted by an increase in the costs payable to the principal insurer of £18m not passed on to customers. Reduced new business and lower renewals have also contributed to the overall reduction in income.

     Abbey Financial Markets non-interest income decreased 3% to £223m (2002: £231m).

     In Group Infrastructure, non-interest income of £90m (2002: £106m) fell by £16m, reflecting the non-recurrence of one-off gains in 2002.

Life assurance income

                                 
    31 December 2004  
            Scottish     Scottish        
    AN Life     Mutual     Provident     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
New business contribution to embedded value
    14       (1 )     32       45  
Contribution from existing business to embedded value:
                               
- expected return
    37       109       60       206  
- experience variances and changes in assumptions
    3       (4 )     (58 )     (59 )
 
Increase in value of long-term assurance businesses
    54       104       34       192  
Non-embedded value earnings:
                               
ANUTM and ANPIM Contribution (1)
    38       —       —       38  
Other income and operating expenses
    (22 )     (31 )     2       (51 )
 
Trading profit before tax (3)
    70       73       36       179  
Less: embedded value charges and rebasing
    (5 )     (79 )     105       21  
Less: reorganisation expenses
    (7 )     (18 )     (30 )     (55 )
 
Profit/(loss) before tax
    58       (24 )     111       145  
 
New business margin (%) (2)
    40 %     (2 )%     45 %     28 %
 
                                 
    31 December 2003  
            Scottish     Scottish        
    AN Life     Mutual     Provident     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
New business contribution to embedded value
    21       6       18       45  
Contribution from existing business to embedded value:
                               
- expected return
    43       128       44       215  
- experience variances and changes in assumptions
    (14 )     (69 )     25       (58 )
 
Increase in value of long-term assurance businesses
    50       65       87       202  
Non-embedded value earnings:
                               
ANUTM and ANPIM Contribution (1)
    43       —       —       43  
Other income and operating expenses
    (14 )     (15 )     26       (3 )
 
Trading profit before tax (3)
    79       50       113       242  
Less: embedded value charges and rebasing
    26       (207 )     (262 )     (443 )
Less: reorganisation expenses
    —       (8 )     (8 )     (16 )
 
Profit/(loss) before tax
    105       (165 )     (157 )     (217 )
 
New business margin (%) (2)
    46 %     7 %     22 %     21 %
 
                                 
    31 December 2002  
            Scottish     Scottish        
    AN Life     Mutual     Provident     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
New business contribution to embedded value
    31       7       15       53  
Contribution from existing business to embedded value:
                               
- expected return
    50       98       23       171  
- experience variances and changes in assumptions
    50       47       (13 )     84  
 
Increase in value of long-term assurance businesses
    131       152       25       308  
Non-embedded value earnings:
                               
ANUTM and ANPIM Contribution (1)
    63       —       —       63  
Other income and operating expenses
    11       (26 )     23       8  
 
Trading profit before tax (3)
    205       126       48       379  
Less: embedded value charges and rebasing
    (32 )     (481 )     (40 )     (553 )
 
Profit/(loss) before tax
    173       (355 )     8       (174 )
 
New business margin (%) (2)
    41 %     5 %     22 %     19 %
 


(1)   ANUTM represents Abbey National Unit Trust Managers, while ANPIM represents Abbey National PEP and ISA Managers.

(2)   New business margin is calculated as new business contribution to embedded value, divided by related annualised equivalent premiums for Life contracts.

(3)   The difference between trading profit before tax for the life assurance business and the Investment and Protection segment of £(14)m (2003: £(3)m and 2002: £(7)m) consists of the profit before tax for the James Hay, Inscape and City Deal Businesses.

28


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

2004 compared to 2003

New business contribution to embedded value

New business contribution to embedded value earnings remained in line with 2003. Reductions in Abbey National Life and Scottish Mutual Assurance were offset by increases in Scottish Provident. The Abbey National Life reductions were mainly attributable to decreases in protection volumes although there was also a drop in investment product volumes. The reductions in Scottish Mutual Assurance were attributable to lower flexible investment bond sales and a reduction in Pegasus product sales and profitability. Despite volume decreases Scottish Provident new business contribution increased due to higher profitability in protection sales.

Expected return

Expected return represents the unwind of the discount on the discounted value of future profits, together with the return on shareholders’ funds held in the long-term business fund. Overall, the expected return of £206m (2003: £215m) was down £9m. The overall decline was due to the reduction in the risk discount rate. This fall was partly offset by earnings on former contingent loan balances being recognised as part of embedded value rather than in net interest income.

Abbey National Unit Trust Managers and Abbey National PEP and ISA managers’ contribution

ANUTM and ANPIM non-interest income of £38m was slightly below last year (2003: £43m) due to lower sales volumes.

Other Income and Operating Expenses

Other income and operating expenses of £(51)m was down £48m in 2003. This is due to a fall in net interest income of £17m largely due to the unwind of the Scottish Provident and Scottish Mutual Assurance contingent loan arrangements in July 2004, and an increase in the internal management charge for debt capital in line with group gearing.

2003 compared to 2002

New business contribution to embedded value

The decrease in Abbey National Life new business contribution is due to reduced sales of investment products, particularly with-profits bonds together with reduced profitability from protection business resulting from increased reassurance charges. Reduced sales of investment products also lead to a reduction in new business contribution from Scottish Mutual though this is largely offset by reductions in low margin pension business. The increase from Scottish Provident is due to the increase in protection volumes partly offset by reduced profitability in the first half of the year due to increased reassurance rates.

Expected return

Overall, the expected return of £215m (2002: £171m) was up £44m.

     The impact of lower balances on the unwind of the discount in 2003 was around £70m negative, compared to £30m negative in 2002. This negative impact in 2003 was broadly offset by new business written in 2002 increasing the opening discounted value of future profits.

     The balance of the year-on-year increase largely relates to increased earnings on capital injections made into the long-term business fund, totalling £825m made in Scottish Mutual in the latter half of 2002 and in early 2003, £220m was injected into Scottish Provident.

Abbey National Unit Trust Managers and Abbey National PEP and ISA Managers contribution

The reduction in Abbey National Unit Trust Managers’ and Abbey National PEP and ISA Managers’ contributions is due to lower sales volumes with a lower margin sales mix.

29


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

Experience variances and changes in assumptions

Experience variances and assumption changes of £(59)m (2003: £(58)m) have deteriorated as follows:

                                                                 
    December 2004     December 2003  
            Scottish     Scottish                     Scottish     Scottish        
    AN Life     Mutual     Provident     Total     AN Life     Mutual     Provident     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Mortality and morbidity experience
    3       8       5       16       8       (21 )     23       10  
Lapse experience
    (1 )     (22 )     (14 )     (37 )     (8 )     (23 )     (16 )     (47 )
Expenses (over)/under run
    (2 )     (11 )     5       (8 )     (1 )     (16 )     21       4  
Taxation adjustment
    (6 )     20       (1 )     13       (10 )     (16 )     7       (19 )
Changes to reserving and modelling methodology
    14       7       (50 )     (29 )     3       6       (11 )     (2 )
Other
    (6 )     (5 )     (3 )     (14 )     (6 )     1       1       (4 )
 
Total experience and assumption changes variance
    2       (3 )     (58 )     (59 )     (14 )     (69 )     25       (58 )
 

Experience variances relate to the current year and changes in assumptions capture the effect both in current year, and on the discounted value of future profits, of the difference between the actual experience and the assumptions built in the models for calculating the new business contribution and the expected return. However, investment variances and other one-off items are excluded. Taxation adjustments affect profit before tax as profit is calculated on a post-tax basis and grossed up at the rate applicable to the company and type of business in question.

     Mortality and morbidity experience variances have been favourable following the assumption changes made in all three value centres at the end of 2003.

     Lapse experience of £(37)m improved £10m on the prior year. The lapse experience was still negative due to the poor lapse experience in relation to with-profit products.

     Expense (over)/under run is a measure of efficiency of cost management within the funds and is impacted by sales volumes, sales mix and actual versus assumed costs. Overall, the expense variance across all funds declined to a negative experience of £(8)m in 2004 from a positive variance of £4m in 2003. This is due partly to Scottish Provident including a one-off capitalised benefit for lower investment expenses in 2003.

     Taxation experience is up £32m following the recognition of a deferred tax asset in Scottish Mutual Assurance in 2004. Changes to modelling and reserving assumptions total £29m including the impact of mid-year annuity reassurance arrangements and changes in Irish tax assumptions in Scottish Provident.

Embedded value charges and rebasing

Embedded value charges and rebasing were £21m (2003: £(443)m).

     The embedded value charges and rebasing are disclosed in the “Other Material Items” section. The investment assumptions and variances total has two main drivers. Firstly, the impact of investment markets over the period differing from expectations. This includes actual less expected interest on surpluses retained in the funds and the difference between actual and expected management charges on unit funds over the period. Secondly, the impact of closing market levels being different than expected on the discounted value of future profits. This includes items such as changes to the active economic basis, changes in asset mix and the impact of higher or lower unit values on the stream of future management charges. Other one-off adjustments included here reflect changes in provisioning and the impacts of stabilising the with-profits funds.

Life assurance new business premiums

                                 
    31 December 2004  
            Scottish     Scottish        
    AN Life     Mutual     Provident     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Single
                               
Pension
    17       222       21       260  
Life and investments:
                               
- ISA and unit trusts
    409       —       —       409  
- Life and other bonds
    4       17       31       52  
- With-profits (1)
    —       —       —       —  
 
 
    430       239       52       721  
 
Annual
                               
Pension
    13       18       1       32  
Life and investments:
                               
- ISA and unit trusts
    13       —       —       13  
- Life and other bonds
    —       —       1       1  
- Term assurance and other protection
    19       11       68       98  
 
 
    45       29       70       144  
 
Total new business premiums
    475       268       122       865  
 
Annualised equivalent (2)
    89       53       75       217  
New business margin (3)
    40 %     (2 )%     45 %     28 %
 


(1)   Excludes sales of Prudential Bonds where only commissions are earned, which totalled £3m.
 
(2)   Calculated as 10% of single premium new business premiums, plus annual new business premiums.
 
(3)   New business margin is calculated as new business contribution to embedded value, divided by related annualised premiums for life contracts.

30


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

                                 
    31 December 2003  
            Scottish     Scottish        
    AN Life     Mutual     Provident     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Single
                               
Pension
    30       280       113       423  
Life and investments:
                               
- ISA and unit trusts
    714       3       —       717  
- Life and other bonds
    20       170       —       190  
- With-profits (1)
    —       2       —       2  
 
 
    764       455       113       1,332  
Annual
                               
Pension
    15       24       2       41  
Life and investments:
                               
- ISA and unit trusts
    9       —       —       9  
- Life and other bonds
    1       —       —       1  
- Term assurance and other protection
    28       15       82       125  
 
 
    53       39       84       176  
 
Total new business premiums
    817       494       197       1,508  
 
Annualised equivalent (2)
    129       85       95       309  
New business margin (3)
    46 %     7 %     22 %     21 %
 


(1)   Excludes sales of Prudential Bonds where only commissions are earned, which totalled £54m.
 
(2)   Calculated as 10% of single premium new business premiums, plus annual new business premiums.
 
(3)   New business margin is calculated as new business contribution to embedded value, divided by related annualised equivalent premiums for life contracts.
                                 
    31 December 2002  
            Scottish     Scottish        
    AN Life     Mutual     Provident     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Single
                               
Pension
    29       623       150       802  
Life and investments:
                               
- ISA and unit trusts
    1,031       50       —       1,081  
- Life and other bonds
    111       124       —       235  
- With-profits (1)
    101       96       —       197  
 
 
    1,272       893       150       2,315  
Annual
                               
Pension
    18       42       4       64  
Life and investments:
                               
- ISA and unit trusts
    19       —       —       19  
- Life and other bonds
    5       2       —       7  
- Term assurance and other protection
    27       15       70       112  
 
 
    69       59       74       202  
 
Total new business premiums
    1,341       952       224       2,517  
 
Annualised equivalent (2)
    196       149       89       434  
New business margin (3)
    41 %     5 %     22 %     19 %
 


(1)   Excludes sales of Prudential Bonds where only commissions are earned, which totalled £11m.
 
(2)   Calculated as 10% of single premium new business premiums, plus annual new business premiums.
 
(3)   New business margin is calculated as new business contribution to embedded value, divided by related annualised equivalent premiums for Life contracts.

2004 compared to 2003

Total Personal Financial Services life assurance new business premiums of £865m were 43% lower than 2003 (£1,508m), mainly reflecting the general decline in the Individual Savings Account market.

     A more detailed analysis of the movement includes:

     
>
  Abbey National Life new business totalled £475m (2003: £817m), down 42%, impacted by a large fall in life and investment products. This was driven by falls in single premium structured Individual Savings Account sales and investment bonds.
 
   
>
  New business premiums in Scottish Mutual of £268m were 46% lower than 2003, predominantly due to reduced sales of single premium pension and investment products. Single premium life sales suffered from the withdrawal of the special offer on the cash fund in relation to the Flexible Investment bond.
 
   
>
  Scottish Provident new business fell 38% to £122m (2003: £197m), largely due to reduced sales of single premium pension products, and lower protection volumes partly offset by sales of the Scottish Provident International offshore bond.

31


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

2003 compared to 2002

Total Personal Financial Services life assurance new business premiums of £1.5bn were 40% lower than 2002 (£2.5bn), reflecting the withdrawal from the with-profit bond market and a general decline in demand due to investor nervousness about stock market conditions.

     The impact on our new business flows has been more marked as a result of our previous dependence on with-profits.

Assets under management

The table below shows the Abbey National Asset Managers’ funds under management by company (including related Portfolio Business Unit entities), and by type of business.

                                 
    31 December 2004  
            Scottish     Scottish        
    AN Life     Mutual(2)     Provident     Total  
    £bn     £bn     £bn     £bn  
 
Closed with-profit funds
    —       7.5       4.3       11.8  
Ongoing businesses
    4.7       7.7       2.1       14.5  
 
Total (1)
    4.7       15.2       6.4       26.3  
 


(1)   Total funds under management are split £25bn in Personal Financial Services, and £1.3bn within the Portfolio Business Unit.
 
(2)   Scottish Mutual includes Scottish Mutual International.
 
    Note: The funds under management disclosed in the table above were largely outsourced in 2004.
                                 
    31 December 2003  
            Scottish     Scottish        
    AN Life     Mutual(2)     Provident     Total  
    £bn     £bn     £bn     £bn  
 
With-profits fund
    —       9.4       4.9       14.3  
Non-profit fund
    4.8       7.5       2.5       14.8  
 
Total (1)
    4.8       16.9       7.4       29.1  
 


(1)   Total funds under management is split £25.9bn in Personal Financial Services grouped segments, and £3.2bn in Portfolio Business Unit grouped segments.
 
(2)   Scottish Mutual includes Scottish Mutual International.
                                 
    31 December 2002  
            Scottish     Scottish        
    AN Life     Mutual(2)     Provident     Total  
    £bn     £bn     £bn     £bn  
 
With-profits fund
    —       9.3       5.1       14.4  
Non-profit fund
    4.9       7.6       2.4       14.9  
 
Total (1)
    4.9       16.9       7.5       29.3  
 


(1)   Total funds under management is split £26.3bn in Personal Financial Services grouped segments, and £3.0bn in Portfolio Business Unit grouped segments.
 
(2)   Scottish Mutual includes Scottish Mutual International.

Personal Financial Services trading expenses

Personal Financial Services trading expenses by segment by business

                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Abbey retail
    1,037       1,041       1,002  
cahoot
    41       43       43  
Cater Allen and Offshore
    36       48       63  
 
Banking and Savings
    1,114       1,132       1,108  
Scottish Mutual (1)
    11       9       3  
Scottish Provident (1)
    —       1       1  
Abbey National Life (1)
    15       10       11  
Other
    57       38       38  
 
Investment and Protection
    83       58       53  
General Insurance
    40       48       54  
Abbey Financial Markets
    109       109       110  
Group Infrastructure
    253       230       252  
 
Total trading expenses
    1,599       1,577       1,577  
Adjust for:
                       
- Reorganisation expenses
    445       265       34  
- Goodwill charges
    20       28       811  
 
PFS expenses
    2,064       1,870       2,422  
 


(1)   The quoted operating expenses for the Life Assurance businesses exclude operating expenses that are accounted for as part of embedded value and reported as non-interest income. These totalled £165m (2003: £179m).

32


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

2004 compared to 2003

Banking and Savings trading expenses were down £18m to £1,114m (2003: £1,132m). This was mainly due to lower salary costs and reduced property expenses reflecting site closures, more than offsetting increased marketing promotion.

     Investment and Protection expenses (excluding those within embedded value) were up £25m to £83m (2003: £58m). The majority of this increase relates to system development spend in James Hay.

     General Insurance expenses of £40m (2003: £48m) were down £8m reflecting cost reductions following systems integration.

     Abbey Financial Markets costs remained flat year on year with salary expense decreases due to headcount reductions being offset by an increase in bonus payments consistent with revenue performance.

     In Group Infrastructure, trading expenses were up 10% to £253m (2003: £230m) largely due to wage inflation, pension contribution increases and a rise in outsourced service costs, previously capitalised.

2003 compared to 2002

Banking and Savings trading expenses were up £24m to £1,132m (2002: £1,108m). Increased employment costs reflected wage inflation, increased customer-facing headcount, and increased national insurance and pension costs. This, combined with increased marketing spend, has more than offset the cost savings in Abbey retail.

     Investment and Protection expenses were up £5m to £58m (2002: £53m), reflecting the costs of rolling out multi-manager in Scottish Mutual, and some additional spend to support the expansion of James Hay.

     General Insurance expenses of £48m (2002: £54m) were down £6m, largely due to a significant reduction in headcount as part of the cost reduction programme.

     Trading expenses in the Abbey Financial Markets business of £109m were stable.

     In Group Infrastructure trading expenses were down 9% to £230m (2002: £252m), largely as a result of benefits associated with the cost reduction programme and the non-recurrence of project spend incurred in the second half of 2002.

     A breakdown of the non-trading items is provided in the “Other Material Items” section.

Personal Financial Services trading expenses by type

                         
            31 December        
    31 December     2003     31 December 2002  
    2004     (restated)     (restated)  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Salaries and other compensation payments
    640       639       638  
Social security costs
    60       55       51  
Pension costs (1)
    120       121       81  
 
Salaries and other staff costs
    820       815       770  
Bank, legal and professional expenses
    145       123       109  
Advertising and marketing
    109       91       90  
 
Bank, legal, marketing and professional expenses
    254       214       199  
Software, computer and administration expenses
    268       270       333  
Premises and equipment depreciation
    81       90       92  
Other property and equipment expenses
    176       188       183  
 
PFS trading expenses
    1,599       1,577       1,577  
 


(1)   Pension costs relate to Personal Financial Services only, and do not include £12m (2003: £12m, 2002: £12m) relating to the life businesses accounted for on an embedded value basis.

2004 compared to 2003

Total employment costs were higher at £820m (2003: £815m) comprising:

     
>
  Salaries and other compensation benefits broadly flat with reductions in headcount offset by higher bonus payments;
 
   
>
  Social security costs have increased due to staff movements out of the State Earnings Related Pension Scheme, where a rebate was previously available to Abbey; and
 
   
>
  Pension costs have remained flat.

Bank, legal, and professional expenses of £145m were up 18% on 2003, largely due to information technology outsourcing costs and outsourcing in the General Insurance Division. Advertising and marketing spend was £18m higher (2003: £91m) representing a variety of new marketing campaigns.

     Software, computer and administration expenses of £268m (2003: £270m) were broadly flat.

     Premises and equipment depreciation expenses of £81m decreased by 10% (2003: £90m), due to asset write-offs and run-off more than offsetting increased capital investment.

     Other property and equipment expenses fell 6% to £176m (2003: £188m), a result of a reduction in property running costs due to site closures and rationalisation.

33


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

2003 compared to 2002

     
Total salaries and other staff costs were up 6% to £815m (2002: £770m) comprising:
 
>
  salaries and other compensation payments remained broadly flat, with normal salary inflation, being offset by head count savings from the cost programme;
 
>
  social security costs up 6% in total, reflecting the increase in employer’s contribution rate effective from April 2002; and
 
>
  an increase in pension costs of £40m to £121m (2002: £81m), largely due to increased charges resulting from the pension fund deficit. A detailed analysis of the pension fund deficit is included in the “Other material items” section.

Bank, legal, marketing and professional expenses of £214m were up 8% on last year. Advertising and marketing spend was broadly stable, with a reduction in non-Abbey branded spend being offset by increased Abbey advertising.

     Software, computer and administration expenses of £270m (2002: £333m) were down 19%, largely reflecting the benefits of the cost reduction programme.

     Premises and equipment depreciation expenses of £90m decreased by 2%, due to increased information technology costs in relation to upgrading our telecommunications network, customer relationship management software and upgrades to the branch information technology infrastructure.

     Other property and equipment expenses were broadly unchanged at £188m (2002: £183m).

Personal Financial Services trading provisions

Personal Financial Services trading provisions by type

                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Mortgages
    (119 )     8       17  
Unsecured personal loans
    78       61       47  
Credit cards
    8       10       4  
Banking
    62       39       68  
Other
    5       12       14  
 
PFS provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    34       130       150  
Provisions for contingent liabilities
    153       61       46  
Amounts written off fixed-asset investments
    –       –       (2 )
 
Total PFS trading provisions
    187       191       194  
Add: embedded value charges and rebasing (1)
    (48 )     80       –  
Add: reorganisation expenses (2)
    48       34       –  
 
PFS provisions
    187       305       194  
 


(1)   Charge in 2003 relates to the impact of tax law changes on the structure of the Scottish Provident acquisition.
 
(2)   Includes empty premises provisions arising from the review of site locations and certain asset write-downs.

2004 compared to 2003

In total, Personal Financial Services trading provisions were lower at £187m (2003: £191m).

     There was a release of mortgage provisions of £119m (2003: £8m charge) reflecting favourable arrears, and lower properties in possession and related losses incurred. Offsetting this are higher provisions on unsecured lending arising from increased fraud write-offs in Banking, and increased reserving on unsecured personal loans reflecting growth.

     Most of the higher charge under provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments relate to increased reserving for misselling contributions.

2003 compared to 2002

In total, Personal Financial Services trading provisions fell by 2% to £191m (2002: £194m).

     Personal Financial Services provisions for bad and doubtful debts of £130m fell 13% (2002: £150m).

     The mortgage provisions charge of £8m (2002: £17m) benefited from an improvement in arrears, while provisions relating to unsecured personal loans grew by £14m to £61m due to continued asset growth, particularly in cahoot. Banking provisions decreased to £39m (2002: £68m).

     Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments of £61m (2002: £46m) include a provision of £50m related to uncertainty about the regulatory environment for product misselling.

Total Personal Financial Services non-performing loans

                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Loans provided for
    216       167       174  
Arrears greater than 90 days not provided
    428       414       528  
 
Total non-performing loans
    644       581       702  
 
Total loans and advances to customers (1)
    78,314       75,114       66,072  
Total provisions
    207       315       292  
 
NPLs as a % of loans and advances
    0.82 %     0.77 %     1.06 %
 
Provisions as a % of NPLs
    32.14 %     54.22 %     41.60 %
 


(1)   The quoted loans and advances to customers are net of securitisations.

34


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

2004 compared to 2003

The value of non-performing loans increased to £644m (2003: £581m), driven by several interest rate rises during the year but mitigated by a good credit quality of business written.

     As a percentage of loans and advances, non-performing loans have increased to 0.82% (2003: 0.77%), with provision coverage of 32.14% (2003: 54.22%) - an appropriate coverage ratio given level of asset growth and quality despite the release of mortgage provisions during the year.

2003 compared to 2002

The total value of non-performing loans decreased to £581m (2002: £702m), benefiting from favourable market conditions, good credit control, and strong credit quality of new business written.

     As a percentage of loans and advances, non-performing loans decreased to 0.77% (2002: 1.06%), with provision coverage of 54.22% (2002: 41.60%).

Personal Financial Services mortgage arrears, properties in possession and lending mix

Mortgage arrears

                                                 
    31 December 2004     31 December 2003
            CML (1)             CML (1)  
    Number of             Industry     Number of             Industry  
Cases   cases (000)     % of total     average %     cases (000)     % of total     average %  
 
1 – 2 months arrears
    24.6       1.88       n/a       20.2       1.47       n/a  
3 – 5 months arrears
    5.9       0.45       0.47       5.5       0.40       0.49  
6 – 11 months arrears
    1.8       0.14       0.23       2.2       0.16       0.27  
12 months + arrears
    0.3       0.02       0.10       0.5       0.03       0.12  
 
                                 
    31 December 2004     31 December 2003
Value of arrears   £m     % of total     £m     % of total  
 
1 – 2 months arrears
    16.1       0.02       11.2       0.01  
3 – 5 months arrears
    9.6       0.01       7.5       0.01  
6 – 11 months arrears
    5.2       0.01       5.3       0.01  
12 months + arrears
    2.7       —       3.2       —  
 
Total arrears
    33.6       0.04       27.2       0.03  
 
Balance sheet provisions
    76.8               19.01          
Coverage (times)
    2.3               7.0          
 

Mortgage properties in possession

                                                 
    31 December 2004     31 December 2003
            CML (1)             CML (1)  
                    Industry     Number of             Industry  
Cases   Number of cases     % of total     average %     cases     % of total     average %  
 
No. of repossessions
    987       0.08       0.05       1,642       0.06       0.03  
No. of sales
    1,024       0.08       0.05       1,736       0.06       0.04  
Stock
    288       0.02       0.02       325       0.02       0.02  
 


(1)   The abbreviation CML stands for Council of Mortgage Lenders.

2004 compared to 2003

Mortgage 3-month-plus arrears cases have experienced a slight reduction to 8,000 compared to 8,200 at 31 December 2003. This amounts to 0.61% of the total, compared to 0.59% at 31 December 2003 and 0.80% for the industry as a whole (per Council of Mortgage Lenders).

     By value, 3-month-plus arrears totalled £17.5m (December 2003: £16.0m), with provisions in place of £76.8m (December 2003: £190.1m).

     The stock of properties in possession fell by 11% to 288 (December 2003: 325), with the number of property repossessions also falling by 655 to 987 (December 2003: 1,642). Given slightly higher interest rates, a modest deterioration in credit quality in 2005 is expected.

2003 compared to 2002

3-month-plus arrears cases of 8,200 was 39% lower than December 2002, and was 0.59% of the mortgage book, compared to 0.88% for the Council of Mortgage Lenders industry average.

     By value, the 3-month-plus arrears category totalled £16m (2002: £27m), with provisions in place of £190m (2002: £181m).

     The number of repossessions fell significantly by 38% to 1,642 (2002: 2,628), resulting in the stock of properties in possession falling to 325 (2002: 419).

35


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

Mortgage new business credit quality

                 
    31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003  
 
Loan-to-value analysis:
               
New business
               
> 90%
    6 %     7 %
75% - 90%
    32 %     30 %
< 75%
    62 %     63 %
Average (at inception)
    61 %     62 %
Average loan-to-value of stock (indexed)
    45 %     50 %
New business profile:
               
First-time buyers
    18 %     17 %
Home movers
    39 %     33 %
Remortgagers
    43 %     50 %
Average earnings multiple
    2.7       2.5  
 

There has been no significant deterioration of quality over the period, with most credit quality indicators remaining similar to or better than those reported in 2003. In particular:

     
>
  The average loan-to-value of new business has remained broadly constant in 2004 at 61%, despite remortgage business reducing as a proportion of Abbey’s new business.
 
>
  The proportion of new business written with a high loan-to-value (greater than 90%) has decreased slightly in 2004.
 
>
  There has been a tightening of policy rules around income verification with a fast-track mortgage introduced for loan-to-value mortgages less than 60%.
 
>
  Income multiples have increased in line with the market, given the continued increase in house prices. A review of income multiples has resulted in tighter guidelines for riskier segments of business and more relaxed policy for more valued and low risk customers.
 
>
  For niche markets such as Buy-to-Let, Abbey is under-represented and has not significantly increased its exposure. These niche markets are still under review for a wider rollout.
 
>
  The proportion of remortgage business taking further equity release has remained unchanged for the last 18 months.

Personal Financial Services Banking and unsecured personal loan arrears

                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Total banking and unsecured personal loan arrears (1,2)
    183       146       126  
Total banking and unsecured personal loan asset
    3,393       3,019       2,779  
Banking and unsecured personal loan arrears as a % of asset
    5.4 %     4.8 %     4.5 %
 


(1)   Banking arrears are defined as customers whose borrowings exceed their overdraft by over £100.
 
(2)   Unsecured personal loan arrears are defined as the balances of accounts that are two or more monthly instalments in arrears.

2004 compared to 2003

Banking arrears have increased to £183m (2003: £146m) in line with asset growth, whereas unsecured personal loan arrears have increased above the rate of asset growth, mainly in cahoot and is due to a maturing book.

2003 compared to 2002

Arrears levels have increased 16% to £146m (2002: £126m) driven by increases in asset levels and the growing maturity of the cahoot unsecured lending book. Abbey-branded arrears have fallen 15%.

Personal Financial Services provisions for doubtful debts analysis – balance sheet

                                 
    31 December 2004     31 December 2003  
    Provisions     Balance     Provisions     Balance  
    balance     as % of     balance     as % of  
    £m     loan asset     £m     loan asset  
 
Mortgages
    73       0.1       190       0.2  
Personal banking
    44       13.1       42       8.2  
Unsecured personal loans
    58       3.0       43       2.7  
Abbey Business
    5       0.5       18       1.2  
cahoot
    35       2.5       30       2.3  
 
Banking and Savings
    215       0.3       323       0.4  
Scottish Provident
    —       —       80       6.3  
Group Infrastructure
    —       —       —       —  
 
Total PFS
    215       0.3       403       0.5  
 

Secured provisions have fallen in 2004 due to the general provision reduction.

     The increase in personal banking is due to reserves set aside for dormant accounts.

36


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Personal Financial Services continued

Abbey Business excludes the business units disposed in 2004, which had higher reserve coverage. On the remaining assets, the coverage has reduced slightly.

     The increase in cahoot’s reserves was driven by a maturing book profile, which results in higher non-performing loans and consequently, higher specific provision.

Personal Financial Services provisions for doubtful debts analysis – balance sheet reconciliation

                                 
    Mortgages     Unsecured     Other     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
                               
General
    183       27       88       298  
Specific
    7       90       8       105  
 
Total
    190       117       96       403  
 
Transfer (to)/from P&L account
    (120 )     151       3       34  
Recoveries
    3       25       —       28  
Reduction due to sale of leasing business
    —       —       (92 )     (92 )
Irrecoverable amounts written off
    —       (154 )     (4 )     (158 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    73       139       3       215  
 
General
    64       35       3       102  
Specific
    9       104       —       113  
 
Total
    73       139       3       215  
 
                                 
    Mortgages     Unsecured     Other     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2003
                               
General
    171       23       9       203  
Specific
    10       73       6       89  
 
Total
    181       96       15       292  
 
Transfer (to)/from P&L account
    6       110       94       210  
Recoveries
    5       28       1       34  
Irrecoverable amounts written off
    (2 )     (117 )     (14 )     (133 )
 
At 31 December 2003
    190       117       96       403  
 
General
    183       27       88       298  
Specific
    7       90       8       105  
 
Total
    190       117       96       403  
 

37


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Portfolio Business Unit (PBU)

Portfolio Business Unit trading profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax by segment

                                 
            Motor Finance              
    Wholesale     and Litigation              
    Banking     Funding     Other     Total PBU  
31 December 2004   £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Net interest income
    (70 )     98       32       60  
Non-interest income
    186       (24 )     (27 )     135  
Depreciation and impairment on operating lease assets
    (151 )     —       —       (151 )
 
Total trading income
    (35 )     74       5       44  
Total trading expenses
    (30 )     (22 )     (38 )     (90 )
Provision for bad and doubtful debts
    88       (89 )     (10 )     (11 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    80       —       —       80  
 
Trading profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax
    103       (37 )     (43 )     23  
Adjust for:
                               
Income from associated undertakings
    —       (6 )     —       (6 )
Profit on disposal of Group undertakings
    (32 )     —       (14 )     (46 )
 
Operating profit/(loss)
    71       (43 )     (57 )     (29 )
 
                                 
            Motor Finance              
    Wholesale     and Litigation              
    Banking     Funding     Other     Total PBU  
31 December 2003   £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Net interest income
    22       245       86       353  
Non-interest income
    (197 )     (58 )     25       (230 )
Depreciation and impairment on operating lease assets
    (250 )     (1 )     —       (251 )
 
Total trading income
    (425 )     186       111       (128 )
Total trading expenses
    (107 )     (137 )     (83 )     (327 )
Provision for bad and doubtful debts
    (154 )     (99 )     (11 )     (264 )
Provision for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (2 )     —       (17 )     (19 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    (183 )     —       —       (183 )
 
Trading profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax
    (871 )     (50 )     —       (921 )
Adjust for:
                               
Income from associated undertakings
    —       (12 )     —       (12 )
Profit on disposal of Group undertakings
    (50 )     1       (40 )     (89 )
Profit/(loss) on the sale or termination of an operation
    6       27       —       33  
 
Operating profit/(loss)
    (915 )     (34 )     (40 )     (989 )
 
                                 
            Motor Finance              
    Wholesale     and Litigation              
    Banking     Funding     Other     Total PBU  
31 December 2002   £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Net interest income
    327       464       55       846  
Non-interest income
    378       (48 )     (71 )     259  
Depreciation and impairment on operating lease assets
    (252 )     (5 )     —       (257 )
 
Total trading income
    453       411       (16 )     848  
Total trading expenses
    (123 )     (546 )     (66 )     (735 )
Provision for bad and doubtful debts
    (247 )     (115 )     (2 )     (364 )
Provision for contingent liabilities and commitments
    —       (4 )     —       (4 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    (513 )     —       —       (513 )
 
Trading profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax
    (430 )     (254 )     (84 )     (768 )
Adjust for:
                               
Income from associated undertakings
    —       (17 )     —       (17 )
Profit on disposal of Group undertakings
    (46 )     (2 )     —       (48 )
 
Operating profit/(loss)
    (476 )     (273 )     (84 )     (833 )
 
                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
Profit on ordinary activities by line of business
  £m     £m     £m  
 
Other:
                       
- International life assurance business
    (39 )     (26 )     (92 )
- European banking and other
    (4 )     26       8  
 
 
    (43 )     —       (84 )
 

2004 compared to 2003

The Portfolio Business Unit trading result improved from a loss of £921m in 2003 to a trading profit of £23m in 2004, with a profit in the Wholesale Banking Portfolio being offset by continued provisioning and restructuring costs associated with the wind-down of the remaining Motor Finance and Litigation Funding businesses and stabilisation provisions in the Portfolio Business Unit Life Assurance entity.

38


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Portfolio Business Unit (PBU) continued

The Wholesale Banking trading profit before tax was £103m (2003: loss £(871)m). The improved performance in the Wholesale Banking Portfolio reflects the significantly lower absolute level of asset disposals, and the provisioning to market realisable values taken in the course of 2003.

     
>
  Net interest income decreased by £92m to £(70)m (2003: £22m) due to lower average asset balances.

>
  Non-interest income increased £383m to £186m (2003: £(197)m), reflecting lower absolute levels of asset disposals and related losses.

>
  Depreciation on operating lease assets fell £99m to £151m (2003: £250m), due to continued disposals of operating lease businesses.

>
  Trading operating expenses fell to £30m (2003: £107m) due to reduced size of operations.

>
  A decrease of £242m to £88m release for provision for bad and doubtful debts (2003: £154m charge) due to more favourable market conditions relating to the assets disposed of.

>
  A credit of £80m to amounts written off fixed asset investments (2003: £183m charge) arose as a result of assets being disposed of for amounts in excess of their existing written down value.

The Motor Finance and Litigation Funding trading loss decreased by £13m to £37m (2003: £(50)m) with 2003 including provisions for redundancy and other costs associated with the wind-down of the business.

     
>
  Net interest income decreased by £147m to £98m (2003: £245m) mainly due to three months of First National Bank net interest income being included in 2003.

>
  Non-interest income increased £34m to £(24)m (2003: £(58)m), reflecting lower levels of fees being paid to introducers as a result of the run-off of these businesses.

>
  Trading operating expenses fell to £22m (2003: £137m) due to the sale, referred to above.

>
  Provisions for bad and doubtful debts were lower than the prior period at £89m (2003: £99m) due to run-off of the business and provisions made in prior periods.

The Other trading loss increased to £43m (2003: £nil) mainly due to provisions in Scottish Mutual International for fund stabilisation costs and the profit on the sale of Abbey National Italy in 2003.

     
>
  Net interest income decreased by £54m to £32m (2003: £86m) mainly due to the sale of Abbey National Italy in 2003 and the sale of Abbey National France in 2004.

>
  Non-interest income decreased £52m to £(27)m (2003: £25m), mainly due to provisions for fund stabilisation costs in Scottish Mutual International and the sale of Abbey National Italy in 2003.

2003 compared to 2002

The Portfolio Business Unit trading loss before tax increased by £153m to £921m (2002: £768m).

     The Wholesale Banking trading loss before tax was £871m (2002: £430m). The loss increase was primarily due to lower losses on assets disposals.

     The First National trading loss before tax was £50m (2002: £254m). The loss decrease was primarily due to the non-recurrence of the £357m impairment.

     The other trading loss before tax decreased by £84m to nil in 2003, primarily due to rationalisation costs incurred in 2002 which did not recur in 2003. Also results were negatively impacted in 2002 by embedded value charges and rebasing.

Portfolio Business Unit assets and risk-weighted assets by segment

                                 
    At 31 December 2004     At 31 December 2003  
    Risk-weighted     Risk-weighted  
    Assets     assets     Assets     assets  
    £bn     £bn     £bn     £bn  
 
Wholesale Banking
    3.8       3.1       8.3       5.4  
Motor Finance and Litigation Funding
    0.9       0.8       2.1       2.4  
Other
    —       —       1.9       1.2  
 
Total PBU
    4.7       3.9       12.3       9.0  
 


(1)  The table excludes the shareholder net assets of the international life assurance businesses of £208m (December 2003: £207m) since they do not have a risk-weighted assets equivalent.

The following section provides a detailed analysis of the 2004 balance sheet movements, focusing on the outstanding balances in these exit portfolios.

     Total Portfolio Business Unit assets of £4.7bn were 62% lower than at December 2003, with a 57% reduction in risk-weighted assets to £3.9bn (2003: £9.0bn).

     
>
  The outstanding unrealised mark-to-market deficit (net of provisions) on the debt securities portfolio is £nil (2003: £nil), with the equivalent figure on the loan portfolio also £nil (2003: £66m). The mark-to-market positions do not cover portfolios such as leasing (including aircraft and Porterbrook) or private equity, although aircraft leasing has now been provided down to management’s estimate of realisable value and the private equity business was sold in the first half of 2004.

39


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review — Portfolio Business Unit (PBU) continued

Wholesale Banking exit portfolios

The total charge for provisions, impairments and disposal losses for 2004 is £nil (December 2003: charge of £1,011m). This reflects the significantly lower level of asset disposals, and the provisioning down to market realisable values in securities and loans taken in 2003.

Balance sheet provisions and coverage

Total balance sheet provisions reduced to £124m during 2004 as a result of sales of debt securities and loans. The difference between the profit and loss provision charge and the balance sheet provision movement is a reflection of balance sheet provisions releases following asset sales and exchange rate movements.

                         
    Specific     General     Total  
    provisions     provisions     provisions  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Closing balance at 31 December 2003
    599       173       772  
Profit and loss charge in 12 months to December 2004
    32       (156 )     (124 )
Release on disposal
    (501 )     —       (501 )
Other (incl. foreign exchange movements)
    (23 )     —       (23 )
 
Closing balance at 31 December 2004
    107       17       124  
 

Summary portfolio details

Debt securities

                                 
    At 31 December 2004     At 31 December 2003  
    Assets     RWAs     Assets     RWAs  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Corporates
    —       2       53       100  
Asset-Backed Securities (excluding CDOs)
    43       31       189       214  
CDOs
    —       —       34       31  
High yield (1)
    —       —       712       100  
Total debt securities
    43       33       988       445  
 


(1)   See the “Wholesale Banking exit portfolios – credit exposure analysis” section for further details.

Fair value of debt securities, equity shares and other similar interests

The following table provides an analysis of the fair value of Abbey’s investment securities by investment category at 31 December 2004. All amounts relate to securities held by Personal Financial Services businesses.

                                 
            Gross     Gross        
    Amortised     unrealised     unrealised        
    cost     gains     losses     Fair value  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Equity securities
    30       —       —       30  
Asset backed and corporate debt securities
    282       51       (2 )     331  
Mortgage backed securities other than those issued or backed by US government agencies
    38       3       —       41    
Other debt securities
    322       —       —       322  
 
 
    672       54       (2 )     724  
 

Loan portfolio

                                 
    At 31 December 2004     At 31 December 2003  
    Assets     RWAs     Assets     RWAs  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Infrastructure
    0.2       0.2       0.6       0.4  
Project finance:
                               
– real estate
    0.1       0.1       0.1       0.1  
– other
    0.1       0.1       0.9       1.0  
Acquisition finance
    —       —       —       —  
Structured finance lending
    —       —       0.4       0.2  
 
 
    0.4       0.4       2.0       1.7  
 

The change in the loan portfolio reflected sales across all portfolios.

Leasing

                                 
    At 31 December 2004     At 31 December 2003  
    Assets     RWAs     Assets     RWAs  
    £bn     £bn     £bn     £bn  
 
Finance leases
    1.1       0.4       2.2       0.6  
Operating leases
    2.3       2.3       2.5       2.4  
 
 
    3.4       2.7       4.7       3.0  
 

40


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review – Portfolio Business Unit (PBU) continued

The finance leasing portfolio is predominantly high quality with over 70% of exposure being to counterparties rated AA or better. The operating lease portfolio principally represents assets held in Porterbrook (£2.2bn) and aircraft leasing (£0.1bn) portfolios. The value of the aircraft leasing business has been written down to net asset value based on current market conditions.

     The decrease in operating leases in the 12 months to 31 December 2004 was due to sales of aircraft leasing.

Private equity

                 
    At 31 December     At 31 December  
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Opening balance of draw-downs (net of provisions)
    373       797  
Draw-downs in the current period
    —       159  
Disposals
    (378 )     (445 )
Provision write-backs/(offs)
    6       (138 )
 
Closing balance of draw-downs
    1       373  
 
Undrawn commitments
    —       239  
 

Wholesale Banking exit portfolios – credit exposure analysis

Certain tables presented in prior periods have been omitted as the date is no longer meaningful due to the significant reduction in exposure.

Credit exposures by credit rating

                                                 
    At 31 December 2004     At 31 December 2003  
            Average of                     Average of        
    Average     top five     Total     Average     top five     Total  
    exposure     exposures (2)     exposure     exposure     exposures (2)     exposure  
    £m     £m     £bn     £m     £m     £bn  
 
AAA
    25.7       50.2       0.2       25.7       87.9       0.5  
AA
    22.3       145.9       1.0       40.0       175.1       1.6  
A
    17.0       76.4       0.4       20.2       107.9       0.9  
BBB
    35.8       125.1       0.9       23.7       141.4       1.3  
Total investment grade
                    2.5                       4.3  
BB
    17.0       38.2       0.2       17.2       49.4       0.5  
B
    7.4       10.2       0.1       15.1       41.3       0.4  
CCC
    7.4       10.3       0.1       14.5       42.1       0.4  
Total sub-investment grade
                    0.4                       1.3  
Equity
    n/a       n/a       —       n/a       n/a       0.5  
 
Total exposure (1)
                    2.9                       6.1  
 


(1)   Total exposure of £2.9bn is £0.9bn lower than total assets of £3.8bn. This results mainly from the exposure amounts including amounts due from leasing counterparties rather than the asset value of leasing businesses.

(2)   In some instances there are now less than five individual counterparties. In these cases a true average is reported, which results in an apparent disconnect between the average of the top five and the total exposure.

Additional sector analysis

                 
    At 31 December     At 31 December  
    2004     2003  
Aircraft   £m     £m  
 
IEM Airfinance BV
    39       174  
Asset-backed securities
    —       183  
Other (including operating leases)
    75       82  
 
 
    114       439  
 
                 
    At 31 December     At 31 December  
    2004     2003  
US and UK power lending   £m     £m  
 
UK
    6       221  
US
    39       350  
 
 
    45       571  
 
Of which:
               
Power projects lending on credit watch
    37       360  
 

Credit exposures by region

                         
    Investment     Sub-investment        
    grade     grade     Total  
At 31 December 2004   £bn     £bn     £bn  
 
Europe
    2.1       0.3       2.4  
North America
    0.4       0.1       0.5  
 
Total exposure
    2.5       0.4       2.9  
 

41


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Operating Review – Portfolio Business Unit (PBU) continued

                         
    Investment     Sub-investment        
    grade     grade     Total  
At 31 December 2003   £bn     £bn     £bn  
 
Europe
    3.4       1.0       4.4  
North America
    0.8       0.6       1.4  
Asia-pacific
    0.1       0.1       0.2  
Latin America
    —       0.1       0.1  
 
Total exposure
    4.3       1.8       6.1  
 

Sub-investment grade credit exposure

                                                 
    At 31 December 2004     At 31 December 2003  
            Average of                     Average of        
    Specific     top five     Total     Specific     top five     Total  
    provisions     exposures(1)     exposure     provisions     exposures     exposure  
    £m     £m     £bn     £m     £m     £bn  
 
Corporates
    —       16.8       0.1       —       37.0       0.2  
Asset Finance
    96.0       38.6       0.3       180.0       49.0       0.9  
ABS / MBS
    10.0       —       —       88.0       40.5       0.2  
 
Credit exposure
    106.0               0.4       268.0               1.3  
High yield
    —               —       69.0       —       0.1  
Private equity (excluding undrawns)
    1.0               —       262.0               0.4  
 
Total exposure
    107.0               0.4       599.0               1.8  
 


(1)   In some instances there are now less than five individual counterparties. In these cases a true average is reported, which results in an apparent disconnect between the average of the top five and the total exposure.

Motor Finance and Litigation Funding

                                 
    At 31 December 2004     At 31 December 2003  
            Risk-weighted             Risk-weighted  
    Assets     assets     Assets     assets (1)  
    £bn     £bn     £bn     £bn  
 
 
    0.9       0.8       2.1       2.4  
 


(1)   In 2003 Motor Finance and Litigation Funding risk-weighted assets exceeded the value of assets due to the regulatory treatment of the joint venture with Peugeot, whereby 100% of assets are included for regulatory purposes.

Other

International life assurance businesses

                 
    At 31 December     At 31 December  
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Loss before tax
    (39 )     (26 )
Embedded value asset
    88       192  
New business premiums
    2       226  
 

On 1 January 2004, Scottish Provident International was transferred into the ongoing Personal Financial Services business following the decision to retain the business as an integral part of the offering. The 2003 results have not been restated for the transfer, though the business accounted for £8m of loss, £71m of the embedded value asset and £57m of the new business reflected above. The Dublin based international life businesses which are reported in the Portfolio Business Unit in 2004, have now been transferred back into Personal Financial Services from 1 January 2005, with a loss before tax of £(39)m (2003: loss £(18)m), deteriorating due to additional provisioning in respect of fund stabilisation costs in Scottish Mutual International.

European operations and other

Total assets at 31 December 2003 of £1.9bn consisted largely of Abbey National France which was disposed of in 2004.

42


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Other Material Items

Impact of embedded value charges and rebasing

                                                                         
                                                                    31 December  
    31 December 2004     31 December 2003     2002  
    AN     Scottish     Scottish             AN     Scottish     Scottish              
    Life     Mutual     Provident     Total     Life     Mutual     Provident     Total     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Investment assumptions and variances
    (5 )     (19 )     7       (17 )     26       (122 )     (22 )     (118 )     (668 )
Other one-off adjustments
    —       (60 )     98       38       —       (85 )     (240 )     (325 )     115  
 
Total embedded value charges and rebasing
    (5 )     (79 )     105       21       26       (207 )     (262 )     (443 )     (553 )
 

Investment assumptions and variances

This variance represents the adjustment to allow for differences between actual market performance and our assumptions set out at the beginning of the year. Overall, investment assumptions and variances have improved by £101m. The improvement shows that during 2004 investment performance and market movements were in closer alignment with assumptions. In Scottish Mutual, the cost of £19m principally reflects realised losses and an adjustment to the assumed value of future profits following changes in asset mix during the period. The positive £7m Scottish Provident investment variance is largely driven by a change in asset mix in the non-profit sub-fund out of cash and into bonds.

Other one-off adjustments

The 2003 results included provisions in relation to the realistic balance sheet position of the funds. The 2004 results include a release of the provisions in respect of the Scottish Provident contingent loan in the long-term fund and shareholders’ fund.

Reorganisation expenses

                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Cost reduction programme
    (459 )     (174 )     (34 )
Asset write-downs
    (106 )     (141 )     —  
 
 
    (565 )     (315 )     (34 )
 

Reorganisation expenses of £565m were a combination of expenses in relation to the reorganisation programme initiated early in 2003, costs associated with the sale of Abbey to Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., and costs and provisions raised post-completion of the transaction. The post-acquisition charges amount to £243m in the last quarter, consisting largely of redundancy costs and asset write-downs.

Goodwill charges

                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Goodwill amortisation
    (20 )     (18 )     (64 )
Goodwill impairment
    —       (10 )     (747 )
 
Total goodwill charges
    (20 )     (28 )     (811 )
 

Goodwill charges of £20m comprise mainly the ongoing amortisation charge in relation to Scottish Provident and Fleming Premier Banking.

Pension fund

                         
    31 December     31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Regular cost
    66       75       85  
Amortisation of surpluses arising on pension schemes
    —       —       (3 )
Amortisation of deficits arising on pension schemes
    50       45       16  
Amortisation of surplus arising from fair value adjustment on acquisition of National and Provincial
    2       2       2  
 
P&L charge in respect of defined benefit schemes
    118       122       100  
Add: P&L charge in respect of other schemes (1)
    4       6       1  
 
Total pension charges (2)
    122       128       101  
Less: Portfolio Business Unit charges
    (2 )     (7 )     (20 )
 
PFS charges
    120       121       81  
 


(1)   Comprises defined contribution pension schemes.
 
(2)   Excludes £10m of pension charges relating to the life assurance businesses reported in non-interest income under embedded value accounting (2003: £7m; 2002: £11m).

43


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Other Material Items continued

The following comments refer to the pension cost for the combined Personal Financial Services and Portfolio Business Unit businesses.

     The Abbey defined benefit pension schemes were closed to new members in March 2002 being replaced with a defined contribution scheme. The decrease in the regular cost to £66m (2003: £75m) is due to members of the defined benefit schemes leaving employment during 2004, partially offset by salary inflation.

     The annual review of Abbey’s pension schemes in March 2004 indicated a pre-tax deficit of £563m compared to £604m in 2003.

FRS 17 disclosure

                 
    31 December     31 December  
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Total market value of assets
    2,493       2,205  
Present value of scheme liabilities
    (3,689 )     (3,306 )
 
FRS 17 scheme deficit
    (1,196 )     (1,101 )
Related deferred tax asset
    359       330  
 
Net FRS 17 scheme deficit
    (837 )     (771 )
 

The table above and the following comments reflect the position of Abbey’s defined benefit schemes in totality.

     At 31 December 2004, taking assets at market value and discounting future liabilities at an AA Corporate Bond Rate of return the scheme deficit under FRS 17 was £837m post tax compared to £771m in December 2003. Asset growth of £288m was primarily driven by £243m investment returns, along with contributions to the fund being greater than benefits paid out and transfers out.

     Valuations under FRS 17 are dependent upon market conditions at the balance sheet date, potentially leading to volatility in results between reporting dates. Based on an asset value of £2,493m at December 2004 and asset allocation targets of 50% equities, 30% Bonds, and 20% Gilts and assuming average market returns, the estimated sensitivity to a 10% market movement is £125m for equities, £75m for Bonds and £50m for Gilts.

     Liabilities are determined by projecting forward the growth in current accrued pension benefits to reflect inflation and salary growth to the date of pension payment, discounted to present value. These increased by £383m to £3,689m (2003: £3,306m). The principal movements in the liabilities were the inclusion of a further 12 months’ service cost for current scheme members £120m, the unwind of the discount £183m, a decrease in the discount rate from 5.5% to 5.4% £76m, based on a long-term AA Corporate Bond return and an increase in the inflation rate from 2.7% to 2.8% £78m, offset in part by benefits paid of £88m.

     Under FRS 17, the profit and loss charge for 2004 would be £183m, determined by the assumptions below and the actual service accrued by scheme members. This principally comprises a £139m investment return offset by £120m service cost, £24m past service cost and a £183m financing cost, equating to the unwind of the discount on liabilities.

                 
    31 December 2004     31 December 2003  
    %     %  
 
Discount rate for scheme liabilities
    5.40       5.50  
Pension and deferred pension increases
    2.80       2.70  
General salary increase
    4.30       4.20  
General price inflation
    2.80       2.70  
Expected rate of return on equities
    8.00       7.25  
Expected rate of return on bonds
    5.00       5.50  
 

UK GAAP to US GAAP reconciliation

Profit/(loss) attributable to the shareholders of Abbey National plc under UK GAAP in each of the years ended 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002 was £80m, £(699)m and £(1,161)m, respectively. Under US GAAP the corresponding amounts were £(68)m, £(128)m (restated) and £(1,407)m (restated), respectively. Reconciliations between the UK GAAP and US GAAP amounts, together with detailed explanations of the accounting differences, are included in Notes 58-65 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As part of the preparation of Abbey’s 2004 Consolidated Financial Statements, certain US GAAP differences for 2003 and 2002 have been restated to reflect the correction of errors in the accounting treatment for securitisations, loan origination fees and costs, goodwill, the deferred acquisition costs in the life assurance businesses, derecognition of liabilities and operating leases. The effects of the restatements are set out on page 186.

     As a result of management’s review and restatement of previous US GAAP financial results, management has concluded that there was a material weakness in Abbey’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, regarding Abbey and certain of its subsidiaries having insufficient personnel in the corporate accounting department with sufficient knowledge and experience in US GAAP and the SEC requirements. As part of Abbey’s strengthening of internal controls in the context of these findings, Abbey has undertaken a number of remediation procedures in order to address the internal control deficiencies that contributed to these errors. These remediation efforts will continue during 2005 and include hiring additional accounting personnel knowledgeable in US GAAP; training current accounting staff on the application of US GAAP accounting pronouncements; reinforcing existing US GAAP reporting controls over the reporting process of subsidiaries, including levels of review; and improving standardized reconciliation templates to assist in the reconciliation process between UK GAAP and US GAAP.

44


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Other Material Items continued

     The principal differences between UK and US GAAP, which affected net income, were as follows:

The treatment of shareholders’ interest in the long-term assurance business. Under UK GAAP applicable to banking groups, the net present value of future profits inherent in the long-term assurance business are recognised in the current reporting period. Under US GAAP revenue is recognised when premiums fall due from the policyholders and costs of claims are recognised in the period that such an assured event occurs, resulting in a more even recognition of profit over the life of the related policies.

     In addition, under UK GAAP the shareholder profit and loss account only ever gets credit for the with-profit result at the time of bonus allocation. Under US GAAP the shareholder gets 10% of the with-profit result for a period as the result arises.

The methods of accounting for goodwill and intangible assets. For UK GAAP, FRS 10 continues to require goodwill to be recorded at the income-generating unit and to be amortised over a reputable period of 20 years. Since June 2002, US GAAP requires goodwill to be capitalised at a reporting unit level and all goodwill balances are subject to an annual impairment test. Such goodwill is written off to the extent that it is judged to be impaired.

Under US GAAP, intangible assets representing the value of customer relationships distribution channels and brands associated with acquisitions are established separately. Under UK GAAP, expenses incurred on the purchase or development of computer software are charged to the Profit and Loss account as incurred. Under US GAAP, certain of such costs are capitalised and amortised over the expected useful life of the software. In addition, capitalised costs are tested for impairment.

The treatment of non-trading financial instruments and the derivatives that hedge these financial instruments. The majority of Abbey’s hedging contracts are transacted with an in-house risk management and trading operation, in order to manage financial risks with external markets efficiently. Abbey transfers substantially all of the risk into the external markets on a portfolio basis, in order to benefit from economies of scale. Under UK GAAP, derivatives held as non-trading instruments are accounted for on an accrual basis. Under US GAAP these derivatives are treated as trading, with the unrealised mark-to-market gains and losses taken to the Profit and Loss Account as they arise. As Abbey will continue to hold a significant number of derivatives which are hedge accounted under UK GAAP, net income and shareholders equity under US GAAP will be subject to increased volatility.

Loan origination fees and costs. Under UK GAAP, loan origination fees and costs are taken to the Profit and Loss Account when services are provided, unless the origination fees and costs are in the nature of interest or income, in which case they are taken to the Profit and Loss Account over the expected life of the transaction to which they relate or over the period of time that Abbey has the right to recover the incentives in the event of early redemption. For US GAAP, SFAS 91 requires all loan origination fees not offset by directly related costs to be deferred and amortised over the life of the related loan.

Securities. Under UK GAAP, securities held for investment purposes are stated at cost and adjusted for any amortisation of premium or discount, with a provision also being made for any impairment. Securities not held for investment are stated at their market values, with any gains or losses taken to the Profit and Loss Account. Under US GAAP, investments in equity securities with readily determinable market values and all investments in debt securities are classified as trading, available for sale or held to maturity securities, in accordance with SFAS 115. Trading securities are accounted for in the same manner as investments not held for investment purposes under UK GAAP. Available for sale Securities are reported at market value, with any unhedged, unrealised gains and losses taken directly to shareholders funds. Securities covered by fair value hedges will have the unrealised portion of the security and the underlying fair value of the derivative taken to the profit and loss account. Held to maturity securities are treated in the same manner as securities held for investment purposes under UK GAAP.

The treatment of dividends declared or proposed after the year-end by the Board of Directors. For UK GAAP, dividends are recorded in the period to which they relate, while under US GAAP dividends are recorded in the period that they are actually declared.

     The tax-effect of the above adjustments is made in accordance with the provisions for accounting for deferred income tax.

2004 compared to 2003

Net loss available to ordinary shareholders under US GAAP is £68m in 2004, £110m lower than the equivalent amount available under UK GAAP. In 2003 the US GAAP loss available to ordinary shareholders was £128m (restated), £631m higher than the UK GAAP equivalent.

     The UK to US GAAP adjustments decreased £741m from income of £631m in 2003 to a £110m expenses in 2004. Material movements include the following.

     
>
  During 2004, measures were implemented to reduce the shareholders’ exposure to losses within the with-profit funds. As a result, provisions made in previous years against the prospect of such losses, to the extent not utilised, were reduced. This contributed to the £109m increase in 2004 in shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business.
 
   
>
  A charge related to software impairments and disposal losses following the Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. acquisition and well documented technology improvements that are expected to follow.
 
   
>
  An impairment charge related to the value of distribution channels due to reduced profitability in a competitive UK protection market through the independent adviser channels in place at the date of Scottish Provident’s acquisition.
 
   
>
  2003 was affected by the closeout of derivatives which hedged Portfolio Business Unit assets, a process that was largely complete by the end of that year. 2004 reflects the remaining reduced level of UK non-trading derivatives for which hedge accounting is not obtained compared to earlier years.

45


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Other Material Items continued

2003 compared to 2002

Net loss available to ordinary shareholders under US GAAP is £128m in 2003, £631m lower than the equivalent amount available under UK GAAP. In 2002 the US GAAP loss available to ordinary shareholders was £1,407m (restated), £246m higher than the UK GAAP equivalent.

     The UK to US GAAP adjustments increased £824m from expense of £193m in 2002 to a £631m income in 2003. Material movements include the following.

     
>
  An increase in shareholders’ interests in long-term assurance business (from expense of £673m in 2002 to income of £270m in 2003), primarily due to recognition under US GAAP of the deficits in the policyholder with-profits funds whereas, under UK GAAP, only that amount for which the shareholder is responsible is recognised. The deficits were due to the sharp fall in equity markets in 2002 which have partially recovered in 2003, reducing the overall deficit on a US GAAP basis. The difference was reduced in 2003 following the provision for realistic balance sheet liabilities in the UK GAAP result. The improvement was also due to lower levels of new business in 2003 with UK GAAP recognising more of the profit up-front while US GAAP spreads the profit over the life of the contract and there is therefore a greater benefit from the in-force book.
     
>
  An increase in derivatives and hedged underlying transactions of £441m primarily due to the close-out of derivative instruments which hedged Portfolio Business Unit assets as part of the disposal process.
     
>
  A decrease of £692m in goodwill (from £714m in 2002 to £22m in 2003) primarily due to a £660m difference on impairments recognised under UK and US GAAP in 2002 and reversal of amortisation recorded under UK GAAP.

Legal proceedings

Abbey and its subsidiaries are party to various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, the ultimate resolution of which is not expected to have material adverse effect on the financial position or the results of operations of Abbey.

Material contracts

Abbey and its subsidiaries are party to various contracts in the ordinary course of business save as referred to in note 24 of the Financial Statements. For the two years ended 31 December 2004, there have been no material contracts being contracts entered into outside the ordinary course of business.

Audit fees

Please refer to Note 8 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

46


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review

Throughout this section, reference to UK and non-UK refer to the location of the office where the transaction is recorded.

Deposits

The following tables set forth the average balances of deposits for each of the three years ended 31 December.

                         
    Average: year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Deposits by banks
                       
UK
    7,340       7,144       8,159  
Non-UK
    697       1,761       3,758  
 
Total
    8,037       8,905       11,917  
 
Customers’ accounts (all interest bearing)
                       
UK
    59,405       63,154       63,326  
Non-UK
    5,301       5,501       5,200  
 
Total
    64,706       68,655       68,526  
 

Customers’ accounts — by type

                         
    Average: year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
UK
                       
Retail demand deposits
    41,761       42,477       38,727  
Retail time deposits
    12,177       12,620       14,396  
Wholesale deposits
    5,467       8,057       10,203  
 
 
    59,405       63,154       63,326  
 
Non-UK
                       
Retail demand deposits
    1,152       1,260       1,320  
Retail time deposits
    4,149       4,083       3,417  
Wholesale deposits
    —       158       463  
 
 
    5,301       5,501       5,200  
 
Total
    64,706       68,655       68,526  
 

Substantially all retail demand and time deposits are obtained either through the branch network, cahoot or remotely (such as postal accounts) and administered by the branch network, or cahoot, Abbey’s separately branded internet banking proposition. Retail demand and time deposits are also obtained outside the UK, principally through Abbey National Offshore. They are all interest bearing and interest rates are varied from time to time in response to competitive conditions.

Demand Deposits

Demand deposits largely consist of passbook-based and interest accounts whose balances are available on demand. The category also includes Individual Savings Accounts, current accounts, instant saver savings accounts, remote access accounts, such as those serviced by post, and a number of other accounts which are passbook- or interest-based but which allow the customer a limited number of notice-free withdrawals per year depending on the balance remaining in the account. These accounts are treated as demand deposits because the entire account balance may be withdrawn on demand without penalty as one of the notice-free withdrawals.

Time Deposits

The main constituents of time deposits are notice accounts which require customers to give notice of an intention to make a withdrawal and bond accounts which have a minimum deposit requirement. In each of these accounts early withdrawal incurs an interest penalty.

Wholesale Deposits

Wholesale deposits are those which either are obtained through the money markets or for which interest rates are quoted on request rather than being publicly advertised. These deposits are of fixed maturity and bear interest rates which reflect the inter-bank money market rates.

Short-term borrowings

The following tables set forth certain information regarding short-term borrowings (composed of deposits by banks, commercial paper and negotiable certificates of deposit) for each of the three years ended 31 December. While deposits by banks are reported in the “deposits” section above, they are also shown under “Short-term borrowings” because of their importance as a source of funding to Abbey.

47


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

Deposits by banks

                         
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Year-end balance (1)
    8,578       1,178       11,481  
Average balance (2)
    8,037       8,905       11,917  
Maximum balance
    12,575       10,979       19,101  
 
 
                       
 
    %       %       %  
 
Average interest rate during year
    3.15       2.78       2.75  
Year-end interest rate (3)
    5.43       2.83       2.80  
 

At 31 December 2004, deposits by foreign banks amounted to £9,538m (2003: £5,881m, 2002: £10,364m).

Commercial paper

                         
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Year-end balance
    1,056       1,298       8,439  
Average balance (2)
    2,086       4,199       12,958  
Maximum balance
    3,367       7,300       15,813  
 
 
                       
 
    %       %       %  
 
Average interest rate during year
    0.57       1.60       3.42  
Year-end interest rate (3)
    0.22       5.16       1.46  
 

Commercial paper is issued by Abbey generally in denominations of not less than $50,000, with maturities of up to 365 days. Commercial paper is issued by Abbey National Treasury Services plc and Abbey National North America Corporation, a subsidiary of Abbey National Treasury Services plc.

     Included in the above year-end balance for 2002 is £3.6bn in respect of commercial paper issued by Moriarty Limited and Moriarty LLC. Moriarty was a bankruptcy-remote asset-backed commercial paper programme sponsored by Abbey National Treasury Services plc.

Negotiable certificates of deposit

                         
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Year-end balance
    7,073       8,211       21,744  
Average balance (2)
    8,446       13,996       26,917  
Maximum balance
    9,901       22,429       30,468  
 
 
                       
 
    %       %       %  
 
Average interest rate during year
    3.04       2.17       2.70  
Year-end interest rate (3)
    3.65       3.70       2.75  
 


(1)   The year-end deposits by banks balance includes non-interest bearing items in the course of transmission of £161m (2003: £204m, 2002: £221m).
 
(2)   Average balances for 2004, 2003, and 2002 are based upon daily data for Abbey National Treasury Services plc and its subsidiaries and monthly data for all other operations.
 
(3)   Year-end interest rates are calculated on the basis of the interest earned in the year relative to the year-end balance, and are therefore not representative of actual interest rates.

Certificates of deposit and certain time deposits

The following table sets forth the maturities of Abbey’s certificates of deposit and other large wholesale time deposits from non-bank counterparties in excess of £50,000 (or the non-sterling equivalent of £50,000) at 31 December 2004. A proportion of Abbey’s retail time deposits also exceeds £50,000 at any given date; however, the ease of access and other terms of these accounts means that they may not have been in excess of £50,000 throughout 2004. Furthermore, the customers may withdraw their funds on demand upon payment of an interest penalty. For these reasons, no maturity analysis is presented for such deposits. See “Short-term borrowings” above for information on amounts and maturities of claims under issues of commercial paper.

48


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

                                         
            In more than                    
            three months     In more than              
            but not more     six months but              
    Not more than     than six     not more than     In more than a        
    three months     months     one year     year     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Certificates of deposit:
                                       
UK
    2,417       1,349       948       80       4,794  
Non-UK
    1,444       550       233       52       2,279  
Wholesale time deposits:
                                       
UK
    3,082       410       325       2,635       6,452  
Non-UK
    279       —       —       —       279  
 
Total
    7,222       2,309       1,506       2,767       13,804  
 

At 31 December 2004, there were an additional £2,390m of wholesale deposits which were repayable on demand. All wholesale time deposits exceeded £50,000 at 31 December 2004.

Securities

The following table sets out the book and market values of securities at 31 December for each of the three years indicated. For further information, see the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                                 
    2004     2003     2002  
    Net asset     Market     Net asset     Market     Net asset     Market  
    value     Value (1)     value     Value (1)     value     Value (1)  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Investment securities
                                               
Debt securities:
                                               
UK government
    —       —       125       125       133       133  
US treasury and other US government agencies and corporations
    —       —       —       —       778       779  
Other public sector securities
    28       28       28       29       1,512       1,699  
Bank and building society certificates of deposit
    317       317       204       203       1,011       1,022  
Other issuers: (2)
                                               
Floating rate notes
    32       27       330       381       3,138       3,130  
Mortgage-backed securities
    38       42       36       37       4,022       4,014  
Other asset-backed securities (3)
    257       325       535       483       13,392       13,061  
Other
    —       —       495       583       8,989       9,255  
Ordinary shares and similar securities
    30       30       394       394       893       901  
 
Sub Total
    702       769       2,147       2,235       33,868       34,004  
 
Other securities (3)
                                               
Debt securities:
                                               
UK government
    491       491       547       547       1,169       1,169  
Other public sector securities
    2,869       2,868       3,798       3,798       4,706       4,706  
Bank and building society certificates of deposit
    11,170       11,170       15,811       15,811       14,322       14,322  
Other issuers: (2)
                                               
Floating rate notes
    224       224       244       244       43       43  
Mortgage-backed securities
    240       240       608       608       159       159  
Other asset-backed securities (3)
    495       495       614       614       260       260  
Other
    6,522       6,522       6,953       6,953       6,173       6,173  
Ordinary shares and similar securities
    1,146       1,146       1,239       1,239       70       70  
 
Sub Total
    23,157       23,156       29,814       29,814       26,902       26,902  
 
Total
    23,859       23,925       31,961       32,049       60,770       60,906  
 


(1)   There are hedges in place in respect of certain securities where the rise or fall in their market value will be offset by a substantially equivalent reduction or increase in the value of the hedges.
 
(2)   Other securities comprise securities held for trading purposes and securities used for the stock borrowing and lending business. These securities are carried at market value.
 
(3)   In 2002 this included a portfolio of asset-backed securities managed by Abbey National Treasury Services plc on behalf of Moriarty and its associated companies. See “Short-term borrowings — Commercial paper” included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

A description of the characteristics of the securities held under each of the subcategories of securities in the table above is provided below.

UK government securities

The holdings of UK government securities (gilts) are primarily at fixed rates. Abbey’s assets and liabilities are predominantly floating rate (as described under “Risk management — market risk” included elsewhere in this Annual Report) which is used as the benchmark for risk management. Fixed-rate securities (including gilts) are generally hedged into floating-rate, on either an individual or an aggregate basis within the overall management of the appropriate book.

49


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

US treasury and other US government agencies and corporations

This category comprises US treasury securities, mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government National Mortgage Association, the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (collectively, “Agency Mortgage Backed Securities”).

Other public sector securities

This category comprises issues by governments other than the US and UK governments, issues by supranationals and issues by UK public sector bodies. These are a mixture of fixed-rate and floating-rate securities.

Bank and building society certificates of deposit

Bank and building society certificates of deposit are fixed-rate securities with relatively short maturities. These are managed within the overall position for the relevant book.

Other issuers: floating-rate notes

Floating-rate notes have simple risk profiles and are either managed within the overall position for the relevant book, or are hedged into one of the main currencies.

Other issuers: mortgage-backed securities

This category comprises US mortgage-backed securities (other than Agency mortgage-backed securities) and European mortgage-backed securities. The non-agency mortgage-backed securities have similar characteristics to the agency mortgage-backed securities discussed above and are managed along with the agency mortgage-backed securities for market risk purposes. European mortgage-backed securities have prepayment risks but few have cap features.

Other Issuers: other asset-backed securities

This category comprises a range of mostly floating-rate asset-backed securities including home equity loans, commercial mortgages, car dealer, lease and credit card debtors and student loans. A number of the credit card debtors incorporate cap features.

Other issuers: other securities

This category comprised mainly synthetic floating-rate notes (which are fixed-rate bonds packaged into floating-rate by means of swaps tailored to provide a match to the characteristics of the underlying bond), along with a number of structured transactions which were hedged, as appropriate, either on an individual basis or as part of the overall management of the books. The synthetic floating-rate notes comprised bonds issued by banks, financial institutions and corporations, the latter being largely guaranteed by banks and financial institutions.

The following table sets out the maturities and weighted average yields of investment securities at 31 December 2004.

                                                                                 
                                    Maturing after five              
    Maturing within one     Maturing after one but     years but within ten     Maturing after ten        
    year:     within five years:     years:     years:     Total:  
    Amount     Yield (1)     Amount     Yield (1)     Amount     Yield (1)     Amount     Yield (1)     Amount     Yield (1)  
    £m     %     £m     %     £m     %     £m     %     £m     %  
 
Public sector securities
    28       3.25       —       —       —       —       —       —       28       3.25  
Bank and building society certificates of deposit
    310       4.89       7       4.82       —       —       —       —       317       4.89  
Other issuers
    20       0.64       8       1.09       49       1.27       284       9.13       361       7.42  
 
Sub total
    358               15               49               284               706          
Ordinary shares (2)
    30               —               —               —               30          
 
Total net asset value before provisions
    388               15               49               284               736          
 
Provisions
    —               —               —               (34 )             (34 )        
Total net asset value
    388               15               49               250               702          
 
Total market value
    382               9               42               336               769          
 


(1)   The weighted average yield for each range of maturities is calculated by dividing the annualised interest income prevailing at 31 December 2004 by the net asset value of securities held at that date, and is not necessarily representative when there are only a small number of securities in the portfolio.
 
(2)   Ordinary shares by their nature do not permit the calculation of yields which are meaningful in the same way as yields on debt securities; accordingly, these are omitted.

The following table sets forth the book and market values of investment and other securities of individual counterparties where the aggregate amount of those securities exceeded 10% of Abbey’s shareholders’ funds at 31 December 2004.

50


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

                 
    Book value     Market value  
    £m     £m  
 
HBOS plc
    3,249       3,262  
Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc
    3,163       3,170  
UK government
    1,690       1,758  
Republic of Italy
    1,300       1,316  
Barclays Bank plc
    907       908  
Nationwide Building Society
    901       901  
Credit Suisse Group
    776       776  
Government of Germany
    598       623  
 

For the purposes of determining the above, shareholders’ funds amounted to £4,924m at 31 December 2004.

Loans and advances to banks

Loans and advances to banks includes loans to banks and building societies and balances with central banks (excluding those balances which can be withdrawn on demand).

     The geographical analysis of loans and advances presented in the following table are based on the location of the office from which the loans and advances are made.

                                         
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
UK
    9,478       6,219       6,465       9,288       12,031  
Non-UK
    670       936       135       586       137  
 
Total
    10,148       7,155       6,600       9,874       12,168  
 

The following tables set forth loans and advances to banks by maturity and interest rate sensitivity at 31 December 2004.

                                                 
                    In more than     In more than              
                    three months     one year but              
            In not more     but not more     not more              
    On     than three     than one     than five     In more than        
    demand     months     year     years     five years     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
UK
    2,879       6,535       63       1       —       9,478  
Non-UK
    8       662       —       —       —       670  
 
Total
    2,887       7,197       63       1       —       10,148  
 
                         
    Fixed rate     Variable rate     Total  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Interest-bearing loans and advances to banks:
                       
UK
    7,851       1,520       9,371  
Non-UK
    3       667       670  
 
 
    7,854       2,187       10,041  
Items in the course of collection (non-interest bearing)
                       
UK
    n/a       n/a       107  
Non-UK
    —       —       —  
 
Total
    7,854       2,187       10,148  
 

Loans and Advances to Customers

Abbey provides lending facilities primarily to personal customers in the form of mortgages secured on residential properties and also provides finance lease facilities and a limited number of lending facilities to corporate customers. Purchase and resale agreements represent sale and repurchase activity with professional non-bank customers by Abbey Financial Markets short-term markets business.

     The geographical analysis of loans and advances presented in the following table are based on the location of the office from which the loans and advances are made.

51


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

                                         
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
UK
                                       
Advances secured on residential properties
    76,065       73,481       65,777       60,738       64,053  
Purchase and resale agreements
    4,520       2,958       742       2,704       6,875  
Other secured advances
    1,793       2,938       4,645       3,920       2,367  
Corporate advances
    1,030       3,762       9,071       9,119       5,534  
Unsecured personal advances
    3,516       3,228       5,162       4,833       4,901  
Finance lease debtors
    1,148       2,558       3,429       4,671       5,174  
 
 
    88,072       88,925       88,826       85,985       88,904  
 
Non-UK
                                       
Advances secured on residential properties
    14       1,745       3,186       2,091       1,635  
Purchase and resale agreements
    6,737       6,414       2,358       1,507       —  
Other secured advances
    —       33       106       48       104  
Unsecured personal advances
    —       145       123       119       108  
Finance lease debtors
    —       15       18       67       18  
 
 
    6,751       8,352       5,791       3,832       1,865  
 
Total
    94,823       97,277       94,617       89,817       90,769  
 

No single concentration of loans and advances, with the exception of advances secured on residential properties and corporate advances in the UK, as disclosed above, accounts for more than 10% of total loans and advances and no individual country, other than the UK and US, accounts for more than 5% of total loans and advances.

     The following tables set forth loans and advances to customers by maturity and interest rate sensitivity at 31 December 2004. In the maturity analysis, overdrafts are included in the “on-demand” category. Advances secured by residential properties are included in the maturity analysis at their stated maturity; however, such advances may be repaid early. Abbey’s mortgage loans currently have an average life of six years depending on, among other factors, housing market conditions.

                                                 
                    In more than     In more than              
                    three months     one year but              
    On     In more than     but not more     not more than     In more than        
    demand     three months     than one year     five years     five years     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
UK
                                               
Advances secured on residential properties
    823       1,688       1,554       9,308       62,692       76,065  
Purchase and resale agreements
    2,036       2,484       —       —       —       4,520  
Other secured advances
    29       116       325       263       1,060       1,793  
Corporate advances
    259       204       43       186       338       1,030  
Unsecured personal advances
    1,041       214       559       1,587       115       3,516  
Finance lease debtors
    —       25       12       84       1,027       1,148  
 
Total UK
    4,188       4,731       2,493       11,428       65,232       88,072  
 
Non-UK
                                               
Advances secured on residential properties
    —       —       —       2       12       14  
Purchase and resale agreements
    5,203       1,534       —       —       —       6,737  
Other secured advances
    —       —       —       —       —       —  
Corporate advances
    —       —       —       —       —       —  
Unsecured advances
    —       —       —       —       —       —  
Finance lease debtors
    —       —       —       —       —       —  
 
Total non-UK
    5,203       1,534       —       2       12       6,751  
 
Total
    9,391       6,265       2,493       11,430       65,244       94,823  
 
                         
    Fixed rate     Variable rate     Total  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
UK
    25,857       62,215       88,072  
Non-UK
    6,737       14       6,751  
 
 
    32,594       62,229       94,823  
 

Abbey’s policy is to hedge all fixed-rate loans and advances to customers using derivative instruments, or by matching with other on-balance sheet interest rate exposures.

52


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

Provisions on loans and advances to customers

Abbey’s provisioning policy is in accordance with UK industry practice as expressed in the British Bankers’ Association Statement of Recommended Practice on Advances. A proportion of Abbey’s provisions on loans and advances to customers relate to loans and advances secured, either by a first charge on residential property in the UK, or by other appropriate security depending on the nature of the loan.

    Abbey’s provisioning policy is as follows:
 
>   Suspended interest — interest continues to be debited to all impaired loans. On advances secured by a charge on residential property payment is deemed to be impaired or non-performing when they are 90 days overdue. The homogeneous nature of the loans, together with the size of the loan portfolio, permits a reasonably accurate estimate to be made of the amount of this interest for which eventual recovery is doubtful. This amount is no longer credited to the Profit and Loss Account and is placed in suspense. Interest is no longer accrued when it is determined that there is no realistic prospect of recovery, the exception to this being certain small specialist portfolios where it is local market practice to place loans on a non-accrual basis where there is no realistic prospect of recovery.
 
>   Specific provision — a specific provision is established for all impaired loans after a specified period of repayment default where it is likely that some of the capital will not be repaid or recovered through enforcement of any applicable security. The length of the default period depends on the nature of the advance and is generally no more than three months. Once a loan is considered to be impaired an assessment of the likelihood of collecting the principal of this loan is made. This assessment is generally made using statistical techniques developed on previous experience and on management judgement of economic conditions. These techniques estimate the propensity of loans to result in losses net of any recovery where applicable. For advances secured on residential property the propensity of loans to become repossessed is also calculated.
 
>   General provision — a general provision is established to cover losses which are, from experience, known to exist at the balance sheet date but which have not yet been identified. The general provision is determined using management judgment given past loss experience, lending quality and economic prospects, and is supplemented by statistical calculations which corroborate the conclusions reached.
 
>   Amounts written off — losses are written off when it becomes certain how much is not going to be recovered from repayment, from realising any attached security, or from claiming on any mortgage indemnity guarantee or other insurance. This write-off is determined on a case-by-case basis. In the case of secured loans it is made when the security has been realised and, since the values can then be calculated with some certainty, the instances of further write-offs or recoveries are minimal. In the case of unsecured loans, the circumstances surrounding the asset will be considered before deciding to write-off completely. The write-off policy is regularly reviewed to assist in determining the adequacy of provisions.

     Security is realised in accordance with Abbey’s internal debt management programme. Contact is made with customers at an early stage of arrears with counselling made available to achieve a realistic and sustainable repayment arrangement. Litigation and/or enforcement of security is usually carried out only when the steps described above have been undertaken without success.

     As a result of the write-off policy, the provisions may be made a significant time in advance of the related write-off. This is particularly the case for the loans secured on commercial properties included within the other secured advances category. Legal proceedings to repossess and realise the value of the security are complex and lengthy processes. This means that, although the likely losses have been identified and appropriate provisions made on a case-by-case basis, fewer cases have been determined precisely and written off, net of recoveries, compared to other classes of lending.

53


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

Analysis of end-of-year provisions on loans and advances to customers

                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Specific
                                       
Advances secured on residential properties — UK
    9       8       24       46       50  
Other secured advances — UK
    148       36       42       45       57  
Unsecured personal advances — UK
    133       171       124       152       170  
Corporate advances — UK
    67       161       204       —       —  
Advances secured on residential properties — non-UK
    —       17       26       16       11  
Other secured advances — non-UK
    —       26       34       27       41  
Unsecured personal advances — non-UK
    —       4       4       4       4  
 
Total specific provisions
    357       423       458       290       333  
 
 
                                       
General
                                       
Advances secured on residential properties — UK
    58       165       165       145       139  
Other secured advances — UK
    3       58       19       18       15  
Unsecured personal advances — UK
    35       32       32       35       31  
Corporate advances — UK
    14       173       56       —       —  
Advances secured on residential properties — non-UK
    —       12       9       5       3  
Other secured advances — non-UK
    —       2       4       4       5  
Unsecured personal advances — non-UK
    —       —       3       1       1  
 
Total general provisions
    110       442       288       208       194  
 
Total provisions
    467       865       746       498       527  
 
 
                                       
Ratios
    %       %       %       %       %  
 
Provisions at the year end as a percentage of year-end loans and advances to customers
                                       
Advances secured on residential properties — UK
    0.09       0.24       0.29       0.31       0.30  
Other secured advances — UK
    8.44       3.28       1.30       1.61       3.03  
Unsecured personal advances — UK
    4.65       6.20       3.02       3.87       4.09  
Corporate advances — UK
    9.43       13.83       2.97                  
Advances secured on residential properties — non-UK
    0.73       1.70       1.10       1.00       0.87  
Other secured advances — non-UK
    —       68.29       80.85       64.58       44.23  
Unsecured personal advances — non-UK
    11.53       2.76       5.69       4.20       4.39  
Total loans and advances to customers
    0.49       0.93       0.82       0.59       0.62  
Amounts written off (net of recoveries) (1)
    0.35       0.40       0.33       0.37       0.35  
Percent of loans in each category to total loans
                                       
Advances secured on residential properties — UK
    80.29       76.62       69.76       67.62       70.57  
Purchase and resale agreements — UK
    4.77       3.08       0.79       3.01       7.57  
Other secured advances — UK
    1.89       3.05       4.99       4.36       2.61  
Corporate advances — UK
    0.91       2.51       9.27       10.15       6.10  
Unsecured personal advances — UK
    3.81       3.40       5.47       5.38       5.40  
Finance lease debtors — UK
    1.21       2.67       3.64       5.20       5.70  
Advances secured on residential properties — non-UK
    0.02       1.78       3.38       2.33       1.80  
Purchase and resale agreements — non-UK
    7.10       6.68       2.50       1.70       —  
Other secured advances — non-UK
    —       0.04       0.05       0.05       0.11  
Unsecured advances — non-UK
    —       0.15       0.13       0.13       0.12  
Finance lease debtors — non-UK
    —       0.02       0.02       0.07       0.02  
 


(1)   Amounts written off (net of recoveries) ratio as a percentage of average loans and advances to customers excluding finance leases.

54


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

Movements in provisions for bad and doubtful debts

                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Provisions at the beginning of the year
    865       746       498       527       529  
Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings
    —       —       8       —       —  
Disposal of subsidiary undertakings
    (70 )     (94 )     (1 )     —       —  
 
 
    795       652       505       527       529  
Amounts written off
                                       
Advances secured on residential properties — UK
    (2 )     (16 )     (27 )     (41 )     (39 )
Other secured advances — UK
    (39 )     (45 )     (33 )     (49 )     (41 )
Unsecured personal advances — UK
    (136 )     (148 )     (335 )     (296 )     (234 )
Corporate advances — UK
    (164 )     (80 )     —       —       —  
 
 
    (341 )     (289 )     (395 )     (386 )     (314 )
Advances secured on residential properties — non-UK
    (2 )     (10 )     —       (1 )     (2 )
Other secured advances — non-UK
    (2 )     (10 )     —       (5 )     (7 )
Unsecured personal advances — non-UK
    —       —       (1 )     (1 )     —  
 
Total amounts written off
    (345 )     (309 )     (396 )     (393 )     (323 )
 
Recoveries
                                       
Advances secured on residential properties — UK
    16       4       4       9       3  
Other secured advances — UK
    8       —       3       8       12  
Unsecured personal advances — UK
    28       38       89       85       33  
 
 
    52       42       96       102       48  
 
Advances secured on residential properties — non-UK
    —       —       5       —       —  
Other secured advances — non-UK
    —       —       6       —       —  
 
Total amount recovered
    52       42       107       102       48  
 
Specific provisions charged against profit
                                       
Advances secured on residential properties — UK
    (13 )     5       1       27       24  
Other secured advances — UK
    147       52       25       29       52  
Unsecured personal advances — UK
    70       205       219       193       213  
Corporate advances — UK
    71       36       207       —       —  
 
 
    275       298       452       249       289  
 
Advances secured on residential properties — non-UK
    (1 )     4       2       6       1  
Other secured advances — non-UK
    —       —       (1 )     (8 )     —  
Unsecured personal advances — non-UK
    1       —       1       1       1  
 
Total specific provisions charged against profit
    275       302       454       248       291  
 
General provisions charged against profit
    (310 )     172       60       15       (18 )
 
Exchange and other adjustments
    —       6       16       (1 )     —  
 
Provisions at the end of the year
    467       865       746       498       527  
 

Interest in suspense

                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Interest in suspense at the beginning of the year
    50       76       96       100       114  
Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings
    —       —       3       —       —  
Net interest suspended during the year
    7       9       10       23       32  
Disposal of subsidiary undertaking
    (42 )     (15 )     —       —       —  
Interest written off
    (8 )     (24 )     (38 )     (26 )     (46 )
Exchange and other adjustments
    —       4       5       (1 )     —  
 
Interest in suspense at the end of the year
    7       50       76       96       100  
 

Potential credit risk elements in loans and advances

US banks typically stop accruing interest when loans become overdue by 90 days or more, or when recovery is doubtful. In accordance with the British Bankers’ Association Statement of Recommended Practice on Advances, Abbey continues to charge interest for collection purposes, where appropriate, to accounts whose recovery is in doubt, but the interest is suspended as it accrues and is excluded from interest income in the Profit and Loss Account. This suspension of interest continues until such time as its recovery is considered to be unlikely at which time the advance is written off. While such practice does not affect net income in comparison with the practice followed in the US, it has the effect of increasing the reported level of potential credit risk elements in loans and advances. The amount of this difference at 31 December 2004 was £7m. Other than for the net interest suspended during the year, interest income in the Profit and Loss Account is the same as would have been credited if all loans had been current in accordance with their original terms.

     The following table presents the potential credit risk elements in Abbey loans and advances. Additional categories of disclosure are included, however, to record loans and advances where interest continues to be accrued and where either interest is being suspended or specific provisions have been made. Normal US banking practice would be to place such loans and advances on non-accrual status. However, at 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002 there was a small amount of loan assets placed on non-accrual status within Abbey, where such treatment is viewed as more appropriate given the nature of the business and the particular circumstances of the loans. The amounts are stated before deductions of the value of security held and specific provision or interest suspended.

55


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

Group non-performing loans and advances

                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Accruing loans and advances on which a proportion of interest has been suspended and/or on which specific provision has been made:
                                       
UK
    422       1,531       515       717       777  
Non-UK
    —       101       154       131       138  
 
 
    422       1,632       669       848       915  
 
Accruing loans and advances 90 days overdue on which no interest has been suspended and on which no specific provision has been made:
                                       
UK
    801       1,110       1,364       898       871  
Non-UK
    —       4       22       19       14  
 
 
    801       1,114       1,386       917       885  
 
Non-accruing loans and advances:
                                       
UK
    1       —       —       1       125  
Non-UK
    —       30       22       27       35  
 
 
    1       30       22       28       160  
 
Total non-performing loans and advances:
                                       
UK
    1,223       2,641       1,879       1,616       1,773  
Non-UK
    —       135       198       177       187  
 
 
    1,223       2,776       2,077       1,793       1,960  
 
 
                                       
 
    %       %       %       %       %  
 
Non-performing loans and advances as a percentage of loans and advances to customers excluding finance leases
    1.48       3.25       2.36       2.22       2.60  
Provision as a percentage of total non-performing loans and advances
    38.18       31.15       35.92       27.77       26.89  
 

Overall, non-performing loans and advances as a percentage of loans and advances to customers excluding finance leases have decreased from 3.25% to 1.48%, due to the unwind of the contingent loans made by the long-term business funds of Scottish Provident and Scottish Mutual to Abbey National Scottish Mutual Assurance Holdings in the course of 2004. These loans had provisions against them in 2003. Provisions as a percentage of total non-performing loans and advances have increased from 31.15% to 38.18% in 2004. This movement is attributable to the provision raised in the Motor Finance and Litigation Funding businesses.

Potential problem loans and advances

The large number of relatively homogeneous residential mortgage loans has enabled Abbey to develop statistical techniques to estimate capital and interest losses with reasonable accuracy.

     These techniques are used to establish the amount of provisions for bad and doubtful debts and interest suspensions. In addition, Abbey’s policy of initiating prompt contact with customers in arrears, together with the nature of the security held, which in the case of advances secured on residential property there has been a substantial increase in security values over the life of the loan. This means that a significant proportion of non-performing loans will not result in a loss.

     The categories of non-performing loans and advances which are statistically most likely to result in losses are cases from 6 months to 12 months in arrears and 12 months or more in arrears. Losses on cases for which the property securing the loan has been taken into possession are evaluated individually with the amounts expected to be lost on realisation of the security being established with a high degree of certainty. The following table sets forth the values for each of these categories included in the non-performing loans and advances table above for each of the last five years.

                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
6 months to 12 months in arrears
    58       62       101       114       341  
12 months or more in arrears
    5       44       131       111       192  
Properties in possession
    10       7       9       14       57  
 

The approximate anticipated bad debt write-offs and recoveries in respect of 2005 are as follows:

         
    Group  
Amounts written off   £m  
 
Advances secured on residential properties — UK
    4  
Unsecured personal advances — UK
    153  
Corporate advances — UK
    90  
Other secured advances — UK
    104  
Advances secured on residential properties — non-UK
    —  
Other secured advances — non-UK
    —  
Unsecured personal advances — non-UK
    —  
 
 
    351  
 

56


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

         
    Group  
Recoveries   £m  
 
Advances secured on residential properties — UK
    1  
Other secured advances — UK
    6  
Unsecured personal advances — UK
    22  
Advances secured on residential properties — non-UK
    —  
Other secured advances — non-UK
    —  
Unsecured personal advances — non-UK
    —  
   
 
    29  
 

Country risk exposure

Abbey has minimal exposure to countries currently experiencing liquidity problems.

Cross border outstandings

The operations of Abbey involve operations in non-local currencies. These cross border outstandings are controlled through a well-developed system of country limits, which are reviewed to avoid concentrations of transfer, economic or political risks.

     Cross border outstandings, which exclude finance provided within Abbey National plc and its subsidiaries, are based on the country of domicile of the borrower or guarantor of ultimate risk and comprise loans and advances to customers and banks, finance lease debtors, interest-bearing investments and other monetary assets denominated in currencies other than the borrower’s local currency, but exclude balances arising from off-balance sheet financial instruments.

     At 31 December 2004, the countries where cross border outstandings exceeded 1% of adjusted assets (as defined below) was the US and consisted substantially of balances with banks and other financial institutions, governments and official institutions and commercial, industrial and other private sector entities. In this context, adjusted assets are total assets, as presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, excluding long-term assurance fund assets and balances arising from off-balance sheet financial instruments. On this basis, adjusted assets amounted to £140.2bn at 31 December 2004 compared to £146.6bn at 31 December 2003 and £174.4bn at 31 December 2002.

Cross border outstandings exceeding 1% of adjusted assets

                                         
                                    Commercial,  
                    Banks and other             industrial and  
    As % of adjusted             financial     Governments and     other private  
    assets     Total     institutions     official institutions     sector entities  
    %     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 31 December 2004:
                                       
United States
    5.31       7,448       7,412       —       36  
 
 
                                       
At 31 December 2003:
                                       
United States
    3.09       4,533       2,693       25       1,815  
Italy
    1.25       1,836       376       1,395       65  
 
 
                                       
At 31 December 2002:
                                       
United States
    1.65       2,884       1,112       19       1,753  
Germany
    1.25       2,176       1,914       —       262  
Canada
    1.19       2,068       1,536       53       479  
Netherlands
    1.14       1,993       1,262       —       731  
 

Cross border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of adjusted assets

At 31 December 2004, Abbey had no aggregate cross border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of adjusted assets.

     At 31 December 2003, Abbey had aggregate cross border outstandings with France of 0.96% of adjusted assets with aggregate outstandings of £1,408m.

     At 31 December 2002, Abbey had no aggregate cross border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of adjusted assets.

Tangible fixed assets

                         
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Capital expenditure
    90       49       165  
       

Capital expenditure to 31 December 2004 amounted to £90m. The majority of this amount, was incurred by Bankings and Savings mostly related to computer infrastructure.

     Capital expenditure to 31 December 2003 amounted to £49m. The majority of this, £46m, was incurred by Bankings and Savings mostly related to computer infrastructure.

     Capital expenditure to 31 December 2002 amounted to £165m. Expenditure of £139m within Bankings and Savings mostly related to computer infrastructure, telecommunications, and automatic teller machine investment. In Investment and Protection and Abbey Financial Markets, £16m and £10m, respectively were spent.

     Abbey had 971 unique property interests at 31 December 2004 consisting of 12 freehold leases, 100 leasehold interests, and 859 operating lease interests, occupying a total floor space of 527,557 square meters. Abbey’s leasehold

57


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

property interests are subject to leases ranging from 1 to 999 years in maturity with the majority being 9 years in average duration and subject to annual contracted rental increases.

     The number of unique property interests owned by Abbey is more than the number of individual properties as Abbey has more than one interest in some properties.

     The majority of Abbey’s property interests are retail branches. Included in the above total are 24 branches that were not occupied by Abbey as at 31 December 2004. Of Abbey’s individual properties, 852 are located in the UK, 15 in Europe, and 5 in the rest of the world. There are no material environmental issues associated with the use of the above properties.

     Abbey has four principal sites at Triton Square, London, Nelson Street, Bradford, St. Vincent Street, Glasgow, and Grafton Gate East, Milton Keynes. The main computer centre is Shenley Wood House in Milton Keynes. These properties are held under operating leases. The registered office of Abbey is located at Abbey National House, 2 Triton Square, Regent’s Place, London NW1 3AN.

     Management believes its existing properties and those under construction, in conjunction with the operating lease arrangements in place with Mapeley Columbus Limited, are adequate and suitable for its business as presently conducted or to meet future business needs. All properties are adequately maintained.

Capital management and resources

Capital management and capital allocation

Abbey adopts a centralised capital management approach, based on an assessment of both regulatory requirements and the economic capital impacts of our businesses. The various regulatory minimum capital criteria are augmented by internally assigned buffers. These ratios, buffers and restrictions, together with the relevant costs of differing capital instruments and a consideration of the various other capital management techniques are used to shape the most cost-effective structure to fulfil Abbey’s capital requirement.

     The most obvious capital management techniques considered are the issue of equity, preference and subordinated capital instruments. Other levers available include tools involving equity and retained earnings. Another obvious measure is control of the amount of assets and risk on the balance sheet and, finally, the use of asset mitigation tools designed to reduce the capital required to back certain classes of asset by disposing of part of the risk associated with them.

     Abbey’s capital allocation control process has two main determinants: the capital volumes approved to business units within the planning process, and the need to have access to a capital buffer which is sufficient to cover the capital impact of major contingent events or “capital shocks”. Capital allocation decisions will be influenced by comparison of returns earned on regulatory equity, conducted as part of planning reviews under which capital levels for operating divisions are approved or when additional capital requests are received.

Capital adequacy requirements

Capital adequacy and capital resources are monitored by Abbey on the basis of techniques developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) and subsequently implemented in the UK by the UK regulator, the Financial Services Authority.

     The supervision of capital adequacy for banks in the European Union is governed by European Union Directives, and specifically the Banking Consolidation Directive and the Capital Adequacy Directives.

     After continuing consultation, the Basel Committee has developed a new framework to replace the 1988 Capital Accord, which the European Union has adapted and issued as Capital Adequacy Directive three. It is currently expected that the New Capital Accord will be implemented during 2007 and 2008, although implementation in the European Union will be dependent on the adoption of a directive amending the Banking Consolidation Directive and the Capital Adequacy Directives. Although the Basel Committee intends to deliver a more risk-sensitive methodology, including a new operational risk capital charge, its goal is that on average, the new approach should not raise nor lower regulatory capital for the banking sector. The international minimum risk asset ratio of 8% will be unchanged.

     On the basis of the developing proposals, management does not expect any material adverse change to the business of Abbey to arise from the new capital adequacy framework.

Capital ratios

The following capital ratios, which exceed both the Basel Committee minimum risk asset ratio of 8% and the Financial Services Authority’s specific recommendation for Abbey, are calculated for Abbey as supervised by the Financial Services Authority. Abbey recognises the additional security inherent in Tier 1 capital, and hence also presents a Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets ratio. An equity Tier 1 ratio (Tier 1 excluding preference shares) is also presented.

58


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

Group capital

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Balance sheet:
                       
Distributable reserves and shareholders’ funds
    4,697       4,961       6,196  
Life assurance reserves — non-distributable
    307       353       153  
Less: goodwill recognised (1)
    (1,069 )     (1,068 )     (1,277 )
 
Core equity Tier 1
    3,935       4,246       5,072  
Tier 1 capital instruments
    1,893       1,957       2,174  
 
Total Tier 1 capital
    5,828       6,203       7,246  
 
Undated subordinated debt
    2,604       2,976       3,065  
Dated subordinated debt
    2,204       2,513       2,745  
General provisions and other
    177       531       394  
 
Total Tier 2 capital
    4,985       6,020       6,204  
 
Less:
                       
PFS: investments in life assurance businesses
    (3,789 )     (3,521 )     (3,384 )
PFS: investment in non-life assurance businesses
    (68 )     (93 )     (166 )
Portfolio Business Unit
    (225 )     (476 )     (807 )
 
Total supervisory deductions
    (4,082 )     (4,090 )     (4,357 )
 
Total regulatory capital
    6,731       8,133       9,093  
 
Risk-weighted assets:
                       
Personal Financial Services
    52,198       52,158       46,019  
Portfolio Business Unit
    3,973       8,997       32,686  
 
Total Abbey risk-weighted assets
    56,171       61,155       78,705  
 
Banking book
    50,416       55,873       72,900  
Trading book
    5,755       5,282       5,805  
 
Total Abbey risk-weighted assets
    56,171       61,155       78,705  
 
 
Capital ratios:
                       
Risk asset ratio (%)
    12.0       13.3       11.6  
Tier 1 ratio (%)
    10.4       10.1       9.2  
Equity Tier 1 ratio (%)
    7.0       6.9       6.4  
Banking Equity Tier 1 ratio (%)
    4.4       4.7       4.6  
 


(1)   Goodwill recognised in the table above of £1,069m differs to that quoted on a statutory basis of £317m, largely as it is deducted from Tier 1 in full on acquisition, whilst the statutory treatment is to amortise the charge over a number of years, together with impairment tests being applied. The significant impairments to goodwill that have been taken in prior years are the principal cause of this difference.

Balance sheet

As at 31 December 2004, the Equity Tier 1 ratio and the risk asset ratio were 7.0% and 12.0% respectively. The increase in the Equity Tier 1 ratio was primarily due to the reduction in Portfolio Business Unit risk-weighted assets.

     Tier 1 capital decreased by £375m to £5,828m, driven by the level of profit attributable to shareholders of £80m and payment of ordinary dividends (£583m), including a special dividend to Abbey shareholders subsequent to the completion of the takeover by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. Tier 1 capital includes a £307m non-distributable reserve, representing income from long-term assurance businesses recognised in the Profit and Loss Account, but not distributed by the long-term assurance funds.

     The decrease in Tier 2 capital of £1,035m was principally due to four subordinated debt issues being retired, together with amortization of subordinated capital and a reduction in general provisions.

     Supervisory deductions primarily represent capital invested in non-banking businesses — mainly the equity investment and retained earnings in life assurance and insurance companies. The movement in the year largely reflects the life assurance profit after tax and the unwind of special purpose vehicles in the Portfolio Business Unit.

Risk-weighted assets (RWAs)

Personal Financial Services risk-weighted assets were at the same level as at the end of December 2003. This was the result of an increase in Retail Personal Financial Services risk-weighted assets of £2.1bn after securitisation, offset by reductions of £1.7bn in Abbey Financial Markets Personal Financial Services activities and a £0.4bn decrease relating to the sale of the Abbey Business asset and leasing companies.

     Risk-weighted assets in the Portfolio Business Unit have decreased by £5.0bn reflecting the continued asset disposals process.

59


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

Reconciliation of Equity Tier 1

                 
    £m     %  
 
Equity Tier 1 at 1 January 2004
            6.9  
Equity impacts:
               
- Profit after tax (1)
    381       0.6  
- Dividends and other (2)
    (692 )     (1.1 )
 
 
    (311 )     (0.5 )
Risk-weighted asset impacts:
               
- Personal Financial Services growth (excl. securitisations)
    2,144       (0.2 )
- Securitisations (net of roll-offs)
    (266 )     —  
- PFS business sales
    (1,838 )     0.2  
- PBU business and asset sales
    (5,024 )     0.6  
 
 
    (4,984 )     0.6  
 
Equity Tier 1 at 31 December 2004
            7.0  
 


(1)   Loss after tax for regulatory capital purposes excludes goodwill amortisation, as goodwill is deducted from Tier 1 in full on acquisition. Additionally, the regulatory group structure excludes certain non-banking entities, resulting in a slightly different tax charge to that for the statutory group.
 
(2)   “Dividends and other” includes the net impact of ordinary dividends, preference dividends, scrip dividends and movements in minority interests (including joint ventures).

Analysis of life assurance capital

                 
    2004     2003  
Value of long-term assurance business   £m     £m  
 
Discounted value of future profits
    1,540       1,171  
Net assets held by long-term assurance funds
    1,428       1,101  
 
Embedded value of the long-term assurance business
    2,968       2,272  
Contingent loan to Scottish Provident’s with-profits sub fund
    —       618  
 
Total value of long-term assurance business
    2,968       2,890  
Contingent loan to Scottish Mutual
    —       575  
Other net assets of shareholder funds
    997       427  
 
Total value of long-term assurance business
    3,965       3,892  
 

The capital structure of the life companies changed significantly in July 2004 following the completion of Abbey’s review of the with-profits funds in Scottish Mutual and Scottish Provident and its subsequent agreement with the Financial Services Authority. Both contingent loans were repaid with no incremental capital or adverse profit impact over and above that already reported. A significant contribution was made to the Scottish Mutual with-profits fund, which was covered by provisions set up in prior years. In addition, the hedging programme was extended and moved into the with-profits funds to allow them to stand independently, reducing policyholder and shareholder risk.

     The discounted value of future profits represents the present value of the surplus expected to emerge in the future from the business in-force. The increase in discounted value of future profits since December 2003 of £369m to £1,540m was mainly driven by the unwind of the contingent loans although growth in new business sales in Scottish Provident also contributed. These increases were partly offset by policy maturities and stronger levels of surrenders in with-profits business.

     Net assets of the shareholders interest in the long-term business fund of £1,428m were £327m above the December 2003 level, as a result of the reallocation of capital to the long-term fund from the shareholders fund following the unwind of the contingent loan arrangement.

     Other net assets of the shareholders funds have increased by £570m from December 2003 representing capital retained within the shareholders funds following the unwind of the contingent loan arrangement.

     A reconciliation between the opening and closing embedded value of the long-term assurance business is as follows:

Movements in embedded value of the long-term assurance business

         
    £m  
 
Opening value as at 1 January 2004
    2,272  
Transfers (to)/from shareholders’ funds
    731  
Increase in value of the long-term assurance business before tax
    76  
Tax on increase in value of the long-term assurance business
    (92 )
Dividends paid to Abbey
    (19 )
   
Closing value at 31 December 2004
    2,968  
   

Before the consideration of market movements and other embedded value charges and rebasing adjustments, the increase in the value of long-term business is £108m pre-tax (£78m after tax) and is achieved through ongoing management of the existing business and writing new business. (The Personal Financial Services portion of this is £141m pre-tax and £106m after tax). The long-term fund total investment variances and other adjustments of £(32)m pre-tax, (£94)m after tax relate to the adjustments to period-end market values, and guaranteed liabilities/market value adjustments but exclude restructuring costs.

60


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

Injections into the long-term funds included £546m to Scottish Provident and £197m to Scottish Mutual in July 2004, primarily driven by the unwind of the contingent loan arrangement. Abbey National Life repaid £31m from the long-term fund in March 2004 with £19m of this being paid as dividend to Abbey.

Life assurance cashflows

                 
    At 31 December     At 31 December  
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Capital injections made from Group
    5       343  
Dividends and interest paid to Group
    (21 )     (181 )
 
Net cashflows (to)/from Group
    (16 )     162  
 

Intercompany flows to and from Group incurred during the general course of business, such as interest, centrally based IT services and sales commissions for branch-based products, are excluded from the table above.

Realistic liabilities

The following shows the aggregate realistic assets and liabilities of the two UK with-profit funds managed by Scottish Mutual Assurance plc and Scottish Provident Limited, at 31 December 2004.

                         
    SMA     SPL     Total  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Asset shares
    7,704       4,049       11,753  
Cost of guarantees
    621       175       796  
Cost of financial options
    106       149       255  
Other liabilities
    65       410       475  
 
Total realistic liabilities
    8,496       4,783       13,279  
 
Regulatory value of asset
    8,562       4,900       13,462  
Realistic adjustments
    9       2       11  
 
Total realistic assets
    8,571       4,902       13,473  
 
Excess realistic assets
    75       119       194  
 

Asset shares are calculated retrospectively on the basis of the actual experience of the fund. The cost of guarantees and financial options are calculated using a stochastic simulation methodology, with the model calibrated to the relevant financial markets at 31 December 2004.

     The base value of guarantees is calculated using a stochastic asset-liability model. The guarantee cost is derived for each guarantee bearing policy by calculating the excess of the guaranteed policyholder payout over the value of the asset share backing the policy on the guarantee exercise date and discounting back.

     Options are assumed to be taken up at a dynamic rate that depends on how far in or out of the money the option is under each economic scenario. Once the option is exercised it is valued as a guarantee.

Options and guarantees

The guarantees within the with-profit funds fall into three main categories; cash guarantees, guaranteed annuity options, and guaranteed cash options.

     Guaranteed annuity options and guaranteed cash options represent the right to convert contractual benefits denominated in terms of cash into annuities and vice versa, at conversion rates guaranteed in advance, usually at inception of the policy.

     For conventional with-profit business, cash guarantees constitute the minimum amount payable at maturity (or other specified date), for example, in terms of guaranteed sums assured and vested bonuses declared at the valuation date, excluding discretionary terminal bonus.

     For unitised with-profit business, cash guarantees constitute the minimum amount payable at specified future dates in terms of the value of units allocated to the policy as at the valuation date. Such units usually have a guaranteed minimum rate of future accumulation (which may be zero, but can be higher for some older classes of business), along with a guarantee that no negative market value adjustment will be applied either on maturity, or, in the case of certain unitised with-profit bonds, at a specified future date or range of dates exercisable at the policyholder’s discretion. Any such guarantees applicable to future contractual premiums are also included within the calculation.

     Outside the UK with-profit funds the extent of guarantees and options included in the terms of in force business will not, in aggregate, have a material effect on the amount, timing or uncertainty of the company’s future cashflows.

61


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

Assumptions

The assumptions that have the greatest effect on the measurement of liabilities, including options and guarantees are:

>   economic assumptions;
 
>   persistency rates;
 
>   expenses;
 
>   mortality; and
 
>   take-up rates of guarantees and options.

Economic assumptions

For the purposes of the determination of realistic assets and liabilities, a proprietary Economic Scenario Generator package that has been calibrated to market prices is used. For non-realistic (“regulatory basis”) liabilities, economic assumptions are based on the prevailing market rates and current asset mix of each fund and include margins for prudence.

Persistency rates

The magnitude of policy lapses has a significant impact on the cost of providing guarantees, particularly of unitised with-profit bond products. Lapses are also important in the case of business with guaranteed annuity and cash options where policyholders may choose to transfer the policy away from the company before the guarantee crystallises.

     These rates are calculated using standard actuarial methodology, on the basis of experienced rates, with adjustments as appropriate where past experience does not capture the policy features now in force, or the prevalent economic conditions.

Expenses

Expenses are based on future budgeted levels allowing for inflation in future years.

Mortality

As with persistency rates these assumptions are calculated in line with standard actuarial methodology, on the basis of past experience adjusted for a best estimate of how the various factors affecting the parameters may change in future — for example mortality improvements for annuity business. Mortality assumptions, which are based on standard industry published tables, are more stable than the persistency rates.

Take-up rates

The rate of take-up of future guarantees and options affects the quantum and timing of guaranteed payments identified above. The assumptions are determined by considering past experience and taking into account how far the options are in and out of the money, on the basis that the further the option is in the money the greater the propensity for it to be exercised by policyholders.

Analysis of available capital

                                                         
    SMA     SMPL     ANL     SPL     SMI     SPILA     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Total shareholders funds (excl fund for future appropriations)
    1,371       94       360       1,342       117       33       3,317  
Fund for future appropriations (1)
    67       —       —       793       19       —       879  
Regulatory adjustments (2)
    (268 )     (23 )     (50 )     (635 )     —       —       (976 )
Other capital (3)
    325       —       —       124       —       —       449  
Total available regulatory capital
    1,495       71       310       1,624       136       33       3,669  
               


(1)   The fund for future appropriations represents the excess assets over liabilities in the with-profit funds calculated on a statutory basis.
 
(2)   Regulatory adjustments include deferred acquisition costs and the removal of negative sterling reserves and acquired discounted value of future profits.
 
(3)   Other capital includes subordinated debt and implicit items.

The total shareholder funds shown are on a draft Modified Statutory Solvency Basis (MSSB). Reconciliation to the Balance Sheet amount is given in the following table.

         
    £m  
 
Total value of long-term assurance business
    3,965  
Less: non-acquired value of future profits
    (1,158 )
Plus: deferred acquisition costs
    293  
Plus: goodwill
    227  
Other (including deferred tax)
    (10 )
   
Total shareholders’ funds (MSSB)
    3,317  
   

 

62


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

Regulatory Capital Requirements

Under the Financial Services Authority Integrated Prudential Sourcebook, the capital requirements for life funds are determined from the minimum of the Pillar 1 assessment (based upon specific Financial Services Authority valuation rules) and the Pillar 2 risk based capital assessment (based upon the firm’s individual assessment of risk and controls). The Pillar 1 assessment also introduces a “twin peaks” approach for with-profit funds, which requires a comparison of the minimum solvency and resilience requirements, determined in accordance with Financial Services Authority valuation rules, with the capital position calculated reflecting a realistic value of the liabilities coupled with a risk capital margin. The determination of the risk capital margin depends on various actuarial and other assumptions about potential changes in market prices, and the actions management would take in the event of various adverse changes in market conditions. In addition, this assessment is open to challenge by the Financial Services Authority who may issue individual capital guidance following any review, and thereby require an increase in the level of capital needed under Pillar 2.

     The offshore companies Scottish Provident International Life Assurance Limited and Scottish Mutual International Plc are subject to regulations in the Isle of Man and Ireland respectively, which are similar to the Financial Services Authority statutory solvency requirements.

     At 31 December 2004 the estimated solvency coverage for each of the life companies was as follows:

         
    %  
 
Scottish Mutual Assurance
    260  
Scottish Mutual Pensions Limited
    1,150  
AN Life
    309  
Scottish Provident
    183  
Scottish Mutual International
    163  
Scottish Provident International
    1,127  
   

 

These reflect the new regulatory regime introduced in 2004 and are not directly comparable to last year’s solvency ratios. However, actions taken during 2004 have in general strengthened the solvency positions of the life companies.

     Amounts have been earmarked in the Scottish Provident Non-Profit fund (£125m) and Scottish Mutual Non-Profit fund (£250m) in respect of risks arising in the respective with-profit funds as Risk Based Capital (RBC). These RBC amounts will only be utilised after taking into account any management actions deemed appropriate and are not expected to be utilised on a realistic basis.

Capital sensitivity

The sensitivities of assets and liabilities to changes in market conditions, key assumptions and other variables have been carried out in the Peak 1 and Peak 2 capital assessment. There has been shown to be sufficient capital under the stochastic modelling exercise. For the Individual Capital Assessment (ICA) the capital availability for each major life entity was investigated. A range of scenario and stress tests were carried out which when combined would constitute a 99.5% over one year default test. Incorporating management actions there is sufficient capital to withstand adverse scenarios.

Capital management policies

At 31 December 2004 there is sufficient available capital to cover the Financial Services Authority’s capital requirement. Most of the shareholder capital in Abbey’s life businesses is located in the shareholders funds, which are mainly held in cash and high-grade short-term debt securities. Shareholders capital in the non-profit business is invested in the same asset instruments as the assets backing the liabilities. With respect to the with-profit funds, management can take actions to prevent deterioration of capital position should such circumstance arise, in accordance with the disclosures made in the respective Principles and Practices of Financial Management (PPFM) documents.

     In 2004, Abbey entered into significant hedging arrangements to manage exposure to the cost of options and guarantees in the with-profit funds.

Capital independence

All life insurance legal entities within Abbey have sufficient capital on a stand-alone basis, and therefore no capital injections are expected to be needed in the future. As the companies operate as separate legal entities any transfer of capital out of any life companies would require the continued satisfaction of various regulatory capital requirements.

Intra-group capital arrangements

Prior to the stabilisation project concluded in July 2004, Scottish Mutual and Scottish Provident had contingent loan arrangements within the Abbey National Group. Post the stabilisation project there are no intra-group capital arrangements apart from internal reinsurance arrangements in relation to the reinsurance of a large portion of the Scottish Mutual International with-profit business and all of the with-profit business of Abbey National Life and Scottish Mutual Pensions Ltd into the Scottish Mutual with-profit fund.

63


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the ordinary course of business, Abbey issues guarantees on behalf of customers. The significant types of guarantees are as follows:

>   It is normal in the UK to issue cheque guarantee cards to current account customers holding chequebooks, as retailers do not generally accept cheques without such form of guarantee. The guarantee is not automatic but depends on the retailer having sight of the cheque guarantee card at the time the purchase is made. The bank is liable to honour these cheques even where the customer doesn’t have sufficient funds in his account. The bank’s guarantee liability is in theory the number of cheques in issue multiplied by the amount guaranteed per cheque, which can be between £50 and £250. In practice most customers will only write cheques when they have funds in their account to meet the cheque, and cheques are frequently presented without the benefit of the cheque guarantee. On this basis management have assessed the risk with respect to this guarantee as highly remote and consider the risk of loss as part of the provisioning requirement on bank accounts.
 
>   Standby letters of credit also represent the taking on of credit on behalf of customers when actual funding is not required, normally because a third party is not prepared to accept the credit risk of Abbey’s customer. These are also included in the normal credit provisioning assessment alongside other forms of credit exposure.
 
>   Abbey, as is normal in such activity, gives representations and warranties on the sale of subsidiaries. The maximum potential amount of any claims made against these is significantly higher than actual settlements. Appropriate provision is made with respect to management’s best estimate of the likely outcome, either at the time of sale, or subsequently if additional information becomes available.

See notes 46, 47 and 48 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding Abbey’s guarantees as well as its commitments and contingencies.

     In the ordinary course of business, Abbey also enters into securitisation transactions. The Holmes securitisation vehicles are consolidated under UK GAAP, though a linked presentation is used whereby the non-recourse securities liabilities of the vehicles are netted off on the face of the balance sheet against the related mortgage assets. The mortgage assets continue to be administered by Abbey. The Holmes securitisation vehicles provide Abbey with an important source of stable long-term funding and also a regulatory capital benefit. The assets are therefore treated as on-balance sheet. Under US GAAP the vehicles are deconsolidated in accordance with SFAS 140 and an interest-only strip calculated. This is a US GAAP adjustment only and does not affect the way the vehicles or underlying assets are managed.

Liquidity disclosures

Liquidity risk is the potential that, although remaining solvent, Abbey does not have sufficient financial resources to enable it to meet its obligations as they fall due, or can secure them only at excessive cost. These obligations include the repayment of deposits on demand or at their contractual maturity; the repayment of loan capital and other borrowings as they mature; the payment of insurance policy benefits, claims and surrenders; the payment of lease obligations as they become due; the payment of operating expenses and taxation; the payment of dividends to shareholders; the ability to fund new and existing loan commitments; and the ability to take advantage of new business opportunities.

     Abbey’s board is responsible for defining the liquidity management and control framework and has approved a Liquidity Risk Policy to cover major liquidity risks and define key liquidity limits. Along with its internal Liquidity Risk Policy control framework, Abbey abides by the “Sound Practices for Managing Liquidity in Banking Organisations” set out by the Basel Committee as its standard for liquidity risk management and control. Abbey also complies with the Financial Services Authority’s liquidity requirements, and has appropriate liquidity policies in place.

Analysis of cash flow movements

Cash flow forecasts at the consolidated and subsidiary levels are provided on a monthly basis, and we use trend and variance analyses to project future cash needs, making adjustments to the forecasts when needed. The table below shows our recent net cash flows:

                         
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities
    (2,019 )     (32,678 )     (10,952 )
Net cash (outflow) from returns on investments and servicing of finance
    (374 )     (372 )     (462 )
Taxation paid (outflow)
    (12 )     (99 )     (496 )
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from capital expenditure and financial investment
    534       25,189       9,555  
Acquisitions and disposals
    3,180       8,803       (536 )
Equity dividends paid
    (697 )     (216 )     (648 )
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing
    (800 )     (193 )     687  
       
Increase/(decrease) in cash
    (188 )     434       (2,852 )
       

64


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

2004 compared to 2003

Net cash movements decreased by £622m to a net outflow of £(188)m in 2004 as compared with a net cash inflow of £434m 2003.

    The decrease was primarily due to:
 
>   a decrease in the net outflow from operating activities due to lower debt issue redemptions compared to 2003 when a significant amount of debt was redeemed as a result of the Portfolio Business Unit disposal programme.
 
>   offsetting this was a lower net inflow arising from the significant sales of Portfolio Business Unit investment securities, lower inflows from sales of subsidiaries, increased outflows from equity dividends paid and increased cash outflows from financing due to the redemption of subordinated debt.

2003 compared to 2002

Net cash movements increased by £3,286m to a net inflow of £434m in 2003 as compared with a net outflow of £2,852m in 2002.

    The increase was primarily due to:
 
>   an increase in the net outflow from operating activities due to a lower level of debt issuance consistent with the lower funding requirement arising from the run down of the Portfolio Business Unit; and
 
>   offsetting this was the net inflow arising from the significant sales of Portfolio Business Unit investment securities and subsidiaries.

Sources of liquidity

Abbey has both wholesale and retail sources of funding and attracts them through a variety of entities. The retail sources primarily originate from the Retail savings business, which forms part of the core Personal Financial Services activity. Although primarily callable, these funds provide a stable and predictable core of liquidity due to the nature of the retail accounts and the breadth of personal customer relationships.

     Abbey’s wholesale funding sources are diversified across funding types and geography. Through the wholesale markets, Abbey has active relationships with over 500 counterparts across a range of sectors, including banks, central banks, other financial institutions, corporates and investment funds. Other sources of funding include collateralised borrowings, securitisations (primarily mortgages) and long-term debt issuance. While there is no certainty regarding money market lines of credit extended to Abbey, they are actively managed as part of the ongoing business. Currently, no guaranteed lines of credit have been purchased, as they are not common in European banking practice.

     The ability to sell assets quickly is also an important source of liquidity for Abbey. Abbey holds marketable investment securities, such as central bank eligible government and other debt securities, which could be disposed of, either by entering into sale and repurchase agreements, or by being sold to provide additional funding should the need arise. Abbey also makes use of asset securitisation arrangements to provide alternative funding sources.

     Under Abbey’s Liquidity Risk Policy, in the calculation of liquidity ratios, Abbey only relies on 95% of retail deposits with an allowance for up to 5% of such deposits being withdrawn at any time. With respect to wholesale deposits, for a period up to and including a month, there is no reliance on external wholesale deposits being renewed. These approaches are more conservative than would be expected based on historical experience with respect to these types of deposits.

     Short-term funding is accessed through money market instruments, including time deposits, certificates of deposit and commercial paper. Medium- to long-term funding is accessed primarily through the stand-alone bond markets. In addition Abbey utilises its euro and, separately, Securities and Exchange Commission-registered medium-term note programmes. The major debt issuance programmes managed by Abbey National Treasury Services on its own behalf, except for the US commercial paper programme which is managed for Abbey National North America LLC, a guaranteed subsidiary of Abbey, are set forth below:

                 
Programme   Outstanding at 31 December 2004     Markets issued in:  
 
$15bn medium-term notes
  $10.5bn   European
$7bn medium-term notes
  $  1.6bn   United States
$4bn commercial paper
  $  0.7bn   European
$20bn commercial paper
  $  2.5bn   United States
     

Uses of liquidity

The principal uses of liquidity for Abbey are the funding of Banking and Savings lending and investment securities, payment of interest expense, dividends paid to shareholders, and the repayment of debt. Our ability to pay dividends depends on a number of factors, including our regulatory capital requirements, distributable reserves and financial performance.

                                         
    Payments due by period  
            Less than     1-3     3-5     More than 5  
    Total     1 year     years     years     years  
Contractual obligations   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Liabilities of long-term assurance funds
    27,180       3,262       3,533       3,533       16,852  
Debt securities in issue
    21,969       11,360       6,103       3,012       1,494  
Subordinated liabilities including convertible debt
    5,360       388       100       360       4,512  
Capital leases obligations
    1,488       120       232       196       940  
Purchase obligations
    338       125       149       64       —  
Other long-term capital instruments
    722       —       —       —       722  
           
Total
    57,057       15,255       10,117       7,165       24,520  
           

65


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

The amounts and maturities of Abbey’s contractual obligations in connection with customer accounts, deposits by banks, and guarantees are described in notes 31, 32, 46 and 62 to the consolidated financial statements.

     The repayment terms of the debt securities may be accelerated in line with the covenants contained within the individual loan agreements. Details of deposits by banks and customer accounts can be found in notes 31 and 32 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Based on previous experience, it is Abbey’s expectation that the undated subordinated liabilities will continue to be outstanding for the foreseeable future. Abbey has entered into significant outsourcing contracts where, in some circumstances, there is no minimum specified spending requirement. In these cases, anticipated spending volumes have been included within purchase obligations.

     Based upon the levels of resources within the business and the ability of Abbey to access the wholesale money markets or issue debt securities should the need arise, Abbey believes that its overall liquidity is sufficient to meet current obligations to customers, policy holders and debt holders, to support expectations for future changes in asset and liability levels, and to carry on normal operations.

66


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

Average balance sheet (4, 5)

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average  
    balance     (1)     rate     balance     (1)     rate     balance     (1)     rate  
    £m     £m     %     £m     £m     %     £m     £m     %  
 
Assets
                                                                       
Loans and advances to banks
                                                                       
UK
    5,175       243       4.70       3,685       155       4.21       3,872       120       3.10  
Non-UK
    —       —       —       289       7       2.42       638       41       6.43  
Loans and advances to customers (2)
                                                                       
UK
    82,056       4,439       5.41       83,692       4,373       5.23       83,457       4,868       5.83  
Non-UK
    1,398       59       4.24       4,197       174       4.28       2,879       150       5.20  
Lease debtors
                                                                       
UK
    1,762       95       5.37       3,098       140       4.52       3,382       202       5.96  
Non-UK
    —       —       —       59       2       3.39       68       2       2.94  
Debt securities
                                                                       
UK
    3,255       87       2.66       9,284       324       3.49       26,208       941       3.59  
Non-UK
    —       —       —       2,518       69       2.74       15,828       444       2.81  
 
Total average interest-earning assets and interest income - banking business
    93,646       4,923       5.26       106,822       5,244       4.91       136,332       6,768       4.96  
 
Provision for loan losses
    (792 )     —       —       (773 )     —       —       (652 )     —       —  
Trading business
    56,787       —       —       40,883       978       —       42,696       —       —  
Non-interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Long-term assurance fund assets
    27,461       —       —       29,757       —       —       26,939       —       —  
Other
    13,586       —       —       17,429       —       —       12,592       —       —  
 
Total average assets and interest income
    190,689       —       —       194,119       —       —       217,907       6,768       3.11  
 
Non-UK assets as a percentage of total
    0.73 %     —       —       9.70 %     —       —       8.91 %     —       —  
 
Liabilities
                                                                       
 
Deposits by banks
                                                                       
UK
    (7,340 )     (243 )     3.32       (7,144 )     (244 )     3.42       (8,159 )     262       (3.21 )
Non-UK
    (697 )     (10 )     1.48       (1,761 )     (24 )     1.36       (3,758 )     65       (1.73 )
Customer accounts — retail demand deposits (3)
                                                                       
UK
    (41,761 )     (1,346 )     3.28       (42,477 )     (1,061 )     2.50       (38,727 )     1,090       (2.82 )
Non-UK
    (1,152 )     (27 )     2.37       (1,260 )     (28 )     2.22       (1,320 )     33       (2.52 )
Customer accounts — retail time deposits (3)
                                                                       
UK
    (12,177 )     (481 )     3.75       (12,620 )     (409 )     3.25       (14,396 )     467       (3.24 )
Non-UK
    (4,149 )     (183 )     4.40       (4,083 )     (150 )     3.67       (3,417 )     107       3.13  
Customer accounts — wholesale deposits (3)
                                                                       
UK
    (5,467 )     (183 )     3.35       (8,057 )     (280 )     3.48       (10,203 )     335       (3,29 )
Non-UK
    —       —       —       (158 )     (2 )     1.27       (463 )     7       1.42  
Bonds and medium-term notes
                                                                       
UK
    (12,524 )     (357 )     2.85       (14,002 )     (333 )     2.38       (17,546 )     484       (2.76 )
Non-UK
    —       —       —       (395 )     (6 )     1.52       (761 )     15       (1.92 )
Other debt securities in issue
                                                                       
UK
    (5,676 )     (148 )     2.61       (6,551 )     (146 )     2.23       (12,107 )     411       (3.39 )
Non-UK
    (5,302 )     (101 )     1.91       (11,963 )     (180 )     1.50       (25,234 )     541       (2.15 )
Dated and undated loan capital and other subordinated liabilities
                                                                       
UK
    (6,544 )     (314 )     4.79       (6,875 )     (311 )     4.52       6,526       324       (4.96 )
Non-UK
    —       —       —       (421 )     (7 )     1.66       (586 )     41       (7.00 )
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                                                                       
UK
    (16 )     (1 )     5.87       (19 )     (1 )     5.26       (47 )     1       (2.13 )
Non-UK
    —       —       —       (2 )     —       3.25       (49 )     1       (2.04 )
                   

67


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

                                                                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average  
    balance     (1)   rate   balance     (1)   rate     balance     (1)     rate      
    £m     £m     %     £m     £m     %     £m     £m     %  
 
Total average interest-bearing liabilities and interest expense - banking
    (102,805 )     (3,394 )     3.30       (117,789 )     (3,182 )     2.70       (143,299 )     4,184       (2.92 )
 
Trading business
    (44,129 )     —       —       (24,269 )                     (27,174 )                
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
    (10,783 )     —       —       (13,999 )     —       —       (13,635 )     —       —  
Long-term assurance fund liabilities
    (27,461 )     —       —       (31,763 )     —       —       (26,939 )     —       —  
Other
                                                                       
Shareholders’ funds
    (5,510 )     —       —       (6,300 )     —       —       (6,860 )     —       —  
 
Total average liabilities, shareholders’ funds and interest expense
    (190,688 )     —       —       (194,114 )     —       —       (217,907 )     —       —  
 
Non-UK liabilities as a percentage of total
    5.93                       14.94 %                     16.33 %                
Interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets
                    5.26                       4.87                       4.96  
Interest expense as a percentage of average interest-bearing liabilities
                    3.30                       2.79                       2.92  
Interest spread
                    1.96                       2.21                       2.04  
Net interest margin
                    1.63                       1.93                       1.90  
 

Interest-earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and the associated interest reflect a “linked presentation” treatment for certain securitised assets (see notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). If a linked presentation was not adopted, the interest spread and net interest margin would be as follows:

                         
 
Interest spread
      1.67       1.94       1.87  
Net interest margin
      1.40       1.69       1.73  
       


(1)   For the purpose of the average balance sheet, interest income and interest expense have been stated after allocation of interest on instruments entered into for hedging purposes.
 
(2)   Loans and advances to customers includes non-performing loans. See “analysis of end-of-year provisions on loans and advances to customers” and “potential credit risk elements in loans and advances” above.
 
(3)   Demand deposits, time deposits and wholesale deposits are defined under “Deposits” above.
 
(4)   Abbey National Treasury Services prepares averages using average daily balances, whereas the remainder of Abbey uses month end averages. These averages are representative of the operations of Abbey.
 
(5)   The ratio of average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended 31 December 2004 was 91.0% (2003: 90.68%, 2002: 95.14%).

Interest rate sensitivity

Interest rate sensitivity refers to the relationship between interest rates and net interest income resulting from the periodic repricing of assets and liabilities. The largest single administered rate items in the Abbey balance sheet are residential mortgages and retail deposits, the majority of which bear interest at variable rates. The contractual maturity of mortgage loans is generally more than five years, but the maturity of the majority of retail deposits is primarily within three months. This apparent mismatch gives rise to issues which are addressed by Abbey in its liquidity management. However, their effect on interest rate management is less significant. Abbey has the ability to reprice both its retail variable rate liabilities and variable rate mortgage assets, subject to the constraints imposed by the competitive situation in the market place. Management believes this ability enables Abbey to mitigate the impact of interest rate movements on net interest income in UK Banking and Savings.

     Abbey also offers fixed-rate mortgages and savings products on which the interest rate paid by or to the customer is fixed for an agreed period of time at the start of the contract. Abbey manages the margin on fixed-rate products by the use of derivatives matching the fixed-rate maturity profiles. The risk of prepayment is reduced by imposing penalty charges if the customers terminate their contracts early.

     Wherever possible, Abbey seeks to minimise the risks associated with movements in market prices such as interest rates or exchange rates. However, given the nature of financial activities, a level of market risk is inevitable. Abbey has developed and implemented structures and systems to manage this market risk exposure.

     For additional information, see “Risk management” elsewhere in this Annual Report.

68


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Balance Sheet Operating Review continued

Changes in net interest income — volume and rate analysis

The following table allocates changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest income between changes in volume and changes in rate for the years ended 31 December 2004 and 2003. Volume and rate variances have been calculated on the movement in the average balances and the change in the interest rates on average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities. The variance caused by changes in both volume and rate has been allocated to rate changes.

                                                 
    2004/2003     2003/2002  
    Total     Changes due to     Total     Changes due to  
    change     increase/(decrease):     change     increase/(decrease):  
            Volume     Rate             Volume     Rate  
Interest income    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Loans and advances to banks
                                               
UK
    132       46       86       35       (9 )     44  
Non-UK
    (7 )     (19 )     12       (34 )     (17 )     (17 )
Loans and advances to customers
                                               
UK
    22       (95 )     117       (495 )     16       (511 )
Non-UK
    (115 )     (146 )     31       24       79       (55 )
Lease debtors
                                               
UK
    (45 )     (80 )     35       (62 )     (20 )     (42 )
Non-UK
    (2 )     (2 )     —       —       —       —  
Debt securities
                                               
UK
    (237 )     (216 )     (21 )     (617 )     (850 )     233  
Non-UK
    (69 )     (71 )     2       (375 )     (604 )     229  
Trading assets
                                               
UK
    —       —       —       —       —       —  
Non-UK
    —       —       —       —       —       —  
Total interest income
                                               
UK
    (128 )     (345 )     217       (1,060 )     (862 )     (198 )
Non-UK
    (193 )     (237 )     44       (385 )     (542 )     157  
             
 
    (321 )     (582 )     261       (1,445 )     (1,404 )     (41 )
Interest expense
                                               
Deposits by banks
                                               
UK
    (1 )     7       (8 )     (18 )     (33 )     15  
Non-UK
    (14 )     (15 )     1       (41 )     (35 )     (6 )
Customer accounts — retail demand deposits
                                               
UK
    285       (18 )     303       (29 )     106       (135 )
Non-UK
    (1 )     (2 )     1       (5 )     (2 )     (4 )
Customer accounts — retail time deposits
                                               
UK
    72       (14 )     86       (58 )     (58 )     —  
Non-UK
    33       2       31       43       21       22  
Customer accounts — wholesale deposits
                                               
UK
    (97 )     (95 )     (2 )     (55 )     (70 )     15  
Non-UK
    (2 )     —       (2 )     (5 )     (5 )     —  
Bonds and medium-term notes
                                               
UK
    24       (35 )     59       (151 )     (98 )     (53 )
Non-UK
    (6 )     (6 )     —       (9 )     (7 )     (2 )
Other debt securities in issue
                                               
UK
    2       (20 )     22       (265 )     (189 )     (76 )
Non-UK
    (79 )     (100 )     21       (361 )     (285 )     (76 )
Dated and undated loan capital and other subordinated liabilities
                                               
UK
    3       (15 )     18       (13 )     17       (30 )
Non-UK
    (7 )     (7 )     —       (34 )     (12 )     (22 )
Other interest-bearing liabilities
                                               
UK
    —       —       —       (1 )     (1 )     —  
Non-UK
    —       —       —       (1 )     (1 )     —  
Trading liabilities
                                               
UK
    —       —       —       —       —       —  
Non-UK
    —       —       —       —       —       —  
Total interest expense
                                               
UK
    288       (191 )     479       (590 )     (325 )     (265 )
Non-UK
    (76 )     (128 )     52       (412 )     (323 )     (89 )
             
 
    212       (318 )     530       (1,001 )     (648 )     (353 )
 
Net interest income
    (533 )     (264 )     (269 )     (444 )     (615 )     171  
 

69


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Risk Management

Introduction

Abbey’s risk management focuses on the major areas of credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk, insurance risk, operational risk and residual value risk. Authority flows from the Abbey National plc Board of Directors to the Chief Executive Officer and from him to his direct reports. Delegation of authority is to individuals. Formal standing committees are maintained for effective management or oversight. Their authority is derived from the person they are intended to assist.

(FLOW CHART)

The diagram above shows the structure in operation in respect of risk management and oversight.

     The main elements of risk governance are as follows:

Board: this is the primary governing body. Its role is largely determined by legal and regulatory responsibilities and requirements. Its risk-control responsibilities include setting risk appetite, approving the risk framework and reviewing risk profile.

Audit and Risk Committee: this is a key Board committee. Its risk-control responsibilities include reviewing the effectiveness of risk controls and procedures including the identification, assessment and reporting of risks and the risk-governance structure and compliance with risk-control policies and procedures. It is the duty of the committee to review the effectiveness of the control mechanisms for the management of risk. It is not the responsibility of the committee to form a judgement about the acceptability or appropriateness of these risks. This remains the responsibility of the Board and will be discharged through the Chief Executive Officer.

Asset and Liability Management Committee: this is established under the authority of the Executive Director, Finance and Markets and comprises selected senior executives and relevant experts. This committee is responsible for advising the Executive Director, Finance and Markets on all matters relating to the balance sheet of the Company, specifically for cross divisional asset and liability management, capital structure, funding and liquidity.

Risk Committee: this is a management committee established under the Chief Executives Officer’s authority and comprises senior executives and the Chief Risk Officer. The Committee will consult with the Chief Risk Officer and make recommendations to ensure that the Company’s risk matters are suitably managed and understood. The Committee will provide any information requested by the Executive Committee that it might require to enable it to release appropriately its responsibilities. The Risk Committee also receives information from and is notified of key decisions made by Risk Oversight Fora for Retail Banking, Financial Markets and Insurance and Asset Management businesses.

Chief Risk Officer: The Chief Risk Officer operates under authority delegated by the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Risk Officer is responsible for establishing and maintaining comprehensive, accurate and effective risk reporting, and clear systems of risks limits. He is also responsible for highlighting to management all matters relevant to understanding risks being taken and to setting risk appetite.

70


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Risk Management continued

Risk Management in Personal Financial Services

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that counterparties will not meet their financial obligations and may result in Abbey losing the principal amount lent, the interest accrued and any unrealised gains (less any security held). Credit risk occurs mainly in Abbey’s loan and investment assets, and in derivative contracts.

Managing credit risk in Banking and Savings

This includes secured lending, bank accounts, unsecured personal loans and cahoot.

Secured lending. Abbey lends on many types of property but only after a credit risk assessment of the borrower and an assessment of the property is undertaken. The systems used to manage and monitor the quality of the mortgage asset are reviewed regularly to ensure they perform as expected.

     The majority of residential lending is subject to national lending policy and national lending authority levels, which are used to structure lending decisions to the same high standard across the retail network, a process further improved by mortgage credit scoring, underwriter accreditation and regular compliance reviews. Details concerning the prospective borrower and the mortgage are subject to a criteria-based decision-making process. Criteria for assessment include credit references, loan-to-value ratio, borrower status and the mortgage credit score.

     A responsible approach to lending is taken to ensure borrowers do not borrow more than they can afford. For low-risk applicants this may include the use of self-certification of income.

     The majority of loans provided by Abbey are secured on UK properties. All properties must be permanent in construction; mobile homes are not generally acceptable. Abbey can provide a mortgage for the purchase of properties outside the UK where the property is a second home and the loan is secured on the main property located in the UK.

     Prior to granting any first mortgage loan on a property, Abbey has the property valued by an approved and qualified surveyor, who is often an Abbey employee. The valuation is based on set Abbey guidelines. Normally, in the case of additional lending, when the total loan remains below 85% loan-to-value, the original property value is subject to indexation and no further survey is carried out. If the loan exceeds 85% loan-to-value, a revaluation is carried out by a qualified surveyor.

     The maximum loan-to-value ratio is usually no more than 95% where the maximum loan is £250,000. Abbey typically charges a fee to customers where the loan-to-value ratio is 90% or higher.

Mortgage indemnity guarantee insurance and high loan-to-value fee.

Mortgage indemnity guarantee insurance is an agreement between a lender and an insurance company to underwrite the amount of every mortgage advance that generally exceeds 75% loan-to-value.

     The mortgage indemnity guarantee insurance arrangements for loans originated prior to 31 December 2001 for Abbey are as follows:

     
>
  For loans originated prior to 1993, the credit risk on the amount of every mortgage advance over 75% of the valuation at origination is fully insured with third party insurance companies. The expected insurance recovery is factored into the provision for lending losses.
 
   
>
  For loans originated between 1993 and 2001, Abbey has obtained almost all of its mortgage indemnity guarantee insurance from its insurance subsidiary Carfax Insurance Limited (“Carfax”). Carfax in turn reinsures a portion of the credit risk where commercially appropriate. Such reinsurance covers a layer of risk above a level of losses that Carfax believes it can prudently bear. Carfax’s reinsurance is the only insurance purchased and accordingly the provision for lending losses includes a provision for losses insured by Carfax.

In the Consolidated Financial Statements, fees charged to the customer to compensate for the additional risk of mortgage advances are deferred and taken to “Other operating income” in the Profit and Loss Account over the average anticipated life of the loan.

     From 1 January 2002, Abbey ceased purchasing mortgage indemnity guarantee insurance from Carfax for the Banking and Savings mortgage book. Existing cover remains in force. Abbey continues to charge to customers high loan-to-value fees, which are credited to the Profit and Loss Account over the anticipated life of the loans. Mortgage indemnity guarantee insurance contracts between Carfax and the rest of Abbey are accounted for as intra-Abbey transactions and are eliminated on consolidation.

Mortgage arrears and repossessions. Debt Management Operations is responsible for all debt management initiatives on the secured portfolio for Banking and Savings. Debt management strategies, which include powerdialling, negotiating repayment arrangements and concessions and debt counselling, can start as early as the day after a repayment is missed due and will continue until legal action. Different collection strategies are applied to different segments of the portfolio subject to the perceived levels of risk for example, loan-to-value, collections score and account characteristics.

     If the agreed repayment arrangement is not maintained, legal proceedings may be taken and may result in the property being taken into possession. Abbey sells the repossessed property at market price and uses the sale proceeds, net of costs, to pay off the outstanding value of the mortgage. The stock of repossessed properties held by Abbey varies according to the number of new possessions and the buoyancy of the housing market.

     The following table sets forth information on UK residential mortgage arrears and properties in possession at 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002 for Abbey compared to the industry average as provided by the Council of Mortgage Lenders.

71


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Risk Management continued

                 
    Abbey     CML
    (percentage of total mortgage loans by number)  
 
6 months to 11 months in arrears
               
31 December 2002
    0.27       0.30  
31 December 2003
    0.16       0.25  
 
31 December 2004
    0.14       0.23  
 
12 months or more in arrears
               
31 December 2002
    0.07       0.15  
31 December 2003
    0.03       0.11  
 
31 December 2004
    0.02       0.10  
 
Properties in possession
               
31 December 2002
    0.03       0.02  
31 December 2003
    0.02       0.02  
31 December 2004
    0.02       0.02  
 

Banking and Consumer Credit. Abbey uses many systems and processes to manage the risks involved in providing unsecured personal loans and overdraft lending or in granting bank account facilities. These include the use of application and behavioural scoring systems to assist in the granting of credit facilities as well as regular monitoring of scorecard performance and the quality of the unsecured lending portfolios.

     Behavioural scoring examines the lending relationships that a customer has with Abbey and how the customer uses their bank account. This information generates a score that is used to assist in deciding the level of risk (in terms of overdraft facility amount, card facilities granted and preferred unsecured personal loan value) for each customer that Abbey is willing to accept. Individual customer scores are normally updated on a monthly basis.

     Abbey has successfully extended the use of behavioural scoring into other areas of the business, including the refinement of debt management strategies and bank account transaction processing.

cahoot. The processes used to manage credit risks are similar to those in the rest of Banking and Savings.

Managing credit risk in Abbey Business

Business Banking provides a limited range of products to assist with the finance requirements of businesses including overdrafts. Risk management policies are specific to and reflect the risks inherent in each product set. Approval processes for credit risk include the use of judgement, assisted by the use of probability of default and loss given default data, and the use of credit scoring. Business Banking operates within policies and authority levels approved by the Chief Risk Officer. Business Banking has a dedicated risk team, reflecting the desire for risk control to be close to the business needs and risks.

     Property Finance provides mortgages to borrowers on a wide variety of mainly non-residential property. Agreed credit assessment criteria includes, loan-to-value ratios, quality of tenants, rental income coverage for repayments with stress testing against interest rate movements. Concentration limits per borrower and business sector are also employed to ensure a balanced loan portfolio. The management of defaulting accounts and the repossession and sale of properties is handled by a dedicated function within the business.

Managing credit risk in Abbey Financial Markets

The Risk Committee has established a set of risk appetite limits to cover the portfolio mix within Financial Markets. Within these limits, the Chief Risk Officer has approved credit mandates and policies to cover detailed industry/sector limits and asset quality. All transactions falling within these mandates and policies are scrutinised by the appropriate credit approval authority. Specific approval by the Risk Committee is required for any transaction that falls outside the risk appetite. Analysis of credit exposures and credit risk trends are provided for the Financial Markets Risk Oversight Forum each month, and key issues escalated to the Risk Committee as required. Large exposures (as defined by the Financial Services Authority) are reported quarterly to the Risk Committee and the Financial Services Authority.

     Credit risk on derivative instruments is assessed using scenario analysis to determine the potential future mark-to-market exposure of the instruments at a 95% statistical confidence level and adding this value to the current mark-to-market value. The resulting “loan equivalent” credit risk is then included against credit limits, along with other non-derivative exposures.

     In addition, there is a policy framework to enable the collateralisation of certain derivative instruments (including, in particular, swaps). If collateral is deemed necessary to reduce credit risk, then the amount and nature of the collateral to be obtained is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

Market risk

Market risk is the potential for loss of income or decrease in the value of assets caused by movements in the levels and prices of financial instruments.

     A major portion of the market risk arises from exposures to changes in the levels of interest rates, equity markets and credit spreads. Interest rate exposure is generated from providing fixed-rate loans and savings products, funding and trading activities in Financial Markets, and management of Abbey’s overall asset and liability structure. Changes in interest rates affect the value of funds managed for the benefit of customers, as well as on specific shareholders’ funds of the life assurance business. The life assurance business is also exposed to changes in the level of equity markets. Other exposure to equity markets is generated by the creation and risk management of structured products by Financial Markets for the

72


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Risk Management continued

Personal Financial Services market and trading activities. Credit spread exposure arises from credit risk management and trading activities within Financial Markets.

     Abbey accepts that market risk arises from the full range of activities undertaken as a provider of Personal Financial Services. Abbey actively manages and controls market risk by limiting the adverse impact of market movements whilst seeking to enhance earnings within clearly defined parameters. The Market Risk Manual, which is reviewed and approved by the Chief Executive Officer on an annual basis, sets the framework under which market risks are managed and controlled. Business area policies, risks limits and mandates are established within the context of the Market Risk Manual. The business areas are responsible for ensuring that they have sufficient expertise to manage the risks associated with their operations. The independent Risk function, under the direction of the Chief Risk Officer, ensures that risk taking and risk control occur within the framework prescribed by the Manual. The Risk function also provides oversight of all risk-taking activities through a rigorous process of regular reviews.

     Abbey ensures that exposure to market risks is measured and reported on an accurate and timely basis to senior management. In addition to the regular reporting for the purposes of active risk management, the board also receives consolidated reporting of all market risk exposures on a monthly basis where actual exposure levels are measured against limits.

     Senior management recognise that different risk measures are required to best reflect the risks faced in different types of business activities. In measuring exposure to market risk, Abbey uses a range of complementary measures, covering both value and income as appropriate. The market risk disclosures shown below for trading instruments are calculated using Value at Risk (using a historical simulation approach) whilst disclosures for non-trading instruments are based upon a combination of Value at Risk and sensitivity analysis. At both aggregated and business area levels such analysis is complemented by stress testing.

     To achieve consistency in measurement across business areas, we have adopted a series of market risk measurement standards to which business areas are required to adhere. Abbey report market risks by type of exposure in two categories:

Short-term market risk covers activities where exposures are subject to frequent change and could be closed out over a short-time horizon. Most of the exposure is generated by Financial Markets.

Structural market risk includes exposures arising as a result of the structure of portfolios of assets and liabilities, or where the liquidity of the market is such that the exposure could not be closed out over a short time horizon. The risk exposure is generated by features inherent in either a product or portfolio and normally present over the life of the portfolio or product. Such exposures are a result of the decision to undertake specific business activities, can take a number of different forms, and are generally managed over a longer time horizon. Examples of structural market risk include the exposures arising out of the uncertainty of business volumes from the launch of fixed-rate and structured loans and savings products, or from the provision of hedging against such risks. Although most long-term balance sheet positions are hedged, Abbey remains exposed to variances in customer behaviour (often caused by market rate movements) impacting new business take-up and early redemption and causing unfavourable mismatches to arise.

Trading Activities

Trading activities are undertaken by Financial Markets only. They are managed on a continuous basis, and are marked to market on a daily basis.

     The following table shows the value at risk-based consolidated exposures for the major risk classes as at 31 December 2004, together with the highest, lowest and average exposures for the year. Exposures within each risk class reflect a range of exposures associated with movements in that financial market. For example, interest rate risks include the impact of absolute rate movements, movements between interest rate bases and movements in implied volatility on interest rate options. The range of possible statistical modelling techniques and assumptions mean these measures are not precise indicators of expected future losses, but are estimates of the potential change in the value of the portfolio over a specified time horizon and within a given confidence interval.

     From time to time, losses may exceed the amounts stated where the movements in market rates fall outside the statistical confidence interval used in the calculation of the value at risk analysis. The 95% confidence interval, used as a standard across Abbey, means that the theoretical loss at a risk factor level is likely to be exceeded in one period in twenty. We address this risk by monitoring stress-testing measures across the different business areas. For trading instruments the actual, average, highest and lowest value at risk exposures shown below are all calculated to a 95% level of confidence using a simulation of actual one day market movements over a one year period. The effect of historic correlations between risk factors is additionally shown below. The use of a one-day time horizon for all risks associated with trading instruments reflects the horizon over which market movements will affect the measured profit and loss of these activities.

     The numbers below represent the potential change in market values of trading instruments. Since trading instruments are recorded at market value, these numbers also represent the potential effect on income. Trading instruments are held only in Financial Markets.

73


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Risk Management continued

                                                                 
    Exposure at 31 December     Exposure for the year ended 31 December
    Actual exposure     Average exposure     Highest exposure     Lowest exposure
    2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Group trading instruments
                                                               
Interest rate risks (1)
    4.8       3.7       4.3       4.3       7.1       7.5       2.8       2.8  
Equity risks
    5.0       1.6       3.3       2.3       5.6       5.2       1.3       1.4  
Spread risk
    1.5       1.1       1.8       2.0       2.4       2.5       1.1       1.1  
Other risks (2)
    0.3       0.1       0.2       0.1       0.4       0.2       0.0       0.0  
 
Correlation offsets (3)
    (2.2 )     (1.2 )     (1.8 )     (2.6 )                                
 
Total correlated one-day Value at Risk
    9.4       5.3       7.8       6.1       10.5       8.4       4.8       4.5  
 


(1)   Interest rate risks include property index risk
 
(2)   Other risks include foreign exchange risk.
 
(3)   The highest and lowest exposure figures reported for each risk type did not necessarily occur on the same day as the highest and lowest Total correlated one-day Value at Risk.
     
    A corresponding correlation offset effect cannot be calculated and is therefore omitted from the above table.

Non-trading activities

An analysis of exposures on non-trading financial instruments is shown below. These numbers represent the potential change in theoretical market values of such instruments, and do not represent the potential effects on income for a given time period. Separate income at risk measures are used to supplement these analyses for appropriate portfolios. Non-trading instruments are held for collection in the form of cash over time, and are accounted for at amortised cost, with earnings accrued over the relevant life of the instruments. Abbey’s risk measures, however, focus on potential risks over the life of the non-trading instruments wherever appropriate, and are therefore based on valuation measures, using estimated discounted cash flows where reliable market values are not available.

     For Abbey’s non-trading instruments the actual, average, highest and lowest exposures shown below are all calculated to a 95% level of confidence and are based upon one-day market movements for short-term market risks, and market movements of between one day and three months (as appropriate to the management of each portfolio) for structural market risk positions.

                                                                 
    Exposure at 31 December     Exposure for the year ended 31 December  
    Actual exposure     Average exposure     Highest exposure     Lowest exposure
    2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Group non-trading instruments
                                                               
Short-term market risk
                                                               
Interest rate risks
    0.6       1.0       0.6       1.4       1.6       2.7       0.0       0.5  
Equity risks
    0.0       0.2       0.1       0.3       0.2       0.6       0.0       0.0  
Foreign exchange risks
    0.1       0.1       0.1       0.1       0.2       0.2       0.1       0.1  
Structural market risk
                                                               
Interest rate risks
    8.5       14.7       12.9       33.4       16.0       53.3       8.5       14.7  
Equity risks
    0.4       1.7       0.6       3.6       1.2       5.7       0.3       1.7  
Foreign exchange risks
    2.9       2.9       3.1       2.9       3.7       3.9       2.6       2.5  
 

The above sensitivity exposures should not be aggregated, as no account has been taken of the correlation between risk classes.

The 2003 Structural market risk results have been restated to reflect enhanced risk measurement techniques used in the calculation of 2004 exposures.

Managing market risk in Banking and Savings Business

The primary risks within the Banking and Savings business are interest rate related. Abbey is able to mitigate the consequences of interest rate movements on net interest income from Banking and Savings by repricing separately the administered variable rate mortgages and variable rate retail deposits, subject to competitive pressures. The absolute levels of interest rate risk are managed via a portfolio of fixed interest rate instruments including interest rate swaps. However, to the extent that variable rate assets and liabilities are not precisely matched, the balance sheet is exposed to changes in the relationship between administered rates and market rates.

     In addition to administered variable rate products, Abbey also has a significant volume of fixed-rate and structured mortgage and savings products. The market risk exposures from these products are generally hedged with interest rate swaps which are transacted through Financial Markets. However, during the period of product launches the hedging of actual volume can only be estimated, so triggers on the maximum exposure are maintained during that period. The business also remains exposed to variances from the expected redemption level of fixed-rate and structured products by customers in advance of the contractual maturity, with measures and triggers in place to control the exposure.

Managing market risk in Financial Markets

The primary risk exposures for Financial Markets are interest rate, equity, credit spread and residual exposure to property indices. Equity risks are managed via equity stock, futures and structured equity derivatives. Credit-spread risks are managed via credit derivatives (credit default swaps, total return swaps). Property Index risk is managed via insurance contracts and property derivatives.

74


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Risk Management continued

Financial Markets operates within a market risk framework designed to ensure that it has the capability to manage risk in a well-controlled manner. A comprehensive set of policies, procedures and processes have been developed and implemented to identify, measure, report, monitor and control risk across Financial Markets.

     The standardised risk measure adopted is Value at Risk calculated at a 95% confidence level over a one day time horizon. On a daily basis, market risk factor sensitivities, Value at Risk measures and stress tests are produced, reported and monitored against limits for each major activity and at the aggregate Financial Markets level. These limits are used to align risk appetite with the business’s risk-taking activities and are reviewed on a regular basis. Early identification and measurement of risks are important elements of the risk management processes. Measurement of risks can involve the use of complex quantitative methods and mathematical principles to model and predict the changes in instruments and portfolio valuation. These methods are essential tools to understand the risk exposures.

Managing market risk in Investment and Protection

Abbey faces two main sources of market risk within the Personal Financial Services Life Companies:

     Firstly, there are exposures that arise directly from funds held for the account of Abbey in the shareholder funds of the Life Companies. Abbey directly bears these risks and they are consolidated with other corporate-wide market risk exposures.

     Secondly, there are indirect interest rate and equity risk exposures arising where there are insufficient surpluses in the policyholder funds to fully mitigate the market risks associated with the effects of adverse market movements on the funds. The sources of indirect market risks include Market Value Adjustment free guarantees and Guaranteed Annuity Option exposures where any shortfall on the with-profit business would be borne by Abbey. These exposures are risk managed using a combination of equity index options and forward starting interest rate swaps.

     Market risk affects solvency, embedded and realistic balance sheet valuations, and the risks under these different measures are managed simultaneously against their respective limits and controls. The Life Companies Market Risk Function ensures that all risk positions are understood by management and that key issues are escalated.

Managing market risk in Group Infrastructure

Risk exposure arises from the pool of interest earning assets funded by non-interest bearing liabilities, for example share capital, retained profit as well as from other capital issuance and investments in subsidiaries. Resulting exposures are managed by Financial Markets, operating within the same market risk framework approved by the Chief Executive Officer in the Market Risk Manual.

     Market risk exposures are managed using a combination of earnings volatility and Value at Risk measures. An appropriate set of limits are established and control processes are in place to ensure that risk management activities operate within the established framework.

Effect of repricing risks on Abbey

The interest rate repricing gap information is shown in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Hedging activity

A significant part of Abbey’s exposures are hedged internally, offset against other categories of exposure in the balance sheet, or by using derivatives as part of an integrated approach to risk management. For further details on the use of derivatives, see the section ‘Derivatives’ below and notes to the consolidated financial statements.

     Any unhedged residual risks are retained in Abbey businesses and are monitored, reported and managed under the overall market risk framework.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the potential that, although remaining solvent, Abbey does not have sufficient financial resources to enable it to meet its obligations as they fall due, or can secure them only at excessive cost. Liquidity risk is a key risk faced by financial services organisations.

     The Board is responsible for the liquidity management and control framework at Abbey and has approved key liquidity limits in setting Abbey’s liquidity risk appetite. Along with its internal Liquidity Risk Manual, which sets out the liquidity risk control framework and policy, Abbey abides by the “Sound Practices for Managing Liquidity in Banking Organisations” set out by the Basel Committee as its standard for liquidity risk management and control.

Managing Liquidity risk in Abbey

Management of liquidity at Abbey, including the management of cash flows, raising funding, and managing liquid asset holdings, is the responsibility of the Executive Director, Finance and Markets. The active management of liquidity is undertaken by Financial Markets within the framework of the Liquidity Risk Manual. The Asset and Liability Management Committee and the Risk Committee monitor Abbey’s liquidity position on a monthly basis. The Board also receives a monthly update on key liquidity issues and Abbey’s liquidity position is reported to the Financial Services Authority on a monthly basis.

     Abbey views the essential elements of liquidity management as controlling potential cash outflows, maintaining prudent levels of highly liquid assets and ensuring that access to funding is available from a diversity of sources. A comprehensive management and monitoring process, and a series of liquidity limits within which liquidity is managed, underpin these elements. For example, as excessive concentration in either liquid assets or contractual liabilities contributes

75


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Risk Management continued

to potential liquidity risk, appropriate limits have been defined under the Liquidity Risk Appetite. Management also monitors Abbey’s compliance with the Sterling Stock Liquidity limits set by the Financial Services Authority, which focus on ensuring that sterling cash liabilities due five days in advance can be met by realising liquid assets, with any excesses being reported to the Risk Committee and the Board. In addition to such limits, liquidity ratios also have trigger-review levels that require the Treasurer, Head of Asset and Liability Management, and Chief Risk Officer to initiate appropriate reviews of current exposure when such levels are exceeded.

     The Liquidity Risk Manual has been designed to reduce the likelihood and impact of either firm specific or system-wide liquidity problems. Abbey intends to maintain sufficient liquid assets and marketable assets to meet the expected cash flow requirements of all its businesses, to ensure customer and counterparty confidence, and to be in a position to withstand liquidity pressures resulting from unexpected or exceptional circumstances.

     While Abbey’s liquidity risk is consolidated and primarily controlled at the Abbey company level, liquidity risk is also measured, monitored and controlled within the specific business area or the subsidiary where it arises. Management recognises that while the liquidity approach developed pursuant to the Liquidity Risk Manual is designed to reduce the likelihood of significant liquidity issues arising, the possibility of such events cannot be eliminated. Consequently, Abbey also operates a Liquidity Contingency Plan to manage and co-ordinate any actions that are required in order to mitigate the effects of a liquidity shortfall. The Liquidity Contingency Plan defines the circumstances under which the plan is activated, the management framework and notification procedures, and the key roles and responsibilities during the operation of the plan.

     The Liquidity Contingency Plan becomes operational when the demand for cash, whether from demands for repayment, from wholesale funding or from retail deposits, exceeds the limits for liquidity management defined under the Liquidity Risk Appetite. The circumstances that cause this to happen will tend to be sudden, unexpected events that trigger demands for cash that cannot be managed within the procedures, limits and controls defined in the Liquidity Risk Manual.

     To be effective, the management of liquidity in a crisis must be timely, proactive and flexible enough to respond to a variety of different circumstances. The management structure for the Liquidity Contingency Plan, which is structured around a small team of individuals with the authority to agree, co-ordinate and implement actions that will control a volatile, dynamic situation, has two key elements:

     
>
  the Treasurer, Head of Asset and Liability Management, is responsible for the rapid assessment of the implications of a sudden, unexpected event on the day-to-day liquidity of Abbey, and for the decision to activate the Liquidity Contingency Plan; and
 
   
>
  the liquidity crisis management team, under the chairmanship of the Treasurer, Head of Asset and Liability Management, is the decision-making authority in the event of a liquidity crisis, and is responsible for implementing the Liquidity Contingency Plan.

The Liquidity Contingency Plan defines a framework for the decision-making process under exceptional circumstances, and it details the tools available to mitigate any such event. These tools include procedures for realising marketable assets, for entering into repo transactions with central banks, and for securing retail deposits and managing wholesale funds. Even though the Liquidity Contingency Plan focuses predominantly on realising marketable assets to meet liabilities, in certain situations additional funding — as well as certificates of deposit, commercial paper and medium term funding — may be sought, depending on the nature of the crisis. The Liquidity Contingency Plan is reviewed and revised on at least an annual basis.

     Potentially, if Abbey’s usual funding sources become unavailable for an extended period of time, the issuance of a retail savings bond may also be considered.

Liquidity risk measurement

Abbey uses net cash flows as a key measure of liquidity risk as they take into account contracted liabilities and contracted assets that have a defined maturity date. Such current cash outflows as well as expected future cash outflows measured over key benchmark time periods and unexpected cash outflows arising from unexpected but plausible events, such as the withdrawal of a percentage of retail deposits at any point in time and the limited ability to renew wholesale deposits, are met through new borrowing, additional sales in the repo market and additional asset sales.

     Liquid assets are normally measured at current market values, discounted to reflect transaction costs. Liquid assets may take time to liquidate, due to marketability issues and large position sizes, and may decrease in market value in times of adverse market movement. This expected liquidation time is measured over key benchmark time periods under prudent assumptions in relation to market conditions. The risk related to uncertain assumptions about the behavioural characteristics of assets and liabilities is also considered when measuring liquidity risk.

     The ratio of discounted liquid assets that will be available to meet the cumulative liabilities falling due at key benchmark time periods is the principal liquidity measure. The liquidity ratio is subject to periodic stress testing based upon a range of assumptions.

Securitisation of Abbey assets

Abbey, through various special purpose vehicles, provide a wide range of securitised mortgage products to a diverse investor base. There is little liquidity risk related to asset securitisations as the repayment of the securitised notes issued is financed by the expected maturity or repayment of the underlying securitised asset which is recognised in the Liquidity Risk Manual. Abbey does not expect securitisations to represent a greater proportion of its overall funding in the future than at present. However, in times of significant market disruption, residential mortgage backed securitisation, which typically remains a very liquid and deep market, might be accessed, and in such circumstances could provide a higher proportion of funding than is presently expected.

76


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Risk Management continued

Investment and Protection

Insurance risk relates to the inherent uncertainty as to the occurrence, amount and timing of insurance liabilities arising from death, continuity of life, disablement or sickness or when the customer terminates his contract early. The exposure to insurance risk arises in the life assurance companies.

     The Appointed Actuary (UK) was responsible throughout 2004 for the independent review of the management of insurance risk.

     During 2004, the Appointed Actuary (UK) chaired the Insurance Risk Committee which based on the principle established under the insurance risk policy provided the control framework within which insurance risk was managed. The Appointed Actuary role was discontinued from the end of 2004 with management of insurance risk now falling under the responsibility of the With-Profit Actuary in respect of with-profit business and the Head of Actuarial Function for all other business.

     The essential elements of insurance risk management and mitigation include underwriting (from the policy proposal document through to assessment of individual claims), pricing (taking into account the level of underwriting, market experience, external studies and reassurance data), reinsurance (for assistance in pricing of some risks and for spreading of risks) and reserving (holding sufficient funds to meet expected claims).

Operational risk

Managing operational risk in Abbey

Operational risk is the risk of loss to Abbey, resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. Risks are categorised by type, such as fraud, process failure, inadequate Human Resource management and damage to assets. They are assessed, not only in terms of their financial impact, but also in terms of their effect on business objectives, regulatory responsibilities and Abbey’s reputation.

     Abbey operates a ‘hub and spokes’ model for the implementation of an operational risk management programme. An independent operational risk ‘hub’ function has responsibility for establishing the framework within which risk is managed and working with the business aligned ‘spoke’ groups to ensure its consistent implementation across Abbey. The framework incorporates industry practice and regulatory requirements, particularly those emanating from the Basel Committee, European Union Directives and the Financial Services Authority. The primary purpose of the framework, which is approved by the Risk Committee, is to define and articulate Abbey-wide policy, processes, roles and responsibilities.

     The management of operational risk is the responsibility of business managers, who identify assess and monitor risks, in line with the processes described in the framework. The operational risk function ensures that all key risks are regularly reported to the Risk Committee and Board.

     In line with Financial Services Authority’s guidance and industry practice, the company has crisis management and disaster recovery arrangements to ensure that critical business processes are maintained in the event of an unforeseen interruption. Insurance policies are also purchased to provide cover for a range of potential operational risk losses. The implementation of a board-approved environmental policy is managed as part of the operational risk framework.

Risk Management in Portfolio Business Unit

The Portfolio Business Unit consists of businesses being managed for exit. The majority of the risk management processes within these businesses follow the same management, measurement and control guidelines as those in Personal Financial Services, except for credit risk in Motor Finance and Litigation Funding businesses and residual value risk, which arises solely in Portfolio Business Unit.

Credit risk

Managing credit risk in Wholesale Banking

The management of credit risk in the Portfolio Business Unit follows the same management, measurement and control guidelines as that in Financial Markets, except that risk appetite is defined by the reducing portfolio size, and also that Credit personnel for the Portfolio Business Unit form an integral part of the Wholesale Credit Risk function. Regular reviews of credit exposures and counterparties continue to be undertaken and Credit Risk provides advice to the respective business units in the sales process.

Managing credit risk in Motor Finance and Litigation Funding

Motor Finance provided funds via motor dealers acting as introducers to individuals and businesses. A large majority of such arrangements are secured on the vehicles involved. In the course of these operations, advances were also provided to participating dealers. No new business has been accepted in 2004 the emphasis being on managing the repayment of extant loans. This is reflected in the Credit Risk management policies and techniques employed.

     Litigation Funding plc provided loans via claims management companies and solicitors acting as introducers to individual claimants for the purchase of “after the event” insurance cover. Such cover provides the claimant with insurance against the costs of unsuccessful litigation. The repayment of such loans is made by the claimants, either from damages and costs recovery, or from the insurance policy. Other than fulfilling contractual requirements no new business has been accepted during 2004 the emphasis being on the managing the repayment of extant loans. This is reflected in the Credit Risk management policies and techniques employed.

77


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Risk Management continued

Market risk

Managing market risk in European operations

The French subsidiary prior to its sale during 2004 was exposed to market risks arising from banking and savings activity. These risks were monitored in a manner consistent with the Personal Financial Services Banking and Savings exposures. The French subsidiary also had interest-earning assets funded by non-interest bearing liabilities, similar to the same risk in Group Infrastructure and interest rate risk exposure arising from the litigation funding vehicle. These risks were measured, reviewed and reported by the Personal Financial Services Banking and Savings market risk function.

Managing market risk in Investment and Protection

There is one Life company in the Portfolio Business Unit, Scottish Mutual International. Abbey’s market risk exposures in Portfolio Business Unit-Life are similar to those in Personal Financial Services-Life. All Portfolio Business Unit-Life market risk exposures are measured, managed and reported in a manner consistent with the Personal Financial Services-Life exposures and by the Life companies’ market risk function.

Managing market risk in Wholesale Banking

The majority of Financial Markets Portfolio Business Unit positions were investment assets (bonds, leases and structured loans) fully cash flow matched with interest rate swaps and hedged to minimise interest rate risk exposure. The remaining portfolios are now being managed for exit, and market risk management remains a key consideration in this process. Risk measurement, monitoring and control continue to be applied, with oversight by the market risk function.

Insurance risk

Managing insurance risk

The Appointed Actuary (International) has responsibility for managing the pricing and reserving of insurance risk within the Portfolio Business Unit Life company. A process similar to that employed in the Personal Financial Services companies is used in the Portfolio Business Unit company.

Operational risk

A process similar to that employed in Personal Financial Services is used in the Portfolio Business Unit.

Residual value risk

Residual value risk occurs when the value of a physical asset at the end of certain contracts (e.g. operating leases) potentially may be worth less than that required to achieve the anticipated return from the transaction. Managing residual value risk in Wholesale Banking business Residual value risk exposure in Wholesale Banking relates principally to trains and other rail assets managed by Porterbrook Leasing Company Limited (“Porterbrook”), as well as aircraft managed by IEM Airfinance BV (“IEM”). Periodic revaluations and/or impairment reviews are undertaken.

     Tools such as first loss and residual value guarantees where appropriate (aircraft), and appropriate return conditions are employed by Abbey to mitigate the associated risks. The residual value risk management framework includes business area mandates, asset specific policies and delegated authorities agreed by Risk Committee and business area risk oversight fora (e.g. Financial Markets) as appropriate.

Managing residual value risk in Motor Finance and Litigation Funding businesses

Within Motor Finance, exposure arises within portfolios of contract purchase agreements relating to motor vehicles. Revaluations of motor vehicles are undertaken at least annually.

Derivatives

Derivative financial instruments (“derivatives”) are contracts or agreements whose value is derived from one or more underlying indices or asset values inherent in the contract or agreement.

     They include interest rate, cross currency and equity related swaps, forward rate agreements, futures, caps, floors, options and swaptions (see table below). Derivatives are used for trading and non-trading purposes. These terms are defined in (“Accounting policies: Derivatives”).

Non-trading derivatives

The main non-trading derivatives are interest rate and cross currency swaps, which are used to hedge Abbey’s exposures to interest rates and exchange rates inherent in non-trading assets, liabilities and positions, including fixed-rate lending and structured savings products within the Banking and Savings segment and medium-term note issues, capital issues and fixed-rate asset purchases within Financial Markets.

     Derivative products that are combinations of more basic derivatives (such as swaps with embedded option features), or that have leverage features, may be used in circumstances where the underlying position being hedged contains the same risk features. In such cases the derivative used will be structured to match the risks of the underlying asset or liability. Exposure to market risk on such contracts is therefore hedged.

     Derivatives used for non-trading activities were accounted for on an accruals basis consistent with the assets, liabilities or positions being hedged.

     The following table summarises activities undertaken by Abbey, the related risks associated with such activities and the types of derivatives used in managing such risks. Such risks may also be managed using on-balance sheet instruments

78


Table of Contents

Operating and Financial Review

Risk Management continued

as part of an integrated approach to risk management. Further information is contained in Note 51 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

         
Activity   Risk   Type of hedge
 
Management of the return on variable rate assets financed by shareholders’ funds and net non-interest bearing liabilities.
  Reduced profitability due to falls in interest rates.   Receive fixed interest rate swaps.
 
Fixed rate lending and investments.
  Sensitivity to increases in interest rates.   Pay fixed interest rate swaps.
 
Fixed rate retail and wholesale funding.
  Sensitivity to falls in interest rates.   Receive fixed interest rate swaps.
 
Equity-linked retail funding.
  Sensitivity to increases in equity market indices.   Receive equity swaps.
 
Management of other net interest income on retail activities.
  Sensitivity of returns to changes in interest rates.   Interest rate swaps and caps/floors according to the type of risk identified.
 
Profits earned in foreign currency.
  Sensitivity to strengthening of sterling against other currencies.   Forward foreign exchange contracts.
 
Investment in foreign currency assets.
  Sensitivity to strengthening of sterling against other currencies. Foreign currency funding.   Cross-currency and foreign exchange swaps.
 
Issuance of products with embedded equity options.
  Sensitivity to changes in underlying rate and rate volatility causing option exercise.   Interest rate swaps combined with equity options.
 
Lending and investments.
  Sensitivity to weakening credit quality.   Purchase credit default and total return swaps.
 
Investment in, and issuance of, products with embedded interest rate options.
  Sensitivity to changes in underlying rate and rate volatility causing option exercise.   Interest rate swaps plus caps/floors, and other matched options.
 
Investment in, and issuance of, bonds with put/call features.
  Sensitivity to changes in rates causing option exercise.   Interest rate swaps combined with swaptions (1) and other matched options.
 
Firm commitments (e.g. asset purchases, issues arranged).
  Sensitivity to changes in rates between arranging a transaction and completion.   Hedges are arranged at the time of commitments if there is exposure to rate movements.
 


(1)   A swaption is an option on a swap which gives the holder the right but not the obligation to buy or sell a swap.
 
    Exchange-traded derivatives may additionally be used as hedges in any of the above activities in lieu of interest rate swaps.

Credit Derivatives

The following table presents the notional amounts of credit derivatives protection bought and sold at 31 December 2004.

                 
    Protection  
    Purchased     Sold  
    £m     £m  
 
Notional amounts:
               
Portfolio Business Unit protection
    15       –  
Trading activity (1)
    9,409       6,393  
 
Total
    9,424       6,393  
 


(1)   This includes £562m (notional) of portfolio credit derivatives.

The use of derivatives to manage exposures does not reduce the reported levels of assets on the balance sheet or the level of off-balance sheet commitments.

Portfolio Business Unit protection activity

Within the Portfolio Business Unit, credit derivatives have been used as hedging instruments for assets held on the balance sheet. Purchased protection at 31 December 2004 within the Portfolio Business Unit totalled £15m. These transactions are accrual accounted.

Trading activity

The business trades in single-name credit derivatives and also a limited number of portfolio credit derivative transactions. The credit derivatives’ trading function operates within the same framework as other trading functions. Risk limits are established and closely monitored.

     At 31 December 2004, the total notional amounts of protection purchased and sold by the trading business were £9.4bn and £6.4bn, respectively. The mismatch between notional amounts is largely attributable to Abbey using credit derivative transactions hedged with securities positions. The majority of positions are matched. Consequently the amount of retained credit risk contributed by the credit derivatives trading activity is small in the context of Abbey’s overall credit exposures.

79


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Directors

Board of Directors
As at 31 December 2004

Chairman

Lord Burns

Lord Burns (age 60) was appointed Joint Deputy Chairman on 1 December 2001 and Chairman on 1 February 2002. He is also Chairman of Glas Cymru Ltd (Welsh Water) and a Non-Executive Director of Pearson Group plc and British Land plc. His current professional roles include President of the Society of Business Economists, Fellow of the London Business School, Companion of the Institute of Management, Governor of the National Institute of Economic and Social Research and Vice President of the Royal Economic Society.

     He was formerly Permanent Secretary to the Treasury and chaired the Parliamentary Financial Services and Markets Bill Joint Committee. Until October 2001, he was a Non-Executive Director of Legal & General Group plc and was Chairman of the National Lottery Commission (2000-2001).

Executive directors

Francisco Gómez-Roldán

Chief Executive Officer

Francisco Gómez-Roldán (age 51) was appointed Chief Executive Officer on 15 November 2004. He joined Abbey from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., where he was the Chief Financial Officer for the Group, a position that he held since March 2002. Prior to this he joined Banesto, a banking subsidiary of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., in 2000 to become Chief Executive and Executive Director.

     In 1992, he became Finance Director of the newly formed Grupo Argentaria, which aggregated a number of leading public sector banks and joined the Group’s board as an Executive Director in 1996.

     With degrees in aeronautical engineering and economics, he joined Banco Vizcaya in 1978. In 1984 he became Director General of Banca Catalana after its acquisition by Vizcaya and following the merger of Banco Vizcaya and Banco Bilbao in 1988 to form BBV, he played a key role in creating and developing the investment fund and pensions industry in Spain.

     He is currently a director of the Spain Fund, Bolsas y Mercados Españoles S.A. and AC Hoteles.

Tony Wyatt

Executive Director, Manufacturing

Tony Wyatt (age 55) was appointed Executive Director, Customer Operations on 1 September 2003, having previously held positions with Novartas, New Power, AT&T, Guardian Royal Exchange and Midland Bank, including roles as Managing Director of Operations and Technology, Director of Group Development, and Banking Systems Director.

Priscilla Vacassin

Executive Director, Human Resources

Priscilla Vacassin (age 47) was appointed Executive Director, Human Resources on 1 June 2003. She was previously Group Human Resources Director at BAA plc, before which she was Director of Organisational Management and Development at the same company. She also spent 10 years with the Kingfisher Group (1988 to 1998), before which she worked for United Biscuits.

Mark Pain (resigned on 28 January 2005)

Executive Director, Customer Sales

Mark Pain (age 43) was appointed Finance Director on 1 January 1998, Managing Director of Wholesale Banking in November 2001 and Executive Director, Customer Sales in 2003. He joined Abbey in 1989, having previously held positions with Touche Ross & Co and TSB Group. His previous appointments at Abbey include Manager of Strategic Planning, Manager of European Operations, Regional Director of Retail, and Group Financial Controller.

Angus Porter

Executive Director, Customer Propositions (resigned on 25 February 2005)

Angus Porter (age 47) was appointed as Executive Director, Customer Propositions on 1 July 2003. He was formerly Managing Director for the Consumer Division of BT plc. Before BT, he spent 14 years at Mars Confectionery in a variety of research and development, sales and marketing roles, including four years as Marketing Director. He is also currently a Non-Executive Director of MyTravel plc.

80


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Directors continued

Non-Executive Directors

Juan Rodríguez Inciarte

Deputy Chairman

Juan Inciarte (age 52) joined Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. in 1985. After holding different positions of responsibility, he was appointed to the Board of Directors in 1991, holding this office until 1999. He is currently Deputy Chairman of Santander Consumer Finance S.A. and Executive Vice President of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. In addition, he is a director of Compañía Española de Petróleos, Finanzauto S.A., Banco Banif S.A., Vista Capital de Espansion S.A. and Euroresidencias Gestión.

     For several years he has served on the Board of Directors of First Union Corporation (presently Wachovia) in the US and the Board of Directors and Executive Committee of San Paolo - IMI in Italy.

     He is a member of the US-Spain Council and Fellow of The Chartered Institute of Bankers in Scotland.

Keith Woodley

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

Keith Woodley (age 65) was appointed Non-Executive Director on 5 August 1996. He was made Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Non-Executive Director in April 1999. He is a former Non-Executive Director of National and Provincial Building Society and a former partner of Deloitte Haskins & Sells. A past President of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, he is currently Complaints Commissioner for the London Stock Exchange and a Council Member and Treasurer of the University of Bath.

Jóse María Fuster

José María Fuster (age 46) was appointed Non-Executive Director on 1 December 2004. He is currently Executive Vice-President of Operations and Technology of Banesto and Chief Information Officer (“CIO”) of Grupo Santander. He joined Banco Español de Crédito in 1998 and was appointed as CIO of Grupo Santander in 2003. He is a director of ISBAN UK Limited. He started his professional career in IBM and Arthur Andersen as a consultant. In the financial services sector, he has worked at CitiBank and Natwest Bank.

José María Carballo

José María Carballo (age 60) was appointed Non-Executive Director on 1 December 2004. He is currently Chairman of La Unión Resinera Española, Chairman of Vista Desarrollo, Director of Star Capital Partners Ltd. (U.K.), Director of SCH Activos Inmobiliarios, Director of Teleférico del Pico de Teide. He is also Vice President and Honorary Treasurer of the Iberoamerican Benevolent Society (U.K).

     Previously, he was Executive Vice President of Banco Santander Central Hispano S.A. from 1989 to 2001 and CEO of Banco Santander de Negocios from 1989 to 1993. Until 1989 he was Executive Vice President responsible for Europe at Banco Bilbao Vizcaya. He was also Executive Vice President of Banco de Bilbao in New York until 1983.

António Horta-Osório

António Horta-Osório (age 40) was appointed Non-Executive Director on 1 December 2004. He is currently Executive Vice President of Grupo Santander and member of its Management Committee as well as Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of Banco Santander Totta in Portugal. He was previously CEO of Banco Santander Brasil. António Horta-Osório started his career at Citibank Portugal, where he was Head of Capital Markets and at the same time was an assistant professor at the Universidade Católica Portuguesa. He then worked for Goldman Sachs in New York and London, focusing on Corporate Finance Activities in Portugal and, in 1993, he joined Grupo Santander as CEO of Banco Santander de Negócios Portugal.

New Appointments post 31 December 2004

Executive Directors

Graeme Hardie

Graeme Hardie (age 43) was appointed Executive Director, Sales and Marketing on 22 February 2005.

     He was Managing Director of NatWest Retail Banking from January 2002 to December 2004, with responsibility for all aspects of management of the Retail Branch Network.

     Prior to this, in March 2000, following the takeover of NatWest by the Royal Bank of Scotland Group, he was appointed Director, NatWest Retail Change Planning.

     Before joining NatWest, he was Head of Retail Network Services for Royal Bank of Scotland (RBSG). Appointed in February 1997, he was responsible for sales and service, processes, training and development programmes, incentive and management information design.

     He joined Royal Bank of Scotland in 1978, initially in a variety of sales, marketing and business development roles.

Nathan Bostock

Nathan Bostock (age 44) was appointed Executive Director, Finance and Markets on 22 February 2005. This follows his appointment to Abbey’s Executive Committee in November 2004. His responsibilities include finance, treasury, Abbey Financial Markets and the Portfolio Business Unit.

     Nathan joined Abbey in November 2001 as Chief Operating Officer, Abbey National Treasury Services plc, with responsibility for finance, market risk and operations. Prior to joining Abbey, Nathan spent nine years (1992-2001) with The

81


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Directors continued

Royal Bank of Scotland Group (“RBS”) where his roles included Director, Group Risk Management and Chief Operating Officer, Treasury and Capital Markets. Prior to joining RBS, Nathan was Head of Risk Analysis and Finance, Treasury and Interest Rate Derivatives (Europe) for Chase Manhattan Bank (1988 to 1992). He joined Chase Manhattan Bank in 1986 having previously worked for Coopers and Lybrand.

Non-Executive Directors

Andrew Longhurst

Andrew Longhurst (age 65) was appointed Non-Executive Director on 28 January 2005.

     He was Chief Executive of the Cheltenham & Gloucester building society (1982 to 1995) during the time that it converted to a public limited company and was sold to Lloyds Bank in 1995. He joined the main board of Lloyds and later of LloydsTSB. He oversaw the extension of Cheltenham & Gloucester’s mortgage operation into Lloyds and TSB branches, and became Chairman of Cheltenham & Gloucester (1997-98).

     In 1998, Andrew retired from full time executive employment and joined the boards of the United Assurance Group, Thames Water (1998-2000) and Hermes Focus Asset Management (1998-present). He was appointed Deputy Chairman of The Royal London Insurance Society Ltd following its acquisition of United Assurance (2000-02).

     He has also served as Chairman of the Council of Mortgage Lenders (1994) and was a member of the DTI’s taskforce on deregulation of financial services (1993).

Auditors
Deloitte & Touche LLP

Stonecutter Court
1 Stonecutter Street
London EC4A 4TR

Registered Office and Principal Office
Abbey National House
2 Triton Square
Regent’s Place
London
NW1 3AN

Abbey National plc (“Abbey”) is registered in England and Wales No 2294747.

82


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Directors’ Report

Corporate Structure

On 12 November 2004, a Scheme of Arrangement, which had been approved by the High Court of England and Wales and by the shareholders of Abbey and Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. became effective, whereby Abbey became a wholly owned subsidiary of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. and the ordinary shares of Abbey ceased to be traded on the London Stock Exchange. Shareholders in the UK were awarded one new Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. share for each share which they held in Abbey and holders of American Depository Shares in the US were awarded two new Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. American Depository Shares for each Abbey American Depository Share.

     Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. is incorporated in Spain and has its registered office at Paseo de Pereda 9-12, Santander, Spain. Note 23 to the Financial Statements provides a list of the principal subsidiaries of Abbey and the nature of each company’s business as well as details of overseas branches.

     Abbey is subject to rules of the UK Listing Authority because it has preference shares listed on the London Stock Exchange. As it does not have listed ordinary shares, Abbey is exempt from the requirement to make certain disclosures which are normally part of the continuing obligations of listed companies in the UK. This exemption applies, among other things, to corporate governance and directors’ remuneration disclosures.

Principal activities and Business Review

The principal activity of Abbey and its subsidiaries continues to be the provision of an extensive range of personal financial services. Abbey is authorised and regulated by the Financial Services Authority. The Operating and Financial Review for the year, including a review of non-banking activities, is set out on pages 7 to 69 of this document. Details of important events which have occurred since the end of the financial year and prospects for 2005 are included in the Business Overview and the Operating and Financial Review sections.

Results and dividends

The profit on ordinary activities before tax for the year ended 31 December 2004 was £273m (2003: loss £686m).

     An interim net dividend of 8.33 pence per ordinary share was paid on 6 October 2004 (2003: 8.33 pence per ordinary share). In addition, a special dividend of 25 pence per ordinary share together with 6 pence for dividend differential was paid on 14 December 2004. No final dividend is proposed.

Directors

The members of the Board at 31 December 2004 are named on pages 80 to 82 together with appointments made following the year end. Where a Director was appointed during the year, the date of appointment is shown. All other Directors served throughout the year. As at 31 December 2004, the Board comprised a Chairman, five Executive Directors, including the Chief Executive, and five Non-Executive Directors. As at the date of publication of this report, there is now a Chairman, five Executive Directors, including the Chief Executive, and six Non-Executive Directors. The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive are separated and clearly defined. The Chairman is primarily responsible for the working of the Board and the Chief Executive for the running of the business and implementation of Board strategy and policy.

     There have been some additional changes since 31 December 2004. Mark Pain, Executive Director, Customer Sales resigned from the Board with effect from 28 January 2005 and Angus Porter, Executive Director, Customer Propositions resigned on 25 February 2005 from the Board, but stayed with Abbey in a management capacity until 24 March 2005.

     Graeme Hardie was appointed to the Board on 22 February 2005 to take up the post of Executive Director, Sales and Marketing, combining the previous roles of Mark Pain and Angus Porter. Nathan Bostock was also appointed to the Board as Executive Director, Finance and Markets, on 22 February 2005.

     Andrew Longhurst was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive Director on 28 January 2005. Details of all three new appointments are included on pages 81 and 82.

     During 2004, the following directors resigned:

         
Director   Title   Date of resignation
 
Luqman Arnold
  Chief Executive Officer   15 November 2004
Stephen Hester
  Chief Operating Officer   12 November 2004
Yasmin Jetha
  Director   30 November 2004
Leon Allen
  Non-Executive Director   1 December 2004
Geoffrey Cooper
  Non-Executive Director   1 December 2004
Richard Hayden
  Non-Executive Director   1 December 2004
Gerard Murphy
  Non-Executive Director   1 December 2004
Vittorio Radice
  Non-Executive Director   1 December 2004
Charles Shuttleworth
  Non-Executive Director   1 December 2004
 

83


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Directors’ Report continued

Non-Executive Directors are appointed for a three year term after which their appointment may be extended upon mutual agreement. In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, one-third of the Board are required to retire by rotation each year and over a three year period all Directors must have retired from the Board and faced re-election. The Company’s Articles of Association also require that a Director must retire at the first Annual General Meeting after their 70th birthday.

     Francisco Gómez-Roldán, Juan Rodríguez Inciarte, Jóse María Fuster, Jóse María Carballo, António Horta-Osório, Andrew Longhurst, Graeme Hardie and Nathan Bostock, having been appointed to the Board since the last Annual General Meeting, will retire and, being eligible, may offer themselves for election at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. Keith Woodley, Lord Burns and Priscilla Vacassin will retire by rotation at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting and, all being eligible, may offer themselves for re-election.

     As described above, there were a number of changes to the Board of Directors, following the acquisition of Abbey by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. All the new directors were selected for the wide knowledge and experience they have of the personal financial services market. In addition, as they all have an existing relationship with Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. they are therefore able to bring to Abbey their understanding of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.’s successful business model.

Committees of the Board

The Board maintains three standing committees, all of which operate within written terms of reference. They are the Audit and Risk Committee, the Remuneration Committee and the Policyholder Review Committee.

Audit and Risk Committee

Membership of the Audit and Risk Committee is restricted to non-executive directors.

     The Audit and Risk Committee’s primary tasks are to review the scope of external and internal audit, to receive regular reports from the external auditors, (currently Deloitte & Touche) and the Chief Internal Auditor, and to review the preliminary results, interim information and annual financial statements before they are presented to the Board, focusing in particular on accounting policies and compliance and areas of management judgement and estimates. The Committee’s scope was extended during 2003 to include risk oversight. The Audit and Risk Committee more generally acts as a forum for discussion of internal control issues and contributes to the Board’s review of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control and risk management systems and processes. The Audit and Risk Committee also conducts a review of the remit of the internal audit function, its authority, resources and scope of work. Abbey’s relationship with the external auditors is monitored by the Audit and Risk Committee and a framework for ensuring auditor independence has been adopted which defines unacceptable non audit assignments, pre-approval of acceptable non-audit assignments and procedures for approval of other non-audit assignments.

     The Chairman, Keith Woodley, is a chartered accountant and a previous President of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. The Board has determined that Keith Woodley has the necessary qualifications and experience to qualify as an audit committee financial expert as defined for the purposes of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The other members of the Audit and Risk Committee are Juan Inciarte and Jose Fuster.

Remuneration Committee

Membership of the Remuneration Committee consists of at least three non-executive Directors. The Committee is responsible for remuneration and succession planning within Abbey to ensure that these policies support the business objectives determined by the Abbey Board and the interests of its shareholders.

     It is charged with recommending to the full Board Abbey’s policy on Executive Director and executive management remuneration. The Remuneration Committee determines the individual remuneration package of each Executive Director and is also responsible for succession planning for the Executive Director and Director Group populations and is responsible for any employee and management share schemes.

     The chairman of the Remuneration Committee is Jose Carballo and the other members are Antonio Horta, Juan Inciarte and Andrew Longhurst.

Compensation for loss of office

When they were appointed, Priscilla Vacassin, Angus Porter and Tony Wyatt were granted contracts which initially entitled them to 24 months notice of termination of their employment. The notice required reduces by one month for each month of service to 12 months notice after 12 months; this is now the applicable notice period. Abbey may pay an Executive Director instead of allowing them to work their notice period. Graeme Hardie has a similar provision in his contract.

     Mark Pain and Yasmin Jetha had contracts that entitled them to additional payments if they were made redundant. They have now left Abbey and the figures for the compensation paid in respect of 2004 are included in the table of directors’ remuneration below. When Angus Porter left Abbey he received pay instead of notice pursuant to his contract as set out above.

84


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Directors’ Report continued

Directors’ remuneration

The aggregate remuneration received by the Directors of Abbey in 2004 was:

         
    2004  
    £m  
 
Salaries and fees
    5,002,612  
Performance-related payments
    2,396,168  
Other taxable benefits
    23,068  
Total remuneration excluding pension contributions
    7,421,848  
Pension contributions
    424,747  
Compensation for loss of office
    450,842  
 

These totals exclude emoluments received by Directors in respect of their primary duties as Directors or officers of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. No apportionment of this remuneration has been made. Compensation in cash for loss of office was paid to one Director due to their redundancy in 2004.

Remuneration of Highest Paid Director

In 2004, the remuneration, excluding pension contributions, of the highest paid Director was £1,375,418 (2003: £1,688,000) of which £550,167 (2003: £1,013,000) was performance related. Share options were received by the highest paid Director and shares were received under a Long Term Incentive Plan during the year. There was no accrued pension benefit for the highest paid Director (2003: £nil).

Retirement Benefits

We provide defined-benefit pension plans to certain of our employees. See note 53 to the Financial Statements for a description of the plans and the related costs and obligations.

Share options

During the year, prior to the acquisition of Abbey by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. seven of the Directors exercised share options and received shares under long-term incentive schemes. These options and shares were in respect of Abbey ordinary shares. As part of the acquisition, option holders were invited either to exercise, cash cancel or transfer their Abbey options into an option over Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. shares. Where the option price was higher than the purchase price per share of £6.22, these options effectively lapsed. As of 12 November 2004 when the acquisition of Abbey by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. was completed, no further options over Abbey ordinary shares remain. Currently, no new schemes with respect to shares in Abbey are planned. Further details are provided in Note 55 on page 154.

Long-term Performance Share Plan

Under the Performance Share Plan, the Chief Executive could earn shares worth up to 175% of his salary while the other executive Directors’ awards gave them the opportunity to earn shares worth up to 150% of salary. The proportion of shares the Directors would receive at the end of three years following the award depended on the performance of the Company during this period. Performance was measured in two ways: (i) half the award depended on the real growth in the earnings per share of the Personal Financial Services business and (ii) half the award was based on the growth in total shareholder returns over the three year period, compared with a group of 16 other UK financial services companies. This plan ceased to operate after the acquisition.

Non-Executive Directors

Fees were paid to Non-Executive Directors in 2004 totalling £579,410 (2003: £402,232); this amount is included above in the table of directors’ remuneration.

Directors’ interests and Related Party Transactions

In 2004, loans were made by Abbey to Directors, Executive Officers and connected persons and, of these loans, principal amounts of £240,000 were outstanding at 31 December 2004. See Note 54 and 56 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for disclosures of deposits and investments made and insurance policies entered into by the Directors, Executive Officers and connected persons with Abbey at 31 December 2004. Note 56 to the Consolidated Financial Statements also includes details of related party transactions.

     In 2004, there were no other transactions, arrangements or agreements with Abbey or its subsidiaries in which Directors or Executive Officers or persons connected with them had a material interest, other than options to subscribe for ordinary shares under the share options schemes. No director had a material interest in any contract of significance other than a service contract with Abbey, or any of its subsidiaries, at any time during the year.

     Abbey seeks exemption under The Companies (Disclosure of Directors’ Interests) (Exceptions) Regulations 1985 (SI 802), not to disclose the Directors’ interests in the shares of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., a company incorporated in Spain and the ultimate parent undertaking of Abbey.

85


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Directors’ Report continued

Employee share ownership

During 2004, eligible employees were able to become financial stakeholders in Abbey by taking part in the Abbey Sharesave scheme or Partnership Shares scheme that gave staff the opportunity to save money from their pre-tax salary. Through these schemes, and others we have offered over the years, a number of our employees owned shares in Abbey. At the time of the acquisition by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., employees were given the option of exercising, cash cancelling or transferring their interest to Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. shares and taking a cash alternative. Those who have chosen to transfer their interest in the Sharesave Scheme can exercise the option on maturity or in certain circumstances when they leave Abbey. In recognition of the Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. acquisition, all employees were given 100 free shares on 15 February 2005, which will be held in trust for a minimum of three years. Currently, no new all-employee schemes are planned to be launched. Further details can be found in note 55 to the consolidated Financial Statements on page 154.

Pension funds

The assets of the main pension schemes are held separately from those of Abbey and are under the control of the Trustees of each scheme. The four Abbey pension schemes have a common corporate trustee which, at 31 December 2004, had nine Directors, comprising six Company appointed Directors (three of whom are Directors of Abbey) together with three member-nominated Directors.

     The National and Provincial Pension Fund has a different corporate trustee, the Board of which at 31 December 2004 comprised three Company appointed Directors, two of whom are Directors of Abbey, and three member-elected Directors.

     At 31 December 2004, the Scottish Mutual Assurance plc Staff Pension Scheme had six trustees, of whom four are selected by Scottish Mutual Assurance plc (two of whom are members) and two member-elected trustees. In the case of the Scottish Provident Institution Staff Pension Fund, at 31 December 2004 there were eight trustees, of whom five (at least one of whom is a member) are selected by Scottish Provident Limited, as principal employer of the Fund: the remaining three trustees are elected by the active members from their number.

     Asset management of the schemes is delegated to a number of fund managers and the trustees receive independent professional advice on the performance of the managers. Asset management of the Scottish Mutual Assurance Staff Pension Scheme is through a Trustee Investment Account invested in a range of pooled funds operated by Scottish Mutual Assurance. Assets (other than petty cash) of the Scottish Provident Institution Staff Pension Fund are invested in a Managed Fund policy held with Scottish Provident Limited.

     Legal advice to the trustees of the various schemes is provided by external firms of solicitors. The audits of the pension schemes are separate from that of Abbey. The audits of the Abbey pension schemes and the National and Provincial Pension Fund are undertaken by Grant Thornton UK LLP. The audits of the Scottish Mutual Assurance Staff Pension Scheme and SPI Staff Pension Fund are undertaken by KPMG Audit Plc. Further information is provided in note 53 to the consolidated Financial Statements on page 152.

Market value of land and buildings

On the basis of a periodic review process, the estimated aggregate market value of the company and its subsidiaries’ land and buildings was below the fixed asset net book value of £32m, as disclosed in note 26 to the Financial Statements, by approximately £13m. It is considered that, except where specific provisions have been made, the land and buildings have a value in use to the Abbey Group of companies which exceeds the estimated market value, and the net book value is not impaired.

Corporate social responsibility

Abbey is committed to being a responsible corporate citizen and to treating all those who come into contact with it in a fair and ethical manner. Abbey recognises the need to structure our approach to corporate social responsibility and to report regularly on progress. Abbey does so through its annual corporate social responsibility report (CSR Report), which is approved by the Board and includes information about Abbey’s ethical principles, corporate governance, treatment of employees, community involvement and its environmental policy and performance. Abbey’s previous corporate social responsibility reports can be found on the website www.aboutabbey.com>corporatesocialresponsibility and hard copies can be obtained by writing to the corporate social responsibility Manager at the registered office address shown on page 82 of this Annual Report. Going forward Abbey will be working with Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. to align its corporate social responsibility management and reporting.

Management of Corporate Social Responsibility

The Executive Director, Human Resources has responsibility for corporate social responsibility at board level. Abbey’s corporate social responsibility management framework follows the guidelines recommended by Business in the Community and is governed across the four corporate social responsibility areas of Workplace, Marketplace, Environment and Community.

     Abbey aims to comply with industry standards including the Association of British Insurers disclosure guidelines on social responsibility, the Department of Trade and Industry Company Law Review and the Accounting for People Report recommendations.

     Abbey is a member of the FORGE Group, a government-supported consortium of major financial services companies that, in 2002, formalised a structured approach for the management and reporting of corporate social responsibility issues for the financial sector.

86


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Directors’ Report continued

Workplace

Abbey regards all employees as partners in the business. Abbey recognises, respects and values individual differences, and acknowledges the distinctive contribution that each person makes to the success of the business. Abbey aims to be the financial services employer of choice in the UK. Abbey’s policy “Valuing people as Individuals” underpins these goals and this document can be found via the website at www.aboutabbey.com>General Information>Our Policies>valuing people as individuals.

     The total number of employees was 24,361 at December 31 2004, 27,726 at December 31 2003 and 32,364 at December 31 2002.

     Further details are given in the table below:

Employees

                 
    At 31 December     At 31 December  
    2004     2003  
 
Total employees*
    24,361       27,726  
Total female employees
    15,623       18,402  
Total male employees
    8,738       9,324  
Total full-time employees
    20,599       21,116  
Total part-time employees
    3,762       6,610  
Total ethnic minority employees
    1,655       1,936  
Employees aged 50 and under
    22,195       25,157  
Employees aged over 50
    2,166       2,569  
Employee turnover (%)
    22       14.7  
Average days absent per employee
    8       10  
Total number of staff grievances (at final stage)
    7       9  
Total employee satisfaction (%) (with everything measured by the employee opinion survey)
    56       58  
 
 
               
Training
               
Total number of training days
    211,358       188,752  
Average number of training days per employee
    8       7  
Average £ invested in training per employee
    805       614  
 
 
               
Health and Safety
               
Total number of reported accidents
    319       296  
Total number of accidents reported to enforcing authorities
    20       36  
Total number of adjustments to workplaces
    608       543  
Workplace adjustments for disabled employees
    128       42  
 


*   The total number of employees, at 31 December 2004, on a full-time equivalent basis.

Equality and diversity

Abbey wants to benefit from the full range of knowledge and skills society offers. Abbey’s policy “Valuing People as Individuals” sets out its approach to creating a workforce that reflects that diversity. Abbey has a number of employee-led Diversity Action Groups which work to promote a more diverse workforce in their local areas.

     Abbey also has a number of Disability Employment Action Teams which focus on setting up a strong framework for the employment of people with disabilities. This aims to make sure that Abbey has the appropriate processes in place to help recruit, develop and retain employees with disabilities. Abbey is committed to the Disability Discrimination Act and the Disability Employment Action Teams have been instrumental in ensuring that Abbey has been compliant with the new requirements of the Disability Discrimination Act. Abbey is proud to use the Employment Service “Positive about Disabled People” symbol. Abbey has a partnership agreement with the Employment Service Disability Service to provide access to work for people with disabilities. This aims to make sure that new and existing staff get the necessary aids and equipment to make their working life easier.

Work-life balance

Abbey is committed to supporting individuals in achieving a reasonable balance between their home and working life. Abbey understands that people must be valued and supported through the various stages of their lives. As a result, Abbey offers a wide range of flexible working options, including part-time work, job sharing, homeworking, compressed working arrangements and career breaks.

     Our employees’ well being is very important to us and we want to support them as much as we can. Abbey’s confidential Employee Advice Line can give information on their employment with Abbey and point them in the right direction if they have a personal problem. Abbey also provides an external counselling service which offers professional counselling on a wide range of work or personal issues, including post trauma counselling.

Health and Safety

Abbey believes that healthy employees working in a safe environment enhance the business and the achievement of its objectives. Ensuring this is good business practice and a positive investment which protects its people, Abbey’s most valuable asset.

87


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Directors’ Report continued

Abbey’s goal of health and safety excellence is put into practice through Abbey’s policy statement on health and safety at work. This is overseen by the Occupational Health and Safety team which seeks to improve its health and safety performance. No health and safety enforcement actions were taken against Abbey during 2004.

Developing our people

Abbey’s Learning and Development department supports employees and its business by providing training and development that is effective, efficient and responsive. The department works in partnership with each business area to provide learning solutions activities where they will add the most benefit. Abbey has also implemented a best-in-class learning management system to support the delivery of computer-based training ensuring flexible learning opportunities for all employees. This ensures Abbey delivers consistent and high-quality training, and that it provides appropriate and cost-effective learning for all employees. Facilities are available to staff out of hours to help them study outside their job role for their own personal development.

Performance management

Abbey wants to create a high performance culture. This means Abbey is committed to developing its employees’ ability to perform at their best. Abbey continually encourages them to deliver better service to its customers, support each other by removing obstacles and use their talent to produce improved results.

     Abbey approach to performance development is simple and straightforward. Employees will understand what’s expected of them and get the right development and support to allow them to succeed. And when they’ve done this, they will be recognised and rewarded for their contribution. Employees are responsible for their performance and their manager is responsible for making sure they are clear about what they need to do to perform to their best, and for supporting them to achieve it.

Working in partnership

Abbey wants to involve and inform employees on matters that affect them. Abbey believes this is key to being successful and as such effective communication is vital to everything it does. Abbey publishes a magazine every other month for employees – “read”, almost all employees have access to our intranet – “net” and “talk” sessions where senior management, including the Chief Executive and the Chairman, answer staff questions face to face. Abbey also uses more traditional methods of communication, such as team meetings. All these channels are designed to keep employees fully informed of news and developments which may have an impact on them, and also to keep them up to date on financial, economic and other factors which affect the company’s performance.

     It’s just as important to listen to the views of employees and Abbey asks for their opinions on a range of issues through regular departmental and company-wide opinion surveys. These surveys are confidential and employees don’t have to give their names.

     Abbey has over 25 years of trade union recognition through a partnership agreement with Abbey National Group Union (ANGU), the independent trade union that it recognises to speak on behalf of Abbey employees. ANGU is affiliated to the Trade Union Congress and operates from its own offices in Hertfordshire. ANGU is involved in major initiatives, and Abbey consults them on significant proposals within the business. Consultation takes place at both national and local levels. Abbey holds regular relationship management meetings to make sure that communication is open and two-way.

Offshoring

Abbey carries out some operational activities, such as banking enquiries, in India. Abbey is sensitive to concerns from stakeholders about the hosting of jobs outside of the UK operation. Abbey believes these decisions are absolutely necessary to the health of Abbey’s future and for giving customers better service at a competitive price. MsourcE, its contractor in India, has a proven track record in treating employees fairly and with respect.

Marketplace

Understanding customers

Understanding customers has always been something Abbey has prided itself on, particularly at a local, branch level. Abbey’s business will only be successful if we understand customers’ needs and provide the right products and services to meet them. Abbey has developed its business and brand strategy with this recognition at its core.

     That is why Abbey devotes considerable time and money asking customers their views and requirements. In 2004 Abbey carried out research with around 20,000 consumers. Some of these interviews resulted in changes to processes and services, others in tone of voice and how Abbey communicates with customers.

     Creating a better banking experience for customers is a key goal, and in so doing abbey aims to help every customer get more for their money. Part of this is a continued focus on being straightforward, practical and friendly with customers; ensuring Abbey people take a positive and ‘can do’ attitude in dealings with them; and always being alert to customers’ needs and changes in the market place. Abbey wants to sell the right products to the right customers – this is the key in making sure Abbey treats customers fairly.

Financial inclusion

Part of understanding customers is knowing where, when and how Abbey can help them. Abbey has a heritage of offering people from all walks of life the opportunity to get more from their money. Abbey fully supports the Government and the FSA in developing a National Strategy for Financial Capability and continues to provide services for people who may have difficulty accessing mainstream banking services through the Abbey basic bank account. Abey helps fund the Consumer Credit Counselling Service, this is amongst a number of initiatives that gets Abbey’s support.

88


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Directors’ Report continued

Abbey is also committed to meeting the Disability Discrimination Act’s access to services requirements and has been working with disability groups to upgrade branches and other services to comply with this act. Customer information is also made available in alternative formats including Braille and large print, when requested.

Complaints management

Complaints represent a very important area of the business from which Abbey can learn and improve its service. While Abbey is committed to ensuring that customers get the very highest levels of service, from time to time service does not match the high expectations customers rightly have. Abbey is focused on getting the basics of complaint management right, so Abbey can be clear and responsive with customers who have concerns and can put right what might have gone wrong as quickly as possible.

Social housing

Abbey’s specialist Social Housing Finance unit delivers long-term finance solutions to Registered Social Landlords to enable them to provide affordable housing for people in need and to undertake wider social inclusion initiatives. Registered Social Landlords (often called Housing Associations) are regulated, non-profit making, community-based organisations. Abbey’s loan commitments currently exceed £5bn.

Procurement

Abbey has in place a procurement policy that explicitly promotes competitive tendering and dealing with suppliers in a fair and open manner. The policy requires a record of hospitality received to be maintained by each department and made available for review. Abbey reserves the right to verify the ethical standing of its suppliers as it deems appropriate.

     Abbey does not operate a single payment policy in respect of all classes of suppliers. Each individual operating area is responsible for agreeing terms and conditions under which business is to be transacted and for making the supplier aware of these beforehand. It is Abbey’s policy to ensure payments are made in accordance with the terms and conditions agreed, except where the supplier fails to comply with those terms and conditions.

Environment

Abbey recognises its responsibility to consider the environmental issues associated with its business. Abbey’s environmental management strategy is to reduce the direct impacts of its activities, for example energy and resource use, and to manage the indirect risks associated with its main business interests.

     Abbey’s environmental policy is approved by the Board, and the Chief Risk Officer is accountable for ensuring management acts in accordance with its principles. The policy applies to all business units, covers all significant environmental impacts and risks, and provides the basis for Abbey’s environmental management system. Senior managers are responsible for ensuring compliance with the policy and risk management procedures. The policy can be viewed in full at www.aboutabbey.com>General Information>Our policies> environmental policy statement. Abbey expects its suppliers and the organisations with which it undertakes joint ventures or outsourcing operations to support it.

     Environmental risks are identified through the Operational Risk process, overseen by the Chief Risk Officer and Risk Function. Through the risk process, environmental impacts are identified and assessed, and there is opportunity to report significant environmental impacts to the Board and/or Risk Committee on a monthly basis. Abbey’s environmental performance is subject to internal audit on a rolling basis and its disclosures in the Corporate Social Responsibility Report are externally verified.

     Abbey is a signatory to, and an active member of, the United Nations Environment Programme Financial Institutions’ Initiative.

Community

Abbey is proud of its involvement in the community and it supports a wide range of charitable projects, primarily through the Abbey Charitable Trust Limited (the Trust). Abbey has built strong links with local communities, in areas where it has a large presence, through seven Community Partnership Groups. Their main role is to distribute donations from the Trust to meet the needs of their local community.

Charitable priorities

Abbey has revised its charitable priorities in 2004 to reflect the changes to Abbey’s core values. The Abbey Charitable Trust Limited supports disadvantaged people through:

>   education and training;
 
>   local regeneration projects which encourage cross community partnerships; and
 
>   financial advice which helps people manage their money.

89


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Directors’ Report continued

Donations

In 2004, Abbey made total cash donations of £2,342,087 (2003: £1,711,380) to a wide range of charities. This included £586,793 (2003: £583,868) by matching the amount staff raised during the year for local and national charities. Abbey continued its partnership with The Prince’s Trust, now in its 12th year, with its funding focused on The Trust’s Leaving Care Initiative and Business Start-up Programme.

Volunteering

Abbey believes that providing opportunities for employee volunteering brings benefits to everyone involved, including the company. Abbey co-ordinates its own Abbey schemes including an “E-mentoring” programme that matches Year 10 pupils studying vocational General Certificates of Secondary Education (GCSEs) with an Abbey employee who is working in that subject area and the mentoring support is carried out by exchanging e-mails. “Number Partners” uses specially designed board games to help small groups of eight- and nine-year-olds develop their number skills with the help of trained groups of volunteers from Abbey head offices. “Business Experts” matches employees with specialist business skills with charities in the local area. Abbey matches an employee’s donated time on an hour-for-hour basis, up to a maximum of 35 hours per year.

     The total value of support to good causes amounted to £2,515,995 in 2004 (2003: £2,170,036). This comprised cash donations and other support given in kind, including the value of the volunteering scheme. In all 10% of Abbey employees were involved in one of its matching schemes. These figures are collated using the London Benchmarking Group reporting model.

     Further details on Abbey’s corporate social responsibility programme can be found via the website at www.aboutabbey.com >corporate social responsibility.

Code of ethics

Abbey’s ethical policies are set out in “How we do business”. This document, which was established in 1999 and reviewed and updated by the board in 2003, confirms that:

>   employees should raise concerns if they become aware that ethical polices and principles are not being followed;
 
>   Abbey values all employees as individuals and treat them as partners in the business;
 
>   Abbey treats customers fairly and delivers what it promises;
 
>   Abbey considers ethical and environmental concerns when investing Abbey assets;
 
>   Abbey is committed to adopting sound environmental management practices; and
 
>   Abbey expects suppliers to operate to high ethical standards.

Abbey’s ethical policies include ethical investment guidelines which are an integral part of the risk management processes for investment decision making. Procedures are also in place for employees to follow if they feel that there has been a breach of our ethical policies. “How we do business” can be read in full on the website at www.aboutabbey.com> General Information > Our Policies>how we do business.

     Abbey also complies with the applicable code of ethics regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission arising from the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Amongst other things, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act aims to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of information that companies disclose. It requires companies to disclose whether they have a code of ethics that applies to the Chief Executive and senior financial officers that promotes honest and ethical conduct; full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosures; compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; prompt internal reporting of violations; and accountability for adherence to such a code of ethics. Abbey meets these requirements through “How we do business”, our whistleblowing policy, the Financial Services Authority’s Principles for Businesses, and the Financial Services Authority’s Principles and Code of Practice for Approved Persons (together, the Code of Ethics), with which the Chief Executive and senior financial officers must comply. These include requirements to manage conflicts of interest appropriately and to disclose any information the Financial Services Authority may want to know about. Abbey provides a copy of its code of ethics to anyone, free of charge, on application to the registered office address as shown on page 82.

Political contributions

No contributions were made for political purposes.

Policy and Practice on Payment of Creditors

Abbey’s practice on payment of creditors has been quantified under the terms of the Companies Act 1985 (Directors’ Report) (Statement of Payment Practice) Regulations 1997. Based on the ratio of amounts invoiced by trade creditors during the year to amounts of Abbey trade creditors at 31 December 2004, trade creditor days for Abbey were 12 (2003: 19 days). The equivalent period calculated for Abbey’s legal entities is 12 days (2003: 20 days).

Going concern

The Directors confirm that they are satisfied that the Abbey National and its subsidiaries has adequate resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt a going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Auditors

A resolution to reappoint Deloitte & Touche LLP as auditors will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

90


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Directors’ Report continued

Disclosure controls and procedures

(Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002)

Over the past year, Abbey has been assessing and strengthening its internal controls over financial reporting in preparation for the application of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and in connection with the implementation of International Financial Reporting Standards during 2005. These procedures have included the documentation, testing and review by senior management of processes previously established to report Abbey’s US GAAP financial information. As a result of these procedures, subsequent to the issuance of the 2003 Financial Statements, and also in connection with the preparation of the 2004 financial statements, management has identified a number of errors in Abbey’s previously issued US GAAP financial information for the fiscal years 2002 and 2003 and it determined that restatement of the 2002 and 2003 figures was necessary, as set out in Note 62(t) to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As a result of management’s review and restatement of previous US GAAP financial results, management has concluded that there was a material weakness in Abbey’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, regarding Abbey and certain of its subsidiaries having insufficient personnel in the corporate accounting department with sufficient knowledge and experience in US GAAP and the SEC requirements.

     As part of Abbey’s strengthening of internal controls in the context of these findings, Abbey has undertaken a number of remediation procedures in order to address the internal control deficiencies that contributed to these errors. These remediation efforts will continue during 2005 and include hiring additional accounting personnel knowledgeable in US GAAP; training current accounting staff on the application of US GAAP accounting pronouncements; reinforcing existing US GAAP reporting controls over the reporting process of subsidiaries, including levels of review; and improving standardised reconciliation templates to assist in the reconciliation process between UK GAAP and US GAAP.

     Abbey has carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of Abbey’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of Abbey’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon Abbey’s evaluation, which considered both the findings and remediation efforts described above, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer cannot conclude that, as of 31 December 2004, the disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that Abbey files and submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported as and when required.

     Other than described above, there has been no change in Abbey’s internal control over financial reporting during Abbey’s 2004 fiscal year that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect Abbey’s internal control over financial reporting.

Statement of directors’ responsibilities

The directors of Abbey National plc are required by UK company law to prepare financial statements for each financial year which give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of Abbey National plc and its subsidiaries at the end of the financial year, and of the profit/(loss) for Abbey National plc and its subsidiaries for the year. They are also responsible for ensuring that proper and adequate accounting records have been maintained and that reasonable procedures have been followed for safeguarding the assets of Abbey National plc and its subsidiaries and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities.

    In respect of the financial statements the directors are required to:
 
>   ensure that suitable accounting policies, which follow generally accepted accounting principles, have been applied consistently;
 
>   ensure that reasonable and prudent judgements and estimates have been used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements;
 
>   prepare the Consolidated Financial Statements on a going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that Abbey will continue in business; and
 
>   state whether applicable UK accounting standards have been followed and to disclose and explain any material departures from the financial statements.

91


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Supervision and Regulation

European Union directives

General

The framework for supervision of banking and financial services in the UK is largely formed by European Union Directives which are required to be implemented in member states through national legislation. Directives aim to harmonise banking and financial services regulation and supervision throughout the European Union by laying down minimum standards in key areas, and requiring member states to give mutual recognition to each other’s standards of prudential supervision. This has led to the “passport” concept enshrined in the Banking Consolidation Directive and the Investment Services Directive (soon to be replaced by the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive): that is, freedom to establish branches in, and freedom to provide cross-border services into, other European Union member states once a bank or investment firm is authorised in its “home” state. Significant legislative changes are being made through the European Union Financial Services Action Plan.

Prudential supervision and capital adequacy

The Banking Consolidation Directive sets out minimum conditions for authorisation and the ongoing prudential supervision of banks. Minimum conditions for the authorisation and prudential supervision of investment firms are set out in the Investment Services Directive. The overall responsibility for prudential supervision falls on the home country regulator of a bank or investment firm. The Banking Consolidation Directive and the Capital Adequacy Directives govern supervision of capital adequacy for both banks and investment firms in the European Union. The Capital Adequacy Directives contain detailed rules for the regulatory capital treatment of risks arising in the trading book, that is broadly, positions and securities that a UK bank or investment firm holds for proprietary trading purposes. For other (non-trading) risks, the Capital Adequacy Directives refer to the Banking Consolidation Directive, which regulates the quality and proportions of different types of capital to be held by an institution, the amount of capital to be held for counterparty exposures arising outside the trading book and restrictions on exposures to an individual counterparty or group of connected counterparties. In addition, the Capital Adequacy Directives and the Banking Consolidation Directive require consolidated supervision of financial groups; these requirements have recently been enhanced by the Financial Group’s Directive.

     The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision on 26 June 2004 published the Basel 2 Accord which amends the Basel 1 1988 Accord. Basel 2 promotes more risk sensitive approaches to the determination of minimum regulatory capital requirements which would further strengthen the soundness and stability of the international banking system. Banks will be able to choose between three levels of sophistication to calculate regulatory capital for credit and operational risk and this will change the way that many banks evaluate, measure and report capital adequacy. To ensure that the most appropriate approaches are being used, banks are encouraged to move to the most sophisticated method feasible. All major UK banks are in the process of implementing their solutions and applications, to ensure they comply with the requirements of the Basel Accord. Under the current timetable, the new Accord will become fully effective at the end of 2007.

     The Basel 2 Capital Accord will be implemented into European Union law through the Capital Requirements Directive which was published in draft on July 15 2004. The Capital Requirements Directive is not a single new directive, but comprises the significant changes proposed to the Banking Consolidation Directive and the Capital Adequacy Directives and will result in a “recast Banking Consolidation Directive” and a “recast Capital Adequacy Directive”. The Capital Requirements Directive is currently being discussed by the Council of Ministers and the European Parliament and a near final version is expected in the third quarter of 2005. The draft Capital Requirements Directive proposes a staggered implementation date from 1 January 2007 for basic and intermediate approaches and from 1 January 2008 for more advanced approaches.

     In the UK the Financial Services Authority will implement the Capital Requirements Directive in the Integrated Prudential Sourcebook which can be different from the Capital Requirements Directive in those areas where national discretions are permitted and where specific national interpretation is required. Abbey intends to implement for credit risk the Internal Ratings Based approach for Retail and the Advanced Internal Ratings Based approach for Financial Markets in line with the home-host responsibilities under the capital requirement directive. For operational risk, Abbey intends to adopt the Standardised Approach, which will be implemented from the end of 2006, moving to the Advanced Measurement Approach when appropriate.

     Abbey has established a bank-wide programme which will manage the changes required to ensure compliance with the Basel 2 requirements.

UK regulations

General

The Financial Services Authority is the single statutory regulator responsible for regulating deposit taking, mortgages, insurance and investment business pursuant to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. It is a criminal offence for any person to carry on any of the activities regulated under this Act in the UK by way of business unless that person is authorised by the Financial Services Authority or falls under an exemption.

     The Financial Services Authority has authorised Abbey, as well as some of its subsidiaries, to carry on certain regulated activities. The regulated activities they are authorised to engage in depends upon permissions granted by the Financial Services Authority. The main permitted activities of Abbey and its subsidiaries are listed below.

Mortgages

Lending secured on land at least 40% of which is used as a dwelling by an individual borrower or relative has been regulated by the Financial Services Authority since 31 October 2004. Abbey is authorised to enter into, advise and arrange regulated mortgage contracts.

92


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Supervision and Regulation continued

Banking

Deposit taking is a regulated activity that requires a firm to be authorised and supervised by the Financial Services Authority.

     Abbey has permission to carry on deposit taking as do several of its subsidiaries, including Abbey National Treasury Services plc, Cater Allen Limited and Cater Allen Premier Banking Limited.

Insurance

UK banking groups may provide insurance services through other group companies. Insurance business in the UK is divided between two main categories: long-term assurance (whole life, endowments, life insurance investment bonds) and general insurance (building and contents cover and motor insurance). Under the Financial Services and Markets Act, effecting or carrying out any contract of insurance, whether general or long-term, is a regulated activity requiring authorisation. Life insurance mediation has been subject to regulation for many years. Broking of long-term insurance (for example, critical illness) became regulated on 31 October 2004. General insurance mediation has been subject to regulation by the Financial Services Authority since 14 January 2005.

     Abbey has a number of subsidiaries which are authorised by the Financial Services Authority to effect contracts of insurance. Abbey also acts as a broker, receiving commissions for the policies arranged.

Investment business

Investment business such as dealing in, arranging deals in, managing and giving investment advice in respect of most types of securities and other investments, including options, futures and contracts for differences (which would include interest rate and currency swaps) and long-term assurance contracts are all regulated activities under the Financial Services and Markets Act and require authorisation by the Financial Services Authority.

     Abbey and a number of its subsidiaries have permission to engage in a wide range of wholesale and retail investment businesses including selling certain life assurance and pension products, unit trust products and Individual Savings Accounts (tax exempt saving products) and providing certain retail equity products and services.

Financial Services Authority conduct of business rules

The Financial Services Authority conduct of business rules also apply to every authorised person carrying on regulated activities and regulate the day-to-day conduct of business standards to be observed by authorised persons in carrying on those activities.

     The conduct of business rules prescribe stringent rules relating to the circumstances and manner in which authorised persons may communicate and approve financial promotions, which are communications in the course of business which are invitations or inducements to engage in investment activity.

The Financial Services Compensation Scheme

The Financial Services Compensation Scheme covers claims against authorised firms (or any participating European Economic Area firms) where they are unable, or likely to be unable, to pay claims against them. The Financial Services Compensation Scheme covers the following:

Deposits: up to £31,700 per person (100% of the first £2,000 and 90% of the next £33,000). The Scheme is triggered when an authorized deposit taker (such as a bank, building society or credit union) is unable, or likely to be unable, to repay its depositors.

Investments: up to £48,000 per person (100% of the first £30,000 and 90% of the next £20,000). The scheme provides protection if an authorised firm is unable to pay claims against it. Investments covered include stocks and shares, unit trusts, futures and options;

Mortgage advice and arranging: the scheme will pay up to £48,000 (100% of the first £30,000 and 90% of the next £20,000) for claims against authorised mortgage firms that are unable to pay claims against them.

Long-term insurance (pensions and life assurances) firms: unlimited, 100% of the first £2,000 plus 90% of the remainder of the claim. Policyholder protection is triggered if an authorised insurer is unable, or likely to be unable, to meet claims against it, for example if it has been placed in provisional liquidation or administration.

General insurance firms: Compulsory insurance (third party motor): unlimited, 100% of the claim; non-compulsory insurance (home and general): unlimited, 100% of the first £2,000 plus 90% of the remainder of the claim. Policyholder protection is triggered if an authorised insurer is unable, or likely to be unable, to meet claims against it, for example if it has been placed in provisional liquidation or administration.

General insurance advice and arranging*: unlimited, comprising 100% of the first £2,000 plus 90% of the remainder of the claim. Compulsory insurance is protected in full.

*For business conducted on or after 14 January 2005.

Data protection

The UK Data Protection Act 1998 limits the ability of a UK company to hold and use personal information relating to its customers. The law requires that UK companies notify the Information Commissioner of their activities concerning the processing of personal data prior to commencing those activities. The Information Commissioner maintains a public register of data controllers. In addition, companies regulated by the Data Protection Act 1998 must comply with the eight enforceable principles of good conduct, the “data protection principles” and must submit to requests from the individual who is the subject of the data concerning matters such as giving access to their data and the right to object to incorrect data being held or to direct marketing.

93


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Supervision and Regulation continued

Other main relevant legislation

The Consumer Credit Act 1974 regulates certain loans up to £25,000 to consumers both secured (but excluding secured loans regulated by the Financial Services Authority – see above) and unsecured and associated credit broking.

The Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts Regulations 1999, apply to certain contracts for goods and services entered into with consumers. The main effect of the Regulations is that a contractual term covered by the Regulations which is “unfair” will not be enforceable against a consumer. The Regulations contain an indicative list of unfair terms. These Regulations apply, inter alia, to mortgages, savings accounts and related products and services. The Financial Services Authority has issued guidance on how it will use its powers under the Regulations.

Distance Marketing Directive

This directive deals with distance contracts for financial services. It is implemented by the Banking Code, Financial Services Authority Rules, Consumer Credit Act and the Financial Services (Distance Marketing) Regulations 2004. It gives customers a right to cancel a distance contract within 14 days (30 days for some insurance products) and the right to receive certain information and a copy of the terms and conditions before they become bound by the contract. It came into force on 31 October 2004.

Current and future developments

Payment Systems

Following the Chancellor’s Pre-Budget Report in November 2003, the Office of Fair Trading has been given an enhanced role in payments systems for a period of four years. The Government will then review competition in the industry and may consider legislation. In March 2004, the Office of Fair Trading Payments Systems Task Force was established to consider issues relating to competition, efficiency and innovation in the UK’s payments systems. The Task Force brings together payments industry, retail, consumer and government representatives with an interest in payments systems. The initial focus is on a faster electronic payments scheme for the UK. Other issues to be addressed include cheques, governance and access, industry co-operation, European developments, pricing and transparency.

     The payments industry is also under scrutiny from the Treasury Select Committee who are conducting separate investigations into automatic teller machine charging and transparency of credit card charges.

     A key objective within the European Union’s Financial Services Action Plan is to create an integrated system for payments in Europe. The European Commission has issued a draft Directive on a New Legal Framework for Payments in Europe which could have wide reaching implications for the UK payments industry.

Future governance of insurance companies

The Financial Services Authority are consulting on many issues which will affect the way insurers carry on business.

Child Trust Funds

In October 2003 the government announced detailed proposals for Child Trust Funds. These are designed to encourage parents and children to develop savings habits and to ensure that in future all children have financial assets to start adult life. They are a tax wrapper (free of personal income and capital gains tax), which can hold a variety of savings and investments. All children born on or after 1 September 2002 qualify for a Child Trust Fund. From January 2005 Child Trust Fund vouchers were sent to the entitled children and accounts are now being opened.

Polarisation

The polarisation rules control the way certain savings and investment products can be sold. Advisers on life assurance, personal pension policies, collective investment schemes (unit trusts and OEICS) and investment trust savings schemes have to be either: an Independent Financial Adviser and advise across all products and companies in the market; or tied and represent just one company or group and sell only its products. The Financial Services Authority has issued new regulations to remove the polarisation restrictions with the aim of increasing the range of products available to customers as well as giving them a clearer picture of what they are paying for advice. The depolarisation rules are being implemented over a 6-month transitional period, beginning on 1 December 2004.

Consumer Credit Bill

The bill was reintroduced in the new Parliament in May 2005. When enacted, it will introduce changes making it easier for consumers to challenge unfair practices, changes relating to increased powers for Office of Fair Trading and new requirements relating to the information lenders must give to consumers about their accounts.

European Union developments

There are a number of proposals emanating from the European Union, which will affect the UK financial services industry in due course.

     These include proposals for a new Consumer Credit Directive, a directive on Unfair Commercial Practices and implementing measures for the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive. There have also been a number of measures which are aimed at facilitating the provision of financial services across borders by use of e-commerce.

94


Table of Contents

Report of the Directors

Supervision and Regulation continued

New Banking Code

The Banking Code is issued by the Code Sponsors, the British Bankers’ Association, the Building Societies’ Association and Association of Payment Clearing Services and subscribers (including Abbey) should ensure that they abide by the spirit as well as the letter of the Code. Changes cover the key commitments, basic bank account, interest rates, terms and conditions, cancellation rights, advertising, cards and personal identification numbers and credit cards.

95


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Independent Auditors’ Report to the Member of Abbey National plc

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of directors and shareholders of Abbey National plc

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Abbey National plc and its subsidiary undertakings (together “the Abbey National Group”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., as at 31 December 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, the statements of consolidated total recognised gains and losses and the consolidated cash flow statements for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2004, the statement of accounting policies and the related notes 1 to 65. These financial statements have been prepared under the accounting policies set out therein. We have also audited the information in the part of the directors’ remuneration report that is described in note 54. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Abbey National Group directors. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Abbey National Group is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Abbey National Group’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Abbey National Group as at 31 December 2004 and 2003, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom.

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The application of the latter would have affected the determination of consolidated net income (loss) for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2004 and the determination of the consolidated shareholders’ equity as at 31 December 2004 and 2003, to the extent summarised in Note 61 to the consolidated financial statements.

The reported net income (loss) for the years ended 31 December 2003 and 2002 and shareholders’ equity at 31 December 2003, as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, have been restated for the items described in Note 62(t).

Deloitte & Touche LLP
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors
London, England
8 June 2005

97


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Consolidated Profit and Loss Account

For the years ended 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002

                                 
                    2003     2002  
            2004     (restated)     (restated)  
    Notes     £m     £m     £m  
 
Interest receivable:
                               
Interest receivable and similar income arising from debt securities
            87       393       1,386  
Other interest receivable and similar income
    3       4,838       4,851       5,382  
Interest payable
    4       (3,395 )     (3,182 )     (4,184 )
 
Net interest income
            1,530       2,062       2,584  
Dividend income
    5       1       1       1  
Fees and commissions receivable
            639       767       786  
Fees and commissions payable
            (114 )     (248 )     (275 )
Dealing profits
    6       268       217       205  
Income from long-term assurance business before embedded value charges and rebasing
    21       108       176       321  
Embedded value charges and rebasing
    21       (32 )     (378 )     (632 )
Income from long-term assurance business after embedded value charges and rebasing
    21       76       (202 )     (311 )
Other operating (expense) income
    7       244       (165 )     510  
 
Total operating income – continuing operations
    2       2,626       2,711       3,141  
Total operating income – discontinued operations
    2       18       (279 )     359  
Total operating income
            2,644       2,432       3,500  
Administrative expenses
    8       (2,053 )     (2,014 )     (1,852 )
Depreciation of fixed assets excluding operating lease assets
    26       (81 )     (112 )     (103 )
Depreciation and impairment on operating lease assets
    27       (151 )     (251 )     (280 )
Amortisation of goodwill
    25       (20 )     (20 )     (64 )
Impairment of goodwill
    25       —       (18 )     (1,138 )
 
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
            (252 )     (401 )     (1,585 )
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    9       35       (474 )     (514 )
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    38       (202 )     (104 )     (50 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
                               
– debt securities
    19       67       (45 )     (388 )
– equity shares and similar investments
    20       13       (148 )     (123 )
 
Provisions and amounts written off fixed asset investments
            (87 )     (771 )     (1,075 )
 
Operating profit/(loss)
            252       (754 )     (1,012 )
Income from associated undertakings
            6       12       17  
Profit on disposal of Group undertakings
            46       89       48  
Profit/(loss) on the sale or termination of an operation
    57       (31 )     (33 )     —  
 
Continuing operations
    2       200       (182 )     (278 )
Discontinued operations
    2       73       (504 )     (669 )
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax
            273       (686 )     (947 )
Tax on profit/(loss) on ordinary activities
    10       (144 )     42       (152 )
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities after tax
            129       (644 )     (1,099 )
Minority interests – non-equity
    41       (49 )     (55 )     (62 )
 
Profit/(loss) for the financial year attributable to the shareholders of Abbey National plc
            80       (699 )     (1,161 )
Transfer from/(to) non-distributable reserve
    43       47       (200 )     263  
Dividends including amounts attributable to non-equity interests
    12       (631 )     (424 )     (424 )
 
Retained loss for the financial year
            (504 )     (1,323 )     (1,322 )
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax includes for acquired operations
            —       —       4  
Earnings/(loss) per ordinary share – basic
    13       2.2p       (52.4p )     (84.8p )
Earnings/(loss) per ordinary share – diluted
    13       2.2p       (52.4p )     (84.3p )
 

The Group’s results as reported are on an historical cost basis, except where, as described in Accounting policies, special provisions of the Companies Act 1985 or industry standards apply. Accordingly, no note of historical cost profits and losses has been presented.

     The 2003 and 2002 comparatives have been restated to include accrued interest on mark-to-market securities and money market instruments within dealing profits. These amounts were previously included within interest income and interest expense. The impact of the adjustment was to move £978m (2002: £1,301m), from interest income and £892m (2002: £1,258m) from interest expense into dealing profits.

98


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheet

As at 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002

                                                         
            2004     2004     2003     2003     2002     2002  
    Notes     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Assets
                                                       
Cash and balances at central banks
                    454               439               396  
Treasury bills and other eligible bills
    14               1,990               1,631               1,483  
Loans and advances to banks
    15               10,148               7,155               6,601  
Loans and advances to customers not subject to securitisation
            79,331               84,488               81,427          
Loans and advances to customers subject to securitisation
    17       28,976               23,833               24,156          
Less: non-recourse finance
            (15,098 )             (14,482 )             (15,160 )        
 
                                                 
Loans and advances to customers
    16               93,209               93,839               90,423  
Net investment in finance leases
    18               1,148               2,573               3,447  
Debt securities
    19               22,683               30,328               59,807  
Equity shares and other similar interests
    20               1,176               1,633               963  
Long-term assurance business
    21               2,968               2,272               2,316  
Interests in associated undertakings
    22               25               39               51  
Intangible fixed assets
    25               317               341               376  
Tangible fixed assets excluding operating lease assets
    26       246               268               371          
Operating lease assets
    27       2,341               2,529               2,573          
 
                                                 
Tangible fixed assets
                    2,587               2,797               2,944  
Other assets
    28               4,661               4,162               5,085  
Prepayments and accrued income
    29               1,195               1,230               1,891  
Assets of long-term assurance funds
    21               27,180               28,336               29,411  
 
Total assets
                    169,741               176,775               205,194  
 
Liabilities
                                                       
Deposits by banks
    31               18,412               22,125               24,174  
Customer accounts
    32               78,850               74,401               76,766  
Debt securities in issue
    33               21,969               24,834               48,079  
Dividend payable
                    43               245               113  
Other liabilities
    34               9,170               11,452               9,125  
Accruals and deferred income
    35               1,729               1,582               2,218  
Provisions for liabilities and charges
    36               870               836               1,028  
Subordinated liabilities including convertible debt
    39               5,360               6,337               6,532  
Other long-term capital instruments
    40               722               742               771  
Liabilities of long-term assurance funds
    21               27,180               28,336               29,411  
Minority interests – non-equity
    41               512               554               627  
 
                                                 
 
                    164,817               171,444               198,844  
Called up share capital
                                                       
– ordinary shares
    42       148               146               146          
– preference shares
    42       325               325               325          
Share premium account
    42       2,164               2,059               2,155          
Reserves
    43       306               274               74          
Profit and loss account
    43       1,981               2,527               3,650          
 
                                                 
Shareholders’ funds including non-equity interests
    44               4,924               5,331               6,350  
 
Total liabilities
                    169,741               176,775               205,194  
 
Memorandum items
                                                       
Contingent liabilities
                                                       
Guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security
    46               1,084               2,148               1,902  
Other contingent liabilities
    47               116               159               157  
 
 
                    1,200               2,307               2,059  
 
Commitments
                                                       
Obligations under stock borrowing and lending agreements
    48               20,508               25,649               19,137  
Other commitments
    48               2,849               3,018               4,742  
 
 
                    23,357               28,667               23,879  
 

99


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Company Balance Sheet

As at 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002

                                                         
            2004     2004     2003     2003     2002     2002  
    Notes     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Assets
                                                       
Cash and balances at central banks
                    443               417               356  
Loans and advances to banks
    15               3,605               4,218               4,716  
Loans and advances to customers not subject to securitisation
            63,829               66,048               59,628          
Loans and advances to customers subject to securitisation
    17       28,976               23,835               24,035          
Less: non-recourse finance
            (12,948 )             (13,813 )             (14,491 )        
 
                                                 
Loans and advances to customers
    16               79,857               76,070               69,172  
Net investment in finance leases
    18               3               18               13  
Debt securities
    19               405               480               1,394  
Equity shares and other similar interests
    20               1               2               2  
Shares in Associate undertakings
    22               12               32               —  
Shares in Group undertakings
    23               8,250               8,171               7,545  
Tangible fixed assets
    26               226               239               304  
Other assets
    28               1,293               1,001               794  
Prepayments and accrued income
    29               379               501               566  
 
Total assets
                    94,474               91,149               84,862  
 
Liabilities
                                                       
Deposits by banks
    31               15,697               18,780               14,307  
Customer accounts
    32               65,910               57,900               55,444  
Debt securities in issue
    33               4               4               4  
Dividend payable
                    43               245               113  
Other liabilities
    34               1,114               1,030               759  
Accruals and deferred income
    35               1,008               823               941  
Provisions for liabilities and charges
    36               224               100               43  
Subordinated liabilities including convertible debt
    39               5,673               6,689               6,959  
Other long-term capital instruments
    40               722               742               771  
 
                                                 
 
                    90,395               86,313               79,341  
Called up share capital – ordinary shares
    42       148               146               146          
- preference shares
    42       325               325               325          
Share premium account
    42       2,164               2,059               2,155          
Profit and loss account
    43       1,442               2,306               2,895          
 
                                                 
Shareholders’ funds including non-equity interests
    44               4,079               4,836               5,521  
 
Total liabilities
                    94,474               91,149               84,862  
 
Memorandum items
                                                       
Contingent liabilities
                                                       
Guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security
    46               63,009               69,487               110,882  
Other contingent liabilities
    47               8               8               23  
 
 
                    63,017               69,495               110,905  
 
Commitments
    48               1,733               1,627               1,303  
 

100


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Total Recognised Gains and Losses

For the year ended 2004, 2003 and 2002

                                 
            2004     2003     2002  
    Notes     £m     £m     £m  
 
Profit/(loss) attributable to the shareholders of Abbey National plc
            80       (699 )     (1,161 )
Translation differences on foreign currency net investment
    43       (2 )     (1 )     (2 )
 
Total recognised gains /(losses) relating to the year
            78       (700 )     (1,163 )
 
Total gains recognised since the prior year
            78                  
 

101


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

For the years ended 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002

                                 
          2004     2003     2002  
    Notes     £m     £m     £m  
 
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities
    52a       (2,019 )     (32,678 )     (10,952 )
 
Returns on investments and servicing of finance:
                               
Interest paid on subordinated liabilities
            (277 )     (262 )     (337 )
Preference dividends paid
            (48 )     (55 )     (63 )
Payments to non-equity minority interests
            (49 )     (55 )     (62 )
 
Net cash outflow from returns on investments and servicing of finance
            (374 )     (372 )     (462 )
 
Taxation:
                               
UK corporation tax paid
            (2 )     (93 )     (481 )
Overseas tax paid
            (10 )     (6 )     (15 )
 
Total taxation paid
            (12 )     (99 )     (496 )
 
Capital expenditure and financial investment:
                               
Purchases of investment securities
            (1,713 )     (3,895 )     (16,636 )
Sales of investment securities
            1,796       26,462       12,926  
Redemptions and maturities of investment securities
            1,235       3,175       14,977  
Purchases of tangible fixed assets
            (155 )     (532 )     (909 )
Sales of tangible fixed assets
            83       194       79  
Transfers (to)/from life assurance funds
            (712 )     (215 )     (882 )
 
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from capital expenditure and financial investment
            534       25,189       9,555  
 
Acquisitions and disposals
    52e-g       3,180       8,803       (536 )
 
Equity dividends paid
            (697 )     (216 )     (648 )
 
Net cash inflow/(outflow) before financing
            612       627       (3,539 )
 
Financing:
                               
Issue of ordinary share capital
            13       2       17  
Issue of loan capital
            —       —       392  
Issue of other long-term capital instruments
            —       —       485  
Issue of preferred securities and minority interests
            —       —       15  
Redemption of preference share capital
            —       (124 )     —  
Redemption of preferred securities
            —       (15 )     —  
Repayments of loan capital
            (813 )     (56 )     (222 )
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing
    52c       (800 )     (193 )     687  
 
Increase/(decrease) in cash
    52b       (188 )     434       (2,852 )
 

For the purposes of the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, cash includes all cash at bank and in hand and loans and advances to banks repayable on demand without notice or penalty, including amounts denominated in foreign currencies.

102


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Accounting Policies

Basis of presentation

The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with the special provisions of Part VII Schedule 9 of the Companies Act 1985 applicable to banking companies and banking groups.

Accounting convention

Abbey prepares its Consolidated Financial Statements under the historical cost convention, modified by the revaluation of certain assets and liabilities. They are prepared in accordance with applicable accounting standards of the Accounting Standards Board and pronouncements of its Urgent Issues Task Force and with the Statements of Recommended Accounting Practice issued by the British Bankers’ Association, the Irish Bankers’ Federation and the Finance and Leasing Association. Accounting policies are reviewed regularly to ensure they are the most appropriate to the circumstances of Abbey for the purposes of giving a true and fair view.

     Consistent with other banking groups, in preparing consolidated financial statements, the long-term assurance business is valued using the embedded value method, with adjustments made for the impact of investment variances to Long-Term Assumptions. Disclosures consistent with the guidance provided by the Association of British Insurers in December 2001 is provided in either the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Operating and Financial Review, wherever practical.

Basis of consolidation

The Group Financial Statements incorporate the Consolidated Financial Statements of the company and all its subsidiary undertakings. The accounting reference date of the company and its subsidiary undertakings is 31 December, with the exception of those leasing, investment, insurance and funding companies, which, because of commercial considerations, have various accounting reference dates. The financial statements of these subsidiaries have been consolidated on the basis of interim Financial Statements for the period to 31 December 2004.

     The assets and liabilities of the long-term assurance funds are presented separately from those of other businesses in order to reflect the different nature of the shareholders’ interests therein.

Interest in subsidiary undertakings and associated undertakings

The company’s interests in subsidiary undertakings and associated undertakings are stated at cost less any provisions for impairment. The Group’s interests in associated undertakings are stated at Abbey’s share of the book value of the net assets of the associated undertakings.

Goodwill

Goodwill arising on consolidation as a result of the acquisitions of subsidiary undertakings and the purchase of businesses after 1 January 1998 is capitalised under the heading Intangible fixed assets and amortised on a straight-line basis over its expected useful economic life. The useful economic life is calculated using a valuation model which determines the period of time over which returns are expected to exceed the cost of capital, subject to a maximum period of 20 years.

     Goodwill arising on consolidation as a result of the acquisitions of subsidiary undertakings, and the purchase of businesses prior to 1 January 1998, has previously been written off directly to reserves. On disposal of subsidiary undertakings and businesses, such goodwill is charged to the Profit and Loss Account balanced by an equal credit to reserves. Where such goodwill in continuing businesses has suffered an impairment, a similar charge to the Profit and Loss Account and credit to reserves is made.

Impairment of fixed assets and goodwill

Tangible fixed assets, other than investment properties, and goodwill are subject to review for impairment in accordance with FRS 11 Impairment of Fixed Assets and Goodwill. The carrying values of tangible fixed assets and goodwill are written down by the amount of any impairment, and the loss is recognised in the Profit and Loss Account in the period in which this occurs. Should an event reverse the effects of a previous impairment, the carrying value of the tangible fixed assets and goodwill may be written up to a value no higher than the original depreciated or amortised cost which would have been recognised had the original impairment not occurred.

Depreciation

Tangible fixed assets excluding operating lease assets and investment properties are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

     
 
Freehold buildings:
  100 years
Long and short leasehold premises:
  Over the remainder of the lease, with a maximum of 100 years. Acquisition premiums are depreciated over the period to the next rent review.
Freehold land:
  Not depreciated
Office fixtures, equipment and furniture:
  5 to 8 years
Computer equipment:
  3 to 5 years
 

For a description of depreciation on operating lease assets, see “Assets leased to customers” below.

103


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Accounting Policies continued

Interest receivable and payable

Interest receivable and payable is recognised in the Profit and Loss Account as it accrues. Interest is suspended where due but not received on loans and advances in arrears where recovery is doubtful. The amounts suspended are excluded from interest receivable on loans and advances until recovered.

Fees, commissions and dividends receivable

Fees and commissions receivable in respect of services provided are taken to the Profit and Loss Account when the related services are performed. Where fees, commissions and dividends are in the nature of interest, these are taken to the Profit and Loss Account on a systematic basis over the expected life of the transaction to which they relate, and are included under the heading interest receivable, except for amounts that related to trading activities. Income on investments in equity shares and other similar interests is recognised as and when dividends are declared, and included within dividend income. Fees received on loans with high loan-to-value ratios are accounted for as described under the heading “Deferred income”.

     This accounting policy has been amended to reflect the change in accounting policy described in the dealing profits accounting policy.

Lending-related fees and commissions payable and discounts

Under certain schemes, payments and discounts may be made to customers as incentives to take out loans. It is usually a condition of such schemes that incentive payments are recoverable by way of early redemption penalty charges in the event of redemption within a specified period, “the penalty period”, and it is Abbey’s policy and normal practice to make such charges. Such incentive payments are charged to the Profit and Loss Account over the penalty period where their cost is recoverable from the net interest income earned from the related loans over the penalty period. If the loan is redeemed within the penalty period the incentive payments are offset against the penalty charge. When the related loan is redeemed, sold or becomes impaired any amounts previously unamortised are charged to the Profit and Loss Account. The Profit and Loss Account charge for such amounts is included under the heading interest receivable.

     Commissions payable to introducers in respect of obtaining certain lending business are charged to the Profit and Loss Account over the anticipated life of the loans. The Profit and Loss Account charge for such commissions is included under the heading Fees and commissions payable.

Dealing profits

Dealing profits include movements in prices on a mark-to-market basis, including interest and dividends, on trading derivatives, trading security positions, trading treasury and other bills and related funding. This is a presentational change in that previously interest on mark-to-market securities and money market instruments was classified within interest receivable and interest payable. This had no impact on profit. In the 12 months to December 2003 this change resulted in reclassification of £86m (2002: £105m) from net interest income to non-interest income.

Deferred income

The arrangement of certain UK loans and advances secured on residential properties with high loan-to-value ratios may result in a fee being charged.

     In Abbey’s accounts, such fees are deferred and are included in the Balance Sheet under the heading accruals and deferred income. The deferred income balance is taken to the Profit and Loss Account over the average anticipated life of the loan and is included under the heading Other operating income.

Pensions

Where pensions are provided by means of a funded defined benefits scheme, annual contributions are based on actuarial advice. The expected cost of providing pensions is recognised on a systematic basis over the expected average remaining service lives of members of the scheme.

For defined contribution schemes the amount charged to the Profit and Loss Account in respect of pensions costs and other post retirement benefits is the contributions payable in the year. Differences between contributions payable in the year and contributions actually paid are shown as either accruals or prepayments on the Balance Sheet.

Provisions for bad and doubtful debts

A specific provision is established for all impaired loans where it is likely that some of the capital will not be repaid or, where the loan is secured, recovered through enforcement of security. No provision is made where the security is in excess of the secured advance. Default is taken to be likely after a specified period of repayment default. Loans that are part of a homogeneous pool of similar loans are placed on default status based on the number of months in arrears, which is determined through historical experience.

     Loans that are not part of a homogeneous pool of similar loans are analysed based on the number of months in arrears on a case-by-case basis and are placed on default status when the probability of default is likely.

     Generally, the length of time before a loan is placed on default status after a repayment default depends on the nature of the collateral that secures the advance. On advances secured by residential property, the default period is three months. On advances secured by commercial property, the default period is five months, based on historical experience with business customers. For advances secured by consumer goods such as cars or computers, the default period is less than three months, the exact period being dependent on the particular type of loan in this category.

104


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Accounting Policies continued

On unsecured advances, such as personal term loans, the default period is often less than three months. Exceptions to the general rule exist with respect to revolving facilities, such as bank overdrafts, which are placed on default upon a breach of the contractual terms governing the applicable account, and on credit card accounts where the default period is three months.

     Wholesale lending and investment securities are placed on default status immediately upon default on a payment due date or following any event specified in the loan documentation as a default event. Securities are also placed on default status if the counterparty goes into voluntary or forced administration or liquidation or makes an announcement that it would not meet its commitments on the next payment due date.

     Once a loan is considered impaired, an assessment of the likelihood of collecting the principal is made. This assessment includes, where appropriate, the use of statistical techniques developed based on previous experience and on management judgment of economic conditions. These techniques estimate the propensity of loans to result in losses net of any recovery where applicable.

     A general provision is made against loans and advances to cover bad and doubtful debts which have not been separately identified, but which are known from experience to be present in portfolios of loans and advances. The general provision is determined using management judgment given past loss experience, lending quality and economic conditions, and is supplemented by statistical based calculations.

     The specific and general provisions are deducted from loans and advances. Provisions made during the year, less amounts released and recoveries of amounts written off in previous years, are charged to the Profit and Loss Account. Write offs are determined on a case-by-case basis for different products and portfolios, at times ranging typically from 30 to 365 days.

Share-based payments

The costs of share-based instruments are accounted for on a fair value basis, computed by reference to the grant date; such costs are expensed over the performance period to which the award relates. The amount charged to the Profit and Loss Account is credited to reserves.

     In accordance with UITF 38 Accounting for ESOP Trusts, shares purchased through Employee Share Option Trusts (ESOPs) are held at cost and treated as treasury shares and are taken as a deduction from shareholders’ equity.

Foreign currency translation

Income and expenses arising in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the average rates of exchange over the accounting period unless they are hedged, in which case the relevant hedge rate is applied. Dividends are translated at the rate prevailing on the date the dividend is receivable. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rates of exchange current at the balance sheet date. In Abbey’s Consolidated Financial Statements, exchange differences on the translation of the opening net assets of foreign undertakings to the closing rate of exchange are taken to reserves, as are those differences resulting from the restatement of the profits and losses of foreign undertakings from average to closing rates. Exchange differences arising on the translation of foreign currency borrowings used to hedge investments in overseas undertakings are taken directly to reserves and offset against the corresponding exchange differences arising on the translation of the investments. Other translation differences are dealt with through the Profit and Loss Account.

Securities

Debt securities, equity shares and other similar interests (“securities”) held for investment purposes are stated at cost, adjusted for any amortisation of premium or discount on an appropriate basis over their estimated remaining lives. Provision is made for any impairment.

     In accordance with industry practice, securities which are not held for the purpose of investment and the associated funding of these assets are stated at market value and profits and losses arising from this revaluation are taken directly to the Profit and Loss Account. The net return on these assets, including interest, appears in dealing profits in the Profit and Loss Account. This net return comprises the revaluation profit and loss referred to above, plus profits and losses on disposal of these assets. The difference between the cost and market value of securities not held for investment is not disclosed as its determination is not practicable.

     The market values of securities are primarily derived using publicly quoted prices, direct broker quotes or recognised market models. Where such prices are unavailable, market values for those securities have been derived using in-house pricing models.

     Where securities are transferred between portfolios held for investment purposes and portfolios held for other purposes, the securities are transferred at market value. Gains and losses on these transfers are taken directly to the Profit and Loss Account, and are included within other operating income.

     Securities are recognised as assets or, in the case of short positions, liabilities, at the date at which the commitment to purchase or sell is considered to be binding.

     Securities sold subject to a sale and repurchase agreements (“repurchase” agreement) are retained on the Balance Sheet where substantially all of the risk and rewards of ownership remain within Abbey. Similarly, securities purchased subject to a purchase and resale agreement (“resale” agreement) are treated as collateralised lending transactions where Abbey does not acquire substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership.

     This accounting policy has been amended to reflect the change in accounting policy described in the dealing profits accounting policy.

105


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Accounting Policies continued

Repurchase and resale agreements

Repurchase and resale agreements are included within loans and advances to banks, loans and advances to customers, deposit by banks and customer accounts. The difference between sale and repurchase and purchase and resale prices for such transactions is charged to the Profit and Loss Account over the life of the relevant transaction and reported within dealing profits. Repurchase and resale agreements transacted on standard settlement terms are recognised on the Balance Sheet on a trade date basis while all non-standard settlement terms agreements are recognised on a value date basis.

     Outright sale and purchase of securities combined with the total return swaps which remove the risk inherent in those securities are accounted for as effectively repurchase and resale agreements.

     Abbey adopts a value date accounting treatment for repurchase and resale agreements which fall outside the standard terms of settlement. It is considered that this policy is more appropriate for Balance Sheet presentation as it better reflects the economic risks and rewards of these instruments.

     This accounting policy has been amended to reflect the change in accounting policy described in the dealing profits accounting policy.

Customer accounts/deposits

Contracts involving the receipt of cash on which customers receive an index-linked return are accounted for in substance as equity index-linked deposits. The current market value of the contract is reported within Customer accounts.

     Equity index-linked deposits are managed within the equity derivatives trading book as an integral part of the equity derivatives portfolio. Equity index-linked deposits are remeasured at fair value at each reporting date with changes in fair values recognised in the consolidated Profit and Loss Account. The equity index-linked deposits contain embedded derivatives. These embedded derivatives, in combination with the principal cash deposit element, are designed to replicate the investment performance profile tailored to the return agreed in the contracts with customers. Such embedded derivatives are not separated from the host instrument and are not separately accounted for as a derivative instrument, as the entire contract embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host instrument and is remeasured at fair value at each reporting date.

Stock borrowing and lending agreements

Obligations taken on pursuant to entering into such agreements are reported as commitments. Income earned and expense paid on stock borrowing and lending agreements is reported in dealing profits.

     This accounting policy has been amended to reflect the change in accounting policy described in the dealing profits accounting policy.

Deferred taxation

Deferred taxation is provided on all timing differences that have not reversed before the balance sheet date at the rate of tax expected to apply when those timing differences will reverse. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that they are regarded as recoverable.

Subordinated liabilities (including convertible debt) and debt securities in issue

Bonds and notes issued are stated at net issue proceeds adjusted for amortisation. Premiums, discounts and expenses relating to bonds and notes issued are amortised over the life of the underlying transaction. Where premiums, discounts and expenses are matched by swap fees, the respective balances have been netted.

Derivatives

Transactions are undertaken in derivative financial instruments, (derivatives), which include interest rate swaps, cross currency and foreign exchange swaps, futures, equity and credit derivatives, options and similar instruments for both trading and non-trading purposes.

     Derivatives classified as trading are held for market-making or portfolio management purposes within Abbey’s trading books. Trading book activity is the buying and selling of financial instruments in order to take advantage of short-term changes in market prices or for market-making purposes in order to facilitate customer requirements. Trading derivatives are carried at fair value in the balance sheet within other assets and other liabilities. Valuation adjustments to cover credit and market liquidity risks and other fair value adjustments are made. Positive and negative market values of trading derivatives are offset where the contracts have been entered into under master netting agreements or other arrangements that represent a legally enforceable right of set off which will survive the liquidation of either party. Gains and losses are taken directly to the Profit and Loss Account and reported within dealing profits.

     Derivatives classified as non-trading are those entered into for the purpose of matching or eliminating risk from potential movements in foreign exchange rates, interest rates, and equity prices inherent in Abbey’s non-trading assets, liabilities and positions. Non-trading derivatives are accounted for in a manner consistent with the assets, liabilities, or positions being hedged. Income and expense on non-trading derivatives are recognised as they accrue over the life of the instruments as an adjustment to interest receivable or interest payable. Credit derivatives, designated as non-trading and through which credit risk is taken on, are reported as guarantees which best reflect the economic substance of those transactions.

     Where a non-trading derivative no longer represents a hedge because either the underlying non-trading asset, liability or position has been derecognised, or transferred into a trading portfolio, or the effectiveness of the hedge has been undermined, it is restated at fair value and any change in value is taken directly to the Profit and Loss Account and reported

106


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Accounting Policies continued

within other operating income. Thereafter the derivative is classified as trading or redesignated as a hedge of another non-trading item and accounted for accordingly. In other circumstances where non-trading derivatives are reclassified as trading or where non-trading derivatives are terminated, any resulting gains and losses are amortised over the remaining life of the hedged asset, liability or position. Unamortised gains and losses are reported within prepayments and accrued income and accruals and deferred income on the Balance Sheet.

     Derivatives hedging anticipatory transactions are accounted for on a basis consistent with the relevant type of transaction. Where anticipatory transactions do not actually occur, related derivatives are restated at fair value and changes in value are taken directly to the Profit and Loss Account and reported within other operating income. Where retained, such derivatives are reclassified as trading or redesignated as a hedge of a non-trading item and accounted for accordingly.

Assets leased to customers

Assets leased to customers under agreements which transfer substantially all the risks and rewards associated with ownership, other than legal title, are classified as finance leases. All other assets leased to customers are classified as operating lease assets.

     The net investment in finance leases represents total minimum lease payments less gross earnings allocated to future periods. Income from finance leases is credited to the Profit and Loss Account using the actuarial after-tax method to give a constant periodic rate of return on the net cash investment.

     Operating lease assets are reported at cost less depreciation. They are shown as a separate class of tangible fixed asset because they are held for a different purpose to tangible fixed assets used in administrative functions. In the Profit and Loss Account, income in respect of operating lease assets is reported within other operating income, and depreciation on operating lease assets is reported within depreciation and amortisation. Provision is made for any impairment in value, any such amount being included in depreciation and amortisation.

     Abbey selects the most appropriate method for recognition of income and depreciation according to the nature of the operating lease. This is determined by various factors including the length of the lease in proportion to the total economic life of the asset, any terms providing protection against early cancellation, and the amount of income retained in the lease to cover future uncertainties in respect of the realisation of residual values. For a large proportion of Abbey’s operating leases, the most appropriate method of accounting for income and depreciation is the actuarial after-tax method. Other operating leases are accounted for on a straight-line basis.

Leases

Assets held under finance leases and other similar contracts, which confer rights and obligations similar to those attached to owned assets, are capitalised as tangible fixed assets and are depreciated over the shorter of the lease terms and their useful lives. The capital elements of future lease obligations are recorded as liabilities, while the interest elements are charged to the Profit and Loss Account over the period of the leases to produce a constant rate of charge on the balance of capital repayments outstanding. Hire purchase transactions are dealt with similarly except that assets are depreciated over their useful lives.

Rentals under operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the lease term, even if the payments are not made on such a basis. Benefits received and receivable as an incentive to sign an operating lease are similarly spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except where the period to the review date on which the rent is first expected to be adjusted to the prevailing market rate is shorter than the full lease term, in which case the shorter period is used. Property rentals under operating leases are generally subject to annual escalation clauses or regular rent reviews; increased costs are charged from the increase date.

Securitisations

Certain Group undertakings have issued debt securities, or have entered into funding arrangements with lenders, in order to refinance existing assets or to finance the purchase of certain portfolios of loan and investment assets. These obligations are secured on the assets of the undertakings through non-recourse finance arrangements. Where the conditions for linked presentation, as stipulated in FRS 5, are met, the proceeds of the note issues, to the extent that there is no recourse to Abbey, are presented as “non-recourse finance” in Abbey’s balance sheet and shown deducted from the securitised assets, which are presented as “Loans and advances to customers subject to securitisation” in Abbey’s balance sheet.

Long-term assurance business

The value of the long-term assurance business represents the value of the shareholders’ interest in the long-term assurance funds, which consists of the present value of the surplus expected to emerge in the future from business currently in force, together with Abbey’s interest in the surplus retained within the long-term assurance funds.

     In determining this value, assumptions relating to investment returns, future mortality and morbidity, persistency and levels of expenses are based on experience of the business concerned. The surplus expected to emerge in the future is discounted at a risk-adjusted discount rate after provision has been made for taxation.

     To demonstrate the impact of the actual investment return compared to the expected return over a year, an adjustment is made (shown as embedded value charges and rebasing on long-term assurance business, in the Profit and Loss Account) identifying separately the value generated from the normal operations of the business, from that relating to market conditions. With the exception of products with material explicit investment guarantees, assumptions as to future investment returns (rather than forward market rates) are used to assess the future value of both assets and liabilities, in all

107


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Accounting Policies continued

cases projecting from the current market values. Where material investment guarantees are given, the market forward rate is used to assess the value of the liability.

     Changes in the value of long-term assurance business, are included in the Profit and Loss Account taking account of the effective rate of tax where appropriate. The post-tax increase in the value is treated as non-distributable until it emerges as part of the surplus arising during the year.

     The values of the assets and liabilities of the long-term assurance funds are based on the amounts included in the financial statements of the Life Assurance companies. The values are determined in accordance with the terms of the Companies Act 1985 (Insurance Companies Accounts) Regulations 1993, adjusted for the purposes of inclusion in Abbey Financial Statements in order to be consistent with Abbey’s accounting policies and presentation, where a separate asset is established to account for the value of long-term assurance business.

Reserve capital instruments

Reserve capital instruments, included within other long-term capital instruments, are unsecured securities, subordinated to the claims of unsubordinated and subordinated creditors. Reserve capital instruments are treated as subordinated liabilities. Interest payable on the reserve capital instruments is included within interest payable.

108


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements

1. Segmental analysis

a) By class of business

                                                                         
                                                    Motor              
                                                    Finance              
    Banking     Investment     Abbey               Group     Whole-     &              
    and     and     Financial     General     Infra-     sale     Litigation              
    Savings     Protection     Markets     Insurance     structure     Banking     Funding     Other     Group  
    (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (2)     (2,3)     (2)     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
2004
                                                                       
Net interest income
    1,510       77       21       (4 )     (134 )     (70 )     98       32       1,530  
Other income and charges
    438       93       291       114       95       186       (24 )     (27 )     1,166  
 
Total operating income/(loss)
    1,948       170       312       110       (39 )     116       74       5       2,696  
Operating expenses excluding depreciation on operating lease assets
    (1,297 )     (89 )     (133 )     (56 )     (489 )     (30 )     (22 )     (38 )     (2,154 )
Depreciation and impairment on operating lease assets
    –       –       –       –       –       (151 )     –       –       (151 )
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    (34 )     80       –       –       –       88       (89 )     (10 )     35  
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (155 )     (32 )     –       –       (46 )     –       –       –       (233 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    –       –       –       –       –       80       –       –       80  
 
Profit/(loss) before taxation
    462       129       179       54       (574 )     103       (37 )     (43 )     273  
 
Total assets
    79,645       28,838       50,073       144       812       6,956       646       2,627       169,741  
 
Net assets
    2,295       1,968       324       8       8       187       40       94       4,924  
 
The average number of staff employed by the Group during the year was as follows:
                                                                       
 
Employees
    18,015       3,666       486       94       2,038       110       28       216       24,653  
 
 
                                                                       
 
2003
                                                                       
Net interest income
    1,720       83       26       (5 )     (115 )     22       245       86       2,062  
Other income and charges
    427       (165 )     223       126       90       (197 )     (58 )     25       385  
 
Total operating income/(loss)
    2,147       (82 )     249       121       (25 )     (175 )     187       111       2,533  
Operating expenses excluding depreciation on operating lease assets
    (1,286 )     (58 )     (128 )     (89 )     (309 )     (107 )     (137 )     (83 )     (2,197 )
Depreciation and impairment on operating lease assets
    –       –       –       –       –       (250 )     (1 )     –       (251 )
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    (130 )     (80 )     –       –       –       (154 )     (99 )     (11 )     (474 )
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (14 )     –       –       –       (71 )     (2 )     –       (17 )     (104 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    (10 )     –       –       –       –       (183 )     –       –       (193 )
 
Profit/(loss) before taxation
    707       (220 )     121       32       (405 )     (871 )     (50 )     –       (686 )
 
Total assets
    77,183       28,790       54,459       165       564       7,426       2,160       6,028       176,775  
 
Net assets
    2,325       1,846       425       8       8       362       127       230       5,331  
 
The average number of staff employed by the Group during the year was as follows:
                                                                       
 
Employees
    16,378       3,708       511       139       3,999       374       1,170       759       27,038  
 

109


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                                                         
                                                    Motor              
                                                    Finance              
    Banking     Investment     Abbey               Group     Whole-     &              
    and     and     Financial     General     Infra-     sale     Litigation              
    Savings     Protection     Markets     Insurance     structure     Banking     Funding     Other     Group  
    (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (2)     (2,3)     (2)     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
2002
                                                                       
Net interest income
    1,799       90       27       (3 )     (175 )     327       464       55       2,584  
Other income and charges
    454       (218 )     231       149       106       378       (48 )     (71 )     981  
 
Total operating income (loss)
    2,253       (128 )     258       146       (69 )     705       416       (16 )     3,565  
Operating expenses excluding depreciation on operating lease assets
    (1,131 )     (53 )     (110 )     (54 )     (1,074 )     (123 )     (546 )     (66 )     (3,157 )
Depreciation and impairment on operating lease assets
    (23 )     –       –       –       –       (252 )     (5 )     –       (280 )
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    (151 )     –       –       –       1       (247 )     (115 )     (2 )     (514 )
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (11 )     –       –       –       (35 )     –       (4 )     –       (50 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    2       –       –       –       –       (513 )     –       –       (511 )
 
Profit/(loss) before taxation
    939       (181 )     148       92       (1,177 )     (430 )     (254 )     (84 )     (947 )
 
Total assets
    67,264       30,404       43,603       199       837       48,401       7,751       6,735       205,194  
 
Net assets
    2,060       1,764       386       9       14       1,387       393       337       6,350  
 
The average number of staff employed by the Group during the year was as follows:
                                                                       
 
Employees
    15,882       3,486       539       206       4,788       495       1,503       1,284       28,183  
 

The average number of staff employed in the year is calculated on a full-time equivalent basis.

Consistent with previous years, when arriving at the segmental analysis, certain adjustments have been made. They include an adjustment to reflect the capital notionally absorbed by each segment, based on the Group’s Financial Services Authority regulatory requirements, and an allocation across the segments of the earnings on Group reserves.

(1) Collectively the Personal Financial Services group of reportable segments.

(2) Collectively the Portfolio Business Unit group of reportable segments.

(3) Motor Finance and Litigation Funding were previously known as First National.

b) By geographical region

                                         
            Europe                    
            (excluding     United     Rest of     Group  
    UK     UK)     States     World     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
2004
                                       
Net interest income
    1,505       30       (5 )     –       1,530  
Dividend income
    1       –       –       –       1  
Net fees and commissions receivable
    524       1       –       –       525  
Dealing profits
    266       –       2       –       268  
Other operating income
    358       14       –       –       372  
 
Total operating income
    2,654       45       (3 )     –       2,696  
Operating expenses excluding depreciation on operating lease assets
    (2,114 )     (37 )     (3 )     –       (2,154 )
Depreciation and impairment on operating lease assets
    (151 )     –       –       –       (151 )
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    36       (1 )     –       –       35  
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (233 )     –       –       –       (233 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    80       –       –       –       80  
 
Profit/(loss) before taxation
    272       7       (6 )     –       273  
 
Total assets
    168,465       –       1,276       –       169,741  
Net assets
    4,924       –       –       –       4,924  
 

110


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                         
            Europe     United     Rest of     Group  
    UK     (excluding UK)     States     World     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
2003
                                       
Net interest income
    1,977       76       12       (3 )     2,062  
Dividend income
    1       –       –       –       1  
Net fees and commissions receivable
    514       5       –       –       519  
Dealing profits
    215       –       2       –       217  
Other operating income
    (308 )     42       –       –       (266 )
 
Total operating income
    2,399       123       14       (3 )     2,533  
Operating expenses excluding depreciation on operating lease assets
    (2,138 )     (55 )     (4 )     –       (2,197 )
Depreciation and impairment on operating lease assets
    (251 )     –       –       –       (251 )
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    (467 )     (7 )     –       –       (474 )
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (104 )     –       –       –       (104 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    (193 )     –       –       –       (193 )
 
Profit/(loss) before taxation
    (754 )     61       10       (3 )     (686 )
 
Total assets
    174,027       1,867       881       –       176,775  
Net assets
    5,229       102       –       –       5,331  
 
                                         
            Europe     United     Rest of     Group  
    UK     (excluding UK)     States     World     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
2002
                                       
Net interest income
    2,422       109       52       1       2,584  
Dividend income
    1       –       –       –       1  
Net fees and commissions receivable
    508       3       –       –       511  
Dealing profits
    203       (2 )     4       –       205  
Other operating income
    218       46       —       –       264  
 
Total operating income
    3,352       156       56       1       3,565  
Operating expenses excluding depreciation on operating lease assets
    (3,013 )     (135 )     (8 )     (1 )     (3,157 )
Depreciation and impairment on operating lease assets
    (280 )     –       –       –       (280 )
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    (517 )     3       –       –       (514 )
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (50 )     –       –       –       (50 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    (513 )     2       –       –       (511 )
 
Profit/(loss) before taxation
    (1,021 )     26       48       –       (947 )
 
Total assets
    188,888       8,705       7,465       136       205,194  
Net assets
    5,525       336       478       11       6,350  
 

     The above tables are based on the domicile of the office writing the business.

111


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

2. Discontinued Operations

                                                                         
                                    Dis-                     Dis-        
          Dis-             Continuing     continued             Continuing     continued        
    Continuing     continued             operations     operations     Total     operations     operations     Total  
    operations     operations     Total     2003     2003     2003     2002     2002     2002  
    2004     2004     2004     (restated)     (restated)     (restated)     (restated)     (restated)     (restated)  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Net interest income
    1,501       29       1,530       1,883       179       2,062       2,159       530       2,689  
Other income and charges
    1,125       (11 )     1,114       828       (458 )     370       982       (171 )     811  
 
Total Income
    2,626       18       2,644       2,711       (279 )     2,432       3,141       359       3,500  
 
Total administrative expenses
    (2,030 )     (23 )     (2,053 )     (1,927 )     (87 )     (2,014 )     (1,670 )     (182 )     (1,852 )
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets excluding operating lease assets
    (80 )     (1 )     (81 )     (111 )     (1 )     (112 )     (95 )     (8 )     (103 )
Amortisation – Goodwill
    (20 )     –       (20 )     (20 )     –       (20 )     (53 )     (11 )     (64 )
Impairment loss on tangible & intangible fixed assets
    –       –       –       (18 )     –       (18 )     (781 )     –       (781 )
 
Operating expenses excluding depreciation on operating lease assets
    (2,130 )     (24 )     (2,154 )     (2,076 )     (88 )     (2,164 )     (2,599 )     (201 )     (2,800 )
Depreciation and impairment on operating lease assets
    (151 )     –       (151 )     (251 )     –       (251 )     (278 )     (2 )     (280 )
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    36       (1 )     35       (446 )     (28 )     (474 )     (436 )     (78 )     (514 )
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (202 )     –       (202 )     (104 )     –       (104 )     (46 )     (4 )     (50 )
Amounts written off fixed assets investments
    –       80       80       (118 )     (75 )     (193 )     (123 )     (388 )     (511 )
 
Operating profit/(loss)
    179       73       252       (284 )     (470 )     (754 )     (341 )     (314 )     (655 )
 
Income from associated undertakings
    6       –       6       12       –       12       17       –       17  
Profit/loss on sale of subsidiary undertakings
    46       –       46       447       (358 )     89       46       2       48  
Less: 2002 provision
    –       –       –       (357 )     357       –       –       (357 )     (357 )
Profit/(loss) on sale or termination of an operation
    (31 )     –       (31 )     –       (33 )     (33 )     –       –       –  
 
Profit/(loss) before taxation
    200       73       273       (182 )     (504 )     (686 )     (278 )     (669 )     (947 )
 
     
Discontinued activities included:
 
>
  The business which managed Abbey’s debt securities portfolios in its Asset Management and Risk Transfer businesses in the Wholesale Bank segment.
 
>
  European Banking operations discontinued in 2004 following the sale of Abbey National France.
 
>
  Total operating income and charges in 2004 consisted of £73m (2003: £(470)m loss).

During 2003, Abbey discontinued the business which managed its debt securities portfolios in its Asset Management and Risk Transfer businesses in the Wholesale Bank segment. Total charges and operating income in 2003 consisted of £(470)m loss (2002: £(314)m loss).

112


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

3. Other interest receivable and similar income

                         
            2003     2002  
    2004     (restated)     (restated)  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
On secured advances
    4,055       3,726       3,805  
On unsecured advances
    350       458       707  
On wholesale lending
    79       340       490  
On finance leases
    95       142       202  
On other interest earning assets and investments
    259       185       178  
 
 
    4,838       4,851       5,382  
 

Interest receivable on secured advances is net of £232m (2003: £284m, 2002: £401m) in respect of the charge for lending-related fees and discounts payable, which are charged against interest income over the period of time in which Abbey has the right to recover the incentives in the event of early redemption and it is normal practice to do so. The movements on such incentives are as follows:

                                                 
    Group     Company  
    Interest rate     Cash-             Interest rate     Cash-        
    discounts     backs     Total     discounts     backs     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    18       107       125       18       107       125  
Expenditure incurred in the year
    147       23       170       147       23       170  
Transfer to profit and loss account
    (160 )     (72 )     (232 )     (160 )     (72 )     (232 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    5       58       63       5       58       63  
 

Interest due but not received on loans and advances in arrears has not been recognised in interest receivable where collectibility is in doubt, but has been suspended. A table showing the movements on suspended interest is included in note 9.

     A presentational change has been made with respect to accrued interest as set out in the accounting policy on dealing profits on page 104.

4. Interest payable

                         
            2003     2002  
    2004     (restated)     (restated)  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
On retail customer accounts
    2,090       1,648       1,699  
On other deposits and debt securities in issue
    992       1,216       2,120  
On subordinated liabilities including convertible debt
    313       318       365  
 
 
    3,395       3,182       4,184  
 

A presentational change has been made with respect to accrued interest as set out in the accounting policy on dealing profits on page 104.

5. Dividend income

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Income from equity shares
    1       1       1  
 

6. Dealing profits

                         
            2003     2002  
    2004     (restated)     (restated)  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Securities
    83       120       117  
Interest rate, equity and credit derivatives
    185       97       88  
 
 
    268       217       205  
 

A presentational change has been made with respect to accrued interest as set out in the accounting policy on dealing profits on page 104.

113


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

7. Other operating (expenses)/income

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Fee income from high LTV lending (see note 35)
    37       45       85  
Profit/(loss) on disposal of investment securities
    (168 )     (474 )     (88 )
Profit/(loss) on disposal of equity shares
    —       (34 )     34  
Profit/(loss) on disposal of fixed assets
    (34 )     2       3  
Income from operating leases
    291       325       400  
Other
    118       (29 )     76  
 
 
    244       (165 )     510  
 

8. Administrative expenses

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Staff costs: (1)
                       
Wages and salaries
    791       782       769  
Social security costs
    65       64       62  
Other pension costs
    123       128       101  
 
 
    979       974       932  
 
Property and equipment expenses:
                       
Rents payable
    114       115       121  
Rates payable
    10       28       28  
Hire of equipment
    3       3       4  
Other property and equipment expenses
    58       75       63  
 
 
    185       221       216  
 
Other administrative expenses
    889       819       704  
 
 
    2,053       2,014       1,852  
 

(1)   Excludes the following staff costs incurred by the Life Assurance businesses, which are charged to income from long-term assurance business:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Staff costs:
                       
Wages and salaries
    76       89       82  
Social security costs
    5       6       6  
Other pension costs
    11       13       10  
 
 
    92       108       98  
 

The aggregate remuneration for audit and other services payable to the auditors is analysed below:

                 
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Audit services
               
– statutory audit
    4.1       4.1  
– audit related regulatory reporting
    2.1       0.9  
 
 
    6.2       5.0  
 
Further assurance services
    1.9       1.3  
Tax services
               
– compliance services
    0.1       0.1  
– advisory services
    —       0.1  
 
 
    2.0       1.5  
 
Other services
               
– other services
    1.1       3.5  
 
 
    1.1       3.5  
 
 
    9.3       10.0  
 
% Non-Audit: Audit Services
    50       100  
 

No internal audit, valuation, litigation or recruitment services were provided by the external auditors during these years.

     Further assurance relates primarily to advice on accounting matters and accords with the definition of “audit related fees” per Securities and Exchange Commission guidance.

     Tax services relate principally to advice on Abbey’s tax affairs.

     The other service expenditure of £1.1m in 2004 primarily relates to consulting services, which were subject to pre-approval by the Audit and Risk Committee. The bulk of the expenditure was in connection with services provided in respect of the Sarbanes-Oxley readiness project including a dry run assessment of readiness.

     The pre-approval of services provided by the external auditors is explained on page 84.

     Included within the remuneration for audit services is the audit fee for Abbey National plc of £0.7m (2003: £0.9m).

     Of the fees payable to the Group’s auditors for audit services, £4m (2003: £3.7m; 2002: £3.8m) related to the UK.

114


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

9. Provisions for bad and doubtful debts

                                         
    On advances                          
    secured on     On other     On     On        
    residential     secured     unsecured     wholesale        
    properties     advances     advances     advances     Total  
Group   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
                                       
General
    177       61       32       172       442  
Specific
    25       63       174       161       423  
Disposals of subsidiary undertakings
    (28 )     (38 )     (4 )     —       (70 )
Exchange adjustments
    —       —       —       —       —  
Transfer from profit and loss account
    (119 )     98       74       (88 )     (35 )
Irrecoverable amounts written off
    (4 )     (41 )     (136 )     (164 )     (345 )
Recoveries
    16       8       28       —       52  
 
At 31 December 2004
    67       151       168       81       467  
 
Being for the Group:
                                       
General
    58       3       35       14       110  
Specific
    9       148       133       67       357  
 
At 1 January 2003
                                       
General
    174       23       35       56       288  
Specific
    50       76       128       204       458  
Disposals of subsidiary undertakings
    (20 )     (13 )     (61 )     —       (94 )
Exchange adjustments
    3       3       —       —       6  
Transfer from profit and loss account
    17       90       214       153       474  
Irrecoverable amounts written off
    (26 )     (55 )     (148 )     (80 )     (309 )
Recoveries
    4       —       38       —       42  
 
At 31 December 2003
    202       124       206       333       865  
 
Being for the Group:
                                       
General
    177       61       32       172       442  
Specific
    25       63       174       161       423  
 
At 1 January 2002
                                       
General
    150       22       36       —       208  
Specific
    62       72       156       —       290  
Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings
    6       1       1       —       8  
Disposal of subsidiary undertakings
    —       —       (1 )     —       (1 )
Transfer from investment security provisions
    —       —       —       16       16  
Exchange adjustments
    1       2       —       (3 )     —  
Transfer from profit and loss account
    23       26       218       247       514  
Irrecoverable amounts written off
    (27 )     (33 )     (336 )     —       (396 )
Recoveries
    9       9       89       —       107  
 
At 31 December 2002
    224       99       163       260       746  
 
Being for the Group:
                                       
General
    174       23       35       56       288  
Specific
    50       76       128       204       458  
 
                                         
    On advances                          
    secured on     On                    
    residential     other secured     On unsecured     On wholesale        
    properties     advances     advances     advances     Total  
Company   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 31 December 2004
                                       
General
    54       3       35       —       92  
Specific
    7       4       130       —       141  
 
At 31 December 2003
                                       
General
    142       3       32       —       177  
Specific
    5       8       87       —       100  
 
At 31 December 2002
                                       
General
    119       —       24       —       143  
Specific
    11       6       76       —       93  
 
Total Group provisions at:
                                       
At 31 December 2004
                                       
UK
    67       151       168       81       467  
Non-UK
    —       —       —       —       —  
 
At 31 December 2003
                                       
UK
    173       96       202       333       804  
Non-UK
    29       28       4       —       61  
 
At 31 December 2002
                                       
UK
    189       61       156       260       666  
Non-UK
    35       38       7       —       80  
 

115


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Capital provisions as a percentage of loans and advances to customers:

                                         
    On advances                          
    secured on     On other                    
    residential     secured     On unsecured     On wholesale        
    properties     advances     advances     advances     Total  
Group   %     %     %     %     %  
 
At 31 December 2004
                                       
UK
    0.1       5.1       4.4       9.4       0.7  
Non-UK
    0.3       —       67.3       —       0.4  
 
At 31 December 2003
                                       
UK
    0.3       3.4       4.2       13.4       1.0  
Non-UK
    1.6       58.5       2.7       —       3.1  
 
At 31 December 2002
                                       
 
UK
    0.3       1.6       2.3       3.0       0.8  
Non-UK
    1.1       59.9       5.9       —       2.4  
 
Company
                                       
At 31 December 2004
    0.1       0.9       4.6       —       0.4  
At 31 December 2003
    0.2       0.8       3.7       —       0.4  
At 31 December 2002
    0.2       0.6       3.5       —       0.4  
 

Analysis of movements on suspended interest:

                                 
    On advances                    
    secured on     On other              
    residential     secured     On unsecured        
    properties     advances     advances     Total  
Group   £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    14       32       4       50  
Disposal of subsidiary undertakings
    (12 )     (29 )     (1 )     (42 )
Exchange adjustments
    —       —       —       —  
Amounts suspended in the period
    2       1       4       7  
Irrecoverable amounts written off
    (2 )     (2 )     (4 )     (8 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    2       2       3       7  
 
At 1 January 2003
    31       37       8       76  
Disposal of subsidiary undertakings
    (12 )     —       (3 )     (15 )
Exchange adjustments
    2       2       —       4  
Amounts suspended in the period
    2       2       5       9  
Irrecoverable amounts written off
    (9 )     (9 )     (6 )     (24 )
 
At 31 December 2003
    14       32       4       50  
 
At 1 January 2002
    39       47       10       96  
Exchange adjustments
    2       3       —       5  
Acquisitions of subsidiary undertakings
    3       —       —       3  
Amounts suspended in the period
    —       2       8       10  
Irrecoverable amounts written off
    (13 )     (15 )     (10 )     (38 )
 
At 31 December 2002
    31       37       8       76  
 
 
                               
Company
                               
At 31 December 2004
    2       2       3       7  
At 31 December 2003
    1       2       3       6  
At 31 December 2002
    13       2       4       19  
 

116


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

The value of loans and advances on which interest has been suspended is as follows:

                                 
    On advances                    
    secured on                    
    residential     On other secured     On unsecured        
    properties     advances     advances     Total  
Group   £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 31 December 2004
                               
Loans and advances to customers
    43       30       140       213  
Provisions on these amounts
    (7 )     —       (109 )     (116 )
 
At 31 December 2003
                               
Loans and advances to customers
    90       117       111       318  
Provisions on these amounts
    (21 )     (27 )     (72 )     (120 )
 
Company
                               
At 31 December 2004
                               
Loans and advances to customers
    47       4       140       191  
Provisions on these amounts
    (7 )     (3 )     (109 )     (119 )
 
At 31 December 2003
                               
Loans and advances to customers
    38       6       95       139  
Provisions on these amounts
    (4 )     (1 )     (69 )     (74 )
 

Analysis of Group non-performing loans and advances

The following table presents loans and advances which are classified as ‘non-performing’. No interest is suspended or provisions made in respect of such cases where the Group does not expect to incur losses.

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Loans and advances on which a proportion of interest has been suspended and/or on which specific provision has been made
    422       1,632       669  
Loans and advances 90 days overdue on which no interest has been suspended and on which no specific provision has been made
    801       1,114       1,386  
Non-accruing loans and advances
    1       30       22  
 
 
    1,224       2,776       2,077  
 
Non-performing loans and advances as a percentage of total loans and advances to customers
    1.48 %     3.25 %     2.36 %
Provisions as a percentage of total non-performing loans and advances
    38.19 %     31.14 %     35.95 %
 

10. Tax on profit/(loss) on ordinary activities

The charge or credit for taxation comprises:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
UK Corporation tax:
                       
Current year
    78       57       252  
Prior years
    8       (112 )     (31 )
Double tax relief
    —       (7 )     —  
Share of associated undertakings taxation
    3       5       5  
Overseas taxation
    —       11       8  
 
Total current tax (credit)/charge
    89       (46 )     234  
Deferred tax:
                       
Timing differences, origination and reversal
    55       4       (82 )
 
 
    144       (42 )     152  
 

Factors affecting the charge for taxation for the year:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax
    273       (686 )     (947 )
 
Taxation at UK corporation tax rate of 30% of (2003: 30%, 2002: 30%)
    82       (206 )     (284 )
Effect of non-allowable provisions and other non-equalised items
    54       218       38  
Amortisation and impairment of goodwill
    4       11       360  
Capital allowances for the period in excess of depreciation
    (46 )     (61 )     42  
Provisions and short term timing differences
    (19 )     98       74  
Effect of non-UK profits and losses
    5       6       36  
Adjustment to prior year provisions
    8       (112 )     (31 )
Effect of loss utilisation
    —       —       (1 )
 
Current tax charge for the year
    89       (46 )     234  
 

117


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Factors that may affect future period’s tax charges:

Future profits in offshore subsidiaries where rates of tax are lower than the standard UK corporation tax rate will continue to reduce the Group tax charges. However any dividends received from these offshore subsidiaries will increase future Group tax charges.

     Future profits or losses on the sale of trading subsidiaries should not be subject to taxation in the UK under the substantial shareholding exemption and this will have a corresponding impact on the future Group tax charges.

     Any future non-allowable provisions and other non-equalised items will increase the future Group tax charges.

11. Loss/profit on ordinary activities after tax

The loss after tax of the Company attributable to the shareholders is £231m (2003: loss £167m; 2002: loss £497m). As permitted by Section 230 of the Companies Act 1985, the Company’s Profit and Loss Account has not been presented in these Consolidated Financial Statements.

12. Dividends

                                                 
    2004     2003     2002                    
    Pence per     Pence per     Pence per     2004     2003     2002  
    share     share     share     £m     £m     £m  
 
Ordinary shares (equity):
                                               
Interim (paid)
    8.33       8.33       17.65       122       120       255  
Final (proposed)
    —       16.67       7.35       —       244       107  
 
Special (paid)
    31.00       —       —       461       —       —  
 
 
    39.33       25.00       25.00       583       364       362  
Preference shares (non-equity)
                            48       60       62  
 
 
                            631       424       424  
 

13. Earnings/(loss) per ordinary share

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Profit/(loss) attributable to the shareholders of Abbey National plc (£m)
    80       (699 )     (1,161 )
Preference dividends (£m)
    (48 )     (60 )     (62 )
 
Profit/(loss) attributable to the ordinary shareholders of Abbey National plc (£m)
    32       (759 )     (1,223 )
 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year — basic (million)
    1,460       1,448       1,442  
Dilutive effect of share options outstanding (million)
    9       9       8  
 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year — diluted (million)
    1,469       1,457       1,450  
 
Basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (pence)
    2.2 p     (52.4 p)     (84.8 p)
 
Diluted earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (pence)
    2.2 p     (52.4 p)     (84.3 p)
 

In accordance with UITF 13, “Accounting for ESOP Trusts”, shares held in trust in respect of certain incentive schemes have been excluded from the calculation of earnings per ordinary share as the trustees have waived dividend and voting rights.

14. Treasury bills and other eligible bills

                                 
    Group  
    2004     2004     2003     2003  
    Book     Market     Book     Market  
    value     value     value     value  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Treasury bills
    1,922       1,922       1,560       1,560  
Other eligible bills
    68       68       71       71  
 
 
    1,990       1,990       1,631       1,631  
 

Treasury bills and other eligible bills are held for trading and liquidity management purposes.

118


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

15. Loans and advances to banks

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Items in the course of collection
    94       171       85       164  
Amounts due from subsidiaries
    —       —       3,381       3,925  
Purchase and resale agreements
    6,397       5,034       —       —  
Other loans and advances
    3,657       1,950       139       129  
 
 
    10,148       7,155       3,605       4,218  
 
Repayable:
                               
On demand
    2,887       3,089       209       142  
In not more than 3 months
    7,197       4,022       85       232  
In more than 3 months but not more than 1 year
    63       11       322       546  
In more than 1 year but not more than 5 years
    1       33       740       1,337  
In more than 5 years
    —       —       2,249       1,961  
 
 
    10,148       7,155       3,605       4,218  
 
Banking business
    3,068       1,031       3,605       4,218  
Trading business
    7,080       6,124       —       —  
 
 
    10,148       7,155       3,605       4,218  
 

The loans and advances to banks in the above table have the following interest rate structures:

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Fixed rate
    7,854       5,225       136       115  
Variable rate
    2,187       1,754       3,375       3,939  
Items in the course of collection (non-interest bearing)
    107       176       94       164  
 
 
    10,148       7,155       3,605       4,218  
 

The Group’s policy is to hedge fixed rate loans and advances to banks to floating rates using derivative instruments, or by matching with other on-balance sheet interest rate exposures. See note 51, Derivatives — Non-trading derivatives, for further information.

16. Loans and advances to customers

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Advances secured on residential properties
    76,012       75,014       75,114       71,208  
Purchase and resale agreements
    11,257       9,372       1,083       —  
Other secured advances
    1,642       2,849       3,226       1,300  
Unsecured advances
    3,413       4,441       —       2,797  
Wholesale lending
    880       2,115       —       —  
Collateralised and guaranteed mortgage loans
    5       48       —       —  
Amounts due from subsidiaries
    —       —       434       765  
 
 
    93,209       93,839       79,857       76,070  
 
Repayable:
                               
On demand or at short notice
    9,391       10,844       1,859       1,648  
In not more than 3 months
    6,240       3,971       706       946  
In more than 3 months but not more than 1 year
    2,482       4,513       1,930       2,083  
In more than 1 year but not more than 5 years
    11,347       12,899       10,270       10,720  
In more than 5 years
    64,216       62,477       65,325       60,950  
Less: provisions (see note 9)
    (467 )     (865 )     (233 )     (277 )
 
 
    93,209       93,839       79,857       76,070  
 
Banking business
    81,852       84,234       79,857       76,070  
Trading business
    11,357       9,605       —       —  
 
 
    93,209       93,839       79,857       76,070  
 

Included within Group unsecured advances in 2003 were two contingent loans owed by the with-profit sub funds of the long-term business funds of Scottish Mutual Assurance plc and Scottish Provident Limited to Abbey National Scottish Mutual Assurance Holdings Limited of £571m and £623m respectively. These loans include accrued interest of £75m and £80m and are subject to provisions of £76m and £4m, respectively. These loans were repaid in the course of 2004. See note 21, long-term assurance business, for further information.

     The loans and advances to customers included in the above table have the following interest rate structures:

119


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Fixed rate
    32,502       30,877       18,446       16,590  
Variable rate
    61,174       63,827       61,644       59,757  
Provisions
    (467 )     (865 )     (233 )     (277 )
 
 
    93,209       93,839       79,857       76,070  
 

The Group’s policy is to hedge fixed rate loans and advances to customers to floating rates using derivative instruments, or by matching with other on-balance sheet interest rate exposures. See note 51, Derivatives – Non-trading derivatives for further information.

17. Loans and advances to customers subject to securitisation

Loans and advances to customers include portfolios of residential mortgage loans which are subject to non-recourse finance arrangements. These loans have been purchased by, or assigned to, special purpose securitisation companies (“Securitisation Companies”), and have been funded primarily through the issue of mortgage-backed securities (“Securities”). No gain or loss has been recognised as a result of these sales. These Securitisation Companies are consolidated and included in the Group financial statements as quasi-subsidiaries.

     Abbey National plc and its subsidiaries are under no obligation to support any losses that may be incurred by the Securitisation Companies or holders of the Securities except as described below, and do not intend to provide such further support. Carfax Insurance Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Abbey National plc, provides mortgage indemnity guarantee insurance to Abbey National plc. Abbey National plc has assigned its interest under each mortgage indemnity guarantee policy to the Securitisation Companies, to the extent that it relates to loans comprised in the current portfolio. Since 1 January 2002 Abbey National plc has not taken out mortgage indemnity guarantee insurance in relation to new mortgage loans. Holders of the Securities are only entitled to obtain payment of principal and interest to the extent that the resources of the Securitisation Companies are sufficient to support such payments, and the holders of the Securities have agreed in writing not to seek recourse in any other form.

     Abbey National plc receives payments from the Securitisation Companies in respect of fees for administering the loans, and payment of deferred consideration for the sale of the loans. In addition, Abbey National plc has made interest bearing subordinated loans to Holmes Financing (No.1) plc, Holmes Financing (No.2) plc, Holmes Financing (No.3) plc, Holmes Financing (No.4) plc, Holmes Financing (No.5) plc, Holmes Financing (No.6) plc, Holmes Financing (No.7) plc and Holmes Financing (No.8) plc. Abbey National plc does not guarantee the liabilities of the subsidiary which provides mortgage indemnity guarantee insurance. Abbey National plc is contingently liable to pay to the subsidiary any unpaid amounts in respect of share capital. At a Group level, a separate presentation of assets and liabilities is adopted to the extent of the amount of insurance cover provided by the subsidiary.

     Abbey National Treasury Services plc has entered into an interest rate swap with Holmes Funding Limited. This swap in effect converts a proportion of the fixed and variable interest flows receivable from customers into LIBOR based flows to match the interest payable on the Securities.

     Abbey National plc has no right or obligation to repurchase the benefit of any securitised loan, except if certain representations and warranties given by Abbey National plc at the time of transfer are breached.

     In April 2004 Holmes Funding Limited acquired, at book value, a beneficial interest in the trust property vested in Holmes Trustees Limited. This further beneficial interest of £4.0bn was acquired through borrowing from Holmes Financing (No.8) plc, which funded its advance to Holmes Funding Limited, principally through the issue of mortgage backed securities. The remaining share of the beneficial interest in residential mortgage loans held by Holmes Trustees Limited belongs to Abbey National plc, and amounts to £15.8bn at 31 December 2004.

The balances of assets securitised and non-recourse finance at 31 December 2004 were as follows:

                                 
            Gross assets             Subordinated loans  
            securitised     Non- recourse finance     made by the Group  
Securitisation company     Date of securitisation   £m     £m     £m  
 
Holmes Financing (No.1) plc
  19 July 2000     * 1,520       1,537       4  
Holmes Financing (No.2) plc
  29 November 2000     * 655       856       4  
Holmes Financing (No.3) plc
  23 May 2001     * 533       1,322       6  
Holmes Financing (No.4) plc
  5 July 2001     * 1,546       1,791       3  
Holmes Financing (No.5) plc
  8 November 2001     * 901       992       2  
Holmes Financing (No.6) plc
  7 November 2002     * 2,704       2,878       2  
Holmes Financing (No.7) plc
  20 March 2003     * 1,540       1,836       1  
Holmes Financing (No. 8) plc
  1 April 2004     3,769       3,886       12  
Retained interest in Holmes Trustees Limited
            ** 15,808       —       —  
 
 
            28,976       15,098       34  
 


*   Represents the interest in the trust property at book value held by Holmes Funding Limited related to the debt issued by these securitisation companies.
 
**   As part of the master structure trust agreement, a certain proportion of funds is required to be retained in the trust.

120


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

The securitisation vehicles have placed deposits totalling £2,150m representing cash which has been accumulated to finance the redemption of a number of securities issued by the securitisation companies. The securitisation companies’ contractual interest in advances secured on residential property is therefore reduced by this amount.

     Abbey National plc does not own directly, or indirectly, any of the share capital of any of the above securitisation companies or their parents.

     A summarised profit and loss account for the years ended 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002 and an aggregated balance sheet at 31 December 2004 and 2003 for the above companies is set out below:

Profit and loss account for the year ended 31 December

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Net interest income
    15       3       7  
Other operating income
    (9 )     (7 )     (8 )
Administrative expenses
    (1 )     (1 )     —  
Provisions
    19       (6 )     (7 )
 
Profit/(loss) for the financial period
    24       (11 )     (8 )
 

Prior years have been restated for a reallocation between administrative expenses and other operating expenses.

Cash flow statement for period ended 31 December

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Net cash outflow from operating activities
    (2 )     —       (5 )
Net cash outflow from returns on investment and servicing of finance
    —       —       —  
Total taxation paid
    2       —       —  
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from capital expenditure and financing investment
    —       —       —  
Net cash outflow before financing
    —       —       —  
 
Net cash inflow from financing
    —       —       —  
 
Net (decrease)/increase in cash
    —       —       (5 )
 

Balance sheet as at 31 December

                 
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Loans and advances to banks
    2,982       1,504  
Loans and advances to customers
    13,168       14,053  
Prepayments
    101       72  
 
Total assets
    16,251       15,629  
 
Deposits by banks
    540       547  
Debt securities in issue
    15,510       14,895  
Accruals and deferred income
    203       210  
Profit and loss account
    (2 )     (23 )
 
Total liabilities
    16,251       15,629  
 

18. Net investment in finance leases

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Amounts receivable
    1,983       4,241       3       21  
Less: deferred income
    (835 )     (1,668 )     —       (3 )
 
 
    1,148       2,573       3       18  
 
Repayable:
                               
In not more than 3 months
    37       31       —       1  
In more than 3 months but not more than 1 year
    12       66       —       4  
In more than 1 year but not more than 5 years
    84       537       3       13  
In more than 5 years
    1,015       1,939       —       —  
 
 
    1,148       2,573       3       18  
 
Cost of assets acquired for the purpose of letting under finance leases in the year
    —       176       —       11  
Gross rentals receivable
    135       611       —       21  
Commitments as lessor for the purchase of equipment for use in finance leases
    3       —       —       —  
 

Provisions for impairment relate to small ticket leasing assets.

121


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

19. Debt securities

                                 
    Group  
    2004     2004     2003     2003  
    Book     Market     Book     Market  
    value     value     value     value  
Investment securities   £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Issued by public bodies:
                               
Government securities
    —       —       125       125  
Other public sector securities
    28       28       28       28  
 
 
    28       28       153       153  
 
Issued by other issuers:
                               
Bank and building society certificates of deposit
    317       317       204       204  
Other debt securities
    361       379       1,574       1,484  
 
 
    678       696       1,778       1,688  
 
Less: provisions
    (34 )     —       (178 )     —  
 
Sub-total – Non-trading book
    672       724       1,753       1,841  
 
Other securities
                               
Issued by public bodies:
                               
Government securities
    3,359       3,359       4,374       4,374  
 
Issued by other issuers:
                               
Bank and building society certificates of deposit
    11,170       11,170       15,811       15,811  
Other debt securities
    7,482       7,482       8,390       8,390  
 
 
    18,652       18,652       24,201       24,201  
 
Sub-total – Trading book
    22,011       22,011       28,575       28,575  
 
Total
    22,683       22,735       30,328       30,416  
 
                                 
    Company  
    2004     2004     2003     2003  
    Book     Market     Book     Market  
    value     value     value     value  
Investment securities   £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Issued by public bodies:
                               
Other public sector securities
    28       28       28       28  
Issued by other issuers:
                               
Other debt securities
    377       377       452       452  
 
 
    405       405       480       480  
 

The Company held no securities for purposes other than investment. The investment securities held by the Company include subordinated investments in subsidiaries of £377m (2003: £432m) and are included within Other debt securities. Investment securities held by the Group include £nil (2003: £20m) of subordinated investments in associates and are included within Other debt securities.

     All of the securities held by the Company are unlisted.

Analysed by listing status:

                                 
    Group  
    2004     2004     2003     2003  
    Book     Market     Book     Market  
    value     value     value     value  
Investment securities   £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Listed in the UK
    370       422       701       673  
Listed or registered elsewhere
    255       257       161       223  
Unlisted
    47       45       891       945  
 
Sub-total – Non-trading book
    672       724       1,753       1,841  
 
Other securities
                               
Listed in the UK
    1,199       1,199       2,015       2,015  
Listed or registered elsewhere
    6,414       6,414       7,644       7,644  
Unlisted
    14,398       14,398       18,916       18,916  
 
Sub-total – Trading book
    22,011       22,011       28,575       28,575  
 
Total
    22,683       22,735       30,328       30,416  
 

122


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Book value of debt securities analysed by maturity:

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Due within 1 year
    12,996       20,644       28       150  
Due in more than 1 year but not more than 5 years
    4,790       3,712       —       —  
Due in more than 5 years but not more than 10 years
    3,920       4,427       —       32  
Due in more than 10 years
    1,011       1,723       377       298  
Less: provisions
    (34 )     (178 )     —       —  
 
 
    22,683       30,328       405       480  
 

The movement on debt securities held for investment purposes was as follows:

                         
    Group  
    Cost     Provisions     Net book value  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    1,931       (178 )     1,753  
Exchange adjustments
    (148 )     —       (148 )
Additions
    1,476       —       1,476  
Disposals
    (1,331 )     93       (1,238 )
Redemptions and maturities
    (1,239 )     —       (1,239 )
Transfers to other securities (net)
    —       (16 )     (16 )
Transfer from profit and loss account
    —       67       67  
Net of amortisation of discounts (premiums)
    17       —       17  
 
At 31 December 2004
    706       (34 )     672  
 
                         
    Company  
    Cost     Provisions     Net book value  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    480       —       480  
Exchange Adjustments
    (43 )     —       (43 )
Disposals
    (32 )     —       (32 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    405       —       405  
 

The total net book value of debt securities held for investment purposes at 31 December 2004 includes net unamortised premiums/discounts of £34m (2003: £39m).

     Included within debt securities are £nil (2003: £5m) of subordinated amounts due from third parties, which comprise debt securities issued by financial services companies which qualify as regulatory capital for the issuing company. There are hedges in place in respect of the majority of fixed rate investment securities whereby the rise or fall in their market value, due to interest rate movements, will be offset by a substantially equivalent reduction or increase in the value of the hedges. The Group also purchases credit protection by entering into credit derivative transactions such as credit default swaps and total return swaps with highly rated banks. In 2003 the Group had purchased protection on a £707m portfolio of high yield assets. Protection had been purchased from a third party bank, which has in turn purchased protection from Newark (a synthetic Collateral Debt Obligation) and super senior protection from a super senior Monoline insurer. The Group’s exposure under the structure was £91m. This consisted of a junior note exposure (net of provisions) of £31m to Newark and a potential exposure with respect to credit spread of £60m. This structure was unwound in the course of 2004.

     In prior years Investment debt securities included asset backed and mortgage-backed securities sold to various bankruptcy-remote special purpose vehicles.

     The special purpose vehicles were owned directly by charitable trusts and therefore were not legal subsidiaries of the Group. However they were consolidated into the Group on the basis that substantially all the rewards inherent in those entities were retained in the Group.

     The debt security acquisitions by these special purpose vehicles were funded primarily through the issue of commercial paper to the market. These vehicles were disposed in the course of 2003.

     An aggregated summary profit and loss account for the years ended 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002, and an aggregated balance sheet as at 31 December 2004 and 2003 for these entities are shown below.

Profit and loss account for the year ended 31 December

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Interest receivable
    —       33       137  
Interest payable
    —       (29 )     (115 )
 
Net interest income
    —       4       22  
Profit on disposal of investment debt securities
    —       4       2  
 
Profit for the financial year
    —       8       24  
Amounts charged to entities of the Group
    —       (8 )     (24 )
 
Retained profits
    —       —       —  
 

123


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Balance sheet as at 31 December

                 
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Investment debt securities
    —       —  
Prepayments and accrued income
    —       —  
 
Total assets
    —       —  
 
Debt securities in issue
    —       —  
Accruals and deferred income
    —       —  
 
Total liabilities
    —       —  
 

20. Equity shares and other similar interests

                                 
    Group  
    2004     2004     2003     2003  
    Book     Market     Book     Market  
    value     value     value     value  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Listed in the UK
    502       503       1,164       1,164  
Listed elsewhere
    663       664       93       93  
Unlisted
    11       11       376       376  
 
 
    1,176       1,178       1,633       1,633  
 
Banking business
    30       32       394       394  
Trading business
    1,146       1,146       1,239       1,239  
 
 
    1,176       1,178       1,633       1,633  
 
                                 
    Company  
    2004     2004     2003     2003  
    Book     Market     Book     Market  
    value     value     value     value  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Unlisted
    1       1       2       2  
 

The movement on equity shares and other similar interests held for investment purposes was as follows:

                         
    Group  
    Cost     Provisions     Net book value  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    655       (261 )     394  
Exchange adjustments
    (14 )     5       (9 )
Additions
    210       —       210  
Disposals
    (808 )     244       (564 )
Impairments
    (1 )     —       (1 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    42       (12 )     30  
 

There was a small movement on Company equity shares and other similar interests held for investment purposes during the year. The total amount held was £1m (2003: £2m). There were no provisions. These amounts exclude investment in subsidiary undertakings.

21. Long-term assurance business

The value of the long-term assurance business is as follows:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Gross of tax basis:                        
Income from long-term assurance business before embedded value changes and rebasing
    108       176       321  
Embedded value charges and rebasing
    (32 )     (378 )     (632 )
 
Income from long-term assurance business after embedded value changes and rebasing
    76       (202 )     (311 )
 
Net of tax basis:
                       
 
Income from long-term assurance business before embedded value changes and rebasing
    78       110       252  
Embedded value charges and rebasing
    (94 )     (369 )     (480 )
 
Income from long-term assurance business after embedded value changes and rebasing
    16       (259 )     (228 )
 

The assets and liabilities of the long-term assurance funds are presented separately from those of other businesses in order to reflect the different nature of the shareholders’ interest in them.

124


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

The value of the long-term assurance business is calculated by discounting the proportion of surplus which is projected to accrue to shareholders in future years from business currently in force, and adding the shareholders’ interest in the surplus retained within the long-term assurance funds. The basis on which this value is determined is reviewed regularly in the light of the experience of the business and expectations regarding future economic conditions.

The principal long-term economic assumptions used are as follows:

                 
    2004     2003  
    %     %  
 
Risk adjusted discount rate (net of tax)
    8.0       7.5  
Return on equities (gross of tax — pension business)
    7.0       7.25  
Return on equities (gross of tax — life business)
    7.0       7.25  
Return on gilts (gross of tax)
    4.5       4.75  
Return on corporate bonds (gross of tax)
    5.0       5.25  
Return on property
    6.5       6.75  
Inflation (indexation)
    2.75       2.75  
Inflation (expenses)
    3.75       3.75  
 

Embedded Value rebasing and other adjustments

The embedded value rebasing is made up of two components:

Investment assumptions and variances

The variance represents the adjustment to allow for differences between actual market performance and our assumptions set out at the beginning of the year. Overall investment assumptions and variances have improved by £101m. The improvement shows that investment performance and market movements were in closer alignment with assumptions. In Scottish Mutual, the cost of £19m principally reflects realised losses and an adjustment to the assumed value of future profits following changes in asset mix during the period. The positive £7m Scottish Provident investment variance is largely driven by a change in asset mix in the non-profit sub-fund out of cash and into bonds.

Other one off adjustments

The 2003 results included provisions in relation to the realistic balance sheet position of the funds. The 2004 results include a partial release of provisions no longer required together with a reallocation of provisions between entities in the long-term fund, excluding the shareholders’ fund.

     Movement in the embedded value asset is calculated as follows:

                 
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
At 1 January
    2,272       2,316  
Increase in value of long-term business after tax
    78       110  
Embedded value rebasing and other adjustments
    (94 )     (369 )
Capital injections
    —       272  
Surplus transferred to/(from) long-term business funds
    712       (57 )
 
At 31 December
    2,968       2,272  
 

The assets and liabilities of the long-term assurance funds are:

                 
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Investments
    17,913       19,570  
 
Assets held to cover linked liabilities
    6,782       7,041  
Debtors and prepayments
    2,893       3,465  
 
Other assets
    2,656       1,564  
 
Total assets
    30,244       31,640  
Less: Attributable to shareholders
    3,064       3,304  
 
Total assets attributable to policyholders
    27,180       28,336  
 
Technical provisions
    16,601       18,729  
Technical provisions for linked liabilities
    6,998       7,142  
Fund for future appropriations
    898       (769 )
Other creditors
    2,683       3,234  
 
Total liabilities attributable to policyholders
    27,180       28,336  
 

These balances are prepared in accordance with applicable UK Accounting Standards under the historical cost accounting rules modified to include revaluation of investments. The accounts have also been prepared in accordance with the Statement of Recommended Practice on Accounting for Insurance Business issued by the Association of British Insurers in November 2003.

     The amounts of these assets, which are valued at market value, and liabilities of the long-term assurance funds included in the consolidated balance sheet are based upon the draft life assurance balance sheets prepared in compliance with the special provisions relating to insurance groups of section 255A and Schedule 9A to the Companies Act 1985.

125


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Included within other creditors in 2003 above are two contingent loans owed by the with-profit sub funds of the long-term business funds of Scottish Mutual Assurance plc and Scottish Provident Limited to Abbey National Scottish Mutual Assurance Holdings Limited of £500m and £619m, respectively. Accrued interest on these loans amounted to £75m and £80m, respectively.

     The capital structure of the Life Companies changed significantly in July 2004 following the completion of Abbey’s review of the with-profits funds in Scottish Mutual and Scottish Provident and it’s subsequent agreement with the Financial Services Authority. Both contingent loans were repaid with no incremental capital or adverse profit impact over and above that already reported. A significant contribution was made to the Scottish Mutual with-profits fund, which was covered by provisions set up in prior years. In addition, the hedging programme was extended and moved into the with-profits funds to allow them to stand independently, reducing policyholder and shareholder risk.

22. Interests and shares in associated undertakings

The movement in interests in associated undertakings for 2004 and 2003 was as follows:

                 
    Group     Company  
    £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    39       32  
Additions
    —       —  
Dividend Received
    —       (20 )
Share of current year net assets
    (14 )     —  
 
At 31 December 2004
    25       12  
 
At 1 January 2003
    51       —  
Additions
    —       51  
Dividend Received
    —       (19 )
Share of current year net assets
    (12 )     —  
 
At 31 December 2003
    39       32  
 

The principal associated undertakings at 31 December 2004 are:

             
        Group Interest  
Name and nature of business   Issued share capital   %  
 
EDS Credit Services Ltd, Information technology services
  5,000 A ordinary shares of £0.01 each and 1,000 B ordinary shares of £0.01 each     25  
 
PSA Finance plc, Personal finance
  40,000,000 £1 ordinary shares     50  
 
IF Online Group Limited, Information technology services
  5,393,191 A ordinary shares of £1 each, 1,000,000 B ordinary shares of £1 each 930,120 Class A ordinary shares of £1 each 38,317 Class C preference shares of £1 each, 1 Founder share of £1 each, and 1 Abbey special share of £1 each        
 

Abbey National plc acquired PSA Finance plc from First National Bank plc on 1 February 2003.

    The UK is the principal area of operation of the principal associated undertakings and all are registered in England and Wales.

     All associated undertakings are unlisted. EDS Credit Services Limited and PSA Finance plc have a year end of 31 December. IF Online Group Limited has a year end of 30 November.

23. Shares in Group undertakings

                 
    2004     2003  
    Net book value     Net book value  
    £m     £m  
 
Subsidiary undertakings
               
Banks
    2,486       2,264  
Others
    5,764       5,907  
 
 
    8,250       8,171  
 

The movement in shares in Group undertakings was as follows:

                         
    Cost     Impairment     Company  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    10,071       (1,900 )     8,171  
Exchange adjustments
    —       —       —  
Additions
    13       (142 )     (129 )
Disposals
    (122 )     45       (77 )
 
Write-back of impairments
    —       285       285  
 
At 31 December 2004
    9,962       (1,712 )     8,250  
 

Subscriptions for additional share capital in existing subsidiary undertakings during the year amounted to £13m, including £5m in Abbey National Asset Managers and £5m in Abbey National Independent Consulting Group.

126


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

The write-back of impairments of shares in group undertakings in the year included: Abbey National Treasury Services plc £285m.

     This was offset by impairment of shares in group undertakings in the following: Inscape development £71m, Scottish Mutual International Holdings £35m and AN 123 Limited £25m. These impairments are only in the Abbey National plc accounts and do not affect the consolidated accounts.

     The following table details group undertakings sold in the year and the consideration received.

             
Date   Company/Business disposed of     Consideration
 
5 Mar 2004
  Abbey National September Leasing (1) Limited   £ 89m cash
10 Mar 2004
  Royal St Georges Banque, S.A.   £ 37m cash
26 Mar 2004
  Abbey National September Leasing (2) Limited   £ 251m cash
30 Jun 2004
  Asset Finance & Leasing Business   £ 875m cash
31 Jul 2004
  Abbey National March Leasing (5) Limited   £ nil
17 Sep 2004
  Abbey National September Leasing (6) Limited   £ 13m cash
21 Oct 2004
  Abbey National June Leasing (6) Limited   £ 23m cash
16 Nov 2004
  Abbey National France S.A.   £ 1,525m cash
25 Nov 2004
  Porterbrook Leasing Company (Euro) Limited   £ 117m cash
3 Dec 2004
  Eole Finance S.A.   £ 3m cash
9 Dec 2004
  Abbey National June Leasing (2) Limited   £ 78m cash
9 Dec 2004
  Abbey National December Leasing (2) Limited   £ 169m cash
 
Total cash consideration
      £ 3,180m cash
 

The principal subsidiaries of Abbey National plc at 31 December 2004 are shown below, all of which are directly held and unlisted except where indicated.

         
    Nature of business   Country of Incorporation or registration
 
Abbey National Leasing Companies* (9 companies)
  Finance leasing   England & Wales
Abbey National Treasury Services plc
  Treasury operations   England & Wales
Abbey National Unit Trust Managers*
  Unit trust management   Scotland
Abbey National Treasury International Ltd*
  Personal finance   Jersey
Cater Allen International Ltd*
  Money market and broker dealer   England & Wales
Scottish Mutual Investment Managers Ltd*
  Investment managers   Scotland
Carfax Insurance Ltd
  Insurance   Guernsey
Abbey National Life plc
  Insurance   England & Wales
Abbey National PEP and ISA Managers Ltd*
  PEP and ISA management   Scotland
Scottish Mutual Assurance plc*
  Insurance   Scotland
Scottish Provident Ltd*
  Insurance   Scotland
Scottish Mutual Pension Funds Investment Ltd
  Investment   Scotland
Abbey National North America Corporation
  Funding   United States
Abbey National Securities Inc
  Broker Dealer   United States
 


*   Held indirectly through subsidiary companies.

All of the above entities have accounting reference dates of 31 December with the exception of the following: Abbey National March Leasing (1) and (2) Limited (both 31 March); Abbey National June Leasing (3), Limited (30 June); and Abbey National September Leasing Limited (30 September).

     All the above companies are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company holds directly or indirectly 100% of the issued ordinary share capital of its principal subsidiaries. All companies operate principally in their country of incorporation or registration. Abbey National Treasury Services plc also has a branch office in the US. Abbey National plc has branches in France and the Isle of Man and a representative office in Dubai.

24. Sale of Subsidiary Undertaking

On 16 November 2004 the Group sold its 100% interest in the ordinary share capital of Abbey National France SA. The profit of Abbey National France SA up to the date of disposal was £10m, and for its last financial year £7m. Net Assets disposed of and the related sales proceeds were as follows.

         
    £m  
 
Loans and Advances to Customers
    1,528  
Loans and advances to Banks
    8  
Other Assets
    25  
Deposits by Banks
    (15 )
Other Liabilities
    (27 )
 
Net Assets
    1,519  
Goodwill Written Back
    6  
Profit on Sale
    —  
 
Sales Proceeds
    1,525  
Satisfied by cash
    1,525  
 
Net Cash Inflows in respect of sale comprise
       
Cash Consideration
       
Cash at Bank and in Hand Sold
    1,525  
 

127


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

25. Intangible fixed assets

         
    Purchased  
    goodwill  
    Group  
    £m  
 
Cost
       
At 1 January 2004
    1,073  
Additions
    —  
Disposals
    (6 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    1,067  
 
Amortisation and impairment
       
At 1 January 2004
    732  
Charge for the year
    20  
Disposals
    (2 )
Impairments
    —  
 
At 31 December 2004
    750  
 
Net book value
       
At 31 December 2004
    317  
At 31 December 2003
    341  
 

Intangible fixed assets comprise positive purchased goodwill arising on acquisitions of subsidiary undertakings and purchases of businesses made since 1 January 1998.

     Goodwill included above in respect of all material acquisitions is currently being amortised over a period of 20 years. Previously, goodwill arising on acquisitions of subsidiary undertakings and purchases of businesses was taken directly to reserves.

     In accordance with FRS 11, ‘Impairment of fixed assets and goodwill’, the carrying value of goodwill has been reviewed for impairment if there is some indication that impairment has occurred.

     The cumulative amount of goodwill taken to the Profit and Loss Account reserve in previous periods by the Group and not subsequently recognised in the Profit and Loss Account is £613m (2003: £620m), and by the Company £528m (2003: £528m).

26. Tangible fixed assets excluding operating lease assets

                         
    Group  
    Premises     Equipment     Total  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Cost or valuation
                       
At 1 January 2004
    43       982       1,025  
Disposals of subsidiary undertakings
    —       (7 )     (7 )
Additions
    6       84       90  
Disposals
    (7 )     (41 )     (48 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    42       1,018       1,060  
 
Depreciation
                       
At 1 January 2004
    9       748       757  
Disposals of subsidiary undertakings
    —       (6 )     (6 )
Charge for the year
    3       78       81  
Disposals
    (2 )     (16 )     (18 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    10       804       814  
 
Net book value
                       
At 31 December 2004
    32       214       246  
At 31 December 2003
    34       234       268  
 
                         
    Company  
    Premises     Equipment     Total  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Cost
                       
1 January 2004
    24       945       969  
Disposal of businesses
    —       —       —  
Additions
    9       82       91  
Disposals
    (2 )     (36 )     (38 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    31       991       1,022  
 
Depreciation
                       
At 1 January 2004
    4       726       730  
Disposal of businesses
    —       —       —  
Charge for the year
    3       75       78  
Disposals
    —       (12 )     (12 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    7       789       796  
 
Net book value
                       
At 31 December 2004
    24       202       226  
At 31 December 2003
    20       219       239  
 

128


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

The net book value of Other premises comprises:

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Freeholds
    7       9       —       1  
Long leaseholds
    3       5       1       1  
Short leaseholds
    22       20       22       17  
         
Net book value at 31 December
    32       34       23       19  
Of which occupied for own use
    29       32       23       19  
         
The net book value of Other premises includes:
                               
Assets held under finance leases
    —       1       —       1  
Depreciation charge for the year on these assets
    —       3       —       3  
Capital expenditure which has been contracted, but not provided for in the financial statements
    13       38       13       38  
 

27. Operating lease assets

         
    Group  
    £m  
 
Cost
       
At 1 January 2004
    3,763  
Additions
    316  
Disposals
    (766 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    3,312  
 
Depreciation and impairment
       
At 1 January 2004
    1,234  
Charge for the year
    151  
Disposals
    (413 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    971  
 
Net book value
       
At 31 December 2004
    2,341  
At 31 December 2003
    2,529  
 

The net book value of operating lease assets includes residual values at the end of current lease terms, which will be recovered through reletting or disposal in the following periods:

                 
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
In not more than 1 year
    87       493  
In more than 1 year but not more than 2 years
    364       102  
In more than 2 years but not more than 5 years
    347       432  
In more than 5 years
    1,312       1,223  
 
 
    2,110       2,250  
 
Capital expenditure which has been contracted, but not provided for in the financial statements
    267       324  
 

28. Other assets

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Foreign exchange, interest rate, equity & credit contracts:
                               
Positive market value of trading derivative contracts (note 51)
    2,377       1,643       —       —  
Translation differences on foreign exchange derivatives used for hedging purposes
    214       209       —       —  
Debtors and other settlement balances
    915       909       147       213  
Introducer fees
    22       80       6       8  
Deferred tax asset (note 37)
    —               160       122  
Other
    1,133       1,321       980       658  
 
 
    4,661       4,162       1,293       1,001  
 

129


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

29. Prepayments and accrued income

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Accrued interest due from subsidiaries
    —       —       46       88  
Unamortised lending-related fees (see note 3)
    63       125       64       125  
Other accrued interest
    812       831       187       197  
Prepayments and other accruals
    320       274       82       91  
 
 
    1,195       1,230       379       501  
 

Other accrued interest includes interest on dealing assets.

30. Assets subject to sale and repurchase transactions

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Debt securities
    457       1,968       —       —  
 

The above amounts are the assets held under sale and repurchase transactions included within the amounts disclosed in note 19, Debt securities.

31. Deposits by banks

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Items in the course of transmission
    161       204       161       191  
Amounts due to subsidiaries
    —       —       15,536       18,589  
Sale and repurchase agreements
    6,592       9,390       —       —  
Other deposits
    11,659       12,531       —       —  
 
 
    18,412       22,125       15,697       18,780  
 
Repayable:
                               
On demand
    1,166       5,422       2       372  
In not more than 3 months
    15,343       14,766       13,565       17,480  
In more than 3 months but not more than 1 year
    874       1,502       639       58  
In more than 1 year but not more than 5 years
    316       18       342       —  
In more than 5 years
    713       417       1,149       870  
 
 
    18,412       22,125       15,697       18,780  
 
Banking business
    8,578       1,178       15,697       18,780  
Trading business
    9,834       20,947       —       —  
 
 
    18,412       22,125       15,697       18,780  
 

32. Customer accounts

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Retail deposits
    61,887       60,534       52,919       51,469  
Amounts due to subsidiaries
    —       —       10,394       3,886  
Sale and repurchase agreements
    7,843       4,602       —       —  
Other customer accounts
    9,120       9,265       2,597       2,545  
 
 
    78,850       74,401       65,910       57,900  
 
Repayable:
                               
On demand
    52,746       46,847       57,990       43,404  
In not more than 3 months
    21,293       21,900       7,184       13,526  
In more than 3 months but not more than 1 year
    2,116       2,820       52       77  
In more than 1 year but not more than 5 years
    1,097       641       54       27  
In more than 5 years
    1,598       2,193       630       866  
 
 
    78,850       74,401       65,910       57,900  
 
Banking business
    69,348       63,638       65,910       57,900  
Trading business
    9,502       10,763       —       —  
 
 
    78,850       74,401       65,910       57,900  
 

Included in Group and Company customer accounts are amounts due to associated undertakings of £nil (2003: £15m) and £nil (2003: £15m), respectively.

130


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Contracts involving the receipt of cash on which customers receive an index-linked return are accounted for in substance as equity index-linked deposits. The current market value of the contract is reported within Other customer accounts.

33. Debt securities in issue

                                 
    Group  
    2004     2004     2003     2003  
    Book     Market     Book     Market  
    value     value     value     value  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Bonds and medium-term notes
    13,015       14,397       14,939       14,996  
Other debt securities in issue
    8,954       8,917       9,895       9,897  
 
 
    21,969       23,314       24,834       24,893  
 

The market values for medium and long-term debt securities in issue have been determined using quoted market prices where reliable prices are available. In other cases, market values have been determined using in-house pricing models, or stated at amortised cost.

                 
    Company  
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Bonds and medium-term notes
    —       —  
Other debt securities in issue
    4       4  
 
 
    4       4  
 

Bonds and medium-term notes are repayable:

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
In not more than 3 months
    410       4,295       —       —  
In more than 3 months but not more than 1 year
    2,060       1,742       —       —  
In more than 1 year but not more than 2 years
    4,468       2,095       —       —  
In more than 2 years but not more than 5 years
    4,688       4,391       —       —  
In more than 5 years
    1,389       2,416       —       —  
 
 
    13,015       14,939       —       —  
 

Other debt securities in issue are repayable:

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
In not more than 3 months
    5,369       5,114       —       —  
In more than 3 months but not more than 1 year
    3,215       3,573       —       —  
In more than 1 year but not more than 2 years
    128       789       4       —  
In more than 2 years but not more than 5 years
    7       21       —       4  
In more than 5 years
    235       398       —       —  
 
 
    8,954       9,895       4       4  
 

34. Other liabilities

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Creditors and accrued expenses
    2,417       2,122       975       1,051  
 
Short positions in government debt securities and equity shares
    2,715       4,303       —       —  
Taxation
    37       (5 )     (64 )     (137 )
Foreign exchange, interest rate, equity & credit contracts:
                               
Negative market value of trading derivative contracts (see note 51)
    3,665       4,762       —       —  
Translation differences on foreign exchange derivatives used for hedging purposes
    336       269       199       115  
Obligations under finance leases all payable in:
                               
Less than 1 year
    —       1       1       1  
1 year to 5 years
    —       —       —       —  
 
 
    9,170       11,452       1,114       1,030  
 

Short positions in government debt securities are mainly held for trading liquidity and hedging purposes. The market value of short positions in debt securities and equity shares is £2,715m (2003: £4,303m).

131


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

35. Accruals and deferred income

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Interest due to subsidiaries
    —       —       108       89  
Other accrued interest
    1,578       1,284       886       700  
Deferred income from residential mortgage lending
    43       79       —       —  
Other deferred income
    108       219       14       34  
 
 
    1,729       1,582       1,008       823  
 

During the year, £37m (2003: £45m) of deferred income relating to high loan-to-value lending was taken to the profit and loss account.

     Other accrued interest includes interest on dealing liabilities.

36. Provisions for liabilities and charges

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Deferred taxation (see note 37)
    550       690       —       —  
Other provisions for liabilities and charges (see note 38)
    320       146       224       100  
 
 
    870       836       224       100  
 

37. Deferred taxation

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Tax effect of timing differences due to:
                               
Excess of capital allowances over depreciation
    (68 )     (64 )     (60 )     (54 )
Other
    (75 )     (98 )     (100 )     (68 )
Capital allowances on finance lease receivables
    693       852       —       —  
 
 
    550       690       (160 )     (122 )
 
                 
    Group     Company  
    £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    690       (122 )
Transfer from profit and loss account
    55       (38 )
Disposals of subsidiary undertakings
    (195 )     —  
 
At 31 December 2004
    550       (160 )
 
Deferred tax asset (see note 28)
    —       (160 )
Deferred tax liabilities
    550       —  
 

38. Other provisions for liabilities and charges

                                 
    Group  
    Pension and                    
    other similar     Provisions for     Other provisions        
    obligations(1)     commitments(2)     (3)     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    7       24       115       146  
Transfer from profit and loss account
    123       17       201       341  
Pension contributions/provisions utilised
    (95 )     (3 )     (58 )     (156 )
Provision reversed
    (11 )     —       —       (11 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    24       38       258       320  
 
                                 
    Company  
    Pension and                    
    other similar     Provisions for     Other provisions        
    obligations(1)     commitments(2)     (3)     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    (28 )     20       108       100  
Transfer from profit and loss account
    104       17       153       274  
Pension contributions/provisions utilised
    (76 )     (6 )     (68 )     (150 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    —       31       193       224  
 

132


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

The £202m charge shown in the Profit and Loss Account in respect of provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments comprises the amounts transferred from the Profit and Loss Account and unutilised provisions reversed for provisions for commitments, pension misselling compensation and other provisions.

(1) Pension and other similar obligations

The above balance represents the difference between amounts paid to the respective pension schemes of the Group and amounts charged to the Profit and Loss Account in accordance with SSAP 24, Accounting for pension costs.

     In addition to pension and other similar obligations included in the above table, a balance in respect of the pension surplus acquired with the purchase of the business of National and Provincial Building Society (N&P) is included within other assets. This balance, which was £13m (2003: £15m) at 31 December 2004, is being amortised over the remaining service lives of employees contributing to the scheme, and £2m (2003: £2m) was charged to the profit and loss account in the year ended 31 December 2004. See also note 53, ‘Retirement benefits’.

(2) Provisions for commitments

This comprises amounts in respect of committed expenditure, including amounts in respect of vacant premises.

(3) Other provisions

Other provisions principally comprise amounts in respect of litigation and related expenses and various other claims with respect to product misselling exposures.

39. Subordinated liabilities including convertible debt

                 
    Group  
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Dated subordinated liabilities:
               
Subordinated guaranteed floating rate notes 2003 (US $100m)
               
Subordinated collared floating rate notes 2004 (CAN $100m)
    —       43  
8.75% Subordinated guaranteed bond 2004
    —       150  
8.2% Subordinated bond 2004 (US $500m)
    —       280  
6.69% Subordinated bond 2005 (US $750m)
    388       420  
10.75% Subordinated bond 2006
    100       100  
Subordinated guaranteed floating rate step-up notes 2009 (Swiss Fr 130m)
    —       59  
5.00% Subordinated bond 2009 (€511.3m)
    360       359  
4.625% Subordinated notes 2011 (€500m)
    352       352  
11.50% Subordinated guaranteed bond 2017
    149       149  
10.125% Subordinated guaranteed bond 2023
    149       149  
7.57% Subordinated notes 2029 (US $1,000m)
    512       554  
6.50% Subordinated notes 2030
    149       149  
7.25% Subordinated notes 2021
    200       200  
Callable capped subordinated floating rate notes 2012 (US $50m)
    26       28  
Callable subordinated floating rate notes 2012 (US $50m)
    26       28  
Callable subordinated floating rate notes 2012 (€500m)
    352       352  
 
                 
    Group  
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Undated subordinated liabilities:
               
10.0625% Exchangeable subordinated capital securities
    200       199  
7.35% Perpetual subordinated reset capital securities (US $500m)
    258       279  
7.25% Perpetual subordinated capital securities (US $150m)
    —       84  
7.10% Perpetual callable subordinated notes (US $150m)
    —       84  
7.00% Perpetual subordinated capital securities (US $250m)
    —       140  
6.70% Perpetual subordinated reset capital securities (US $500m)
    258       279  
6.00% Step-down Perpetual callable subordinated notes (€100m)
    70       71  
5.56% Subordinated guaranteed notes (YEN 15,000m)
    76       79  
5.50% Subordinated guaranteed notes (YEN 5,000m)
    25       26  
Fixed/Floating rate subordinated notes (YEN 5,000m)
    25       26  
7.50% 10 Year step-up perpetual subordinated notes
    322       321  
7.50% 15 Year step-up perpetual subordinated notes
    425       425  
7.38% 20 Year step-up perpetual subordinated notes
    173       173  
7.13% 30 Year step-up perpetual subordinated notes
    279       279  
7.13% Fixed to floating rate perpetual subordinated notes (€400m)
    281       280  
7.25% Perpetual callable subordinated notes (US $400m)
    205       220  
 
 
    5,360       6,337  
 

133


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                 
    Company  
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Dated subordinated liabilities:
               
Subordinated floating rate notes 2003 (US $75m)
               
Subordinated floating rate notes 2004 (US $74m)*
    —       41  
Subordinated floating rate notes 2004*
    —       150  
Subordinated floating rate notes 2004 (US $500m)*
    —       280  
6.69% Subordinated bond 2005 (US $750m)
    388       420  
10.75% Subordinated bond 2006
    100       100  
Subordinated floating rate notes 2009 (US $102m)*
    —       57  
Subordinated floating rate notes 2009 (€511.3m)
    359       359  
4.625% Subordinated notes 2011 (€500m)
    352       352  
11.59% Subordinated loan stock 2017*
    149       150  
10.18% Subordinated loan stock 2023*
    149       150  
7.57% Subordinated notes 2029 (US $1,000m)
    512       554  
6.50% Subordinated notes 2030
    149       149  
8.96% Subordinated notes 2030 (US $1,000m)**
    514       554  
Callable capped subordinated floating rate notes 2012 (US $50m)
    26       28  
Callable subordinated floating rate notes 2012 (US $50m)
    26       28  
Callable subordinated floating rate notes 2012 (€500m)
    352       352  
 
                 
    Company  
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Undated subordinated liabilities:
               
10.0625% Exchangeable subordinated capital securities
    200       199  
7.35% Perpetual subordinated reset capital securities (US $500m)
    258       279  
7.25% Perpetual subordinated capital securities (US $150m)
    —       84  
7.10% Perpetual callable subordinated notes (US $150m)
    —       84  
7.00% Perpetual subordinated capital securities (US $250m)
    —       140  
6.70% Perpetual subordinated reset capital securities (US $500m)
    258       279  
6.00% Step-down perpetual callable subordinated notes (€100m)
    70       71  
5.56% Subordinated guaranteed notes (YEN 15,000m)
    76       79  
5.50% Subordinated guaranteed notes (YEN 5,000m)
    25       26  
Fixed/Floating rate subordinated notes (YEN 5,000m)
    25       26  
7.50% 10 Year step-up perpetual subordinated notes
    322       321  
7.50% 15 Year step-up perpetual subordinated notes
    425       425  
7.38% 20 Year step-up perpetual subordinated notes
    173       173  
7.13% 30 Year step-up perpetual subordinated notes
    279       279  
7.13% Fixed to floating rate perpetual subordinated notes (€400m)
    281       280  
7.25% Perpetual callable subordinated notes (US $400m)
    205       220  
 
 
    5,673       6,689  
 


*   These represent the on-lending to the Company, on a subordinated basis, of issues by subsidiary companies.
 
**   This represents the on-lending to the Company, on a subordinated basis, of the issue of preferred securities (see note 41).

The subordinated floating rate notes pay a rate of interest related to the LIBOR of the currency of denomination.

     The 10.0625% Exchangeable subordinated capital securities are exchangeable into fully paid 10.375% non-cumulative non-redeemable sterling preference shares of £1 each, at the option of Abbey. Exchange may take place on any interest payment date providing that between 30 and 60 days notice has been given to the holders. The holders will receive one new sterling preference share for each £1 principal amount of capital securities held. Note 42 details the rights attaching to these shares, as they are the same.

     The 7.35% Perpetual subordinated reset capital securities are redeemable at par, at the option of Abbey, on 15 October 2006 and each fifth anniversary thereafter.

     The 7.25% Perpetual subordinated capital securities were redeemed at par on the 15 June 2004.

     The 7.10% Perpetual callable subordinated notes were redeemed at par on the 12 March 2004.

     The 7.00% Perpetual subordinated capital securities were redeemed at par on the 29 April 2004.

     The 6.70% Perpetual subordinated reset capital securities are redeemable at par, at the option of Abbey, on 15 June 2008 and each fifth anniversary thereafter.

     The 6.00% Step-down perpetual callable subordinated notes are redeemable at par, at the option of Abbey, on each interest payment date.

     The 5.56% Subordinated guaranteed notes are redeemable at par, at the option of Abbey, on 31 January 2015 and each fifth anniversary thereafter.

     The 5.50% Subordinated guaranteed notes are redeemable at par, at the option of Abbey, on 27 June 2015 and each fifth anniversary thereafter.

     The Fixed/Floating rate subordinated notes are redeemable at par, at the option of Abbey, on 27 December 2016 and each interest payment date anniversary thereafter.

134


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

The 7.50% 10 Year step-up perpetual subordinated notes are redeemable at par, at the option of Abbey, on 28 September 2010 and each fifth anniversary thereafter.

     The 7.50% 15 Year step-up perpetual subordinated notes are redeemable at par, at the option of Abbey, on 28 September 2015 and each fifth anniversary thereafter.

     The 7.38% 20 Year step-up perpetual subordinated notes are redeemable at par, at the option of Abbey, on 28 September 2020 and each fifth anniversary thereafter.

     The 7.13% 30 Year step-up perpetual subordinated notes are redeemable at par, at the option of Abbey, on 30 September 2030 and each fifth anniversary thereafter.

     The 7.13% Fixed to Floating rate perpetual subordinated notes are redeemable at par, at the option of Abbey, on 28 September 2010 and each fifth anniversary thereafter.

     The 7.25% perpetual callable subordinated notes are redeemable at par, at the option of Abbey, at any time on or after 15 August 2006.

     In common with other debt securities issued by Group companies, the subordinated liabilities are redeemable in whole at the option of Abbey, on any interest payment date, in the event of certain tax changes affecting the treatment of payments of interest on the subordinated liabilities in the United Kingdom, at their principal amount together with any accrued interest.

Subordinated liabilities including convertible debt securities in issue are repayable:

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
In 1 year or less
    388       473       388       472  
In more than 1 year but not more than 2 years
    100       420       100       420  
In more than 2 years but not more than 5 years
    360       100       360       100  
In more than 5 years
    1,915       2,379       2,228       2,733  
Undated
    2,597       2,965       2,597       2,964  
 
 
    5,360       6,337       5,673       6,689  
 

Subordinated liabilities including convertible debt issued by the Group have a market value, calculated using quoted market prices where available, of £5,656m (2003: £7,068m).

40. Other long-term capital instruments

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Other long-term capital instruments
    722       742       722       742  
 

Other long-term capital instruments comprise £300m Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments (RCIs), $500m tier One Perpetual Subordinated Debt Securities (Securities) and £175m Fixed/Floating Rate Tier One Preferred Income Capital Securities (TOPICs).

£300m Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments

The Reserve Capital Instruments were issued in 2001 by Abbey National plc. Reserve Capital Instruments are redeemable by Abbey on 14 February 2026 or on each coupon payment date thereafter, subject to the prior approval of the Financial Services Authority and provided that the auditors have reported to the Trustee within the previous six months that the solvency condition is met.

     The Reserve Capital Instruments bear interest at a rate of 7.037% per annum, payable annually in arrears, from 14 February 2001 to 14 February 2026. Thereafter, the reserve capital instruments will bear interest at a rate, reset every five years, of 3.75% per annum above the gross redemption yield on the UK five year benchmark gilt rate.

$500m Tier One Perpetual Subordinated Debt Securities

The Securities were issued on 8 August 2002 by Abbey National plc. The Securities have no maturity date. However, Abbey National plc has the option to redeem the Securities in whole, but not in part on 15 September 2007 or on each coupon payment date thereafter.

     The Securities bear interest at a rate of 7.375% per annum, payable in US dollars quarterly in arrears.

£175m Fixed/Floating Rate Tier One Preferred Income

Capital Securities

The Tier One Preferred Income Capital Securities were issued on 9 August 2002 by Abbey National plc. The Tier One Preferred Income Capital Securities are redeemable by Abbey National plc in whole but not in part on 9 February 2018 or on each coupon payment date thereafter, subject to the prior approval of the Financial Services Authority.

     The Tier One Preferred Income Capital Securities bear interest at a rate of 6.984% par annum, payable semi-annually in arrears. From (and including) 9 February 2018, the Tier One Preferred Income Capital Securities will bear interest, at a rate reset semi-annually of 1.86% per annum above the six-month sterling LIBOR rate, payable semi-annually in arrears.

135


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

The Reserve Capital Instruments, Securities and Tier One Preferred Income Capital Securities are not redeemable at the option of the holders and the holders do not have any rights against other Abbey Group companies. Upon the occurrence of certain tax or regulatory events, the Reserve Capital Instruments may be exchanged, their terms varied, or redeemed.

     Interest payments may be deferred, but Abbey National plc may not declare or pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase any junior securities until Abbey National plc next make a scheduled payment on the Reserve Capital Instruments, Securities and Tier One Preferred Income Capital Securities.

     The Reserve Capital Instruments, Securities and Tier One Preferred Income Capital Securities are unsecured securities of Abbey National plc and are subordinated to the claims of unsubordinated creditors and subordinated creditors holding Abbey National plc loan capital. Upon the winding up of Abbey National plc, the holder of each Reserve Capital Instruments, Securities and Tier One Preferred Income Capital will rank pari passu with the holders of the most senior class or classes of preference shares (if any) of Abbey National plc then in issue and in priority to all other Abbey shareholders.

41. Minority interests — non-equity

Abbey National First Capital BV, Abbey National Capital Trust I, Abbey National Capital Trust II, Abbey National Capital LP I and Abbey National Capital LP II are each 100% owned finance subsidiaries of Abbey National plc. Abbey National First Capital BV has registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and issued to the public subordinated notes and medium-term notes that have been fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Abbey National plc. Abbey National Capital Trust I and Abbey National Capital Trust II have registered trust preferred securities, and Abbey National Capital LP I and Abbey National Capital LP II have registered partnership preferred securities, for issuance in the US. Abbey National Capital Trust I and Abbey National Capital Trust II each serve solely as passive vehicles holding the partnership preferred securities issued by Abbey National Capital LP I and Abbey National Capital LP II, respectively, and each has passed all the rights relating to such partnership preferred securities to the holders of the issued trust preferred securities. All of the trust preferred securities and the partnership preferred securities have been fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a subordinated basis by Abbey National plc. Abbey National Capital Trust I has issued to the public US $1,000,000,000 of 8.963% Non-Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of Abbey National plc to obtain funds, by dividend or loan, from any subsidiary. After 30 June 2030, the distribution rate on the preferred securities will be at the rate of 2.825% per annum above the three-month US $ LIBOR rate for the relevant distribution period.

     The preferred securities are not redeemable at the option of the holders and the holders do not have any rights against other Abbey Group companies. The partnership preferred securities may be redeemed by the partnership, in whole or in part, on 30 June 2030 and on each distribution payment date thereafter. Redemption by the partnership of the partnership preferred securities may also occur in the event of a tax or regulatory change. Generally, holders of the preferred securities will have no voting rights.

     On a return of capital or on a distribution of assets on a winding up of the partnership, holders of the partnership preferred securities will be entitled to receive, for each partnership preferred security a liquidation preference of US $1,000, together with any due and accrued distributions and any additional amounts, out of the assets of the partnership available for distribution.

     The preferred securities, the partnership preferred securities and the subordinated guarantees taken together will not entitle the holders to receive more than they would have been entitled to receive had they been the holders of directly issued non-cumulative, non-voting preference shares of Abbey National plc.

42. Called up share capital and share premium account

                                         
    Ordinary shares     Preference     Preference     Preference        
    of 10 pence     shares of     shares of     shares of        
    each     £1 each     US$0.01 each     €0.01 each     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Authorised share capital
                                       
At 31 December 2003
    175       1,000       6       6       1,187  
At 31 December 2004
    175       1,000       6       6       1,187  
 
Issued and fully paid share capital
                                       
At 31 December 2003
    146       325       —       —       471  
At 31 December 2004
    148       325       —       —       473  
 
Share premium account
                                       
At 1 January 2004
    1,752       10       297       —       2,059  
Shares issued
    105       —       —       —       105  
Redemptions
    —       —       —       —       —  
Amortisation of issue costs
    —       —       3       —       3  
Transfer from profit and loss reserve
    —       —       (3 )     —       (3 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    1,857       10       297       —       2,164  
 

136


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                         
    Ordinary shares     Preference     Preference     Preference        
    of 10 pence     shares of     shares of     shares of        
    each     £1 each     US$0.01 each     €0.01 each     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Authorised share capital
                                       
At 31 December 2002
    175       1,000       6       6       1,187  
At 31 December 2003
    175       1,000       6       6       1,187  
 
Issued and fully paid share capital
                                       
At 31 December 2002
    146       325       —       —       471  
At 31 December 2003
    146       325       —       —       471  
 
Share premium account
                                       
At 1 January 2003
    1,732       9       414       —       2,155  
Shares issued
    20       —       —       —       20  
Redemptions
    —       —       (116 )     —       (116 )
Amortisation of issue costs
    —       —       (2 )     —       (2 )
Transfer from profit and loss reserve
    —       —       2       —       2  
 
At 31 December 2003
    1,752       9       298       —       2,059  
 
                                         
    Ordinary shares     Preference     Preference     Preference        
    of 10 pence     shares of     shares of     shares of        
    each     £1 each     US$0.01 each     €0.01 each     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Authorised share capital
                                       
At 31 December 2001
    175       1,000       6       6       1,187  
At 31 December 2002
    175       1,000       6       6       1,187  
 
Issued and fully paid share capital
                                       
At 31 December 2001
    145       325       —       —       470  
At 31 December 2002
    146       325       —       —       471  
 
Share premium account
                                       
At 1 January 2002
    1,627       9       414       —       2,050  
Shares issued
    98       —       —       —       98  
Capitalisation of reserves in respect of shares issued via QUEST
    7       —       —       —       7  
Amortisation of issue costs
    —       —       3       —       3  
Transfer from profit and loss reserve
    —       —       (3 )     —       (3 )
 
At 31 December 2002
    1,732       9       414       —       2,155  
 

Under the Company’s Executive, All Employee and Sharesave Schemes, employees hold options to subscribe for 17,675,567 (2003: 52,418,724) ordinary shares at prices ranging from 420 to 644 pence per share, exercisable up to April 2014. In addition, 17,791,398 ordinary shares were issued in lieu of cash for dividends in 2004, in accordance with the terms of the Alternative Dividend Plan.

     The Qualifying Employee Share Trust operates in conjunction with the Sharesave Scheme by acquiring shares in the Company and using them to satisfy Sharesave options, by delivering the shares to the employees on payment of the option price.

     The shares were all transferred by the Qualifying Employee Share Trust to participants in Abbey’s Sharesave Scheme in satisfaction of their options. The price paid by option holders, including executive Directors, was 997 pence per share (three year options), 989 pence per share (five year options) and 607 pence per share (seven year options). The Company’s contribution has been included as a capitalisation of reserves.

     Abbey National plc sponsored the Abbey National ESOP Trust, a discretionary trust for the benefit of employees and former employees of the Abbey Group and the AN Employee Trust, a discretionary trust for the benefit of Directors and former Directors of Abbey National plc. The Company has provided £nil to the trustees of Abbey National ESOP Trust and £nil to the trustees of Abbey National Trust, interest free irrevocable loans and gifts of £nil and £nil respectively, to enable them to purchase Abbey National plc ordinary shares, which are used to satisfy options and share awards granted by the Company to meet its commitments arising under employee and Directors’ share schemes. Under the terms of the trusts, the trustees have waived all but a nominal dividend on the shares they hold. The cost of providing these shares, less any amounts paid by employees or Directors, is charged to the profit and loss account on a systematic basis over the relevant performance period for the employees and Directors. At 31 December 2004 and 2003 the number and value of shares held were:

                                 
    AN ESOP Trust     AN Employee Trust  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Number of shares held (‘000)
    —       7,613       —       1,530  
Book value of shares held
    —       67       —       13  
Market value of shares held
    —       40       —       8  
 

137


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Prior to 2003 such shares were held as an asset within other assets on the balance sheet at the lower of cost and net realisable value with any impairments being taken to the profit and loss account. With the issue of UITF 38 Accounting for ESOP Trusts such shares are now held at cost and treated as treasury shares and are taken as a deduction from shareholders equity. The 2003 Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet have been restated accordingly.

     As of 31 December 2004 there were 780 shareholders. The following tables show an analysis of their holdings:

                 
Size of shareholding   Shareholders     Number of ordinary shares of 10 pence each  
 
1-100
    —       —  
101-1,000
    —       —  
1,001+
    1       1,485,893,636  
 
 
    1       1,485,893,636  
 
                 
Size of shareholding   Shareholders                             Preference shares of £1 each  
 
1-100
    1       198  
101-1,000
    8       31,037  
1,001+
    738       324,968,765  
 
 
    747       325,000,000  
 
                 
Size of shareholding   Shareholders                   Preference shares of US$0.01 each  
 
1-100
    —       —  
101-1,000
    28       12,460  
1,001+
    4       17,987,540  
 
 
    32       18,000,000  
 

Sterling preference shares

Holders of the sterling preference shares are entitled to receive a biannual non-cumulative preferential dividend payable in sterling out of the distributable profits of the Company. The rate per annum will ensure that the sum of the dividend payable on such date and the associated tax credit (as defined in the terms of the sterling preference shares) represents an annual rate of 8 5/8% per annum of the nominal amount of shares issued in 1997, and an annual rate of 10 3/8% for shares issued in 1995 and 1996. On a return of capital or on a distribution of assets on a winding up, the sterling preference shares shall rank pari passu with any other shares that are expressed to rank pari passu therewith as regards participation in assets, and otherwise in priority to any other share capital of the Company.

     On such a return of capital or winding up, each sterling preference share shall, out of the surplus assets of the Company available for distribution amongst the members after payment of the Company’s liabilities, carry the right to receive an amount equal to the amount paid up or credited as paid together with any premium paid on issue and the full amount of any dividend otherwise due for payment.

     Other than as set out above, no sterling preference share confers any right to participate on a return of capital or a distribution of assets of the Company.

     Holders of the sterling preference shares are not entitled to receive notice of or attend, speak and vote at general meetings of the Company unless the business of the meeting includes the consideration of a resolution to wind up the Company or any resolution varying, altering or abrogating any of the rights, privileges, limitations or restrictions attached to the sterling preference shares or if the dividend on the sterling preference shares has not been paid in full for the three consecutive dividend periods immediately prior to the relevant general meeting.

     In any such case, the sterling preference shareholders are entitled to receive notice of and attend the general meeting at which such resolution is proposed and will be entitled to speak and vote on such a resolution but not on any other resolution.

US dollar preference shares

Holders of the US dollar preference shares issued on 8 November 2001 are entitled to receive a quarterly non-cumulative preferential dividend payable in US dollars out of the distributable profits of the Company payable at the fixed rate of US$1.84375 per share annually (or 7.375% of the US$25 offer price).

     The US dollar preference shares are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of Abbey at any time and from time to time after five years and one day after the date of original issue.

     On a return of capital or on a distribution of assets on a winding up, the US dollar preference shares shall rank pari passu with any other shares that are expressed to rank pari passu therewith as regards participation in assets, and otherwise in priority to any other share capital of the Company. On such a return of capital or winding up, each US dollar preference share shall, out of the surplus assets of the Company available for distribution amongst the members after payment of the Company’s liabilities, carry the right to receive an amount equal to $25, payable in US dollars together with any accrued and unpaid dividends at that time.

     Other than as set out above, no US dollar preference share confers any right to participate in a return of capital or a distribution of assets of the Company.

     Holders of the US dollar preference shares are not entitled to receive notice of or attend, speak and vote at general meetings of the Company unless the business of the meeting includes the consideration of a resolution to wind up the Company or any resolution varying, altering or abrogating any of the rights, privileges, limitations or restrictions attached to

138


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

the US-dollar preference shares or if the dividend on the US-dollar preference shares has not been paid in full for the six consecutive quarters immediately prior to the relevant general meeting.

     In any such case, the US dollar preference shareholders are entitled to receive notice of and attend the general meeting at which such resolution is proposed and will be entitled to speak and vote on such a resolution but not on any other resolution.

43. Reserves and profit and loss account

                 
    Profit and loss account  
    Group     Company  
    £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    2,527       2,306  
(Loss) retained for the financial year
    (504 )     (862 )
Write-off of goodwill previously taken to reserves
    6       —  
Exchange differences
    (2 )     —  
Transfer to share premium
    1       1  
Share option compensation costs taken to reserves
    (4 )     (3 )
Transfer to treasury share reserve
    (43 )     —  
 
At 31 December 2004
    1,981       1,442  
 
                 
    Profit and loss account  
    Group     Company  
    £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2003
    3,650       2,895  
(Loss) retained for the financial year
    (1,323 )     (591 )
Write-off of goodwill previously taken to reserves
    5       —  
Goodwill transferred to profit and loss account during the year
    190       —  
Exchange differences
    (1 )     (4 )
Transfer to share premium
    (2 )     (2 )
Share option compensation costs taken to reserves
    8       8  
 
At 31 December 2003
    2,527       2,306  
 
                 
    Profit and loss account  
    Group     Company  
    £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2002
    4,585       3,815  
(Loss) retained for the financial year
    (1,322 )     (921 )
Write-off of goodwill previously taken to reserves
    373       —  
Goodwill transferred to profit and loss account during the year
    13       —  
Exchange differences
    (2 )     (2 )
Transfer from share premium
    3       3  
Share option compensation costs taken to reserves
    7       7  
Capitalised on exercise of share options issued via QUEST
    (7 )     (7 )
 
At 31 December 2002
    3,650       2,895  
 

Exchange gains arising from foreign currency borrowings used to hedge investments in overseas Group undertakings of £2m (2003: £1m) have been taken to the reserves of the Group and Company. These exchange movements are matched by corresponding exchange movements on the net investments in the financial statements of the Company and exchange movements on the net assets of overseas Group undertakings in the Group financial statements.

                                 
                    Treasury shares reserve  
    Non-distributable reserve     (restated)  
    Group     Company     Group     Company  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    353       —       (79 )     —  
Transfer from profit and loss account
    (47 )     —       43       —  
 
Proceeds on sale of own shares
    —       —       36       —  
 
At 31 December 2004
    306       —       —       —  
 
                                 
                    Treasury shares reserve  
    Non-distributable reserve     (restated)  
    Group     Company     Group     Company  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2003
    153       —       (79 )     —  
Transfer from profit and loss account
    200       —       —       —  
 
At 31 December 2003
    353       —       (79 )     —  
 

139


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                                 
                                    Treasury shares reserve  
    Revaluation reserve     Non-distributable reserve     (restated)  
    Group     Company     Group     Company     Group     Company  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2002
    —       —       416       —       (43 )     —  
Purchase of own shares
    —       —       —       —       (36 )     —  
Transfer from profit and loss account
    —       —       (263 )     —       —       —  
 
At 31 December 2002
    —       —       153       —       (79 )     —  
 

The non-distributable reserve represents the value of the Group’s shareholders’ interest in the long-term assurance funds of the life assurance businesses. The treasury shares reserve represented shares of Abbey National plc that were held by Employee Share Ownership Trusts and other entities within the Abbey group of companies. The treasury shares reserve no longer exists due to the winding up of the Employee Share Ownership Trusts.

44. Reconciliation of movements in shareholders’ funds

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders
    80       (699 )     (231 )     (167 )
Dividends
    (631 )     (424 )     (631 )     (424 )
 
 
    (551 )     (1,123 )     (862 )     (591 )
Other recognised net losses relating to the year
    (1 )     (3 )     —       (6 )
Increases in ordinary share capital including share premium
    107       20       108       20  
Share option compensation costs taken to reserves
    (4 )     8       (3 )     8  
Redemptions of preference share capital including share premium
    —       (116 )     —       (116 )
Capitalised reserves on exercise of share options
    —       —       —       —  
Goodwill written off in period
    6       5       —       —  
Goodwill transferred from profit and loss account
    —       190       —       —  
Proceeds on sale of own shares
    36       —       —       —  
 
Net reduction to shareholders’ funds
    (407 )     (1,019 )     (757 )     (685 )
 
Shareholders’ funds at 1 January
    5,331       6,350       4,836       5,521  
 
Shareholders’ funds at 31 December
    4,924       5,331       4,079       4,836  
 
Equity shareholders’ funds
    4,292       4,699       3,447       4,204  
Non-equity shareholders’ funds
    632       632       632       632  
 
At 31 December
    4,924       5,331       4,079       4,836  
 

Equity shareholders’ funds comprise called up ordinary share capital, ordinary share premium account, profit and loss account and reserves.

     Non-equity shareholders’ funds comprise called-up preference share capital and preference share premium account.

45. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency

The aggregate amounts of assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than sterling were as follows:

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Assets
    21,682       35,140       672       1,213  
Liabilities
    26,567       48,034       1,656       4,342  
 

The above assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies do not indicate Abbey’s exposure to foreign exchange risk. The Group’s foreign currency positions are substantially hedged by off-balance sheet hedging instruments, or by on-balance sheet assets and liabilities denominated in the same currency.

46. Guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Guarantees given by Abbey National plc of subsidiaries liabilities
    —       —       63,009       69,487  
Guarantees given to third parties
    756       1,788       —       —  
Mortgaged assets granted
    328       360       —       —  
 
 
    1,084       2,148       63,009       69,487  
 

140


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Abbey gives guarantees on behalf of customers. These guarantees have been made in the normal course of business. A financial guarantee represents an undertaking that the Group will meet a customer’s obligations to third parties if the customer fails to do so. The Group expects most of the guarantees it provides to expire unused.

     The current carrying amount and the maximum undiscounted potential amount of future payments of third party guarantees is £756m of which £353m will be immediately recoverable in the event of liquidation.

     Mortgaged assets granted are to secure future obligations to third parties who have provided security to the leasing subsidiaries.

47. Other contingent liabilities

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Other contingent liabilities
    116       159       8       8  
 

The principal other contingent liabilities are as follows:

Overseas tax demand

Abbey National Treasury Services plc has received a demand from an overseas tax authority relating to the repayment of certain tax credits and related charges. Following certain modifications to the demand its nominal amount now stands at £101m (at the balance sheet exchange rate) (2003: £101m) as compared with the original demand of £113m (at the balance sheet exchange rate) (2003: £112m). As at 31 December 2004 additional interest in relation to the demand could amount to £16m (at the balance sheet exchange rate) (2003: £14m). The amount of additional interest has been reduced from the amount disclosed at 31 December 2003 of £36m due to certain modifications to the basis on which additional interest might be due.

     Abbey National Treasury Services plc has received legal advice that it has strong grounds to challenge the validity of the demand and accordingly no specific provision has been made.

48. Commitments

Commitments

Obligations under stock borrowing and lending agreements


Obligations under stock borrowing and lending agreements represent contractual commitments to return stock borrowed. These obligations totalling £20,508m at 31 December 2004 (2003: £25,649m) are offset by a contractual right to receive stock under other contractual agreements.

Other commitments

The table below shows the contract or principal amount of commitments other than those relating to derivatives (see note 51).

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend:
                               
Less than one year
    1,739       1,634       1,733       1,627  
One year and over
    1,110       1,384       —       —  
 
 
    2,849       3,018       1,733       1,627  
 

49. Operating leases

                                 
    Group  
    2004     2004     2003     2003  
    Property     Equipment     Property     Equipment  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Rental commitments under operating leases expiring:
                               
In not more than 1 year
    6       1       22       3  
In more than 1 year but not more than 5 years
    23       1       19       7  
In more than 5 years
    82       —       87       —  
 
 
    111       2       128       10  
 

141


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                 
    Company  
    2004     2004     2003     2003  
    Property     Equipment     Property     Equipment  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Rental commitments under operating leases expiring:
                               
In not more than 1 year
    5       1       16       3  
In more than 1 year but not more than 5 years
    22       1       16       7  
In more than 5 years
    80       —       78       —  
 
 
    107       2       110       10  
 

At 31 December 2004 Abbey held various leases on land and buildings, many for extended periods, and other leases for equipment, which require the following aggregate annual rental payments:

                                 
    Group     Company  
    2004     2003     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Year ended 31 December:
                               
2004
    —       135       —       118  
2005
    113       135       109       118  
2006
    111       118       108       105  
2007
    108       112       105       100  
2008
    96       112       93       99  
2009
    89       112       86       100  
 
Total thereafter
    858       992       841       957  
 
                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Group rental expense comprises:
                       
In respect of minimum rentals
    118       118       117  
Less: sub-lease rentals
    (3 )     (3 )     (3 )
 
 
    115       115       114  
 

50. Financial instruments

Interest rate risk

In accordance with FRS 13, interest rate repricing gap information is shown in the table (the ‘gap table’) below, at 31 December 2004. It provides an estimate of the repricing profile of Abbey’s assets, liabilities and other off-balance sheet exposures for non-trading activities. For the major categories of assets and liabilities, the gap table shows the values of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities which reprice within selected time bands. Items are allocated to time bands by reference to the earlier of the next interest rate repricing date and the legal maturity date. This leads to an apparent timing mismatch where the anticipated maturity date is different from the legal maturity date and hedges have been structured accordingly.

     The positions shown reflect both the repricing behaviour of the administered rates on mortgage and savings products (over which Abbey has control) and contracted wholesale on and off-balance sheet positions. The tables do not purport to measure market risk exposure.

142


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Interest rate repricing gap at 31 December 2004

                                                                         
            In more     In more     In more                                  
            than 3     than 6     than 1                                  
            months     months     year but             Non-                    
    Not more     but not     but not     not more     In more     interest     Non-              
    than 3     more than     more than     than 5     than 5     bearing     Trading              
    months     6 months     12 months     years     years     amounts     Total     Trading     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Assets
                                                                       
Treasury and other eligible bills
    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       1,990       1,990  
Cash and loans and advances to banks (1)
    453       —       —       —       —       967       1,420       9,182       10,602  
Loans and advances to customers(2)
    59,282       1,982       3,305       12,903       3,242       1,138       81,852       11,357       93,209  
Net investment in finance leases
    948       46       146       2       2       4       1,148       —       1,148  
Securities and investments
    394       173       44       40       13       38       702       23,157       23,859  
Other assets
    —       —       —       —       —       9,376       9,376       2,377       11,753  
Assets of long-term assurance funds
    —       —       —       —       —       27,180       27,180       —       27,180  
 
Total assets
    61,077       2,201       3,495       12,945       3,257       38,703       121,678       48,063       169,741  
 

Liabilities
                                                                       
Deposits by banks (1)
    (349 )     —       —       —       —       (161 )     (510 )     (17,902 )     (18,412 )
Customer accounts
    (63,690 )     (1,084 )     (2,016 )     (2,541 )     (17 )     —       (69,348 )     (9,502 )     (78,850 )
Debt securities in issue
    (7,991 )     (1,003 )     (444 )     (3,332 )     (252 )     —       (13,022 )     (8,947 )     (21,969 )
Subordinated liabilities and other long-term capital instruments
    (405 )     —       (388 )     (1,328 )     (3,057 )     (704 )     (6,082 )     —       (6,082 )
Other liabilities
    —       —       —       —       —       (5,431 )     (5,432 )     (6,381 )     (11,812 )
Funding of trading book
    5,331       —       —       —       —       —       5,331       (5,331 )     —  
Liabilities of long-term assurance funds
    —       —       —       —       —       (27,180 )     (27,180 )     —       (27,180 )
Minority interests – non-equity
    —       —       —       —       —       (512 )     (512 )     —       (512 )
Shareholders’ funds
                                                                       
– non-equity
    —       —       —       —       —       (632 )     (632 )     —       (632 )
– equity
    —       —       —       —       —       (4,292 )     (4,292 )     —       (4,292 )
 
Total liabilities
    (67,104 )     (2,087 )     (2,848 )     (7,401 )     (3,326 )     (38,912 )     (121,678 )     (48,063 )     (169,741 )
 
Off-balance sheet items (3)
    (5,295 )     1,730       1,446       (2,022 )     4,218       (77 )                        
Interest rate repricing gap
    (11,322 )     1,844       2,093       3,522       4,149       (286 )                        
2004 Cumulative gap
    (1,322 )     (9,478 )     (7,385 )     (3,863 )     286       —                          
 
2003 Cumulative gap
    (6,760 )     (7,356 )     (6,309 )     2,511       691       —       —       —       —  
 


(1)   Non-interest bearing items within Loans and advances to banks and Deposits by banks include items in the course of collection and items in the course of transmission, respectively. These are short-term receipts and payments within the UK retail banking clearing system. The remaining non-interest bearing item within Loans and advances to banks relates to the interest free deposit maintained with the Bank of England.
 
(2)   Non-interest bearing items within Loans and advances to customers relate to non-accruing lendings after deduction of associated provisions.
 
(3)   Off-balance sheet items are classified in the table above according to the interest terms contained in the contracts.

Negative gaps are liability sensitive and, all other things being equal, would indicate a benefit if interest rates decline. A positive gap is asset sensitive and, all other things being equal, would indicate a benefit if interest rates increase. Gap positions shown within the interest rate repricing table are attributable to the balance sheet management of the Abbey’s capital, low rate and non-interest bearing liabilities, aimed at reducing income volatility. Fixed rate assets and liabilities are hedged in line with a broadly risk neutral management objective. A notional allocation of liabilities has been made to the trading book for the purposes of the gap table. Such an allocation represents the proportion of general funding supporting the trading book.

     A number of Abbey non-trading assets and liabilities are subject to more complex repricing than can be reflected in the above table or repriced with reference to indices other than interest rates. The market risk exposure is minimised through the use of matching derivatives. The risks associated with such instruments, and their hedges, are reflected in note 51 to the financial statements.

143


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Foreign exchange risk

Abbey’s main overseas operations are in the US. The main operating (or ‘functional’) currencies of its operations are therefore sterling, euro and US dollar. As Abbey prepares its Consolidated Financial Statements in sterling, these will be affected by movements in the euro/sterling and dollar/sterling exchange rates. The structural currency exposures contained in Abbey’s Consolidated Balance Sheet is predominantly affected by movements in the exchange rates between the euro and sterling. This structural currency exposure is not the same as structural market risk which arises from a variety of exposures inherent in a product or portfolio. Translation gains and losses arising from these exposures are recognised in the Statements of total recognised gains and losses.

     Abbey mitigates the effect of this exposure by financing a significant proportion of its net investments in its overseas operations with borrowings in the currency of the local operation.

     Abbey’s structural currency exposures at 31 December 2004 were as follows:

                                 
            Borrowings              
    Net     hedging net     Net structural     Net structural  
    investments in     investment in     currency     currency  
    operations     overseas     exposures     exposures  
    2004     operations 2004     2004     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Euro – Subsidiary
    —       —       —       (17 )
– Branches
    (1 )     —       (1 )     (29 )
Other non-sterling amounts
    1       —       1       1  
 
 
    —       —       —       (45 )
 

Abbey also has some transactional (or non-structural) currency exposures. Such exposures arise from the activities of Abbey where the operating unit undertakes activities in currencies other than the unit’s functional currency. Where such activities show currency mismatches between assets and liabilities, Abbey uses a variety of derivative products to eliminate some or all of the currency risk depending on the amount and nature of the transaction. Controls are in place to limit the size of Abbey’s open transactional foreign exchange positions.

     Certain transactional currency exposures give rise to net currency gains and losses which are recognised in the Profit and Loss Account. Such exposures comprise the monetary assets and monetary liabilities of Abbey that are not denominated in the functional currency of the operating unit involved, other than certain non-sterling borrowings treated as hedges of net investments in overseas operations (as shown in the above table). Transactional currency exposures are stated net of derivatives used to hedge currency risk.

     Abbey’s transactional currency exposures at 31 December 2004 and 2003 were as follows:

                                         
    2004 — Net foreign currency monetary assets/(liabilities)  
    Sterling     US Dollar     Euro     Other     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Sterling
    n/a       527       70       32       629  
Euro
    88       —       n/a       —       88  
 
 
    88       527       70       32       717  
 
                                         
    2003 — Net foreign currency monetary assets/(liabilities)  
    Sterling     US Dollar     Euro     Other     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Sterling
    n/a       268       (20 )     32       280  
Euro
    81       —       n/a       —       81  
 
 
    81       268       (20 )     32       361  
 

Certain areas of the business generate a significant proportion of their income in currencies other than the functional currency, and may use forward foreign exchange contracts to fix the functional currency equivalent of their forecast income. The outstanding nominal amount of such transactions at 31 December 2004 was nil.

144


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

51. Derivatives

Derivative financial instruments (derivatives) are contracts or agreements whose value is derived from one or more underlying indices or asset values inherent in the contract or agreement. They include interest rate, cross-currency, equity and other index swaps, forward rate agreements, futures, caps, floors, options, swaptions, credit default and total return swaps, equity index contracts and exchange traded interest rate futures and equity index options. Derivatives are used for trading and non-trading purposes. These terms are defined in Accounting policies – Derivatives.

Non-trading derivatives

The main non-trading derivatives are interest rate and cross-currency swaps, and credit default swaps, which are used to hedge Abbey’s exposures to interest rates, credit spread movements and exchange rates inherent in non-trading assets, liabilities and positions, including fixed rate lending and structured savings products within banking and saving segments and medium term note issues, capital issues and fixed rate asset purchases within Abbey National Treasury Services.

     The following table illustrates activities undertaken by Abbey, the related risks associated with such activities and the types of derivatives used in managing such risks. Such risks may also be managed using on-balance sheet instruments as part of an integrated approach to risk management.

         
Activity   Risk   Type of Hedge
 
Management of the return on variable rate assets financed by shareholders’ funds and net non-interest bearing liabilities.
  Reduced profitability due to falls in interest rates.   Receive fixed interest rate swaps.
 
Fixed rate lending and investments.
  Sensitivity to increases in interest rates.   Pay fixed interest rate swaps.
 
Fixed rate retail and wholesale funding.
  Sensitivity to falls in interest rates.   Receive fixed interest rate swaps.
 
Equity-linked retail funding.
  Sensitivity to increases in equity market indices.   Receive equity swaps.
 
Management of other net interest income on retail activities.
  Sensitivity of returns to changes in interest rates.   Interest rate swaps and caps/floors according to the type of risk identified.
 
Profits earned in foreign currency.
  Sensitivity to strengthening of sterling against other currencies.   Forward foreign exchange contracts.
 
Investment in foreign currency assets.
  Sensitivity to strengthening of sterling against other currencies.   Cross-currency and foreign exchange swaps. Foreign currency funding.
 
Issuance of products with embedded equity options.
  Sensitivity to changes in underlying rate and rate volatility causing option exercise.   Interest rate swaps combined with equity options.
 
Lending and investments.
  Sensitivity to weakening credit quality.   Purchase credit default and total return swaps.
 
Investment in, and issuance of, products with embedded interest rate options.
  Sensitivity to changes in underlying rate and rate volatility causing option exercise.   Interest rate swaps plus caps/floors, and other matched options.
 
Investment in, and issuance of, bonds with put/call features.
  Sensitivity to changes in rates causing option exercise.   Interest rate swaps combined with swaptions (1) and other matched options.
 
Firm commitments (e.g. asset purchases, issues arranged).
  Sensitivity to changes in rates between arranging a transaction and completion.   Hedges are arranged at the time of commitments if there is exposure to rate movements.
 


(1)   A swaption is an option on a swap which gives the holder the right but not the obligation to buy or sell a swap.
 
(2)   Exchange-traded derivatives may additionally be used as hedges in any of the above activities in lieu of interest rate swaps.

Derivative products which are combinations of more basic derivatives (such as swaps with embedded option features), or which have leverage features, may be used in circumstances where the underlying position being hedged contains the same risk features. In such cases the derivative used will be structured to match the risks of the underlying asset or liability. Exposure to market risk on such contracts is therefore hedged.

     The following tables show the contract or underlying principal amounts, positive and negative market values and related book values of derivatives held for non-trading purposes at 31 December 2004 and 2003. Contract or underlying principal amounts indicate the volume of business outstanding at the balance sheet date and do not represent amounts at risk. The fair values represent the amount at which a contract could be exchanged in an arm’s length transaction, calculated at market rates current at the balance sheet date. The positive and negative market values of the derivatives should not be viewed in isolation because they are substantially matched by negative and positive market values, respectively, on the assets, liabilities and positions being hedged.

145


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                         
    Group  
    2004     2004             2004     2004  
    Contract or     Positive     2004     Negative     Related  
    underlying     market     Related     market     book  
    principal (1)     values (2)     book value     values (2)     value  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Exchange rate contracts:
                                       
Cross-currency swaps
    23,311       761       240       1,440       359  
Foreign exchange swaps and forwards
    1,194       7       —       —       —  
Foreign exchange options
    —       —       —       —       —  
 
 
    24,505       768       240       1,440       359  
 
Interest rate contracts:
                                       
Interest rate swaps
    49,143       1,136       374       376       66  
Caps, floors and swaptions
    1,707       6       16       1       —  
Futures (exchange traded)
    —       —       —       —       —  
Forward rate agreements
    —       —       —       —       —  
 
 
    50,850       1,142       390       377       66  
 
Equity and commodity contracts:
                                       
Equity index options and similar products
    256       —       —       140       —  
Equity and commodity index swaps
    418       18       —       50       —  
 
 
    674       18       —       190       —  
 
 
    76,029       1,928       630       2,007       425  
 
                                         
    Group  
    2003     2003             2003     2003  
    Contract or     Positive     2003     Negative     Related  
    underlying     market     Related     market     book  
    principal (1)     values (2)     book value     values (2)     value  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Exchange rate contracts:
                                       
Cross-currency swaps
    22,214       928       124       1,380       183  
Foreign exchange swaps and forwards
    1,630       —       8       —       —  
Foreign exchange options
    —       —       —       —       —  
 
 
    23,844       928       132       1,380       183  
 
Interest rate contracts:
                                       
Interest rate swaps
    69,433       2,067       650       1,432       362  
Caps, floors and swaptions
    2,484       21       37       1       —  
Futures (exchange traded)
    4,907       —       —       —       —  
Forward rate agreements
    2,213       —       —       —       —  
 
 
    79,037       2,088       687       1,433       362  
 
Equity and commodity contracts:
                                       
Equity index options and similar products
    257       —       —       86       —  
Equity and commodity index swaps
    673       22       9       20       3  
 
 
    930       22       9       106       3  
 
 
    103,811       3,038       828       2,919       548  
 


(1)   Included in the above analysis of non-trading derivatives are exchange rate contracts, interest rate contracts and equity and commodity contracts, with underlying principal amounts of £1,644m, (2003: £1,574m), £17,936m (2003: £47,685m) and £333m (2003: £363m), respectively, which were undertaken by Group entities with Abbey National Financial Products. The total net positive market value of such contracts amounted to £505m (2003: net positive £189m). Associated contracts which Abbey National Financial Products transacted with external counterparties are included in the analysis of trading derivatives. Net positive market values of £505m (2003: net positive £189m) on all contracts held by Abbey National Financial Products with other Group entities are included within Other assets.
 
(2)   Positive market values arise where the present value of cash inflows exceeds the present value of cash outflows on a contract-by-contract basis. Negative market values arise where the present value of cash outflows exceeds the present value of cash inflows on a contract-by-contract basis.

The following table analyses over-the-counter (OTC) and other non-exchange traded derivatives held for non-trading purposes by remaining maturity:

                                 
    Group  
    Contract or             Contract or        
    underlying             underlying        
    principal     Replacement cost     principal     Replacement cost  
    2004     2004     2003     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Non-trading derivatives maturing:
                               
In not more than one year
    26,673       286       36,368       806  
In more than one year but not more than five years
    38,727       912       47,672       1,257  
In more than five years
    10,629       730       14,864       975  
 
 
    76,029       1,928       98,904       3,038  
 

146


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

The following table shows, by nominal amount, the activity in interest rate and cross currency swaps entered into for hedging purposes, with third parties and Abbey National Financial Products (ANFP).

                                                 
    2004     2003  
    Interest     Cross             Interest     Cross        
    rate     currency             rate     currency        
    swaps     swaps     Total     swaps     swaps     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January (third party contracts)
    20,011       20,641       40,652       46,219       22,252       68,471  
At 1 January (contracts with) ANFP
    49,422       1,573       50,995       53,320       1,597       54,917  
New contracts
    25,618       3,924       29,542       22,362       5,483       27,845  
Acquisitions of subsidiary undertakings
    —       —       —       —       —       —  
Matured and amortised contracts
    (8,926 )     (2,237 )     (11,163 )     (32,416 )     (2,636 )     (35,052 )
Terminated contracts
    (5,776 )     (587 )     (6,363 )     (14,502 )     (4,430 )     (18,932 )
Effect of foreign exchange rate and other movements
    280       (74 )     206       (1,652 )     (28 )     (1,680 )
Net (decrease) increase in contracts with ANFP
    (31,486 )     71       (31,415 )     (3,898 )     (24 )     (3,922 )
 
At 31 December
    49,143       23,311       72,454       69,433       22,214       91,647  
 

Abbey uses interest rate swaps and cross-currency swaps predominantly for hedging fixed-rate assets and liabilities so that they become, in effect, floating-rate assets and liabilities. For interest rate swaps and cross-currency swaps used for these purposes, the weighted average pay fixed rates, receive fixed rates, pay variable rates and receive variable rates by maturity and contract amount at 31 December 2004 were as follows:

                                                                 
    Pay fixed     Receive fixed     Pay variable     Receive variable  
    Nominal             Nominal             Nominal             Nominal        
    amount     Rate     amount     Rate     amount     Rate     amount     Rate  
    £m     %     £m     %     £m     %     £m     %  
 
Contracts maturing: (1)
                                                               
Less than one year
    4,449       4.32       11,822       3.99       22,076       3.83       15,315       4.12  
One to three years
    2,787       4.87       1,768       5.02       14,797       3.46       15,811       4.11  
Three to five years
    1,812       5.01       1,275       6.32       15,500       4.14       16,086       4.61  
Over five years
    2,126       6.06       5,090       7.24       8,067       5.05       4,941       4.37  
 
 
    11,174               19,955               60,440               52,153          
 


(1)   For the purpose of this analysis, the maturity date has been taken to be the date when the contract expires.

The total pay fixed nominal amount comprises £11,133m in respect of interest rate swaps and £41m in respect of cross-currency swaps. The total receive fixed nominal amount comprises £18,178m in respect of interest rate swaps and £1,777m in respect of cross-currency swaps. The total pay variable nominal amount comprises £38,008m in respect of interest rate swaps and £22,432m in respect of cross-currency swaps. The total receive variable nominal amount comprises £30,964m in respect of interest rate swaps and £21,189m in respect of cross-currency swaps.

     A difference arises when comparing nominal contract assets and nominal contract liabilities. Whereas with single currency swaps there are equal and opposite nominal balances on either side of the swap leg, this is not necessarily the case with cross-currency swaps. At contract date sterling equivalent nominal amounts should be equal and opposite, however, subsequent exchange rate movements will result in divergence in the nominal amounts. This exchange rate divergence explains the difference between nominal contract asset balances and nominal contract liability balances.

     The weighted average interest rates presented in the tables above reflect interest rates in a range of currencies. These rates should not be analysed in isolation from the rates on the underlying instruments. The effect of hedges has been included in the average interest rates presented in the Average balance sheet included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

     The contract amount of each type of end-use contract (excluding cross-currency swaps and interest rate swaps which are included in the swaps detailed above) at 31 December 2004 are set forth by currency in the table below. Of these contracts £1,194m mature within one year and £2,381m mature after one year.

                                         
    Contract type by nominal amount  
    Forward foreign                          
    exchange and foreign     Forward rate     Options caps and     Futures (exchange        
    exchange swaps     agreements     floors (OTC) (1)     traded)     Equity contracts  
2004   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Sterling
    543       —       1,707       —       355  
US dollars
    522       —       —       —       43  
Euro
    120       —       —       —       288  
Hong Kong dollar
    —       —       —       —       —  
Switzerland franc
    9       —       —       —       8  
 
Total
    1,194       —       1,707       —       674  
 


    (1) All over-the-counter option contracts are in respect of interest related instruments.

147


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Trading derivatives

The following table sets forth the contract or underlying principal (nominal) amounts, positive market values and negative market values of derivatives held for trading purposes at 31 December 2004 and 2003.

                                                 
    Group  
    Contract or     Positive     Negative     Contract or     Positive     Negative  
    underlying     market values     market values     underlying     market values     market values  
    principal 2004     2004     2004     principal 2003     2003     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Exchange rate contracts:
                                               
Cross-currency swaps
    8,817       194       393       10,572       253       428  
Foreign exchange swaps and forwards
    3,533       13       164       19,399       76       72  
 
 
    12,350       207       557       29,971       329       500  
 
Interest rate contracts:
                                               
Interest rate swaps
    377,931       8,350       8,694       380,989       8,254       8,794  
Caps, floors and swaptions
    54,074       824       765       56,436       771       796  
Futures (exchange traded)
    1,069       —       —       5,348       32       28  
Forward rate agreements
    2,290       —       —       4,547       2       1  
 
 
    435,364       9,174       9,459       447,320       9,059       9,619  
 
Equity and credit contracts:
                                               
Equity index and similar products
    15,696       581       1,750       11,561       538       2,535  
Equity index options (exchange traded)
    3,487       128       127       8,363       70       301  
Credit default swaps and similar products
    17,156       90       80       16,171       103       74  
 
 
    36,339       799       1,957       36,095       711       2,910  
 
Total
    484,053       10,180       11,973       513,386       10,099       13,029  
 
Effect of netting
            (8,308 )     (8,308 )             (8,456 )     (8,456 )
Fair values of contracts between ANFP and other Group entities (1)
            505       —               —       189  
 
Amount included in Other assets/Other liabilities
            2,377       3,665               1,643       4,762  
 


(1)   Associated contracts which Abbey National Financial Products has transacted with external counterparties are included in the analysis of trading derivatives.

Positive fair values arise where gross positive fair values exceed gross negative fair values on a contract-by-contract basis. This equates to net replacement cost. Negative fair values arise where gross negative fair values exceed gross positive fair values on a contract-by-contract basis. The totals of positive and negative fair values arising on trading derivatives at 31 December 2004 have been netted where the Group has a legal right of offset with the relevant counterparty.

     All exchange-traded instruments are subject to cash requirements under the standard margin arrangements applied by the individual exchanges. Such instruments are not subject to significant credit risk.

     Abbey National Treasury Services plc has a mandate to deal in credit derivatives. Abbey National Treasury Services plc acts as principal under this mandate, and takes a fee for guaranteeing the counterparty against the default of the senior obligations of a third party. Amounts in respect of non-trading credit derivative contracts are included under note 46, Guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security.

     Substantially all of Abbey’s over-the-counter derivatives activity is contracted with financial institutions.

     The following table analyses replacement cost for over-the-counter and other non-exchange traded derivatives with positive market values held for trading purposes by remaining maturity before netting:

                                 
    Group  
    Contacts or             Contacts or        
    underlying     Replacement     underlying     Replacement  
    principal cost     cost     principal cost     cost  
    2004     2004     2003     2003  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Trading derivatives maturing (before netting):
                               
In not more than one year
    80,237       820       105,884       1,018  
In more than one year but not more than five years
    222,234       3,470       219,871       3,914  
In more than five years
    177,026       5,762       173,920       5,065  
 
 
    479,497       10,052       499,675       9,997  
 

148


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Unrecognised gains and losses on financial assets and financial liabilities resulting from hedge accounting

Gains and losses on financial instruments used for hedging are not recognised until the exposure that is being hedged is itself recognised. Unrecognised gains and losses on instruments used for hedging are as follows:

                         
                    Group  
    2004     2004     2004  
    Gains     Losses     Net gains  
    £m     £m     (losses)  
                    £m  
 
Gains and losses expected to be recognised:
                       
In one year or less
    209       (89 )     120  
After one year
    1,328       (1,732 )     (404 )
 
 
    1,537       (1,821 )     (284 )
 
                         
                    Group  
    2003     2003     2003  
    Gains     Losses     Net gains (losses)  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Gains and losses expected to be recognised:
                       
In one year or less
    633       (423 )     210  
After one year
    1,561       (2,071 )     (510 )
 
 
    2,194       (2,494 )     (300 )
 

The net gain unrecognised as at the start of the year and recognised during the year was £210m (2003: £129m).

Deferred gains and losses on financial assets and financial liabilities resulting from hedge accounting

Deferred balances relating to settled derivatives and other financial transactions previously used as hedges will be released to the profit and loss account in the same periods as the income and expense flows from the underlying hedged transactions. The movement in the period is as follows:

                         
                    Group  
                    Total net gains  
    Gains     Losses     (losses)  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    46       (11 )     35  
Previous year’s deferred gains and losses recognised in the year
    (4 )     1       (3 )
Gains and losses deferred in the year
    13       (48 )     (35 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    55       (58 )     (3 )
 
Gains and losses expected to be recognised:
                       
In one year or less
    41       (7 )     34  
After one year
    14       (51 )     (37 )
 
 
    55       (58 )     (3 )
 

52. Consolidated cash flow statement

a) Reconciliation of (loss)/profit before tax to net cash inflow from operating activities

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax
    273       (686 )     (984 )
Decrease in interest receivable and prepaid expenses
    192       531       540  
(Decrease)/increase in interest payable and accrued expenses
    735       26       (25 )
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    (35 )     474       514  
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    233       104       50  
Net advances written off
    (293 )     (267 )     (289 )
Decrease before tax from Long-term Assurance business
    (76 )     202       311  
Depreciation and amortisation
    252       401       1,585  
Income from associated undertakings
    (6 )     (12 )     (17 )
Profit on sale of subsidiary and associated undertakings
    (46 )     (89 )     (48 )
Profit/(loss) on sale of tangible fixed assets and investments
    128       497       55  
Effect of other deferrals and accruals of cash flows from operating activities
    (303 )     (278 )     190  
 
Net cash inflow from trading activities
    1,054       903       1,882  
Net (increase)/decrease in loans and advances to banks and customers
    (4,295 )     (10,943 )     (5,104 )
Net (increase)/decrease in investment in finance leases
    77       (13 )     404  
Net (increase)/decrease in bills and securities
    6,380       1,115       (5,643 )
Net (decrease) in deposits and customer accounts
    602       (3,291 )     (369 )
Net (decrease) in debt securities in issue
    (2,030 )     (21,778 )     (4,432 )
Net increase in other liabilities less assets
    (3,175 )     1,947       2,006  
Exchange movements
    (633 )     (618 )     304  
 
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities
    (2,019 )     (32,678 )     (10,952 )
 

149

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Exchange movements represent exchange movements on cash balances and investing and financing activities. The movements are not indicative of Abbey’s exposure to foreign exchange risk on these items, because foreign currency positions in such balances are substantially hedged by other on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet foreign currency amounts. All other exchange movements, including movements on hedges, are included in the relevant captions in the above reconciliation.

b) Analysis of the balances of cash as shown in the balance sheet

Included in the balance sheet are the following amounts of cash:

                         
            Loans and        
            advances to        
    Cash and     other banks        
    balances with     repayable on        
    central banks     demand     Total  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    439       3,089       3,528  
Net cash inflow/(outflow)
    15       (203 )     (188 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    454       2,886       3,340  
 
At 1 January 2003
    396       2,698       3,094  
Net cash inflow
    43       391       434  
 
At 31 December 2003
    439       3,089       3,528  
 
At 1 January 2002
    494       5,452       5,946  
Net cash (outflow)
    (98 )     (2,754 )     (2,852 )
 
At 31 December 2002
    396       2,698       3,094  
 

Abbey is required to maintain balances with the Bank of England which at 31 December 2004 amounted to £131m (2003: £127m, 2002: £131m). These are shown in loans and advances to banks, and are not included in cash for the purposes of the Cash Flow Statement.

c) Analysis of changes in financing during the year

                                         
    Share     Non-equity     Sub-     Other long-term        
    capital inc.     minority     ordinated     capital        
    share premium     interests     liabilities     instruments     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 1 January 2004
    2,522       554       6,337       742       10,155  
Net cash (outflow) from financing
    13       —       (813 )     —       (800 )
Shares issued for a non-cash consideration
    101       —       —       —       101  
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
    —       (42 )     (164 )     (20 )     (226 )
 
At 31 December 2004
    2,636       512       5,360       722       9,230  
 
At 1 January 2003
    2,626       627       6,532       771       10,556  
Net cash (outflow) from financing
    (122 )     (15 )     (56 )     —       (193 )
Shares issued for a non-cash consideration
    18       —       —       —       18  
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
    —       (58 )     (139 )     (29 )     (226 )
 
At 31 December 2003
    2,522       554       6,337       742       10,155  
 
At 1 January 2002
    2,520       681       6,590       297       10,088  
Net cash inflow from financing
    17       15       170       485       687  
Shares issued for a non-cash consideration
    82       —       —       —       82  
Capitalised on exercise of share options
    7       —       —       —       7  
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes
    —       (69 )     (228 )     (11 )     (308 )
 
At 31 December 2002
    2,626       627       6,532       771       10,556  
 

150

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

d) Acquisitions of subsidiary undertakings and purchase of businesses

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Net assets acquired:
                       
Loans and advances to banks
    —       —       —  
Loans and advances to customers
    —       —       281  
Operating lease assets
    —       —       —  
Tangible fixed assets
    —       —       —  
Other assets
    —       —       6  
Debt securities
    —       —       —  
Long-term assurance business
    —       —       —  
Assets of Long-term assurance funds
    —       —       —  
Customer accounts
    —       —       —  
Deposits by banks
    —       —       (50 )
Debt securities in issue
    —       —       (31 )
Provisions for liabilities and charges
    —       —       (2 )
Other liabilities
    —       —       (8 )
Liabilities of long-term assurance funds
    —       —       —  
Goodwill on acquisitions
    —       —       8  
 
 
    —       —       204  
 
Satisfied by:
                       
Cash
    —       —       1,597  
Deferred cash/loan notes*
    —       —       (1,393 )
 
 
    —       —       204  
 

*   Such items relate to the consideration for the settlement of Scottish Provident of £1,393m settled in cash and £220m in loan notes at the option of the members during 2002.

e) Analysis of the net outflow of cash in respect of acquisitions of subsidiary undertakings and purchase of businesses

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Cash consideration
    —       —       1,597  
 

f) Sale of subsidiary, associated undertakings and businesses

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Net assets disposed of:
                       
Cash at bank and in hand
    —       11       —  
Loans and advances to banks
    9       26       10  
Loans and advances to customers
    2,423       7,780       21  
Net investment in finance leases
    1,349       887       887  
Debt securities
    6       16       —  
Equity shares and other similar interests
            —       —  
Other assets
    36       144       54  
Prepayments and accrued income
    2       —       —  
Tangible fixed assets
    1       14       1  
Operating lease assets
    —       75       362  
Interests in associated undertakings
            —       —  
Deposits by banks
    (386 )     (56 )     (12 )
Customer accounts
    —       (1 )     —  
Debt Securities in Issue
    —       (23 )     —  
Other liabilities
    (107 )     (74 )     (107 )
Accruals and deferred income
    (17 )     —       —  
Provisions for liabilities and charges
    (194 )     (266 )     (262 )
Goodwill disposed of
    6       2       46  
Goodwill written back
    6       190       13  
Profit on disposal
    46       89       48  
 
 
    3,180       8,814       1,061  
 
Satisfied by:
                       
Cash
    3,180       8,814       1,061  
 

g) Analysis of the net inflow of cash in respect of the sale of subsidiary and associated undertakings

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Cash received as consideration
    3,180       8,814       1,061  
Cash disposed of
    —       (11 )     —  
 
Net cash inflow in respect of sale of subsidiary and associated undertakings
    3,180       8,803       1,061  
 

151

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

53. Retirement benefits

The Abbey National Amalgamated Pension Fund, Abbey National Group Pension Scheme, Abbey National Associated Bodies Pension Fund, Scottish Mutual Assurance Staff Pension Scheme, Scottish Provident Institutional Staff Pension Fund and National and Provincial Building Society Pension Fund are the principal pension schemes within Abbey, covering 62% (2003: 70%) of Abbey’s employees, and are all funded defined benefits schemes. All are closed schemes, thus under the projected unit method the current service cost will increase as members of the schemes reach retirement.

     Formal actuarial valuations of the assets and liabilities of the schemes are carried out on a triennial basis by an independent professionally qualified actuary. The latest formal actuarial valuation was made at 31 March 2002 for the Amalgamated Fund, Associated Bodies Fund and Group Pension Scheme, and the Scottish Provident Institution Staff Pension Fund, 31 March 2003 for the National and Provincial Building Society Pension Fund and 31 December 2003 for the Scottish Mutual Assurance Staff Pension Scheme. In addition, there is an annual review by the appointed actuary. The results of these reviews are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The main long-term financial assumptions, as stated in absolute terms, used in the 2004 annual review were:

                 
    2004     2003  
    Nominal per annum     Nominal per annum  
    %     %  
 
Investment returns
    6.4       6.6  
Pension increases
    2.5       2.5  
General salary increase
    4.0       4.0  
General price inflation
    2.5       2.5  
 

At the latest actuarial review date, the market value of the combined assets was £2,280m and the combined funding level was 80.6%. All of the pension fund liabilities are valued on an actuarial basis using the projected unit method. In the period ended 31 December 2004, the employer’s contribution rates to the schemes ranged between 9.9% and 49.2%. In consultation with the actuary, the agreed contribution rates for future years range from 9.8% to 52.6%.

     As shown in the table below, the pension cost reflects the regular contribution rate less amounts in respect of the surplus or deficit being recognised over the expected remaining service lives of the members of all Abbey’s schemes in accordance with SSAP 24, Accounting for pension costs. Surpluses or deficits are amortised on the basis of a percentage of payroll to align with contribution rates. The pension cost charged to the Profit and Loss Account for the year was as follows:

                 
            Group  
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Regular cost
    66       75  
Amortisation of surpluses arising on pension schemes
    —       —  
Amortisation of deficits arising on pension schemes
    50       45  
Amortisation of surplus arising from fair value adjustment on acquisition of National and Provincial
    2       2  
 
Charged to profit and loss account (note 38)
    118       122  
 

During 2004 an additional £31m (2003: £15) was paid to the schemes in respect of contractual termination benefits arising from restructuring. In addition £4m (2003: £6m) was contributed to defined contribution and overseas pensions schemes.

     Balances representing the difference between amounts paid to the respective pension schemes of Abbey and any amounts charged to the Profit and Loss Account, in accordance with SSAP 24, are included in the Balance Sheet. At 31 December 2004, an asset of £21m (2003: £23m) and a liability of £40m (2003: £38m) have been included in the balance sheet accordingly. In addition, included in other assets at 31 December 2004 was an amount of £14m (2003: £15m) in respect of the unamortised pension scheme surplus assessed at the date the business of National and Provincial was purchased. This was based on an actuarial assessment of the scheme at that date and is included in the Balance Sheet in accordance with FRS 17. This balance is being amortised over the average remaining service lives of employees in the scheme as shown above.

     During 2004 an additional £31m (2003: £15m) was paid to the scheme in respect of contractual termination benefits arising from restructuring and various business disposals.

Additional disclosures required under the transition provisions of FRS 17:

Disclosures required under the transition provisions of FRS 17 are included below.

     The main long-term financial assumptions, as stated in absolute terms, under the provisions of FRS 17 are as follows:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    Nominal per annum     Nominal per annum     Nominal per annum  
    %     %     %  
 
Discount rate for scheme liabilities
    5.4       5.5       5.75  
Pension and deferred pension increases
    2.8       2.7       2.4  
General salary increase
    4.3       4.2       3.9  
General price inflation
    2.8       2.7       2.4  
 

152

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

The fair value of the assets held by the pension schemes at 31 December 2004, and the expected rate of return for each class of assets for the current period, is as follows:

                                                 
            2004             2003             2002  
    Expected rate of     Fair     Expected rate of     Fair     Expected rate of     Fair  
    return     value     return     value     return     value  
    %     £m     %     £m     %     £m  
 
Equities
    7.25       1,265       7.25       1,150       8.0       1,477  
Bonds
    5.0       1,076       5.2       1,025       4.5       326  
Others
    5.0       152       4.4       30       4.0       77  
 
 
            2,493               2,205               1,880  
 

Pension fund liabilities are valued on an actuarial basis using the projected unit method and pension assets are stated at their fair value.

     The net pension scheme deficit measured under FRS 17 at 31 December 2004 comprised the following:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Total market value of assets
    2,493       2,205       1,880  
Present value of scheme liabilities
    (3,689 )     (3,306 )     (2,722 )
FRS 17 scheme deficit
    (1,196 )     (1,101 )     (842 )
Related deferred tax asset
    359       330       253  
 
Net FRS 17 scheme deficit
    (837 )     (771 )     (589 )
 

The following amounts would be reflected in the Profit and Loss Account and statement of total recognised gains and losses on implementation of FRS 17:

                 
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Amount that would be charged to operating profits:
               
Current service cost
    120       118  
Past service cost
    24       15  
Gains on settlements
    (4 )     (13 )
 
Total operating charge
    140       120  
Amount that would be credited to finance income:
               
Expected return on pension scheme assets
    (139 )     (140 )
Interest on pension scheme liabilities
    182       160  
 
Net return
    43       20  
 
Amount that would be recognised in the statement of total recognised gains and losses:
               
Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets
    104       94  
Experience gains and losses arising on scheme liabilities
    (10 )     31  
Gains arising from changes in assumptions underlying the present value of scheme liabilities
    (162 )     (359 )
 
Actuarial (loss)
    (68 )     (234 )
 
                 
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Movement on pension scheme deficits during the year:
               
Deficit at 1 January
    (1,101 )     (842 )
Current service cost
    (120 )     (118 )
Contributions
    156       115  
Past service cost
    (24 )     (15 )
Gain on settlements
    4       13  
Other finance income
    (43 )     (20 )
Actuarial (loss)
    (68 )     (234 )
 
Deficit at 31 December
    (1,196 )     (1,101 )
 
                 
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
History of experience gains/(losses)
               
Difference between expected and actual return on scheme assets:
               
Amount (£m)
    104       94  
Percentage (%) of scheme assets
    4.2       4.3  
Experience gains/(losses) on scheme liabilities:
               
Amount (£m)
    (10 )     31  
Percentage (%) of the present value of scheme liabilities
    0.3       0.9  
Total gain/(loss) recognised:
               
Gain/(loss) on change of assumptions
    (68 )     (234 )
Percentage (%) of the present value of scheme liabilities
    1.8       7.1  
 

153

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

If the full provisions of FRS 17 were reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Group Profit and Loss Account reserve of £1,981m would be reduced by £834m (2003: £787m) to £1,147m (2003: £1,740m). This reduction reflects the FRS 17 position shown above and the reversal of the remaining unamortised asset relating to the surplus in the National and Provincial pension fund at acquisition.

54. Directors’ emoluments and interests

Further details of Directors’ emoluments and interests are included in the Directors’ Report on pages 83 to 91.

     Ex gratia pensions paid to former Directors and the spouses of deceased Directors of Abbey in 2004, which would have been provided for previously, amounted to £54,020 (2003: £74,199).

     Details of loans, quasi loans and credit transactions entered into or agreed by the Company or its subsidiaries with persons who are or were Directors and connected persons and officers of the Company during the year were as follows:

                 
    Number of     Aggregate amount outstanding  
    persons     £000  
 
Directors
               
Loans
    1       240  
Quasi loans
    —       —  
Credit transactions
    —       —  
 
Officers (1)
               
Loans
    —       —  
Quasi loans
    —       —  
Credit transactions
    —       —  
 


(1)   Officers are defined as the Company Secretary and those non-Board members who, during the year, were head of a division.

Such loans were made in the ordinary course of business and the mortgage loan was provided on the same terms as those to other non-affiliated persons.

     No Director had a material interest in any contract of significance, other than a service contract, with the Company or any of its subsidiaries at any time during the year. The Directors did not have any interests in shares or debentures of subsidiaries. Further disclosures relating to these transactions, as required under FRS 8, Related party disclosures, are given in note 56.

55. Share-based payments

Abbey granted share options to executive officers and employees principally under the Executive Share Option scheme, Sharesave scheme and the Employee Share Option scheme.

     Options granted under the Executive Share Option scheme are generally exercisable between the third and tenth anniversaries of the grant date, provided that certain performance criteria are met.

     Under the Sharesave scheme, eligible employees could elect to exercise their options either three, five or seven years after the grant date. See note 42 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the options granted under this scheme.

     The number of options authorised to be granted was limited to 10% of the total number of shares issued since conversion.

     The total compensation expense for equity-settled share based transactions recognised in the Profit and Loss Account was £12m (2003: £8m, 2002: £7m).

     The fair value of each option for 2004, 2003 and 2002 has been estimated as at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
 
Risk free interest rate
    3.7%-7.3 %     3.7%-7.3 %     4.2% - 7.9 %
Dividend growth, based solely upon average growth since 1989
    14 %     14 %     14 %
Volatility of underlying shares based upon historical volatility over five years
    22.7%-42.3 %     22.7%-42.3 %     22.7% - 40.0 %
Expected lives of options granted under:
                       
Employee Sharesave scheme
  3, 5 and 7 years*   3, 5 and 7 years*   3, 5 and 7 years*
Executive Share Option scheme
  6 years   6 years   6 years
Employee Share Option scheme
  5 years   5 years   5 years
 


*   For three, five and seven year schemes respectively.

The following table summarises the movement in the number of share options between those outstanding at the beginning and end of the year, together with the changes in weighted average exercise price over the same period. All of the shares options prior to 12 November 2004 relate to shares in Abbey National plc. After 12 November 2004 all share options relate to shares in Banco Santander Central Hispano, S. A. On 12 November 2004 all holders of options in ordinary shares of Abbey National plc were given the option to exercise their options, to cancel their shares in return for a cash payment or to transfer their options to options in shares of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.

154

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                                 
    Executive Share Option scheme     Employee Sharesave scheme     Employee Share Option scheme  
            Weighted average             Weighted average             Weighted average  
    Number of options     exercise price     Number of options     exercise price     Number of options     exercise price  
    granted     £     granted     £     granted     £  
 
2004
                                               
Options outstanding at the beginning of the year
    15,180,932       6.27       28,328,589       3.61       8,909,143       11.07  
Options granted before 12 November
    2,039,702       4.61       3,877,757       3.98       —       —  
Options exercised before 12 November
    (4,360,768 )     3.93       (1,727,980 )     3.51       (4,050 )     5.91  
Options forfeited before 12 November
    (12,501,022 )     6.88       (13,094,132 )     3.79       (1,666,493 )     10.28  
Options expired before 12 November
    —       —       (12,734 )     7.65       —       —  
Options outstanding at 12 November
    358,844       4.16       17,371,500       3.56       7,238,600       11.25  
Options granted after 12 November
    —       —       —       —       —       —  
Options exercised after 12 November
    —       —       (39,778 )     3.41       (6,300 )     5.91  
Options forfeited after 12 November
    —       —       (80,926 )     4.23       (150 )     5.91  
Options expired after 12 November
    —       —       —       —       (7,175,600 )     11.30  
 
Options outstanding at the year end
    358,844       4.16       17,250,796       3.56       56,550       5.91  
 
Options exercisable at the end of the year
    11,327       5.65       —       —       56,550       5.91  
 
The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the year
            0.96               0.99               —  
 
2003
                                               
Options outstanding at the beginning of the year
    8,005,206       9.15       18,173,482       6.32       10,507,253       11.08  
Options granted during the year
    8,576,826       3.80       27,113,143       3.20       —       —  
Options exercised during the year
    (114,990 )     3.98       (246,456 )     4.06       (450 )     5.91  
Options forfeited during the year
    (522,772 )     8.84       (6,574,266 )     5.10       (1,597,660 )     11.16  
Options expired during the year
    (763,338 )     7.13       (10,137,314 )     6.39       —       —  
 
Options outstanding at the end of the year
    15,180,932       6.27       28,328,589       3.61       8,909,143       11.07  
 
Options exercisable at the end of the year
    2,859,158       8.39       —       —       2,965,128       10.59  
 
The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the year
            0.52               0.38               —  
 
2002
                                               
Options outstanding at the beginning of the year
    5,366,178       8.85       18,919,108       6.02       11,335,103       11.04  
Options granted during the year
    3,822,618       9.37       4,800,602       7.95       —       —  
Options exercised during the year
    (454,919 )     6.43       (2,502,602 )     5.76       (113,100 )     5.91  
Options forfeited during the year
    (622,983 )     9.53       (2,142,906 )     7.34       (396,500 )     11.25  
Options expired during the year
    (105,688 )     11.91       (900,720 )     7.81       (318,250 )     11.25  
 
Options outstanding at the end of the year
    8,005,206       9.15       18,173,482       6.32       10,507,253       11.08  
 
Options exercisable at the end of the year
    2,098,028       9.52       39,182       4.82       561,128       5.91  
 
The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the year
            0.99               2.37               —  
 

     The following table summarises information about the options outstanding at 31 December 2004.

                                         
Executive Share Option           Options outstanding             Options exercisable  
            Weighted                      
            average     Weighted             Weighted  
    Number     remaining     average     Number     average  
    outstanding at     contractual life     exercise     exercisable at     exercise prices  
Range of exercise prices   31/12/2004     (years)     price (£)     31/12/2004     (£)  
 
Between £3 and £4
    182,474       8.25       3.73       —       —  
Between £4 and £5
    165,043       9.25       4.54       —       —  
Between £5 and £6
    11,327       0.24       5.65       11,327       5.65  
 
 
    358,844                       11,327          
 

Under the Employee Sharesave scheme, the weighted-average exercise prices of options are less than the market prices of the shares on the relevant grant dates.

                                         
Employee Share Option Scheme           Options outstanding             Options exercisable  
            Weighted                      
            average     Weighted             Weighted  
    Number     remaining     average     Number     average  
    outstanding at     contractual life     exercise     exercisable at     exercise prices  
Range of exercise prices   31/12/2004     (years)     price (£)     31/12/2004     (£)  
 
Between £5 and £6
    56,550       1.66       5.91       56,550       5.91  
 

155

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

56. Related party disclosures

a) Transactions with directors, executive officers and their close family members

Directors, executive officers and members of their close families have undertaken the following transactions with Abbey in the course of normal banking and life assurance business.

                 
            Amounts in respect of directors,  
            executive officers (1) and their  
    Number of directors and     close family members 2004  
    executive officers (1) 2004     £000  
 
Secured loans, unsecured loans and overdrafts
               
Net movements in the year
    —       226  
Balances outstanding as at 31 December
    1       240  
Deposit, bank and instant access accounts and investments
               
Net movements in the year
    (1 )     915  
Balances outstanding as at 31 December
    8       2,080  
Life assurance policies
               
Net movements in the year
    1       (57 )
Total sum insured/value of investment
    3       50  
 
                 
            Amounts in respect of directors,  
            executive officers (1) and their  
    Number of directors and     close family members 2003  
    executive officers (1) 2003     £000  
 
Secured loans, unsecured loans and overdrafts
               
Net movements in the year
    1       (375 )
Balances outstanding as at 31 December
    1       14  
Deposit, bank and instant access accounts and investments
               
Net movements in the year
    9       (3,310 )
Balances outstanding as at 31 December
    9       1,165  
Life assurance policies
               
Net movements in the year
    1       7  
Total sum insured/value of investment
    2       107  
 


(1)   Executive officers are defined as the Company Secretary and those non-Board members who during the year were head of a Division.

Directors have also undertaken sharedealing transactions through an execution only stockbroker subsidiary company of an aggregate net value of £2,280,413. The transactions were on normal business terms and standard commission rates were payable.

     Secured and unsecured loans are made to Directors, executive officers and their close family members on the same terms and conditions as applicable to other employees within Abbey.

     Amounts deposited by Directors, executive officers and their close family members earn interest at the same rates as those offered to the market or on the same terms and conditions applicable to other employees within Abbey. Such loans did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other infavourable features.

     Life assurance policies and investments are entered into by Directors, Executive Officers and their close family members on normal market terms and conditions, or on the same terms and conditions as applicable to other employees within Abbey. Abbey entered into these loan agreements in the ordinary course of business, with terms prevailing for comparable transactions with others and these did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavourable features.

b) Transactions with associated undertakings

Abbey National plc holds a 50% share in PSA Finance plc (PSA), a subsidiary of Peugeot SA. PSA is a finance organisation providing financial services to the Peugeot-Citroën car dealership network. The income receivable from Abbey’s interest in PSA amounted to £6m (2003: £12m) in the year.

     Abbey has a 25% interest in EDS Credit Services Ltd, a subsidiary of Electronic Data Systems Ltd. Electronic Data Systems Ltd is a professional services firm specialising in information technology. The income receivable from Abbey’s interest in EDS Credit Services Ltd amounted to £nil (2003: £nil) in the period.

     Balances outstanding between Abbey and associated companies at 31 December 2004 are detailed in note 32. Further details of Abbey’s interests in associated undertakings are shown in note 23.

c) Transactions with Long-term Assurance Funds

The long-term assurance funds are related parties for the purposes of this disclosure because the assets and liabilities of the long-term assurance funds are included in the Balance Sheet.

     At 31 December 2004, Abbey entities owed £666m (2003: £858m) to, and were owed £1,354m (2003: £411m) by, the long-term assurance funds. Of these respective amounts £662m (2003: £852m) relates to amounts deposited by the long-term assurance funds with non-life assurance entities, and £1,327m (2003: £376m) relates to amounts owed by the long-term assurance funds to non-life assurance entities. The remaining amounts represent balances between the long-

156

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

term assurance funds and the shareholders’ funds of the life assurance businesses. In addition, the long-term assurance funds have lent £1,930m (2003: £1,647m) of investment assets to a subsidiary of Abbey National Treasury Services under stock lending agreements at 31 December 2004.

     Included in Fees and commissions receivable in the year is an amount of £17m (2003: £27m) receivable from the long-term assurance fund of Abbey National Life plc in respect of life assurance products sold through the retail branch network, and an amount of £nil payable (2003: £272m receivable) to the long-term assurance funds of Abbey National Life and Scottish Mutual Assurance in respect of option premiums paid from/to Abbey Financial Markets.

     During the year Abbey National Financial Investment Services plc incurred costs amounting to £213m (2003: £223m) on behalf of the long-term assurance funds. All such costs were recharged to the long-term assurance funds and included within the charge to income from long-term assurance business. Included within fees and commissions receivable are management fees received by Abbey National Financial Investment Services totalling £200m (2003: £200m) from the long-term assurance funds.

     Details of transfers of funds between shareholders’ funds and long-term assurance funds are provided in note 21. Included within assets of long-term assurance funds and liabilities of long-term assurance funds are amounts owing between the long-term assurance funds of £6m (2003: £15m).

     The value of the funds’ holdings in internally managed unit trusts amounted to £4,438m (2003: £4,604m) at 31 December 2004. The unit trusts are managed by Abbey National Unit Trust Management Ltd, Scottish Mutual Investment Fund Managers Ltd, Scottish Mutual Investment Managers Ltd and Abbey National Asset Managers Ltd.

d) Subsidiary undertakings

In accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 8 “Related Party Disclosures” (“FRS 8”), transactions or balances between group entities that have been eliminated on consolidation are not reported.

e) Parent undertaking and controlling party

Since 12 November 2004 the company’s immediate and ultimate parent, and controlling party is Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. The smallest and largest group into which the Group’s results are included is the group accounts of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. copies of which may be obtained from Grupo Santander, Shareholder Department, Grupo Santander, Santander House, 100 Ludgate Hill, London EC4M 7NJ.

57. Profit/(Loss) on sale or termination of a business

As a consequence of the acquisition of Abbey by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. in November 2004, certain decisions were made to reorganise certain areas of the business. As a result, a loss of £31m has been recognised during the year in relation to the exit of particular parts of the business. A loss of £33m was recognised in 2003 as a result of Abbey’s reorganisation announced in February 2003. The total charge comprises £11m (2003: £16m) of employee redundancy costs and £20m (2003: £17m) of other costs.

                 
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Opening balance
    33       —  
Transfer to profit and loss
    31       33  
Utilised
    (15 )     —  
 
Closing balance
    49       33  
 

58. Differences between UK and US GAAP

The significant differences applicable to Abbey’s Consolidated Financial Statements are summarised below.

Goodwill

UK GAAP Goodwill arising on consolidation as a result of the acquisitions of subsidiary and associated undertakings after 1 January 1998, and goodwill arising on the purchase of businesses after 1 January 1998, is capitalised under the heading, Intangible fixed assets, and amortised over its expected useful economic life, subject to a maximum period of 20 years. Such goodwill is subject to review for impairment in accordance with FRS 11, Impairment of fixed assets and goodwill, which allows testing for impairment at the income generating unit level. The useful economic life is calculated using a valuation model which determines the period of time over which returns are expected to exceed the cost of capital. Goodwill arising on consolidation as a result of the acquisitions of subsidiary and associated undertakings prior to 1 January 1998, and goodwill which arose on the purchase of businesses prior to 1 January 1998, has previously been taken to shareholders’ funds as reserves.

US GAAP Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, requires that goodwill resulting from acquisitions be capitalised. Goodwill balances are not amortised, but are subject to an annual impairment test at a reporting unit level. Goodwill is written off to the extent that it is judged to be impaired. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 142, goodwill resulting from acquisitions was capitalised and amortised in the consolidated statement of net income over the period in which the benefits were estimated to accrue.

     In the course of 2002 Abbey recorded an impairment of £604m related to the goodwill on Scottish Provident Limited. UK GAAP requires impairment analysis at the income generating unit level. Under US GAAP, Abbey tested Scottish Provident Limited for impairment at the reporting unit level. As a result of this difference in analysis and the US GAAP book value of Scottish Provident Limited being approximately £1.4bn less due to differences in accounting for shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business, there is no similar impairment of goodwill under US GAAP.

157

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Other intangible assets

UK GAAP An intangible asset is a non-financial asset that does not have physical substance but is identifiable and controlled by the entity through custody or legal rights. Under UK GAAP, in connection with acquisitions, the values of depositor relationships, distribution channels, trademarks and brands have not been considered separately identifiable assets and are included in Goodwill.

US GAAP An intangible asset shall be recognised if it arises from contracted or other legal rights or if it is capable of being separated or divided from the acquired entity and sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged. Under US GAAP, in connection with acquisitions, the values of depositor relationships, distribution channels, trademarks and brands are considered separately identifiable assets. To the extent that such assets are recognised there are equivalent reductions in goodwill. The value ascribed to depositor relationships is amortised to net income over the average life of the depositor relationship in question. The values ascribed to distribution channels, trademarks and brands are amortised to net income over their estimated lives.

Computer software

UK GAAP Expenses on the purchase or development of computer software are charged to the Profit and Loss Account as incurred.

US GAAP The American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Statement of Position 98-1 “Accounting for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use” requires certain costs relating to software developed or obtained for internal use to be capitalised and amortised on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of the software. Capitalised software costs are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value.

Pension costs

UK GAAP Where pensions are provided by means of a funded defined benefits scheme, annual contributions are based on actuarial advice. The expected cost of providing pensions is recognised on a systematic basis over the expected average remaining service lives of the members of the scheme. Variations from regular cost are spread over the average remaining service lives of current employees on a straight-line basis.

US GAAP SFAS 87, “Employers Accounting for Pensions”, prescribes the method of actuarial valuation, which includes differences from certain assumptions used for the UK GAAP actuarial computation. In addition, assets are assessed at fair value and liabilities are assessed at current settlement rates. Certain variations from regular cost are allocated in equal amounts over the average remaining service lives of current employees.

Leasing

UK GAAP For lessors, income from finance leases, including benefits from declining tax rates, is credited to the Profit and Loss Account using the actuarial after tax method to give a constant periodic rate of return on the net cash investment. For lessees, leases are categorised as finance leases when the substance of the agreement is that of a financing transaction and the lessee assumes substantially all of the risks and benefits relating to the asset. All other leases are categorised as operating leases.

     For assets leased to customers under operating leases, income and depreciation are recognised in the Profit and Loss account using either the actuarial after-tax method or the straight-line method, depending on the nature of the operating lease.

     In connection with a sale and leaseback, for the seller/lessee, a gain on sale is recognised where the leaseback is an operating lease.

US GAAP For lessors, finance lease income is recognised so as to give a level rate of return on the investment in the lease, but without taking into account tax payments and receipts. For lessees, the general principles of UK GAAP and US GAAP are similar, however the latter has more stringent requirements to classify leases as finance leases. These requirements are outlined in SFAS 13, “Accounting for Leases”, and include, among other things, an assessment of whether the lease contains a bargain purchase option and a minimum lease term of 75% of the leased asset’s useful life. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

     For assets leased to customers under operating leases, income and depreciation are recognised in the Profit and Loss account using the straight-line method.

     In connection with a sale and leaseback, for the seller/lessee, US GAAP precludes the immediate recognition of a gain under certain conditions on a sale where the leaseback is an operating lease. Rather this gain is deferred and amortised over the life of the contract.

Shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business

UK GAAP Abbey accounts for its life assurance operations using the embedded value basis of accounting, under UK GAAP applicable to banking groups. An embedded value is an actuarially determined estimate of the economic value of a life assurance company, excluding any value which may be attributed to future new business. The embedded value is the sum of the shareholders’ share of net assets of the life assurance company and the present value of the shareholders’ share of emerging surplus from the existing business. The value of the existing business is calculated by projecting future net cash flows using appropriate economic and actuarial best estimate assumptions and the result discounted at a rate which reflects the shareholders’ overall risk premium.

     In Abbey’s balance sheet, the shareholders’ and policyholders’ interests in the long-term assurance business are shown separately as one-line items in order to reflect their different nature. The value of the long-term assurance business represents the embedded value described above. Assets of long-term assurance funds mainly consist of investments held in the long-term assurance funds either on behalf of policyholders, or which have not yet been allocated to either the policyholders or the shareholder. Liabilities of long-term assurance funds mainly comprise policyholder benefits provisions.

158

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

US GAAP Except as regards acquired blocks of business the net present value of the profits of the in-force business is not recognised under US GAAP. Contracts which cover with-profits pension (with minimal insurance risk), unitised with-profits, unit linked and annuity in payment policies are classified as universal life, investment or limited payment policies and accounted for in accordance with SFAS 97, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and Realised Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments.” Contracts for all other policies with significant mortality and/or morbidity risk including endowment, term and whole of life policies are accounted for in accordance with SFAS 60, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises.”

Revenue Recognition

UK GAAP The change in embedded value during any reported period adjusted for any dividends declared or capital injected, and grossed up at the underlying rate of corporation tax, is reflected in Abbey’s Profit and Loss Account as income from life assurance business.

US GAAP Premiums for SFAS 60 products are recognised as revenue when due from policyholders and the costs of claims are recognised when insured events occur. Acquisition costs are charged to the Profit and Loss Account in proportion to premium revenue recognised. Premiums for universal life and investment contracts are applied as increases to policyholder account balances when received. Revenues derived from these policies consist of mortality charges, policy administration charges, investment management fees and surrender charges that are deducted from the policyholder account balances. Premiums and policy charges received from customers that relate to future periods are deferred until the period to which they relate and are recorded as a deferred income liability. For limited payment contracts, the excess of the gross premium over the US GAAP net benefit premium is deferred and amortised in relation to expected future benefit payments. For investment and universal life contracts, policy charges that relate to future periods and related acquisition costs are deferred and amortised in relation to expected gross profits. Expected gross profits are projected on current best estimate assumptions with no provisions for adverse deviation. Costs of claims are recognised when insured events occur. To the extent that a reinsurance contract does not, despite its form, provide for indemnification of the insured by the reinsurer against loss or liability, the premium paid less the amount of the premium to be retained by the reinsurer is accounted for as a deposit by the insured company.

Deferred acquisition costs

UK GAAP The cost of acquiring new and renewal life assurance business is recognised in the embedded value calculation as incurred under UK GAAP applicable to banking groups.

US GAAP Under US GAAP the costs incurred by the insurer in the acquisition of new and renewal life insurance business are capitalised. These consist of the acquisition costs, principally, commissions and other variable sales costs.

     Deferred acquisition costs for SFAS 60 products are amortised in relation to premium income using assumptions consistent with those used in computing policyholder benefits provisions. Deferred acquisition costs related to investment and universal life contracts are amortised in proportion to the estimated gross profits arising from the contracts.

Policyholder liabilities

UK GAAP Future policyholder benefit provisions included in Abbey’s balance sheet are calculated, under UK GAAP applicable to banking groups, using approved actuarial methods (such as net and gross premium methods) for with-profit life insurance and other protection-type policies and are based on fund value for unitised with-profits insurance policies and investment-type policies. Net premiums are calculated using assumptions for interest, mortality, morbidity and expenses. These assumptions are determined as prudent best estimates at the date of valuation. Liabilities are not established for future annual and terminal bonus declarations.

US GAAP For SFAS 97 defined products, the liability is represented by the policyholder’s account balance before any applicable surrender charges. Policyholder benefit liabilities for products defined by SFAS 60 are developed using the net level premiums method. Assumptions for interest, mortality, morbidity withdrawals and expenses are prepared using best estimates at date of policy issue (or date of company acquisition by Abbey, if later) plus a provision for adverse deviation based on the insurer’s experience.

With-profits business

With-profits policies entitle the policyholder to participate in the surplus within the with-profits life fund of the insurance company which issued the policy. Regular bonuses are determined and declared annually by the issuing company’s Board of Directors on the advice of the with-profits actuary. Bonuses take the form of additional benefits which are only paid on termination of the policy. The bonuses that may be declared are highly correlated, over a period of time, to the overall performance of the underlying assets and liabilities of the fund in which the contract is invested over that same period of time. Bonuses are designed to provide policyholders with a share of the total performance of the fund during the period of the contract broadly consistent with the “asset share” of the individual contract.

     The contract for with-profits business written into the with-profits fund provides that approximately 90 per cent of the surplus arising from the net assets of the fund which is distributed is allocated to policyholders in the form of either annual bonuses or terminal bonuses which are allocated at the end of the contract. For unitised with-profits business written into the with-profits fund all of the surplus that is distributed is allocated to policyholders as bonus.

UK GAAP All amounts in the with-profits funds not yet allocated to policyholders or shareholders are recorded in the liabilities attributable to policyholders on Abbey’s balance sheet.

US GAAP A liability is established for undistributed policyholder allocations. The excess of assets over liabilities in the with-profits fund is allocated to the policyholders and shareholders in accordance with the proportions prescribed by the contracts. The remaining liability comprises the obligation of the insurance company to the policyholders. Any deficit arising in the with-profit fund is provided for in full.

159

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Guaranteed Annuity Options

Abbey has issued a number of with-profits pensions contracts, both regular and single premium, which have a guaranteed convertibility option on maturity, fixing a minimum rate at which conversion into an immediate annuity will be made.

UK GAAP An estimate of the fair value of the guarantee payable to the policyholders, on a net present value basis, is provided for in the liabilities of the with-profit fund.

US GAAP The guaranteed annuity option is considered to only give rise to a mortality risk when the right to purchase is exercised by the policyholder. If purchased, the annuity is a new contract and evaluated under SFAS 97 at that time. As a result of the adoption of SOP 03-1, an additional liability has been recognised to allow for potential benefits in addition to the account balance that are payable only upon annuitisation.

Investments in securities

UK GAAP Securities held for investment purposes are stated at cost adjusted for any amortisation of premium or discount. Provision is made for any impairment in value.

     All securities not held for investment purposes are stated at fair value and profits and losses arising from this revaluation are taken to the profit and loss account. Debt and Equity securities are periodically reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine whether any decline in fair value below the carrying value is an indication of impairment. A review for impairment of a security includes, among other things, consideration of the credit risk associated with the security, including an assessment of the likelihood of collection of amounts due pursuant to the contractual terms of the security in excess of the cost of the security.

     Should an event reverse the effects of a previous impairment, the carrying value of the security may be written up to a value no higher than the original cost which would have been recognised had the original impairment not occurred.

     Providing a general allowance for unidentified impairment losses in a portfolio of securities is permitted.

US GAAP Investments in securities with readily determinable market values are classified as trading securities, available for sale securities, and held to maturity securities in accordance with SFAS 115. Debt securities classified as held to maturity represent securities that Abbey has both the ability and the intent to hold until maturity. Held to maturity securities are stated at cost and adjusted for any amortisation of premium or discount.

     Securities classified as trading represent securities that Abbey bought and holds principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Trading securities are accounted for in the same way as securities not held for investment purposes under UK GAAP. Debt and Equity securities classified as available for sale represent securities not classified as either held to maturity or trading securities. Available for sale securities are reported at fair value. Where a security, or proportion of a security, is unhedged, the unrealised gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported in a separate component of shareholders’ funds. Foreign exchange gains or losses on foreign currency denominated available-for-sale securities are also excluded from earnings and recorded as part of the same separate component of shareholders’ funds. Where a security, or a proportion of a security, is hedged by a fair value hedge, the unrealised gain or loss on both the security and the derivative financial instrument hedging the available for sale security will be taken to earnings.

     Securities classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity are required to be reviewed on an individual basis to identify whether their fair values have declined to a level below amortised cost and, if so, whether the decline is other-than-temporary. Provision is reflected in earnings as a realised loss for any impairment that is considered to be other-than-temporary. If it is probable that an investor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of a debt security, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. Recognition of other-than-temporary impairment may be required as a result of a decline in a security’s value due to deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness, an increase in market interest rates or a change in foreign exchange rates since acquisition. Other circumstances in which a decline in the fair value of a debt security may be other-than-temporary include situations where the security will be disposed of before it matures or the investment is not realisable.

     Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) pronouncement EITF 99-20 “Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitised Financial Assets” (EITF 99-20) requires impairment testing on applicable asset backed securities to be performed using a discounted cash flow model on an individual security basis. If the present value of the security’s original cash flows estimated at the initial transaction date (or the last date previously revised) is greater than the present value of the current estimated cash flows at the financial reporting date, an other-than-temporary impairment is usually considered to have occurred. The security is written down to fair value (i.e. the present value of the current estimated cash flows) with the resulting change being included in income. In 2003, Abbey reviewed its UK impairment testing procedures and adopted the specific impairment testing methodology required by EITF 99-20 for applicable asset backed securities for UK GAAP purposes.

     If an impairment loss is recognised, the cost basis of the individual security is written down to fair value as a new cost basis. The new cost basis is not changed for subsequent recoveries in fair value.

     Providing a general allowance for unidentified impairment losses in a portfolio of securities is not permitted.

Loan origination fees and costs

UK GAAP Loan origination fees received in respect of services provided are taken to the Profit and Loss Account when the related services are performed. Where loan origination fees or costs are in the nature of interest or income, they are recognised in the profit and loss account over the expected life of the transaction to which they relate or over the period of time in which Abbey has the right to recover the incentives in the event of early redemption.

160

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

US GAAP To the extent that loan origination fees are not offset by related direct costs, they are deferred and amortised through the Profit and Loss Account over the life of the loan, in accordance with SFAS 91, “Accounting for Non-refundable Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of Losses”. Abbey includes estimates of future prepayments in the calculation of constant yield. These estimates are based on detailed mortgage prepayment models.

Securitised assets

UK GAAP Under FRS 5, “Reporting the substance of transactions”, where assets are financed in such a way that the maximum loss that Abbey can suffer is limited to a fixed monetary amount, whilst not changing in any significant way the entity’s access to the benefits (including servicing fees) or risks of holding those assets, then providing certain conditions are met the assets remain on balance sheet and any finance received is deducted from the assets. Specifically, paragraph D8(c) of Application Note D to FRS 5, stipulates that derecognition is not appropriate where the originator retains rights to further sums, including among other things, in the form of servicing fees. Such treatment is referred to as ‘linked presentation.’ Special purpose vehicles are treated as quasi-subsidiaries and are consolidated where the risks and rewards from operations are similar to those which would be obtained for a subsidiary.

US GAAP SFAS 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”, requires that after a transfer of financial assets, an entity recognises the financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it has incurred, derecognises financial assets when control has been surrendered, and derecognises liabilities when extinguished. The statement contains rules for distinguishing transfers of financial assets that are sales from transfers that are secured borrowings. The interests that Abbey retains in its securitisation transactions are interest-only securities. Contrary to UK GAAP, the retention of a servicing asset does not, of itself, preclude the transfer of financial assets to be treated as a sale. In accordance with SFAS 140, Abbey treats its securitisations of mortgage loans as sales and, where appropriate, recognises a servicing asset and an interest receivable asset. The servicing asset is amortised over the periods in which the benefits are expected to be received and the receivable is accounted for as an available for sale security.

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

UK GAAP Derivatives classified as trading are carried at market value in the balance sheet. Gains and losses are taken directly to the profit and loss account and reported within dealing profits.

     Derivatives classified as non-trading are those entered into for the purpose of hedging risk from potential movements in foreign exchange rates, interest rates, and equity prices inherent in Abbey’s non-trading assets, liabilities and positions. Non-trading derivatives are accounted for in a manner consistent with the assets, liabilities or positions being hedged. Income and expense on non-trading derivatives are recognised on an accruals basis. Credit derivatives, designated as non-trading and through which credit risk is taken on, are reported as guarantees, which best reflects the economic substance of those transactions.

     The majority of Abbey’s hedging contracts are transacted with an in-house risk management and trading operation, Abbey National Financial Products, in order to manage financial risks with external markets efficiently. Abbey National Financial Products transfers substantially all such risks into external markets on a portfolio basis in order to benefit from economies of scale, managing risk within predetermined limits. In Abbey’s accounts, derivatives held as non-trading instruments are accounted for on an accruals basis.

US GAAP SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivatives Instruments and Hedging Activities”, requires that all derivatives instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at their fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded each period in current earnings or Other comprehensive income, depending on whether a derivative is designated and effective as part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, the type of hedge transaction. For fair-value hedge transactions in which Abbey is hedging changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment, changes in the fair value of the derivative will generally be offset in the income statement by changes in the hedged item’s fair value.

     For cash flow hedge transactions, in which Abbey is hedging the variability of cash flows related to a variable-rate asset, liability, or a forecasted transaction, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument are reported in Other comprehensive income. The gains and losses on the derivative instrument that are reported in Other comprehensive income are reclassified as earnings in the periods in which earnings are impacted by the variability of the cash flows of the hedged item. The ineffective portion of all hedges are recognised in current-period earnings.

     The majority of Abbey’s hedges are undertaken with its in-house trading operation, Abbey National Financial Products. Abbey National Financial Products match internal hedges with third party derivatives on an aggregate rather than individual basis and hedges the net outstanding position where Abbey has assets and liabilities, which largely offset the overall risk to Abbey. These hedges do not qualify under SFAS 133 to be treated as cash flow, fair value or foreign exchange hedges. For this reason, such contracts are restated at market value for the purposes of the US GAAP reconciliation.

Restructuring costs

UK GAAP Provisions for vacant property may be recognised at the date when the decision has been taken to vacate the property.

US GAAP Provisions for vacant property can only be recognised when the property has been vacated.

161

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Derecognition of liabilities

UK GAAP A debt may be derecognised for financial reporting purposes when it is beyond reasonable doubt that performance will not be required under the obligation.

US GAAP A debt is considered extinguished for financial reporting purposes only when the debtor pays the creditor and is relieved of all its obligations with respect to the debt; or the debtor is legally released as the primary obligor under the debt, either judicially or by the creditor.

Consolidation

UK GAAP A company is required to consolidate all its subsidiary undertakings.

US GAAP A company is required to consolidate variable interest entities for which it is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and to deconsolidate variable interest entities for which it is not deemed to be the primary beneficiary.

Dividend payable

UK GAAP Dividends declared are recorded in the period to which they relate.

US GAAP Dividends are recorded in the period in which they are declared.

Deferred Tax

UK GAAP Deferred tax is provided for all timing differences between the recognition of gains and losses in the financial statements and their recognition in a tax computation. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted.

US GAAP Under SFAS 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes” deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for all temporary differences. A valuation allowance is recorded against a deferred tax asset where it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realised. Deferred tax is provided on enacted tax rates.

59. Current developments in UK and US GAAP

FAS 150: Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity

In May 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS 150 addresses how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity and requires an issuer to classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or asset in some circumstances). SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after 31 May 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after 15 June 2003. SFAS 150 did not have a material impact on Abbey’s financial position or results of operations.

FIN 46 R: Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.

In January 2003, the FASB released FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (FIN 46) which was revised by the FASB in December 2003. The revised interpretation (FIN 46R) changes the method of determining whether certain entities, including securitisation entities, should be included in Abbey’s Consolidated Financial Statements. An entity is subject to FIN 46R and is called a variable interest entity (VIE) if it has (1) equity that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, (2) equity investors that cannot make significant decisions about the entity’s operations, or that do not absorb the expected losses or receive the expected returns of the entity or (3) equity investors that have voting rights that are not proportionate to their economic interests and substantially all the activities of the entity involve, or are conducted on behalf of, an investor with a disproportionately small voting interest. A variable interest entity is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, which is the party involved with the variable interest entity that has a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns or both.

     Abbey has adopted the provisions of FIN 46R to all the entities subject to this interpretation.

     The impact on the adoption of FIN 46 R is reflected in note 62(h) on page 174.

EITF 03-1: The Meaning of Other -Than -Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments

In March 2004, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No 03-1, “The Meaning of Other -Than -Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments” which provides guidance on recognising other-than-temporary impairments on certain investments. The issue is effective for other-than-temporary impairment evaluations for investments accounted for under SFAS 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, as well as non-marketable securities accounted for under the cost method. The measurement provisions of this issue have been indefinitely deferred.

     The disclosures now required are set out on page 172.

162

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

EITF 03-7: Accounting for the settlement of the Equity-Settled Portion of a Convertible Debt Instrument That Permits or Requires the Conversion Spread to be Settled in Stock (Instrument C in issue 90-19)

In August 2003, the FASB ratified EITF 03-7, “Accounting for the Settlement of the Equity-Settled Portion of a Convertible Debt Instrument That Permits or Requires the Conversion Spread to be Settled in Stock (Instrument C in issue 90-19)”. EITF 03-7 addresses how an issuer should account for the partial cash-based and partial stock-based settlement of a debt instrument that is structured in the form of an Instrument C of EITF 90-19. Upon the settlement of the debt by payment of the principal in cash and settlement of the conversion spread with stock, only the cash payment is to be included in the computation of the gain or loss on extinguishment of the debt. EITF 03-7 is applied prospectively for transactions or arrangements entered into by Abbey after 1 January 2004. The adoption of EITF 03-7 did not have a material impact on Abbey’s financial position or results of operations.

EITF 03-11: Reporting Gains and Losses on Derivative Instruments that are Subject to FASB No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, and “Not Held for Trading Purposes” as defined in EITF Issue No. 02-03, “Issues Related to Accounting for Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities”

In August 2003, the FASB ratified EITF 03-11, “Reporting Gains and Losses on Derivative Instruments That Are Subject to FASB Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, and “Not Held for Trading Purposes” as Defined in EITF Issue No. 02-3, “Issues Related to Accounting for Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities”. EITF 03-11 requires companies, when determining whether realised gains and losses on derivative contracts not held for trading purposes should be reported on a net or gross basis, to make such determinations as a matter of judgement that depends on the relevant facts and circumstances.

     EITF 03-11 is to be applied prospectively for transactions or arrangements entered into by Abbey after 1 January 2004. The application of EITF 03-11 did not have a material impact on Abbey’s financial position or results of operations.

SOP 03-1: Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Non-traditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts.

In July 2003, the AICPA issued Statement of Position (SOP) 03-1, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Non-traditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts”. SOP 03-1 provides guidance related to the reporting and disclosure of certain insurance contracts and separate accounts, including the accounting for annuitisation options. SOP 03-1 also addresses the capitalisation and amortisation of sales inducements to contract holders. SOP 03-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after 15 December 2003.

     The impact of SOP 03-1 on Abbey’s results of operations and financial condition is included in the US GAAP reconciliation in the adjustment “Shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business”.

SAB 105: Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments

In March 2004, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 105, “Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments”. SAB 105 requires that the fair value measurement of loan commitments, which are derivatives, exclude any expected future cash flows related to the customer relationship or servicing rights. The guidance in SAB 105 must be applied to loan commitments entered into after March 31, 2004. The adoption of SAB 105 did not have a material impact on Abbey’s financial position or results of operations.

163

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

60. Future developments in US GAAP

SOP 03-3: Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer

In December 2003, the AICPA issued Statement of Position 03-3 “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer” (“SOP 03-3”). SOP 03-3 addresses accounting for differences between contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected from an investor’s initial investment in loans or debt securities (loans) acquired in a transfer if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. It includes such loans acquired in purchase business combinations, but does not apply to loans originated by the entity. SOP 03-3 limits the yield that may be accreted to the excess of the investor’s estimate of undiscounted expected principal, interest, and other cash flows over the investor’s initial investment in the loan. The SOP requires that the excess of contractual cash flows over cash flows expected to be collected (non-accretable difference) not be recognised as an adjustment of yield, loss accrual, or valuation allowance. SOP 03-3 also prohibits investors from displaying accretable yield and non-accretable difference in the balance sheet. Subsequent increases in cash flows expected to be collected generally should be recognised prospectively through adjustment of the loan’s yield over its remaining life. Decreases in cash flows expected to be collected should be recognised as impairment.

     SOP 03-3 is effective for loans acquired in fiscal years beginning after 15 December 2004. Abbey does not expect the adoption of SOP 03-3 to have a material impact on the company’s financial position or results of operations.

FAS 123 R

On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued FASB Statement (“SFAS”) No. 123 (revised 2004) “Share-Based Payment”, which is a revision of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”. SFAS 123R supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and its interpretations, and amends SFAS 95, “Statement of Cash Flows”. Generally, the approach to accounting for share-based payments in SFAS 123R is similar to the fair-value approach permitted in SFAS 123. However, SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values (i.e., pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative to financial statement recognition). SFAS 123R is effective at the beginning of the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2005. Abbey does not expect the adoption of SFAS 123R to have a material impact on the company’s financial position or results of operations.

FASB Staff Position 97-1, “Situations in Which Paragraphs 17(b) and 20 of FASB Statement No. 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments, Permit or Require Accrual of an Unearned Revenue Liability”

On June 18, 2004, FASB Staff Position 97-1 was issued to clarify the accounting requirements of SFAS 97. SFAS 97 requires the recognition of an unearned revenue liability for amounts that have been assessed to compensate insurers for services to be performed over future periods. Paragraph 26 of SOP 03-1 cites one situation (assessments resulting in profits in early years and losses in subsequent years from the insurance benefit function) for which the recognition of an unearned revenue liability is required. FASB Staff Position 97-1 clarifies that this requirement of SOP 03-1 does not amend SFAS 97 and does not limit the requirement of SFAS 97 to recognise a liability for unearned revenue only to those situations where profits are expected to be followed by losses. Abbey does not expect the adoption of FASB Staff Position 97-1 to have a material impact on the company’s financial position or results of operations.

International Accounting Standards (IAS)

Abbey, in line with all companies listed on exchanges in the European Union, will be required to prepare its financial statements in accordance with IAS from 1 January 2005. Abbey is currently assessing the impact of this change on its US GAAP reconciliations. For further details on the conversion of IAS, see page 15.

164

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

61. US GAAP reconciliation

The following table summarises the significant adjustments to consolidated net income and shareholders’ funds which would result from the application of US GAAP instead of UK GAAP. Where applicable, the adjustments are stated gross of tax with the cumulative tax effect of all adjustments included separately.

                         
    2004     2003(1)     2002(1)  
Income statement   £m     £m     £m  
 
Profit/(loss) attributable to the shareholders of Abbey National plc — UK GAAP
    80       (699 )     (1,161 )
Dividends on preference shares
    (48 )     (60 )     (62 )
 
 
    32       (759 )     (1,223 )
US GAAP adjustments:
                       
Goodwill
    5       22       714  
Other intangible assets
    (162 )     (53 )     (120 )
Computer software
    (109 )     (42 )     (24 )
Pensions cost
    (78 )     (7 )     (28 )
Securitisation
    30       37       26  
Shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business
    109       270       (673 )
Derivatives and hedging activities
    54       303       (138 )
Loan origination fees and costs
    12       37       73  
Leasing
    1       (30 )     94  
Other
    (66 )     2       (37 )
Tax effect on the above adjustments
    104       92       (71 )
 
Net (loss)/income available to ordinary shareholders — US GAAP
    (68 )     (128 )     (1,407 )
 
Net income/(loss) from continuing operations — US GAAP
    (103 )     278       (676 )
Net (loss)/income of discontinued operations — US GAAP
    35       (406 )     (731 )
 
Net (loss)/income available to ordinary shareholders — US GAAP
    (68 )     (128 )     (1,407 )
 
(Loss)/earnings per 10 pence ordinary share:
                       
- from continuing operations
                       
- basic and diluted
    (7.1)p       19.2p       (47.5)p  
- from discontinued operations
                       
- basic and diluted
    2.4p       (28.0)p       (50.7)p  
- from net (loss)/income available to ordinary shareholders
                       
- basic and diluted
    (4.7)p       (8.8)p       (98.2)p  
 
                 
    2004     2003(1)  
Shareholders’ funds   £m     £m  
 
Shareholders’ funds including non-equity interests — UK GAAP
    4,924       5,331  
US GAAP adjustments:
               
Goodwill
    678       673  
Other intangible assets
    89       251  
Computer software
    8       117  
Pensions cost
    (583 )     (464 )
Securitisation
    368       310  
Shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business
    (935 )     (1,044 )
Derivatives and hedging activities
    206       152  
Loan origination fees and costs
    70       58  
Leasing
    (197 )     (198 )
Other
    (138 )     (72 )
Securities and investments
    52       89  
Dividend payable
    —       242  
Tax effect on the above adjustments
    301       184  
 
Shareholders’ funds — US GAAP
    4,843       5,629  
 


(1)   Restated for the matters described in note 62 (t).

165

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

62. Further note disclosures on differences between UK and US GAAP, and certain additional US disclosures

a) Goodwill and other intangible assets

The following tables provide analyses of goodwill and intangible assets included in the balance sheet under US GAAP for the two years ended 31 December 2004, and 2003.

     The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill, by segment, for the years ended 31 December 2004, and 2003 are as follows:

                                                         
                                    Motor                
    Banking     Investment                     Finance &                
    and     and     General     Wholesale     Litigation             Group  
    savings     protection     Insurance     Banking     Funding     Other     Total  
Goodwill   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Carrying value at 1 January 2004
    257       674       4       70       —       9       1,014  
Disposals
    (3 )     (2 )     (4 )     —       —       (9 )     (18 )
Other movements
    —       —       —       (1 )     —       —       (1 )
 
Carrying value at 31 December 2004
    254       672       —       69       —       —       995  
Total Goodwill capitalised per UK GAAP
    90       227       —       —       —       —       317  
US/UK GAAP adjustment to shareholders’ funds
    164       445       —       69       —       —       678  
 
                                                         
                                    Motor                
    Banking     Investment                     Finance &                
    and     and     General     Wholesale     Litigation             Group  
    savings     protection     Insurance     Banking     Funding     Other     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Carrying value at 1 January 2003
    273       674       4       70       190       11       1,222  
Disposals
    —       —       —       —       (190 )     (4 )     (194 )
Other movements
    (16 )     —       —       —       —       2       (14 )
 
Carrying value at 31 December 2003
    257       674       4       70       —       9       1,014  
Total Goodwill capitalised per UK GAAP
    95       240       —       —       —       6       341  
US/UK GAAP adjustment to shareholders’ funds
    162       434       4       70       —       3       673  
 
                 
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003  
Other intangible assets   £m     £m  
 
Arising on consolidation
               
At 1 January
    675       675  
Transfers from goodwill
    —       —  
Additions
    —       —  
 
At 31 December
    675       675  
Amortisation
               
At 1 January
    424       371  
Impairments
    135       —  
Charge for the year
    27       53  
 
At 31 December
    586       424  
 
Net book value
               
Total capitalised per US GAAP
    89       251  
Total capitalised per UK GAAP
    —       —  
 
US GAAP adjustment to shareholders’ funds
    89       251  
Total US GAAP adjustments to shareholders’ funds for goodwill and other intangible assets
    767       924  
 

Total net book value of £89m (2003: £251m) consists of core deposits £51m (2003: £64m), trademarks £20m (2003: £21m) and distribution channels £18m (2003: £166m).

     Abbey reviewed its other intangible assets for impairments, in accordance with the requirements of SFAS 142. In 2004, an impairment in the value of distribution channels was recognised due to the expectation of reduced profitability in a competitive UK protection market through the independent financial adviser channels in place at the date of Scottish Provident’s acquisition. No impairment charge was required in any of the other periods presented.

     All intangible assets (excluding goodwill) are amortised over their estimated average life. The estimated future amortisation expense is as follows:

         
Year ended 31 December:   £m  
 
2005
    17  
2006
    17  
2007
    17  
2008
    11  
2009
    3  
 

166

 


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

b) Tangible fixed assets

The following tables provide analyses of tangible fixed assets included in the Balance Sheet under US GAAP for the two years ended 31 December 2004 and 2003.

                 
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003  
Computer software   £m     £m  
 
Cost or valuation
               
At 1 January
    357       333  
Additions
    25       34  
Disposals
    (117 )     (10 )
     
At 31 December
    265       357  
     
 
               
Amortisation
               
At 1 January
    240       173  
Disposals
    (99 )     (4 )
Impairment
    48       —  
Charge for the year
    68       71  
     
At 31 December
    257       240  
     
 
               
Net book value
               
Total capitalised per US GAAP
    8       117  
Total capitalised per UK GAAP
    —       —  
     
US GAAP adjustment to shareholders’ funds
    8       117  
     

Abbey reviewed its computer software for impairments, in accordance with the requirements of SFAS 144. In 2004, the amounts previously capitalised were disposed/impaired following the Banco Santander Central Hispano S.A. acquisition.

                 
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003  
Investment properties   £m     £m  
 
Cost or valuation
               
At 1 January
    1,309       1,320  
Additions
    78       120  
Disposals
    (223 )     (131 )
     
At 31 December
    1,164       1,309  
     
Amortisation
               
At 1 January
    111       65  
Disposals
    (30 )     (4 )
Charge for the year
    73       50  
     
At 31 December
    154       111  
     
Net book value
    1,010       1,198  
     

c) Pension costs

For the purposes of US GAAP, Abbey adopts the provisions of SFAS 87, Employers Accounting for Pensions, as amended by SFAS 132, Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Post-retirement Benefits, in respect of its pension plans, The Abbey National Amalgamated Pension Fund, the Scottish Mutual Assurance plc Staff Pension Scheme, the National and Provincial Pension Fund, the Abbey National Group Pension Scheme, the Scottish Provident Institution Staff Pension Fund and the Abbey National Associated Bodies Pension Fund. The components of the estimated net periodic pension cost computed under SFAS 87 are as follows:

                         
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Service cost
    124       122       145  
Interest cost
    182       160       145  
Expected return on assets
    (140 )     (152 )     (155 )
Amortisation of initial transition amount
    —       (10 )     (8 )
Special termination benefits
    24       15       —  
Recognised (gain)/loss
    52       8       (1 )
Recognised prior service cost
    1       2       2  
       
Net periodic pension cost
    243       145       128  
       

The pensions costs calculated under UK and US GAAP are not directly comparable due to different treatment of amounts charged to life businesses.

167


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

     The following table sets forth a reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of the projected benefit obligation:

                 
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of the year
    3,357       2,798  
Service cost
    124       122  
Interest cost
    182       160  
Members’ contributions
    14       17  
Business transfer
    —       50  
Special termination benefits
    24       15  
Settlements and curtailments
    (44 )     —  
Actuarial loss
    161       276  
Benefits paid
    (88 )     (81 )
     
Benefit obligation at end of year
    3,730       3,357  
     

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the fair value of plan assets for the period 1 January to 31 December.

                 
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    2,204       1,880  
Actual return on plan assets
    243       231  
Business transfer
    —       42  
Settlements
    (40 )     —  
Employer contributions
    156       115  
Employee contributions
    14       17  
Benefits paid
    (88 )     (81 )
     
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    2,489       2,204  
     

The following table sets forth the funded status of the plans.

                 
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Funded status
    (1,241 )     (1,153 )
Unrecognised prior service cost
    1       2  
Unrecognised loss
    934       937  
     
Accrued liabilities
    (306 )     (214 )
     

The estimated accumulated benefit obligation at 31 December 2004 amounted to £3,090m (2003: £2,675m). This requires a minimum additional liability of £304m to be recognised, of which £263m was recognised in 2003.

     For the purposes of amortising gains and losses the “10% corridor” has been adopted, and the market-related value of assets recognises realised and unrealised capital gains and losses over a rolling three-year period. The financial assumptions used to calculate the projected benefit obligations for the principal pension plans listed above were as follows:

                 
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003  
    %     %  
 
Discount rate (Weighted Average)
    5.4       5.5  
Rate of pay escalation
    4.3       4.2  
Rate of pension increase
    2.8       2.7  
     

Abbey determined its expense measurements above based upon long-term assumptions taking into account target asset allocations of equities and bonds set at the beginning of the year, offset by actual returns during the year. Year end obligation measurements are determined by reference to market conditions at the balance sheet date. Assumptions are set in consultation with third party advisors, and in house expertise.

The financial assumptions used to determine the net period benefit cost for the principal pension plans listed above were as follows.

                 
    Year ended 31 December  
    2004     2003  
    %     %  
 
Discount rate (Weighted Average)
    5.5       5.75  
Rate of pension increase
    2.7       2.4  
Rate of return on assets
    6.25       6.5  
     

168


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Abbey expects to contribute £109m to its defined benefit pension plans in 2005. The benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years, and in the aggregate for the five years thereafter are:

         
Year ended 31 December:   £m  
   
2005
    89  
2006
    95  
2007
    103  
2008
    111  
2009
    119  
Five years ended 31 December 2014
    752  
   

Abbey’s pension scheme did not hold any equity securities of Abbey or any of its related parties at 31 December 2004 (2003: nil). In addition, Abbey does not hold insurance policies over the plans, nor has Abbey entered into any significant transactions with the plans.

     £24m of contractual termination benefits are included in net periodic pension costs. This additional charge was brought about due to the restructuring announcement by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.

Abbey’s contribution to defined contribution plans in 2004 was £120m (2003: £96m).

     The trustees of the Abbey National Pension schemes are required under the Pensions Act 1995 to prepare a statement of principles governing investment decisions. The principal duty of the trustees is to act in the best interest of the members of the schemes and have developed the following investment policies and strategies:

  >     To maintain a portfolio of suitable assets of appropriate liquidity which will generate income and capital growth to meet, together with new contributions from members and the employers, the cost of current and future benefits which the Fund provides, as set out in the Trust Deed and Rules.
 
  >     To limit the risk of the assets failing to meet the liabilities, over the long-term and on a shorter term basis as required by prevailing legislation.
 
  >     To minimise the long-term costs of the Fund by maximising the return on the assets whilst having regard to the objectives shown above.

The statement of investment principles has set the target allocation of plan assets at 50% UK equities, 30% Bonds and 20% gilts which is unchanged from 2003. The year end allocation was 51% Equities, 22% Bonds, 21% Gilts, 6% Property and other assets. The corresponding allocations at the end of 2003 were 52% Equities, 26% Bonds, 20% Gilts, 2% Property and other assets.

     The expected asset returns by class are equities 8.00%, Bonds 5% and Gilts 4.6%. The overall long-term rate of return on the assets employed has been determined after considering projected movements in asset indices.

d) Leasing

Under US GAAP, SFAS 13 requires the following disclosures relating to finance and operating leases at 31 December 2004 and 2003.

     The net investment in direct finance leases at 31 December 2004 and 2003 is as follows:

                 
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Total minimum lease payments to be received
    320       4,122  
Amounts representing estimated executory costs
    (15 )     (18 )
     
Minimum lease payments receivable
    305       4,104  
Unearned income
    (113 )     (1,590 )
     
Net investment in direct financing leases
    192       2,514  
     

At 31 December 2004, minimum lease sales-type and direct finance payments to be received for each of the next five years are as follows: £16m in 2005, £16m in 2006, £15m in 2007, £15m in 2008 and £15m in 2009.

     At 31 December 2004, minimum operating lease payments to be received for each of the next five years are as follows: £52m in 2005; £35m in 2006; £31m in 2007; £28m in 2008 and £22m in 2009.

     During the year £41m (2003: £96m, 2002: £149m) of sales-type and direct finance lease contingent rentals was charged to the profit and loss account.

     During the year £1m (2003: £1m, 2002: £nil) of operating lease contingent rentals was charged to the profit and loss account.

169


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

e) Taxes

  (i)   During 2004 £36m (2003: £(97)m, 2002: £122m) of tax (benefit) expense were attributable to discontinued operations.
 
  (ii)   The significant components of tax expense attributable to continuing operations are shown in note 10.
 
  (iii)   A reconciliation of taxes payable at the standard UK corporation tax rate and Abbey’s effective tax rate for each of the three years ended 31 December 2004, 2003, and 2002 is shown as follows:

                         
    Year ended 31 December  
            2003     2002  
    2004     (restated)     (restated)  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Taxation at standard UK corporation tax rate of 30% (2003: 30%, and 2002: 30%)
    (8)       (136 )     (359 )
Effect of non-allowable provisions and other non-equalised items
    47       67       490  
Effect of non-UK profits and losses
    5       6       36  
Adjustment to prior year tax provisions
    (2 )     (71 )     56  
Effect of loss utilisation
    —       —       (1 )
       
Taxes
    42       (134 )     222  
       
Effective tax rate (US GAAP)
    155.6 %     29.6 %     (18.6 %)
       

  (i)   The tax effects of the principal components of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets at 31 December 2004 and 2003 were as follows:

                 
            2003  
    2004     (restated)  
    £m     £m  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Provisions and short-term temporary differences
    465       453  
Excess of capital allowances over depreciation
    68       64  
Long-term assurance business
    334       325  
Valuation allowance
    (41 )     (41 )
 
 
    826       801  
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Capital allowances on finance lease receivables
    (762 )     (923 )
Provisions and short-term temporary differences
    (254 )     (330 )
Undistributed earnings in overseas subsidiaries
    (60 )     (52 )
 
 
    (1,076 )     (1,305 )
 
Net deferred tax liabilities
    (250 )     (504 )
 

f) Earnings per share

Under US GAAP, SFAS 128 requires certain disclosures relating to earnings per share in addition to the presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share on the face of the income statement.

     The following tables provide reconciliations of the income and number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations; discontinued operations; and net (loss) income available to shareholders in accordance with US GAAP for the years ended 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002.

                         
    Year ended 31 December 2004  
    Income     Shares     EPS  
Continuing operations   £m     m     Pence  
 
Basic and diluted EPS
    (103 )     1,465       (7.1 )
       
                         
    Year ended 31 December 2003  
    Income             EPS  
    (restated)     Shares     (restated)  
Continuing operations   £m     m     Pence  
 
Basic and diluted EPS
    278       1,448       19.2  
       
                         
    Year ended 31 December 2002  
    Income             EPS  
    (restated)     Shares     (restated)  
Continuing operations   £m     m     Pence  
 
Basic and diluted EPS
    (685 )     1,442       (47.5 )
       

170


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                         
    Year ended 31 December 2004  
    Income     Shares     EPS  
Discontinued operations   £m     m     Pence  
 
Basic and diluted EPS
    35       1,460       2.4  
       
                         
    Year ended 31 December 2003  
    Income             EPS  
    (restated)     Shares     (restated)  
Discontinued operations   £m     m     Pence  
 
Basic and diluted EPS
    (406 )     1,454       (28.0 )
       
                         
    Year ended 31 December 2002  
    Income             EPS  
    (restated)     Shares     (restated)  
Discontinued operations   £m     m     Pence  
 
Basic and diluted EPS
    (731 )     1,442       (50.7 )
       
                         
    Year ended 31 December 2004  
    Income     Shares     EPS  
Net loss   £m     m     Pence  
 
Basic and diluted EPS
    (68 )     1,460       (4.7 )
       
                         
    Year ended 31 December 2003  
    Income             EPS  
    (restated)     Shares     (restated)  
Net loss   £m     m     Pence  
 
Basic and diluted EPS
    (128 )     1,448       (8.8 )
       
                         
    Year ended 31 December 2002  
    Income             EPS  
    (restated)     Shares     (restated)  
Net loss   £m     m     Pence  
 
Basic and diluted EPS
    (1,416 )     1,442       (98.2 )
       

Options to purchase nil ordinary shares (2003: 19.9m, 2002: 13.3m at prices ranging from 2003: £5.13 to £13.06, 2002: £8.53 to £13.06) were outstanding throughout the year ended 31 December 2004 but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options’ assumed proceeds were greater than the average market price of the common shares. These options expire at various dates upto September 2013. An option to purchase a further 12.7m ordinary shares (2003: 32.3m, 2002: 19.2m) were not included in the compilation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been antidilutive for the periods presented.

     Earnings per share, assuming full dilution, is computed based on the average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plus the dilutive effect of stock options. The dilutive effect of stock options is computed using the average market price of the Company’s stock for the period.

171


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

g) Securities and investments

(i)   Under US GAAP, SFAS 115 requires certain disclosures relating to investments in debt securities, and equity securities that have readily determinable fair values at 31 December 2004 and 2003. The following table provides an analysis of the balance sheet totals under US GAAP:

                 
    At 31 December  
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Trading securities
    42,157       45,902  
Available for sale securities (ii)
    1,090       2,131  
Securities held to maturity (iii)
    —       20  
     
 
    43,247       48,053  
     

Further disclosures required by SFAS 115 are as follows:

(i)   Available for sale securities

                                 
    Amortised     Gross unrealised     Gross unrealised     Fair  
    cost     gains     losses     value  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 31 December 2004
                               
Equity securities
    30       —       —       30  
Asset backed and corporate debt securities
    282       51       (2 )     331  
Mortgage backed securities other than those issued or backed by US government agencies
    213       200       (6 )     407  
Other debt securities
    322       —       —       322  
         
 
    847       251       (8 )     1,090  
         

Available for sale securities include the interest-only strips recognised under US GAAP, not recognised under UK GAAP, in connection with Abbey’s securitisations as described in note 62(i).

172


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                 
    Amortised     Gross unrealised     Gross unrealised     Fair  
    cost     gains     losses     value  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 31 December 2003
                               
Equity securities
    19       —       —       19  
Asset backed and corporate debt securities
    1,254       93       (43 )     1,304  
Mortgage backed securities other than those issued or backed by US government agencies
    215       138       (25 )     328  
Other debt securities
    437       43       —       480  
         
 
    1,925       274       (68 )     2,131  
         
                                         
            In more than 1     In more than 5              
            year but not     years but not              
    Not more     more than 5     more than 10     In more        
    than 1 year     years     years     than 10 years     Total  
Maturity analysis   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 31 December 2004
                                       
Book value
    335       189       41       284       849  
Fair value
    335       378       41       336       1,090  
           
At 31 December 2003
                                       
Book value
    421       606       333       565       1,925  
Fair value
    423       790       397       521       2,131  
           

The following tables show our investments’ gross unrealised losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealised loss position, at 31 December 2004 and 2003.

                                                 
    Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
    Fair             Fair             Fair        
    value     Unrealised losses     value     Unrealised losses     value     Unrealised losses  
At 31 December 2004   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Asset backed and corporate debt securities
    6       2       —       —       6       2  
Mortgage backed securities other than those issued or backed by US government agencies
    41       6       —       —       41       6  
             
Total temporarily impaired securities
    47       8       —       —       47       8  
             
                                                 
    Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
    Fair             Fair             Fair        
    value     Unrealised losses     value     Unrealised losses     value     Unrealised losses  
At 31 December 2003   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Asset backed and corporate debt securities
    172       41       37       2       209       43  
Mortgage backed securities other than those issued or backed by US government agencies
    200       25       —       —       200       25  
             
Total temporarily impaired securities
    372       66       37       2       409       68  
             

The unrealised losses above arise on securities within Abbey’s ongoing Personal Financial Services businesses. These are securities issued by UK housing associations and the interest-only strips recognised in connection with Abbey’s mortgage securitisation programme. The losses on the UK housing association securities are considered temporary as Abbey has the ability and intent to hold the securities to maturity and Abbey is satisfied that there has been no credit deterioration, particularly as to date Abbey has suffered no defaults on this type of issuer. The unrealised losses arise from changes in interest rates. This is evidenced by the fact that the related derivative hedges, which as they are with Abbey National Financial Products, do not qualify for hedge accounting under FAS 133, have an equal and opposite fair value surplus. The losses on the interest-only strips are also considered temporary as Abbey has the ability and interest to hold the securities until their maturity at the wind-down of the related securitisation programmes and Abbey is satisfied that there has been no credit deterioration, particularly as to date Abbey has suffered no defaults on the mortgage securitisation programme securities.

(iii)   Held to maturity securities

                                 
            Gross unrealised     Gross unrealised        
    Amortised cost     gains     losses     Fair value  
    £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Corporate debt securities
                               
At 31 December 2004
    —       —       —       —  
At 31 December 2003
    20       —       —       20  
         

173


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                         
            In more than 1     In more than 5              
            year but not     years but not              
    Not more     more than 5     more than 10     In more        
    than 1 year     years     years     than 10 years     Total  
Maturity analysis   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 31 December 2003
                                       
Book value
    20       —       —       —       20  
Fair value
    20       —       —       —       20  
           

(iv)   Sales of available for sale securities during the years ended 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002.

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Gross proceeds from sales
    2,040       26,611       13,837  
Gross realised losses on sales
    154       1,297       166  
Gross realised gains on sales
    (60 )     (795 )     (111 )
       
Amortised cost of sales
    2,134       27,113       13,892  
       

The cost of available for sale securities is determined by using the weighted average cost basis, with premium/discount arising on purchase being amortised to profit and loss over the expected life of the security.

(v)   Redemptions and purchases of held to maturity securities during the year ended 31 December:

                 
    2004     2003  
    £m     £m  
 
Amortised cost b/f
    20       20  
Acquisitions – cost
    —       —  
Redemptions at maturity
    (20 )     —  
Exchange adjustments
    —       —  
     
Amortised cost c/f
    —       20  
     

(vi)   There were no realised gains and losses on transfers from available for sale securities during the years ended 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002.
 
(vii)   The net change in unrealised holding gains (losses) on trading securities, before the effect of associated hedges, included in income for the year to 31 December 2004 is a loss of £213m (2003: gain of £86m, 2002: gain of £216m).

h) Consolidation of variable interest entities

As defined in FIN 46 and FIN 46R, an entity is considered a variable interest entity (VIE) subject to consolidation if the equity investment at risk is not sufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or if the equity investors lack one of three characteristics of a controlling financial interest. First, the equity investors lack the ability to make decisions about the entity’s activities through voting rights or other similar rights. Second, they do not bear the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity if they occur and lastly they do not claim the right to receive expected returns of the entity, if they occur, which are the compensation for the risk of absorbing the expected losses. VIEs are consolidated by the primary beneficiary, that is the interest holder that remains exposed to the majority of the entity’s expected losses or residual returns.

     Prior to the issuance of FIN 46R, Abbey consolidated the trust-preferred entities — Abbey National Capital Trust I, Abbey National Capital Trust II, Abbey National Capital LP and Abbey National Capital LPII. Accordingly, the inter-company 8.96% Subordinated notes 2030 issued by Abbey to the trust preferred entities that are held by unaffiliated third parties were presented as minority interests in Abbey’s consolidated balance sheet. The application of FIN 46R has resulted in the deconsolidation of these trust preferred entities and accordingly at 31 December 2004, the £512m of trust preferred securities have been reclassified from minority interests to subordinated liabilities.

     In addition, there are a number of Group companies holding finance lease receivables that meet the definition of a variable interest entity. The application of FIN 46R has resulted in these entities being deconsolidated and equity accounted as parties other than Abbey are the primary beneficiaries. This change in accounting treatment has no impact on Abbey’s net income and shareholders funds under US GAAP. The total assets and the maximum exposure to loss of these vehicles at 31 December 2004 were £1,336m and £974m respectively.

i) Securitisations

In accordance with SFAS 140, the assets which have been transferred to special purpose entities (securitised) and meet the criteria required under SFAS 140 for a sale are no longer retained on-balance sheet. Details in relation to the mortgage asset securitisations are included in note 17 of the consolidated financial statements. The assets were transferred to special purpose entities at book value, and gains of £48m, £22m and £19m have been recognised for the years ended 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively.

174


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

The remuneration received by Abbey for servicing is considered to be adequate and therefore no servicing assets were recognised.

     Additionally, as required by SFAS 140, an interest only strip asset has been recognised which represents Abbey’s retained interest in the securitised assets. The fair value of the interest only strip is represented by the present value of the future income streams expected to be received from Abbey’s retained interest in the securitised assets. Abbey determines the present value of future income streams by discounting future income by market discount rates for these types of securities. Abbey’s rights and obligations under the securitisations are detailed in note 17 of the consolidated financial statements. In compliance with SFAS 140, the receivable is treated as an available for sale security that is revalued at the end of each reporting period. Increases and decreases in value are taken to the statement of comprehensive income. The receivables are tested for impairment in accordance with EITF 99-20. Impairment losses are taken to the profit and loss account. There were no impairment losses in any of the periods presented.

Mortgage asset securitisations

                 
            2003  
    2004     (restated)  
    £m     £m  
 
Value of interest only strip at inception (1)
    221       173  
Increase/(decrease) in value of interest only strip
    145       117  
     
Value of interest only strip at 31 December (1)
    366       290  
     


(1)   The valuation of the interest only strip asset is based on the following key assumptions:

      – Early repayments are based on actual experience at the valuation date. This was a range of 10.2% to 69.33% at 31 December 2004 (2003: range 10.2% to 72.56%)
 
      – A discount rate of 11.35% (2003: range of 10.05% to 11.2%)

Summarised cash flows between the special purpose securitisation companies and Abbey are set out below:

         
    Holmes Financing  
    (No. 1 to No. 8) plc  
    £m  
 
Inter-company receipts
    3,283  
Inter-company payments
    (3,984 )
   
Net cash flows
    (701 )
   

The principal amount of loans held by the above special purpose securitisation companies 90 days or more past due at 31 December 2004 was £59m (2003: £67m). The equivalent statistic for loans held by Abbey was £444m (2003: £422m). Net credit losses were £nil in the year ended 31 December 2004 (2003: £0.2m). The equivalent statistic for loans held by Abbey was £4m (2003: £26m).

Sensitivity analysis

The impact of adverse changes in the rate of repayments and discount rate on the value of interest only strip assets with a balance of £366m at 31 December 2004 is shown below:

         
    £m  
 
10% adverse change in repayment rate
    —  
20% adverse change in repayment rate
    —  
10% adverse change in discount rate
    15  
20% adverse change in discount rate
    30  
  —

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. Changes in fair value based on a variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in the above table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

     Actual and projected credit losses (%) as of:

                         
    Mortgages securitised in  
    2004     2003     2002  
    %     %     %  
 
At 31 December 2004
    0.01       0.01       0.01  
At 31 December 2003
    —       0.01       0.01  
At 31 December 2002
    —       —       0.01  
       

175


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

j) Consolidated cash flow statement

Under SFAS 95, “Statement of Cash Flows”, Abbey experienced an outflow of cash and cash equivalents of £5,823m during the year ended 31 December 2004. Under FRS 1 (Revised), Abbey experienced an outflow of cash of £188m over the same period.

     Under US GAAP cash equivalents are defined as short term, highly liquid investments which are readily convertible into known amounts of cash without notice and which were within three months of maturity when acquired.

     The following table summarises the movement and composition of cash and cash equivalents under US GAAP for the years ended 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002.

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  
 
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
    28,352       23,754       20,058  
Net cash inflow/(outflow)
    (5,823 )     4,598       3,696  
       
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December
    22,529       28,352       23,754  
       
Consisting of:
                       
Cash and balances with central banks
    454       439       396  
Treasury and other eligible bills
    1,327       1,449       1,346  
Loans and advances to banks
    9,967       6,996       5,279  
Debt securities
    10,781       19,468       16,733  
       
 
    22,529       28,352       23,754  
       

Other principal differences between FRS 1 and SFAS 95 relate to the classification of cash flow transactions and are as follows:

         
    Classification under FRS 1(1)   Classification under SFAS 95
     
Dividends received
  Returns on investment and servicing of finance   Operating activities
     
Taxation paid
  Taxation paid   Operating activities
     
Preference dividends paid
  Returns on investment and servicing of finance   Financing activities
     
Equity dividends paid
  Equity dividends paid   Financing activities
     
Purchases/proceeds from disposal of investment securities and fixed assets
  Capital expenditure and financial investment   Investing activities
     
Purchases/proceeds from disposal of subsidiary and associated undertakings
  Acquisitions and disposals   Investing activities
     
Net change in loans and advances
  Operating activities   Investing activities
     
Net change in finance lease receivables
  Operating activities   Investing activities
     
Net change in deposits
  Operating activities   Financing activities
     
Net change in debt securities in issue
  Operating activities   Financing activities
     


(1)   Under FRS 1, transactions designated as hedges are reported under the same heading as the related assets or liabilities.

k) Presentation of the consolidated Profit and Loss account

The presentation of the profit and loss accounts for the years ended 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002 as shown on page 98, would not be significantly different under US GAAP except provisions would be shown as a component of total operating income and the results from Abbey’s life assurance business would be consolidated on a line by line basis.

l) Presentation of the consolidated balance sheet

The presentation of the balance sheet at 31 December 2004 and 2003 as shown on page 99, would not be significantly different under US GAAP except the assets and liabilities of Abbey’s life assurance business would be consolidated on a line by line basis, stock borrowing and lending transactions would be recorded as set out below and the fair values of hedging derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting under US GAAP would be recognised on the balance sheet.

m) Stock borrowing and lending against non-cash collateral

Abbey enters into transactions under which it lends and borrows stock using other stock as collateral, and these are accounted for as Commitments under UK GAAP.

     Under SFAS 140, these transactions are grossed up on the balance sheet. At 31 December 2004, Abbey would record assets of £20,508m (2003: £25,649m) as collateral received and liabilities of £20,508m (2003: £25,649m) as an obligation to return collateral received.

n) Collateralised loans and secured borrowings

Abbey enters into purchase and resale agreements (reverse repos and similar transactions), which are accounted for as collateralised loans under UK GAAP. Upon entering into such transactions Abbey receives collateral equal to 100% – 105% of the loan amount. The level of collateral held is monitored daily and, if required, further calls are made to ensure the market value of collateral remains equal to the loan balance. Net assets of such transactions of £6,397m (2003: £5,034m) and £11,257m (2003: £9,372m) are included in Loans and advances to banks and Loans and advances to customers respectively.

     Under reverse repos and similar transactions, Abbey is permitted to sell or repledge the collateral held. At 31 December 2004, the fair value of such collateral was £14,170m (2003: £14,234m) of which £14,070m (2003: £13,933m) related to collateral that was sold or repledged.

     Abbey enters into sale and repurchase (repo) agreements and similar transactions which are accounted for as secured borrowings under UK GAAP. Upon entering into such transactions Abbey pledges collateral equal to 100% – 105%

176


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

of the borrowed amount. Net liabilities under repos, stock loans and similar transactions of £6,592m (2003: £9,390m) and £7,843m (2003: £4,602m) are included in Deposits by banks and Customer accounts respectively.

     Under repos and similar transactions, Abbey sells or pledges collateral to counterparties. Under SFAS 140, where the counterparty has a right to sell or repledge the collateral, any such collateral would be reclassified within Abbey’s balance sheet from securities to securities pledged. At 31 December 2004, the application of SFAS 140 would result in £8,261m (2003: £17,340m) of debt securities and £1,256m (2003: £1,409m) of treasury and eligible bills being reported as securities pledged. In addition, at 31 December 2004, Abbey also enters into outright equity sales and purchases in combination with total return swaps which are accounted for as in substance reverse repos and repos under UK GAAP. These transactions are treated effectively as outright asset purchases and sales and separate derivative contracts under US GAAP. Under SFAS 140, Loans and advances to customers would be reduced by £896m (2003: £3,583m) and this amount would be reported within Equity shares, representing the equity purchase. Customer accounts would be reduced by £413m (2003: £1,333m) and this amount would be reported within Other liabilities, representing the short equity sale. The related return swaps would be marked to market. Any relevant value is paid or received as margin call. The £1,309m (2003: £4,916m) of nominal value of the return swaps would be included within the trading derivatives disclosures.

o) Derivatives and hedging activities

Abbey has designated certain of its cross-currency and interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of the interest and/or exchange rate risk arising from certain debt securities, debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities including convertible debt.

     Abbey has other non-trading derivatives which are not designated as either a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation in accordance with the criteria of SFAS 133. These represent derivatives undertaken with Abbey’s in-house trading operation, Abbey National Financial Products. Abbey National Financial Products generally matches internal hedges with third party derivatives on an aggregate, rather than individual, basis and hedges the net outstanding position where Abbey has assets and liabilities, which largely offset the overall risk to Abbey.

     All material derivative exposures are transacted with counterparties with whom Abbey have a Collateral Service Agreement. Under the Collateral Service Agreement, cash will be placed with or received from each counterparty according to the net mark-to-market of all derivative exposures to that counterparty. Amounts received or placed will be updated on a regular basis or if the net mark-to-market moves in excess of a pre-defined amount. In the event of a default of a given counterparty, Abbey will be able to gain recourse from any losses on derivative exposures by obtaining absolute right over cash received from the counterparty.

Equity indexed-linked deposits

Contracts involving the receipt of cash on which customers receive an index-linked return are accounted for under UK GAAP in substance as equity indexed deposits. There are two principal product types.

Capital at Risk: These products are designed to replicate the investment performance of an equity index, subject to a floor. In the event the index falls under a certain predetermined level, customers forfeit a predetermined percentage of principal up to a predetermined amount.

Capital Guaranteed: These products give the customers a limited participation in the upside growth of an equity index. In the event the index falls in price, a cash principal element is guaranteed.

     Under UK GAAP, Abbey’s equity index-linked deposits are remeasured at fair value at each reporting date with changes in fair values recognised in the consolidated profit and loss account. The equity index-linked deposits contain embedded derivatives. These embedded derivatives, in combination with the principal cash deposit element, are designed to replicate the investment performance profile tailored to the return agreed in the contracts with customers.

     For US GAAP purposes, such embedded derivatives are not separated from the host instrument and are not separately accounted for as a derivative instrument, as the entire contract embodies both the embedded derivative and the host instrument and is remeasured at fair value at each reporting date. As such, Abbey is not required to bifurcate the embedded derivative in its equity index-linked deposits.

     Abbey’s equity index-linked deposits are managed within the equity derivatives trading book as an integral part of the equity derivatives portfolio. The total fair value of equity index-linked deposits was £2,305m at 31 December 2004 (2003: £2,478m).

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment

SFAS 52, Foreign Currency Translation, requires disclosure of the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment taken directly to reserves, on the consolidation of Abbey’s foreign undertakings and the translation of Abbey’s US dollar preference shares. These cumulative adjustments were £(2)m, £nil and £(26)m, at 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively.

177


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

p) Loan impairment

For US GAAP purposes, Abbey applies SFAS 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan”, and the subsequent amendment SFAS 118, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan – Income Recognition and Disclosures”. SFAS 114 applies to impaired loans only. Under SFAS 114, a loan is considered impaired, based on current information and events, if it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The measurement of impaired loans is primarily based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except for collateral dependent loans where impairment is based on the fair value of the collateral. Smaller balance homogeneous consumer loans, (credit card advances, residential mortgages, consumer instalment loans, overdrafts), that are collectively evaluated for impairment, leases and debt securities are outside the scope of SFAS 114.

     At 31 December 2004 and 2003, Abbey estimated that the difference between the carrying value of its loan portfolio under SFAS 114 and its value in Abbey’s UK GAAP financial statements was such that no adjustment to net income or consolidated shareholders’ equity was required. Loans and advances within the scope of SFAS 114 consist of wholesale advances. Other loans and advances, consisting of small, homogeneous secured and unsecured advances primarily to personal customers, are assessed for impairment within the scope of SFAS 5. Impaired loans within the scope of SFAS 114 amounted to £4m (2003: £63m). The impairment reserve in respect of these loans estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 114 was £1m (2003: £34m). During the year ended 31 December 2004, impaired loans, including those excluded from SFAS 114, averaged £1,287m (2003: £1,790m) and interest income recognised on these loans was £3m (2003: £6m).

q) Financial guarantees

In the ordinary course of business Abbey enters into various financial guarantees. Abbey expects most of its financial guarantees to expire unused.

     The majority of Abbey’s financial guarantees are commercial letters of credit. Abbey’s other financial guarantees are summarised as follows:

                                                         
    Maximum potential amount of future payments  
    As of 31 December  
                            1 to 3     3 to 5     After 5        
    2003     2004     Less than 1 year     years     years     years     No stated maturity  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Guarantees: (1)
                                                       
Stand-by letters of credit
    472       355       —       —       56       298       1  
Guarantees on sale of subsidiaries
    1,564       2,303       336       650       78       831       408  
               
 
    2,036       2,658       336       650       134       1,129       409  
               


(1)   In addition, Abbey guarantees the cheques of some of its customers up to a certain limit, typically £50-250. The maximum potential amount of future payments in relation to guaranteed cheques has been estimated as £3,981m (2003: £4,304m). These guarantees have no stated maturity.

The provision for guarantees which includes the amortised fair value at 31 December 2004 was £18m (2003: £29m) and is included in Other Liabilities. Stand-by letters of credit are our conditional commitments to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party in borrowing arrangements. Guarantees on sale of subsidiaries are contingent consideration in a business combination.

     The maximum potential amount of future payments represents the notional amounts that could be lost under the guarantees if the counterparty does not perform under the contract, without consideration of possible recoveries under recourse provisions or from collateral held or pledged. Such amounts greatly exceed the anticipated losses and, therefore, the contractual amounts are not indicative of the actual credit exposure or future cash flow requirements for such commitments.

     Abbey also enters into contracts that contain indemnification provisions. Such indemnification agreements that function as financial guarantees are considered to have a remote risk of loss. Abbey’s maximum exposure to loss and our actual loss experience is not significant. The indemnification clauses are often standard contractual terms and were entered into in the normal course of business based on an assessment that the risk of loss would be remote. In many cases, there are no stated or notional amounts included in the indemnification clauses and the contingencies triggering the obligation to indemnify have not occurred and are not expected to occur. There are no amounts reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at 31 December 2004 and 2003, related to these indemnifications. These potential obligations are not included in the table above.

     To mitigate credit risk, Abbey may require the counterparty to pledge collateral in the form of cash, securities or other assets. Cash collateral available to Abbey to reimburse losses realised under these guarantees amounted to £376m at 31 December 2004 (2003: £602m). Securities and other marketable assets held as collateral amounted to £401m (2003: £854m). Other property may also be available to Abbey to cover losses under certain guarantees and indemnifications. However, the value of such property has not been determined.

r) Provisions for misselling

Abbey estimates provisions for misselling with the objective of maintaining reserve levels believed by management to be sufficient to absorb current estimated probable losses in connection with compensation and costs relating to the handling of complaints from customers who claim misselling of endowment policies and other products. The calculation of provisions for misselling is based on the estimated number of claims that will be received, of those, the number that will be upheld, and the estimated average settlement per case. These assessments are based on managements estimate for each of these three factors. Abbey’s assumptions about estimated losses are based on past claims uphold rates, past customer behaviour, and past average settlements, which are not necessarily an indication of future losses.

178


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

     The financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2004 include a provision charge for misselling in the Banking and Savings segment for an amount equal to £153m. This provision was increased (in 2003 it was £61m), reflecting both increased claims and claims upheld.

     In calculating the misselling provision within the Banking and Savings segment, management’s best estimate of the provision was calculated based on conclusions regarding the number of claims that will be received, of those, the number that will be upheld, and the estimated average settlement per case. Had management used different assumptions regarding these factors, a larger or smaller provision for misselling would have resulted in the Banking and Savings segment that could have had a material impact on Abbey’s reported operating profit in 2004. Management are not, however, able to quantify reliably a meaningful sensitivity or range of possible outcomes. Specifically, due to the non-homogenous nature of the population, any of the factors could change in a way that could either offset or amplify the effect of a change in another factor.

s) Segmental analysis

Under US GAAP, SFAS No. 131 “Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (SFAS 131) requires the disclosure of certain information about a Company’s operating segments and related information. SFAS 131 defines an operating segment as a component of the business that engages in business activities from which it may earn income or incur expenses and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resource allocation and to assess its performance.

     SFAS 131 permits the aggregation of operating segments if the segments demonstrate similar economic characteristics and if the segments are similar in the following respects: the nature of the products and services offered; the nature of the production processes; the type or class of customer for their products or services; the distribution channels; and the nature of the regulatory environment.

     Abbey has determined that its reportable segments identified in accordance with SFAS 131 also satisfy the requirements of SSAP 25. SSAP 25 requires that the amounts to be disclosed in the UK segmental analysis be presented on a statutory basis. Abbey’s segmental analysis prepared in accordance with UK GAAP is shown in Note 1. SFAS 131 requires that the amounts to be disclosed in the US segmental analysis be presented on the basis used in the board report to evaluate performance. Abbey’s management reviews discrete financial information for each of its segments that includes measures of operating results and assets. However, due to the differing natures of our ongoing Personal Financial Services group of reportable segments and our Portfolio Business Unit group of reportable segments, which are being managed for exit, the Personal Financial Services group of reportable segments and Portfolio Business Unit group of reportable segments are managed differently. The Personal Financial Services group of reportable segments are managed primarily on the basis of their results, which are measured on a trading basis. The Portfolio Business Unit group of reportable segments are managed both on the basis of their results, which are measured on a management basis, and on the basis of their net asset value. On a consolidated level the trading results of the Personal Financial Services group of reportable segments are aggregated with the management results of the Portfolio Business Unit group of reportable segments to give our summarised trading profit and loss account. The trading basis for our Personal Financial Services group of reportable segments and the management basis for our Portfolio Business Unit group of reportable segments are collectively known as the “trading” basis, as presented below.

     Management considers that the trading basis provides the most appropriate way of reviewing the performance of the business.

This is because the adjustments are:

>     Embedded value charges and rebasing – these are unpredictable as they depend on both equity and debt market trends which do not affect the underlying performance of what is a very long-term business. The short-term market movements are, however, a very important factor in the management of the business but these are managed separately with a more risk-based focus.
 
>     Re-organisation costs – Abbey is going through a significant costs savings and re-organisation exercise and management needs to understand the underlying drivers of the cost base that will remain after the exercise is complete and does not want this view to be clouded by the costs of the exercise. Those costs are managed independently.
 
>     Goodwill charges – these charges can vary significantly year on year, and hence can materially affect our profit or loss for that year. As a result we review these charges separately to avoid clouding the presentation of underlying results.
 
>     Depreciation on operating lease assets – The operating lease businesses are managed as financing businesses and therefore management needs to see the margin earned on the businesses. Residual value risk is separately managed. As a result we net the depreciation against the related income.
 
>     Income from associated undertakings is included within trading income because it is a regular source of income to our operations. Therefore management believes its inclusion at this level reflects our aggregate income from our activities.
 
>     Profit on disposal of Group undertakings is included within trading income for similar reasons to those noted above relating to our income from associated undertakings.

For a detailed explanation of these items, please refer to the “Other material items” section of the Operating and financial review.

The Personal Financial Services group of reportable segments adjustments are the deduction of:

>     Embedded value charges and rebasing
 
>     Re-organisation costs, and
 
>     Goodwill charges

There is also a single reclassification adjustment where:

>     Depreciation on operating lease assets is netted within trading income as opposed to being recorded as a part of operating expenses.

179


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

The Portfolio Business Unit group of reportable segments’ adjustments are:

>     Depreciation on operating lease assets is netted within trading income as opposed to being recorded as a part of operating expenses
 
>     Income from associated undertakings is reported as part of non-interest income as opposed to being reported below the operating loss or profit line
 
>     Profit on disposal of Group undertakings is also reported as part of non-interest income as opposed to being reported below the operating loss or profit line.

Also included within trading interest income in 2004 is £3,942m (2003: £2,063m 2002: £2,171m) of inter-segment funding offset against interest expense. This adjustment results in statutory interest income in 2004 of £4,926m (2003: £5,244m; 2002: £6,768m) and statutory interest expense in 2004 of £3,396m (2003: £3,182m; 2002: £4,184m).

Abbey’s reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. They are managed separately because each business requires different technology and marketing strategies. Abbey has eight reportable segments. The Banking and Savings segment offers a range of personal banking, savings and mortgage products and services. The Investment and Protection segment offers a range of investment products such as pensions, investment bonds, with-profits bonds, structured products, unit trusts, Individual Savings Accounts, Wrap products and endowment life insurance policies, as well as a range of protection products such as term life insurance, critical illness cover and disability cover. The General Insurance segment offers a range of non-life insurance products, including property, motor, payment protection, accidental death, personal accident and travel insurance. The Abbey Financial Markets segment manages Abbey’s liquidity, supports its funding and capital management activities, and provides risk management services to third parties and Abbey’s other businesses. The Group Infrastructure segment comprises Central Services, Financial Holdings (which contains the earnings on the difference between Abbey’s statutory capital and the target regulatory capital allocated to segments) and the results of certain small non-core businesses. The Wholesale segment earns interest and other similar returns on wholesale banking assets, including Abbey’s debt securities portfolios, leasing and as well as structured corporate banking. The Motor Finance and Litigation Funding segment offers a comprehensive range of loans and insurance products for the purchase or leasing of motor vehicles, and litigation finance. The Other segment consists of Abbey’s international operations, excluding Abbey Offshore and international treasury operations.

     The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Inter-segment transactions are accounted for as if the transactions were to third parties, that is, at current market prices.

180


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                                                                         
                                                  Motor                              
    Banking     Investment       Abbey             Group             Finance &                              
    and     and     Financial     General     Infra-     Wholesale     Litigation                     Adjust-     Group  
    Savings     protection     Markets     Insurance     structure     Banking     Funding     Other     Total     ments     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
2004
                                                                                       
Interest income
    6,376       113       1,082       1       484       588       158       66       8,868       (3,942 )     4,926  
Interest expense
    (4,866 )     (36 )     (1,061 )     (5 )     (618 )     (658 )     (60 )     (34 )     (7,338 )     3,942       (3,396 )
Net interest income
    1,510       77       21       (4 )     (134 )     (70 )     98       32       1,530       —       1,530  
Non-interest income
    438       171       291       114       116       154       (30 )     (41 )     1,213       (47 )     1,166  
Depreciation of operating lease assets
    —       —       —       —       —       (151 )     —       —       (151 )     —       (151 )
 
Total trading income
    1,948       248       312       110       (18 )     (67 )     68       (9 )     2,592       (47 )     2,545  
 
Administrative and other expenses
    (1,051 )     (82 )     (108 )     (39 )     (239 )     (30 )     (22 )     (38 )     (1,609 )     (465 )     (2,074 )
Impairments
    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —  
Depreciation of non-operating lease assets
    (63 )     (1 )     (1 )     (1 )     (14 )     —       —       —       (80 )     —       (80 )
 
Total trading expenses
    (1,114 )     (83 )     (109 )     (40 )     (253 )     (30 )     (22 )     (38 )     (1,689 )     (465 )     (2,154 )
 
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    (34 )     —       —       —       —       88       (89 )     (10 )     (45 )     80       35  
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (124 )     —       —       —       2       —       —       —       (122 )     (111 )     (233 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    —       —       —       —       —       80       —       —       80       —       80  
 
Trading profit/(loss) before taxation
    676       165       203       70       (269 )     71       (43 )     (57 )     816       (543 )     273  
 
Adjust for:
                                                                                       
Embedded value charges and rebasing
    —       21       —       —       —       —       —       —       21                  
Reorganisation expenses
    (183 )     (57 )     (24 )     (16 )     (285 )     —       —       —       (565 )                
Goodwill charges
    —       —       —       —       (20 )     —       —       —       (20 )                
Income from associated undertakings
    —       —       —       —       —       —       6       —       6                  
Profit on disposal of group undertakings
    —       —       —       —       —       32       —       14       46                  
Loss on the termination of an operation
    (31 )     —       —       —       —       —       —       —       (31 )                
                 
Operating profit/(loss)
    462       129       179       54       (574 )     103       (37 )     (43 )     273                  
                 
Total assets
    79,645       28,838       50,073       144       812       6,956       646       2,627       169,741                  
                                   

181


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                                                         
                            Depreciation     Provision     Provision     Amounts             Profit/  
    Non-             Depreciation     of non-     for bad and     for     written off             (loss)  
    interest     Impair-     of operating     operating     doubtful     contingent     fixed asset     Other     before  
Adjustments   income     ments     lease assets     lease assets     debts     liabilities     investments     expenses     taxation  
comprise:   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
2004
                                                                       
Embedded value charges and rebasing
    (27 )     —       —       —       80       (32 )     —       —       21  
Reorganisation expenses
    (72 )     —       —       —       —       (48 )     —       (445 )     (565 )
Goodwill charges
    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       (20 )     (20 )
Income from associated undertakings
    6       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       6  
Profit on disposal of group undertakings
    46       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       46  
Loss on the termination of an operation
    —       —       —       —       —       (31 )     —       —       (31 )
Reclassification of depreciation on operating lease assets
    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —  
 
 
    (47 )     —       —       —       80       (111 )     —       (465 )     (543 )
                   

182


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                                                                         
                                                    Motor                              
    Banking     Investment       Abbey             Group             Finance &                              
    and     and     Financial     General     Infra-     Wholesale     Litigation                     Adjust-     Group  
    Savings     protection     Markets     Insurance     structure     Banking     Funding     Other     Total     ments     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
2003
                                                                                       
Interest income
    4,143       132       1,645       3       734       66       387       197       7,307       (2,063 )     5,244  
Interest expense
    (2,423 )     (49 )     (1,619 )     (8 )     (849 )     (44 )     (142 )     (111 )     (5,245 )     2,063       (3,182 )
Net interest income
    1,720       83       26       (5 )     (115 )     22       245       86       2,062       —       2,062  
Non-interest income
    427       214       223       126       90       (197 )     (58 )     25       850       (480 )     370  
Depreciation of operating lease assets
    —       —       —       —       —       (250 )     (1 )     —       (251 )     251       —  
 
Total trading income
    2,147       297       249       121       (25 )     (425 )     186       111       2,661       (229 )     2,432  
 
Administrative and other expenses
    (1,064 )     (57 )     (105 )     (48 )     (196 )     (96 )     (135 )     (73 )     (1,774 )     (511 )     (2,285 )
Impairments
    —       —       —       —       (10 )     —       —       (8 )     (18 )     —       (18 )
Depreciation of non-operating lease assets
    (68 )     (1 )     (4 )     —       (24 )     (11 )     (2 )     (2 )     (112 )     —       (112 )
 
Total trading expenses
    (1,132 )     (58 )     (109 )     (48 )     (230 )     (107 )     (137 )     (83 )     (1,904 )     (511 )     (2,415 )
 
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    (130 )     —       —       —       —       (154 )     (99 )     (11 )     (394 )     (80 )     (474 )
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (9 )     —       —       —       (52 )     (2 )     —       (17 )     (80 )     (24 )     (104 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    —       —       —       —       —       (183 )     —       —       (183 )     (10 )     (193 )
 
Trading profit/(loss) before taxation
    876       239       140       73       (307 )     (871 )     (50 )     —       100       (854 )     (754 )
 
Adjust for:
                                                                                       
Embedded value charges and rebasing
    —       (443 )     —       —       —       —       —       —       (443 )                
Reorganisation expenses
    (169 )     (16 )     (19 )     (41 )     (70 )     —       —       —       (315 )                
Goodwill charges
    —       —       —       —       (28 )     —       —       —       (28 )                
Income from associated undertakings
    —       —       —       —       —       —       (12 )     —       (12 )                
Profit on disposal of group undertakings
    —       —       —       —       —       (50 )     1       (40 )     (89 )                
Loss on the termination of an operation
    —       —       —       —       —       6       27       —       33                  
                 
Operating profit/(loss)
    707       (220 )     121       32       (405 )     (915 )     (34 )     (40 )     (754 )                
                 
Total assets
    77,183       28,790       54,459       165       564       7,426       2,160       6,027       176,774                  
                 

183


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                                                         
                    Depreciation     Depreciation     Provision for             Amounts                
    Non-             of operating     of non-     bad and     Provision for     written off             Profit/(loss)  
    interest     Impair-     lease     operating     doubtful     contingent     fixed asset     Other     before  
Adjustments   income     ments     Assets     lease assets     debts     liabilities     investments     expenses     taxation  
comprise:   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
2003
                                                                       
Embedded value charges and rebasing
    (363 )     —       —       —       (80 )     —       —       —       (443 )
Reorganisation expenses
    (16 )     —       —       —       —       (24 )     (10 )     (265 )     (315 )
Goodwill charges
    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       (28 )     (28 )
Income from associated undertakings
    (12 )     —       —       —       —       —       —       —       (12 )
Profit on disposal of group undertakings
    (89 )     —       —       —       —       —       —       —       (89 )
Loss on the termination of an operation
    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       33       33  
Reclassification of depreciation on operating lease assets
    —       —       251       —       —       —       —       (251 )     —  
 
 
    (480 )     —       251       —       (80 )     (24 )     (10 )     (511 )     (854 )
 

184


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                                                                         
                                                  Motor                              
    Banking     Investment       Abbey             Group             Finance &                              
    and     and     Financial     General     Infra-     Wholesale     Litigation                     Adjust-     Group  
    Savings     protection     Markets     Insurance     structure     Banking     Funding     Other     Total     ments     Total  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
2002
                                                                                       
Interest income
    4,255       150       2,483       4       759       327       801       160       8,939       (2,171 )     6,768  
Interest expense
    (2,456 )     (60 )     (2,456 )     (7 )     (934 )     —       (337 )     (105 )     (6,355 )     2,171       (4,184 )
Net interest income
    1,799       90       27       (3 )     (175 )     327       464       55       2,584       —       2,584  
Non-interest income
    454       335       231       149       106       378       (48 )     (71 )     1,534       (618 )     916  
Depreciation of operating lease assets
    (23 )     —       —       —       —       (252 )     (5 )     —       (280 )     280       —  
 
Total trading income
    2,230       425       258       146       (69 )     453       411       (16 )     3,838       (338 )     3,500  
 
Administrative and other expenses
    (1,042 )     (52 )     (103 )     (55 )     (230 )     (95 )     (183 )     (58 )     (1,818 )     (378 )     (2,196 )
Impairments
    —       —       —       —       —       (28 )     (357 )     (6 )     (391 )     (747 )     (1,138 )
Depreciation of non-operating lease assets
    (66 )     (1 )     (7 )     1       (22 )     —       (6 )     (2 )     (103 )     —       (103 )
 
Total trading expenses
    (1,108 )     (53 )     (110 )     (54 )     (252 )     (123 )     (546 )     (66 )     (2,312 )     (1,125 )     (3,437 )
 
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
    (151 )     —       —       —       1       (247 )     (115 )     (2 )     (514 )     —       (514 )
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
    (11 )     —       —       —       (35 )     —       (4 )     —       (50 )     —       (50 )
Amounts written off fixed asset investments
    2       —       —       —       —       (513 )     —       —       (511 )     —       (511 )
 
Trading profit/(loss) before taxation
    962       372       148       92       (355 )     (430 )     (254 )     (84 )     451       (1,463 )     (1,012 )
 
Adjust for:
                                                                                       
Embedded value charges and rebasing
    —       (553 )     —       —       —       —       —       —       (553 )                
Reorganisation expenses
    (23 )     —       —       —       (11 )     —       —       —       (34 )                
Goodwill charges
    —       —       —       —       (811 )     —       —       —       (811 )                
Income from associated undertakings
    —       —       —       —       —       —       (17 )     —       (17 )                
Profit on disposal of group undertakings
    —       —       —       —       —       (46 )     (2 )     —       (48 )                
                 
Operating profit/(loss)
    939       (181 )     148       92       (1,177 )     (476 )     (273 )     (84 )     (1,012 )                
                 
Total assets
    67,264       30,404       43,603       199       837       48,401       7,751       6,735       205,194                  
                 

185


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                                                         
                    Depreciation     Depreciation     Provision for             Amounts                
    Non-             of operating     of non-     bad and     Provision for     written off             Profit/(loss)  
    interest     Impair-     lease     operating     doubtful     contingent     fixed asset     Other     before  
Adjustments   income     ments     Assets     lease assets     debts     liabilities     investments     expenses     taxation  
comprise   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
2002
                                                                       
Embedded value charges and rebasing
    (553 )     —       —       —       —       —       —       —       (553 )
Reorganisation expenses
    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       (34 )     (34 )
Goodwill charges
    —       (747 )     —       —       —       —       —       (64 )     (811 )
Income from associated undertakings
    (17 )     —       —       —       —       —       —       —       (17 )
Profit on disposal of group undertakings
    (48 )     —       —       —       —       —       —       —       (48 )
Reclassification of depreciation on operating lease assets
    —       —       280       —       —       —       —       (280 )     —  
 
 
    (618 )     (747 )     280       —       —       —       —       (378 )     (1,463 )
 

t) Restatements

During the preparation of Abbey’s 2004 Consolidated Financial Statements, management identified a number of errors in the US GAAP adjustments previously reported. As a result, Abbey’s US GAAP net (loss) income and shareholders’ funds for the years ended 31 December 2003 and 2002 have been restated from the amounts previously reported as follows:

Securitisations

In 2004, Abbey’s models used to calculate the UK GAAP to US GAAP adjustments for securitisations were updated. As part of Abbey’s review of the new models, certain clerical and administrative input errors were discovered in the previous models used to calculate the initial values of interest-only strips and subsequent revaluation gains/losses, and the interest income recognised each year.

Loan origination fees and costs

In 2004, Abbey’s models used to calculate the UK GAAP to US GAAP adjustments for loan origination fees and costs were reviewed. As part of Abbey’s review, certain errors were discovered in the methodologies applied to identify the balances to be deferred. In addition, Abbey identified that one of its divisions had been inappropriately omitted from its previous calculations, and in another division, some fees had been inappropriately deferred.

Goodwill

In 2004, during the preparation of the financial statements, an error was identified in the posting of a 2003 journal relating to the UK GAAP to US GAAP adjustment for goodwill.

Life assurance businesses

In 2004, the models used to calculate the UK GAAP to US GAAP adjustments for Abbey’s life assurance businesses were reviewed. As part of the review, certain clerical input errors were discovered in the models used to calculate deferred acquisition costs.

Operating leases

In 2004, Abbey identified certain fixed assets leased to customers under operating leases for which, in accordance with UK GAAP, depreciation and operating lease income are recognised using the actuarial after-tax method rather than the straight-line method, but for which no UK GAAP to US GAAP adjustment had been calculated in prior years.

Other

In 2004, Abbey identified certain assets and liabilities that, in accordance with UK GAAP, had been derecognised prior to their legal extinguishment, but for which no UK GAAP to US GAAP adjustment had been calculated in prior years.

186


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

These findings have resulted in restatements of the previously reported US GAAP adjustments in respect of “Securitisation”, “Loan origination fees and costs”, “Goodwill”, “Shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business”, “Leasing” and “Other” with their related tax effects, where applicable, as follows:

                 
    2003     2002  
    £m     £m  
 
Net (loss)/income:
               
Net (loss)/income under US GAAP, as previously reported
    (131 )     (1,393 )
Adjustment to “Securitisation”
    (12 )     3  
Adjustment to “Loan origination fees”
    (107 )     (57 )
Adjustment to “Goodwill”
    190       —  
Adjustment to “Shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business”
    (73 )     —  
Adjustment to “Leasing”
    (45 )     27  
Adjustment to “Other”
    (9 )     3
Deferred tax effect of adjustments
    59       10  
Net (loss)/income under US GAAP, as restated
    (128 )     (1,407 )
(Loss)/earnings per share:
               
Basic (loss)/earnings per share, as previously reported
    (9.0 )p     (96.6 )p
Effect of adjustments
    0.2p       (1.6 )p 
Basic (loss)/earnings per share, as restated
    (8.8 )p     (98.2 )p
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share, as previously reported
    (9.0 )p     (96.6 )p
Effect of adjustments
    0.2p       (1.6 )p 
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share, as restated
    (8.8 )p     (98.2 )p
Shareholders’ funds:
               
Shareholders’ funds under US GAAP, as previously reported
    6,032       6,090  
Adjustment to “Securitisation”
    (54 )     (31 )
Adjustment to “Loan origination fees”
    (298 )     (191 )
Adjustment to “Shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business”
    (73 )     —  
Adjustment to “Leasing”
    (91 )     (46 )
Adjustment to “Other”
    (39 )     (30 )
Deferred tax effect of adjustments
    152       107  
Shareholders’ funds under US GAAP, as restated
    5,629       5,899  
 

The cumulative impact of the restatements on periods prior to 2002 is £(269)m.

63. Significant concentrations of credit risk

During 2004, Abbey’s significant exposures to credit risk arose mainly in the residential mortgage portfolio and unsecured lending in Banking and Savings and in Abbey Financial Markets and Wholesale Banking. See “Risk management – Credit risk” for additional information regarding Abbey’s approach to managing credit risk.

     Residential mortgages represented 45% (2003: 42%) of total assets at 31 December 2004; 100% (2003: 98%) of the residential mortgage asset is located in the UK at 31 December 2004.

     Although the Abbey Financial Markets operation is based mainly in the UK, it has built up exposures to various entities around the world. At 31 December 2004, 18% of Abbey Financial Markets credit exposures were to counterparties from the United States, and 50% were to counterparties from the UK. The remaining exposures were mainly to counterparties from Europe. Less than 3% of Abbey Financial Markets’ exposures were to countries that are not members of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.

64. Fair values of financial instruments

The following disclosures are made in accordance with SFAS 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

     The fair values have been estimated using quoted market prices where available. Where no ready markets exist and hence quoted market prices are not available, appropriate techniques are used to estimate fair values which typically take account of the characteristics of the instruments, including the future cash flows, market interest rates and prices available for similar instruments. Unless otherwise specified, fair values of financial instruments have been estimated by discounting anticipated future cash flows using market interest rates offered at 31 December 2004 for similar instruments.

     By its nature, the estimation of fair values is highly subjective and the results will depend largely upon the assumptions made.

     See “Operating review – highlights – Critical accounting policies” for additional information. Considerable caution should therefore be used in interpreting the fair values and particularly if comparing with fair values presented by other financial institutions. The concept of fair values assumes that the financial instruments will be realised by way of sale in the ordinary course of business with adjustments made for liquidity as appropriate.

     SFAS 107 does not apply to non-financial assets and liabilities. Accordingly, tangible fixed assets and balances relating to Long-term Assurance business are excluded.

     The carrying values and estimated fair values of financial instruments are as follows:

187


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                                 
    2004     2004     2004     2003     2003     2003  
    Carrying     Fair     Surplus/     Carrying     Fair     Surplus/  
    amount     value (1)     (deficit)     amount     value (1)     (deficit)  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Non-trading assets
                                               
Cash and balances at central banks
    454       454       –       439       439       –  
Loans and advances to banks
    3,068       3,069       1       2,271       2,271       –  
Related derivatives
    –       –       –       26       27       1  
Loans and advances to customers
    81,853       82,093       240       84,426       84,688       262  
Related derivatives
    3       (261 )     (264 )     (588 )     (1,061 )     (473 )
Debt securities
    672       724       52       1,753       1,841       88  
Related derivatives
    (53 )     (96 )     (43 )     (58 )     (199 )     (141 )
Equity shares and other variable yield securities
    30       32       2       394       394       –  
Non-trading liabilities
                                               
Deposits by banks
    (8,578 )     (8,553 )     25       (8,772 )     (8,793 )     (21 )
Related derivatives
    84       84       –       (67 )     (52 )     15  
Customer accounts
    (69,348 )     (69,540 )     (192 )     (68,666 )     (68,883 )     (217 )
Related derivatives
    1       3       2       47       187       140  
Debt securities in issue
    (21,969 )     (21,297 )     672       (24,834 )     (24,893 )     (59 )
Related derivatives
    275       (229 )     (504 )     80       259       179  
Short positions in debt securities and equity shares
    –       –       –       –       –       –  
Subordinated liabilities including convertible debt
    (5,360 )     (5,656 )     (296 )     (6,337 )     (7,068 )     (731 )
Related derivatives
    (106 )     385       491       (99 )     425       524  
Other long-term capital instruments
    (722 )     (805 )     (83 )     (742 )     (896 )     (154 )
Related derivatives
    2       15       13       1       208       207  
Other non-trading derivatives (2)
    (1 )     20       21       10       (5 )     (15 )
Trading assets/liabilities
                                               
Treasury bills & other eligible bills
    1,990       1,990       –       1,630       1,630       –  
Loans and advances to banks
    7,080       7,080       –       4,884       4,884       –  
Loans and advances to customers
    11,357       11,357       –       9,413       9,413       –  
Debt securities
    22,011       22,011       –       28,575       28,575       –  
Equity shares and other variable yield securities
    1,146       1,146       –       1,239       1,239       –  
Deposits by banks
    (9,834 )     (9,834 )     –       (13,353 )     (13,353 )     –  
Customer accounts
    (9,502 )     (9,502 )     –       (5,736 )     (5,736 )     –  
Short positions in government debt securities
    (2,715 )     (2,715 )     –       (4,303 )     (4,303 )     –  
Derivative contracts with third parties
    (1,793 )     (1,793 )     –       (3,169 )     (3,169 )     –  
Derivative contracts with ANFP
    505       505       –       50       50       –  
 


(1)   Where quoted market prices are not available, fair values of on-balance sheet financial instruments incorporate the discounted value of the principal amounts, whereas, for associated hedges of the underlying interest flows, fair values of derivatives do not reflect principal amounts. Consequently, movements in the fair values of on-balance sheet financial instruments are not necessarily matched by equal and opposite movements in the fair values of related derivatives.
 
(2)   Other non-trading derivatives hedge finance, operating lease assets and non-equity minority interests. SFAS 107 does not require disclosure of the fair value of finance lease debtors. They are therefore excluded from the table. Non-equity minority interests are not classified as liabilities under UK GAAP and have been excluded from the table.

Fair values include the fair values of derivatives undertaken by Abbey entities for non-trading purposes with Abbey National Financial Products. As part of an integrated approach to risk management, Abbey uses both off–balance sheet and on-balance sheet instruments to manage risk. On-balance sheet instruments which are used as hedges of other on-balance sheet instruments are shown in the relevant standard balance sheet headings on the fair value table, and are not offset.

     Other assets, Prepayments and accrued income, Dividend proposed, Other liabilities, Accruals and deferred income and Provisions for liabilities and charges may contain financial instruments which fall within the scope of SFAS 107. Unless specifically included, these financial instruments have been excluded from the above analysis as their fair values approximate to carrying values.

     The surplus/(deficit) in the table above represents the surplus/(deficit) of fair value compared to the carrying amount of those financial instruments for which fair values have been estimated under SFAS 107.

     The approach to specific categories of financial instruments is described below.

188


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Assets

Debt securities and equity shares and other variable yield securities

Where available, securities and investments have been valued using quoted market prices. Where quoted market prices are not available, as is the case with certain over-the-counter derivatives (“OTC derivatives”), fair value is determined using pricing models that use a mathematical methodology based on accepted financial theories. Depending on the product type and its components, the fair value of over-the-counter derivatives is modelled using one or a combination of pricing models that are widely accepted in the financial services industry.

     Pricing models take into account the contract terms of the securities as well as market-based valuation parameters, such as interest rates, volatility, exchange rates and the credit rating of the counterparty. Valuation adjustments are an integral component of the fair value estimation process and are taken on individual positions where either the absolute size of the trade or other specific features of the trade or the particular market (such as counterparty credit risk, concentration or market liquidity) require more than the simple application of pricing models.

     When valuation parameters are not observable in the market or cannot be derived from observable market prices, as is the case with certain over-the-counter derivatives, the fair value is derived either through historical analysis of other observable market data (such as spot prices) or through an estimation of a valuation adjustment appropriate for each product. Typically, historical benchmarks are combined with management judgement in this process.

Loans and advances to customers

Loans and advances to personal customers are made both at variable and at fixed rates. As there is no active secondary market in the UK for such loans and advances, there is no reliable market value available for such a significant portfolio.

     However, if a market value could be ascertained, the Directors believe it would reflect the expectation of a long-term and continuing relationship with a majority of the customers. Although substantial, this value is intangible and it cannot therefore be included in the fair value under SFAS 107. Consequently the Directors believe that, for the purposes of SFAS 107, the carrying value of the variable rate loans may be assumed to be their fair value.

     Certain of the loans secured on residential properties are at a fixed rate for a limited period, typically two to five years from their commencement. At the end of this period these loans revert to the relevant variable rate. The excess of fair value over carrying value of each of these loans has been estimated by reference to the market rates available at 31 December 2004 for similar loans of maturity equal to the remaining fixed period. The fixed element of such loans is substantially hedged such that any movement in the value of the loan as a result of market interest rate changes will be offset by an equivalent movement in the value of the instrument used as a hedge.

Liabilities

Deposits by banks and customers

SFAS 107 states that the fair value of deposit liabilities payable on demand is equal to the carrying value. However, given the long-term and continuing nature of the relationships with Abbey’s customers, the Directors believe there is significant value to Abbey in this source of funds. Certain of the deposit liabilities are at a fixed rate until maturity. The deficit of fair value over carrying value of the liabilities has been estimated by reference to the market rates available at 31 December 2004 for similar maturities.

Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities

Where reliable prices are available, the fair value of debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities has been calculated using quoted market prices. Other market values have been determined using in-house pricing models, or stated at amortised cost.

Financial commitments and contingent liabilities

The Directors believe that, given the lack of an established market, the diversity of fee structures and the estimation required to separate the value of the instruments from the value of the overall transaction, it is generally difficult to estimate the fair value of financial commitments and contingent liabilities. These are therefore excluded from the above table. However, since the majority of these are at floating rates the book value may be a reasonable approximation to fair value.

Off-balance sheet derivative financial instruments

Abbey uses various market-related off-balance sheet financial instruments. The fair value of these instruments is measured as the sum of positive and negative fair values at the balance sheet date, which is estimated using market prices where available or pricing models consistent with standard market practice.

65. Consolidating financial information

Abbey National Treasury Services plc is a wholly owned subsidiary of Abbey National plc and is able to offer and sell certain securities in the US from time to time pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-3 filed with the SEC (the “Registration Statement”). Abbey National plc has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the obligations of Abbey National Treasury Services plc that have been, or will be incurred before 31 July 2008: this guarantee includes all securities issued by Abbey National Treasury Services plc pursuant to the Registration Statement.

     The information below has been prepared in accordance with UK GAAP, based on the requirements of the SEC’s Rule 3.10 of Regulation S-X. Cash flow information relates solely to third party cash flows; Abbey does not maintain accounting records of cash flows on an individual company basis as such information is not required to be presented under UK GAAP. Reconciliations to determine intercompany cash flows are not practicable.

     This information is presented for: (i) Abbey National plc, on a stand-alone basis as guarantor (“The Company”); (ii) Abbey National Treasury Services plc, on a stand-alone basis; (iii) other non-guarantor subsidiaries of The Company and

189


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Abbey National Treasury Services plc on a combined basis (“Other”); (iv) consolidation adjustments (“Adjustments”); and (v) total consolidated amounts (“Consolidated”).

UK GAAP
Profit and loss accounts

                                         
            Abbey National                    
    The Company     Treasury Services     Other     Adjustments     Consolidated  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
For the year ended 31 December 2004
                                       
Net interest income
    950       272       292       16       1,530  
Fees, commissions and other income
    629       (1 )     1,181       (643 )     1,166  
 
Total operating income
    1,579       271       1,473       (627 )     2,696  
Operating expenses excluding operating lease depreciation
    (1,812 )     (127 )     (428 )     213       (2,154 )
Depreciation on operating lease assets
    —       (1 )     (150 )     —       (151 )
Provisions
    (181 )     160       (19 )     (78 )     (118 )
 
Operating (loss)/profit on ordinary activities before tax
    (414 )     303       876       (492 )     273  
Tax on (loss)/profit on ordinary activities
    183       —       (55 )     (272 )     (144 )
 
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities after tax
    (231 )     303       821       (764 )     129  
Minority interests – non-equity
    —       —       (49 )     —       (49 )
 
Loss for the financial year attributable to the shareholders of Abbey National plc
    (231 )     303       772       (764 )     80  
Transfer from non-distributable reserve
    —       —       —       47       47  
Dividends including amounts attributable to non-equity interests
    (631 )     51       (145 )     94       (631 )
 
Retained (loss)/profit for the year
    (862 )     354       627       (623 )     (504 )
 
 
                                       
For the year ended 31 December 2003
                                       
 
Net interest income
    1,330       18       704       10       2,062  
Fees, commissions and other income
    1,109       271       68       (977 )     471  
 
Total operating income
    2,439       289       772       (967 )     2,533  
Operating expenses excluding operating lease depreciation
    (1,677 )     (695 )     (42 )     217       (2,197 )
Depreciation on operating lease assets
    —       —       (251 )     —       (251 )
Provisions
    (886 )     (198 )     (364 )     677       (771 )
 
Operating (loss)/profit on ordinary activities before tax
    (124 )     (604 )     115       (73 )     (686 )
Tax on (loss)/profit on ordinary activities
    (43 )     188       (83 )     (20 )     42  
 
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities after tax
    (167 )     (416 )     32       (93 )     (644 )
Minority interests – non-equity
    —       —       (55 )     —       (55 )
 
Loss for the financial year attributable to the shareholders of Abbey National plc
    (167 )     (416 )     (23 )     (93 )     (699 )
Transfer from non-distributable reserve
    —       —       —       (200 )     (200 )
Dividends including amounts attributable to non-equity interests
    (424 )     91       (569 )     478       (424 )
 
Retained (loss)/profit for the year
    (591 )     (325 )     (592 )     185       (1,323 )
 
 
                                       
For the year ended 31 December 2002
                                       
 
Net interest income
    1,242       239       1,095       8       2,584  
Fees, commissions and other income
    1,337       350       230       (936 )     981  
 
Total operating income
    2,579       589       1,325       (928 )     3,565  
Operating expenses excluding operating lease depreciation
    (1,485 )     (171 )     (1,401 )     (100 )     (3,157 )
Depreciation on operating lease assets
    —       —       (280 )     —       (280 )
Provisions
    (1,494 )     (656 )     (261 )     1,336       (1,075 )
 
Operating (loss)/profit on ordinary activities before tax
    (400 )     (238 )     (617 )     308       (947 )
Tax on (loss)/profit on ordinary activities
    (97 )     101       (237 )     81       (152 )
 
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities after tax
    (497 )     (137 )     (854 )     389       (1,099 )
Minority interests – non-equity
    —       —       (60 )     (2 )     (62 )
 
(Loss)/profit for the financial year attributable to the shareholders of Abbey National plc
    (497 )     (137 )     (914 )     387       (1,161 )
Transfer from non-distributable reserve
    —       —       —       263       263  
Dividends including amounts attributable to non-equity interests
    (424 )     (449 )     (309 )     758       (424 )
 
Retained (loss)/profit for the year
    (921 )     (586 )     (1,223 )     1,408       (1,322 )
 

190


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

UK GAAP
Balance sheets

                                         
            Abbey National                    
    The Company     Treasury Services     Other     Adjustments     Consolidated  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
At 31 December 2004
                                       
Assets
                                       
Cash, treasury bills and other eligible bills
    443       663       1,338       —       2,444  
Loans and advances to banks
    3,605       52,448       26,207       (72,112 )     10,148  
Loans and advances to customers
    79,857       3,593       25,360       (15,601 )     93,209  
Net investment in finance leases
    3       —       1,142       3       1,148  
Securities and investments
    406       12,067       12,635       (1,249 )     23,859  
Long-term assurance business
    —       —       1       2,967       2,968  
Intangible fixed assets
    —       —       317       —       317  
Tangible fixed assets excluding operating lease assets
    226       2       145       (127 )     246  
Operating lease assets
    —       —       2,341       —       2,341  
Other assets
    1,684       3,537       967       (307 )     5,881  
Shares in group undertakings
    8,250       2,704       4,642       (15,596 )     —  
Assets of long-term assurance funds
    —       —       29,631       (2,451 )     27,180  
 
Total assets
    94,474       75,014       104,726       (104,473 )     169,741  
 
 
                                       
Liabilities
                                       
Deposits by banks
    15,697       35,268       21,800       (54,353 )     18,412  
Customer accounts
    65,910       12,048       19,440       (18,548 )     78,850  
Debt securities in issue
    4       19,779       17,284       (15,098 )     21,969  
Other liabilities
    2,389       5,279       4,289       (145 )     11,812  
Subordinated liabilities including convertible debt
    6,395       278       653       (1,244 )     6,082  
Liabilities of long-term assurance funds
    —       —       29,631       (2,451 )     27,180  
 
 
    90,395       72,652       93,097       (91,839 )     164,305  
Minority interests – non-equity
    —       —       518       (6 )     512  
Non-equity shareholders’ funds
    632       —       781       (781 )     632  
Equity Shareholders’ Funds
    3,447       2,362       10,330       (11,847 )     4,292  
 
Total liabilities
    94,474       75,014       104,726       (104,473 )     169,741  
 
 
                                       
At 31 December 2003
                                       
 
Assets
                                       
Cash, treasury bills and other eligible bills
    417       234       1,419       —       2,070  
Loans and advances to banks
    4,218       16,977       19,386       (33,426 )     7,155  
Loans and advances to customers
    76,070       18,525       15,732       (16,488 )     93,839  
Net investment in finance leases
    18       —       2,535       20       2,573  
Securities and investments
    482       14,399       18,945       (1,865 )     31,961  
Long-term assurance business
    —       —       —       2,272       2,272  
Intangible fixed assets
    —       —       341       —       341  
Tangible fixed assets excluding operating lease assets
    239       3       157       (131 )     268  
Operating lease assets
    —       —       2,529       —       2,529  
Other assets
    1,534       3,631       639       (373 )     5,431  
Shares in group undertakings
    8,171       2,704       1,658       (12,533 )     —  
Assets of long-term assurance funds
    —       —       30,978       (2,642 )     28,336  
 
Total assets
    91,149       56,473       94,319       (65,166 )     176,775  
 
 
                                       
Liabilities
                                       
Deposits by banks
    18,780       14,726       18,667       (30,048 )     22,125  
Customer accounts
    57,900       9,782       12,227       (5,508 )     74,401  
Debt securities in issue
    4       22,882       16,430       (14,482 )     24,834  
Other liabilities
    2,198       6,635       5,794       (512 )     14,115  
Subordinated liabilities including convertible debt
    7,431       332       1,173       (1,857 )     7,079  
Liabilities of long-term assurance funds
    —       —       30,978       (2,642 )     28,336  
 
 
    86,313       54,357       85,269       (55,049 )     170,890  
Minority interests – non-equity
    —       —       560       (6 )     554  
Non-equity shareholders’ funds
    632       —       (1,768 )     1,768       632  
Equity Shareholders’ Funds
    4,204       2,116       10,258       (11,879 )     4,699  
 
Total liabilities
    91,149       56,473       94,319       (65,166 )     176,775  
 

191


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

US GAAP reconciliations

                                         
            Abbey National                    
    The Company     Treasury Services     Other     Adjustments     Consolidated  
2004   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Income statement
                                       
Loss attributable to the shareholders – UK GAAP
    (231 )     303       772       (764 )     80  
Dividends on preference shares
    (48 )     —       —       —       (48 )
 
 
    (279 )     303       772       (764 )     32  
US GAAP adjustments:
                                       
Goodwill
    —       —       —       5       5  
Other intangible assets
    —       —       (162 )     —       (162 )
Computer software
    (53 )     (7 )     (49 )     —       (109 )
Pensions cost
    (64 )     (2 )     (12 )     —       (78 )
Securitisation
    30       —       —       —       30  
Shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business
    —       —       109       —       109  
Loan origination fees
    12       —       —       —       12  
Leasing
    12       —       (11 )     —       1  
Other
    7       (5 )     (68 )     —       (66 )
Derivatives and hedging activities
    (261 )     297       18       —       54  
Tax effect on the above adjustments
    95       (85 )     94       —       104  
 
Net (loss)/income available to ordinary shareholders – US GAAP
    (501 )     501       691       (759 )     (68 )
 
 
                                       
Shareholders’ funds
                                       
 
Shareholders’ funds including non-equity interests – UK GAAP
    4,079       2,362       11,111       (12,628 )     4,924  
US GAAP adjustments:
                                       
Goodwill
    —       —       —       678       678  
Other intangible assets
    —       —       89       —       89  
Computer software
    5       3       —       —       8  
Pensions cost
    (476 )     (14 )     (93 )     —       (583 )
Securitisation
    368       —       —       —       368  
Shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business
    —       —       (935 )     —       (935 )
Leasing
    (36 )     —       (161 )     —       (197 )
Other
    (85 )     —       (53 )     —       (138 )
Derivatives and hedging activities
    121       84       1       —       206  
Loan origination fees
    70       —       —       —       70  
Securities and Investments
    —       52       —       —       52  
Dividend payable
    —       —       —       —       —  
Tax effect on the above adjustments
    10     (38 )     329       —       301  
 
Shareholders’ funds – US GAAP
    4,056       2,449       10,288       (11,950 )     4,843  
 
 
                                       
2003
                                       
 
Income statement
                                       
Loss attributable to the shareholders – UK GAAP
    (167 )     (416 )     (23 )     (93 )     (699 )
Dividends on preference shares
    (60 )     —       —       —       (60 )
 
 
    (227 )     (416 )     (23 )     (93 )     (759 )
US GAAP adjustments:
                                       
Goodwill
    —       —       —       22       22  
Other intangible assets
    —       —       (53 )     —       (53 )
Computer software
    (15 )     (13 )     (14 )     —       (42 )
Pensions cost
    (5 )     —       (2 )     —       (7 )
Securitisation
    37       —       —       —       37  
Shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business
    —       —       270       —       270  
Loan origination fees
    37       —       —       —       37  
Leasing
    5       —       (35 )     —       (30 )
Other
    15       9       (22 )     —       2  
Derivatives and hedging activities
    (25 )     300       28       —       303  
Tax effect on the above adjustments
    (30 )     (74 )     196       —       92  
 
Net (loss)/income available to ordinary shareholders – US GAAP
    (208 )     (194 )     345       (71 )     (128 )
 

192


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

                                         
            Abbey National                    
    The Company     Treasury Services     Other     Adjustments     Consolidated  
Shareholders’ funds   £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Shareholders’ funds including non-equity interests – UK GAAP
    4,836       2,116       8,490       (10,111 )     5,331  
US GAAP adjustments:
                                       
Goodwill
    —       —       —       673       673  
Other intangible assets
    —       —       251       —       251  
Computer software
    58       10       49       —       117  
Pensions cost
    (352 )     (15 )     (97 )     —       (464 )
Securitisation
    310       —       —       —       310  
Shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business
    —       —       (1,044 )     —       (1,044 )
Leasing
    (48 )     —       (150 )     —       (198 )
Other
    (92 )     5       15       —       (72 )
Derivatives and hedging activities
    382       (213 )     (17 )     —       152  
Loan origination fees
    58       —       —       —       58  
Securities and Investments
    —       89       —       —       89  
Dividend payable
    242       —       —       —       242  
Tax effect on the above adjustments
    (95 )     37       242       —       184  
 
Shareholders’ funds – US GAAP
    5,299       2,029       7,739       (9,438 )     5,629  
 
 
                                       
2002
                                       
Income statement
                                       
 
 
Loss attributable to the shareholders – UK GAAP
    (497 )     (137 )     (914 )     387       (1,161 )
Dividends on preference shares
    (62 )     —       —       —       (62 )
 
 
    (559 )     (137 )     (914 )     387       (1,223 )
US GAAP adjustments:
                                       
Goodwill
    —       —       —       714       714  
Other intangible assets
    —       —       (120 )     —       (120 )
Computer software
    29       (4 )     (49 )     —       (24 )
Pensions cost
    (19 )     (1 )     (8 )     —       (28 )
Securitisation
    26       —       —       —       26  
Shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business
    —       —       (673 )     —       (673 )
Loan origination fees
    73       —       —       —       73  
Leasing
    3       —       91       —       94  
Other
    (118 )     31       50       —       (37 )
Derivatives and hedging activities
    108       (132 )     (114 )     —       (138 )
Tax effect on the above adjustments
    (31 )     32       (72 )     —       (71 )
 
Net (loss) income available to ordinary shareholders – US GAAP
    (488 )     (211 )     (1,809 )     1,101       (1,407 )
 
 
                                       
Shareholders’ funds
                                       
 
Shareholders’ funds including non-equity interests – UK GAAP
    5,521       2,440       10,845       (12,456 )     6,350  
US GAAP adjustments:
                                       
Goodwill
    —       —       —       846       846  
Other intangible assets
    —       —       304       —       304  
Computer software
    73       23       63       —       159  
Pensions cost
    (304 )     (12 )     (123 )     —       (439 )
Securitisation
    188       —       —       —       188  
Shareholders’ interest in long-term assurance business
    —       —       (1,284 )     —       (1,284 )
Leasing
    (53 )     —       (115 )             (168 )
Other
    (135 )     (4 )     37       —       (102 )
Derivatives and hedging activities
    232       (559 )     (83 )     —       (410 )
Loan origination fees
    19       —       —       —       19  
Securities and investments
    —       137       —       —       137  
Dividend payable
    107       —       —       —       107  
Tax effect on the above adjustments
    (6 )     125       73       —       192  
 
Shareholders’ funds – US GAAP
    5,642       2,150       9,717       (11,610 )     5,899  
 

193


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

UK GAAP
Cash flow statements

                                         
            Abbey National                    
    The Company     Treasury Services     Other     Adjustments     Consolidated  
    £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
For the year ended 31 December 2004
                                       
Net cash inflow from operating activities
    945       136       (3,100 )     —       (2,019 )
Net cash outflow from returns on investment and servicing of finance
    (288 )     1       (87 )     —       (374 )
Total taxation paid
    2       129       (143 )     —       (12 )
Net cash outflow from capital expenditure and financial investment
    62       1,676       (1,204 )     —       534  
Acquisitions and disposals
    875       —       2,305       —       3,180  
Equity dividends paid
    (699 )     50       (48 )     —       (697 )
 
Net cash (outflow)/inflow before financing
    897       1,992       (2,277 )     —       612  
Net cash inflow from financing
    (862 )     (52 )     114       —       (800 )
 
(Decrease)/increase in cash
    35       1,940       (2,163 )     —       (188 )
 
 
                                       
For the year ended 31 December 2003
                                       
 
Net cash inflow from operating activities
    (2,993 )     (21,547 )     (8,138 )     —       (32,678 )
Net cash outflow from returns on investment and servicing of finance
    (284 )     —       (88 )     —       (372 )
Total taxation paid
    (145 )     54       (8 )     —       (99 )
Net cash outflow from capital expenditure and financial investment
    499       (408 )     25,098       —       25,189  
Acquisitions and disposals
    3,320       22,570       (17,087 )     —       8,803  
Equity dividends paid
    (216 )     91       (91 )     —       (216 )
 
Net cash (outflow)/inflow before financing
    181       760       (314 )     —       627  
Net cash inflow from financing
    (122 )     (760 )     689       —       (193 )
 
(Decrease)/increase in cash
    59       —       375       —       434  
 
 
                                       
For the year ended 31 December 2002
                                       
 
Net cash inflow from operating activities
    1,298       (2,024 )     (10,226 )     —       (10,952 )
Net cash outflow from returns on investment and servicing of finance
    (292 )     (86 )     (84 )     —       (462 )
Total taxation paid
    (143 )     (43 )     (310 )     —       (496 )
Net cash outflow from capital expenditure and financial investment
    (900 )     4,895       5,560       —       9,555  
Acquisitions and disposals
    (48 )     —       (488 )     —       (536 )
Equity dividends paid
    (648 )     (449 )     449       —       (648 )
 
Net cash (outflow)/inflow before financing
    (733 )     2,293       (5,099 )     —       (3,539 )
Net cash inflow from financing
    626       110       (49 )     —       687  
 
(Decrease)/increase in cash
    (107 )     2,403       (5,148 )     —       (2,852 )
 

194


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Five year record

The financial information set forth below for the twelve month periods ended 31 December 2004, 2003 and 2002, and as at 31 December 2004 and 2003 has been derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The information should be read in connection with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Group’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto. Financial information set forth below for the twelve-month periods ended 31 December 2001 and 2000, and as at 31 December 2002, 2001 and 2000, has been derived from the audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group for 2002, 2001 and 2000. The financial information in this selected consolidated financial and statistical data does not constitute statutory accounts within the meaning of the Companies Act 1985. The auditors’ report in the financial statements for each of the five years ended 31 December 2004 was unqualified and did not include a statement under sections 237(2) and 237(3) of the Companies Act 1985. The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group, for the years ended 31 December 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000, were audited by Deloitte & Touche, independent accountants. The Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report have been prepared in accordance with UK GAAP, which differ in certain significant respects from US GAAP. Certain significant differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP are discussed in note 58 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, and notes 61 and 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements include reconciliations of certain amounts calculated in accordance with UK GAAP to US GAAP.

Profit and loss accounts

                                                 
                    2003     2002     2001     2000  
    2004     2004     (restated)     (restated)     (restated)     (restated)  
    $m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Net interest income (1, 5)
    2,723       1,530       2,062       2,584       2,692       2,680  
Fees, commissions and other income (1, 2)
    2,075       1,166       471       981       1,400       1,512  
Total operating income
    4,798       2,696       2,533       3,565       4,092       4,192  
Operating expenses excluding impairment of goodwill and operating lease depreciation (7)
    (3,835 )     (2,154 )     (2,179 )     (2,019 )     (1,856 )     (1,819 )
Impairment of goodwill
    —       —       (18 )     (1,138 )     —       —  
Depreciation on operating lease assets (2)
    (269 )     (151 )     (251 )     (280 )     (256 )     (178 )
Provisions
    (210 )     (118 )     (771 )     (1,075 )     (510 )     (326 )
 
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before tax(6)
    484       273       (686 )     (947 )     1,470       1,869  
Tax on (loss)/profit on ordinary activities
    (256 )     (144 )     42       (152 )     (464 )     (513 )
 
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities after tax
    228       129       (644 )     (1,099 )     1,006       1,356  
Minority interests – non-equity
    (87 )     (49 )     (55 )     (62 )     (59 )     (51 )
 
(Loss)/profit for the financial year attributable to the shareholders of Abbey National plc
    141       80       (699 )     (1,161 )     947       1,305  
Transfer (to)/from non-distributable reserve
    84       47       (200 )     263       161       (134 )
Dividends including amounts attributable to non-equity interests
    (1,122 )     (631 )     (424 )     (424 )     (762 )     (687 )
 
Retained (loss)/profit for the year
    (897 )     (504 )     (1,323 )     (1,322 )     346       484  
 
Selected UK GAAP profit and loss account data
                                               
 
Earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (pence and cents)
                                               
– basic
    3.9c       2.2p       (52.4 )p      (84.8 )p      63.2p       89.2p  
– diluted
    3.9c       2.2p       (52.4 )p      (84.3 )p      62.8p       88.6p  
Dividends per ordinary share (pence and cents)
                                               
– net (3)
    70.0c       39.3p       25.0p       25.0p       50.0p       45.5p  
– gross equivalent (4)
    77.8c       43.7p       27.8p       27.8p       55.6p       50.6p  
Dividend cover (times)
    0.10       0.10       (1.60 )     (2.70 )     1.20       1.90  
 
Selected US GAAP profit and loss account data
                                               
 
(Loss)/income from continuing operations (8)
    (183 )     (103 )      278       (685 )     1,485       —  
Net (loss)/income available to ordinary shareholders
    (121 )     (68 )     (128 )     (1,407 )     947       1,175  
(Loss)/earnings per ordinary share (pence) from continuing operations (8)
                                               
– basic and diluted
    (12.6 )c      (7.1 )p      (19.2 )p      (47.5 )p      63.4 p     —  
from net (loss)/income available to ordinary shareholders
                                               
– basic and diluted
    (8.3 )c      (4.7 )p      (8.8 )p      (98.2 )p      66.2 p      83.2p  
 

195


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Five year record Continued

Balance sheets

                                                 
    2004     2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
    $m     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  
 
Assets
                                               
Cash, treasury bills and other eligible bills
    4,351       2,444       2,070       1,879       2,983       1,596  
Loans and advances to banks
    18,063       10,148       7,155       6,601       9,874       12,168  
Loans and advances to customers before non-recourse finance
    141,210       79,331       84,488       81,427       78,650       81,752  
Loans and advances subject to securitisation
    51,577       28,976       23,833       24,156       18,883       7,927  
Less: non-recourse finance
    (26,874 )     (15,098 )     (14,482 )     (15,160 )     (12,952 )     (4,629 )
Loans and advances to customers
    165,913       93,209       93,839       90,423       84,581       85,050  
Net investment in finance leases
    2,044       1,148       2,573       3,447       4,738       5,192  
Securities and investments
    42,468       23,859       31,961       60,770       68,673       69,573  
Long-term assurance business (8)
    5,283       2,968       2,272       2,316       1,662       1,513  
Intangible fixed assets
    564       317       341       376       1,243       245  
Tangible fixed assets excluding operating lease assets
    438       246       268       371       336       389  
Operating lease assets
    4,166       2,341       2,529       2,573       2,522       1,963  
Tangible fixed assets
    4,604       2,587       2,797       2,944       2,858       2,352  
Other assets
    10,469       5,881       5,431       7,027       7,340       7,565  
Assets of long-term assurance funds
    48,381       27,180       28,336       29,411       30,415       19,083  
 
Total assets
    302,140       169,741       176,775       205,194       214,367       204,337  
 
 
                                               
Liabilities
                                               
 
Deposits by banks
    32,774       18,412       22,125       24,174       24,945       34,996  
Customer accounts
    140,354       78,850       74,401       76,766       75,809       66,795  
Debt securities in issue
    39,105       21,969       24,834       48,079       54,413       57,078  
Other liabilities
    21,025       11,812       14,115       12,484       13,739       12,978  
Subordinated liabilities including convertible debt (5)
    10,826       6,082       7,079       7,303       6,887       5,871  
Liabilities of long-term assurance funds
    48,380       27,180       28,336       29,411       30,415       19,083  
 
 
    292,463       164,305       170,890       198,217       206,208       196,801  
Minority interests – non-equity
    912       512       554       627       681       664  
Non-equity shareholders’ funds (5)
    1,125       632       632       748       748       450  
Equity shareholders’ funds
    7,640       4,292       4,699       5,602       6,730       6,422  
 
Total liabilities
    302,140       169,741       176,775       205,194       214,367       204,337  
 
 
                                               
Selected UK GAAP balance sheet data
                                               
 
Shareholders’ funds, inc non-equity
    8,765       4,924       5,331       6,350       7,478       6,872  
Book value of equity shareholders’ funds per ordinary share
    514.1c       288.8p       321.3p       384.2p       468.3p       450.6p  
 
 
                                               
Selected US GAAP balance sheet data
                                               
 
Shareholders’ funds
    8,621       4,843       5,629       5,899       8,059       7,634  
Book value of equity shareholders’ funds per ordinary share
    504.4c       283.4p       341.7p       352.6p       497.6p       501.8p  
Number of shares in issue, adjusted for changes in capital (m)
    1,465       1,465       1,453       1,450       1,440       1,428  
Total assets
    331,552       186,265       197,836       188,161       188,689       177,773  
 


(1)   Equivalent US dollar amounts are shown in “Shareholder information – Dividends on ordinary shares”, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
 
(2)   The calculation of the gross equivalent dividend per ordinary share applies a tax rate of 10% for grossing-up purposes for dividends.
 
(3)   Prior to 2002, Reserve capital instruments were reported as a component of non-equity shareholders’ funds, with coupon payments treated as a non-equity appropriation of profit. Following an accounting presentation change, Reserve capital instruments are now reported within Subordinated liabilities, with coupon payments recorded as Interest payable, within Net interest income.

     The 2001 comparative amounts have been restated to reflect this accounting policy change and as a consequence profit before tax has been reduced by £19m, with profits attributable to shareholders remaining unchanged. Shareholders’ funds including non-equity interests have been reduced by £297m in 2001. Comparative amounts for years prior to 2001 are unaffected. This change results from the application of UITF 33, Obligations in capital instruments, which first applies to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2002.

(4)   The application of FRS 19, Deferred tax, for the year ended 31 December 2002 has resulted in deferred taxation being provided on all timing differences that have not reversed before the balance sheet date at the rate of tax expected to apply when those timing differences will reverse. Deferred tax assets are now recognised to the extent that they are regarded as recoverable. Previously, deferred taxation was accounted for where it was probable that a liability or asset would arise. The 2001 and 2000 comparative amounts have been restated to reflect this accounting policy change and as a consequence the tax charge has been reduced by £24m (2001) and £16m (2000), respectively. Shareholders’ funds including non-equity interests have been increased by £120m (2001) and£96m (2000) respectively.
 
(5)   Amounts stated in dollars have been translated from sterling at the rate of £1.00 – $1.78, the noon buying rate on 31 December 2004
 
(6)   Prior to 2002, the costs of equity-based instruments issued to employees under compensation schemes were generally accounted for under the intrinsic value method. Abbey now accounts for the costs of share-based instruments on a fair value basis. The costs of share-based payments are computed by reference to the grant date; such costs are expensed over the vesting period of the instrument. The 2001 and 2000 Profit and Loss accounts and statements of total recognised gains and losses comparative amounts have been restated to reflect this accounting policy change and as a consequence profit before tax has been reduced by £6m (2001) and £4m (2000) respectively, with a corresponding credit to the statement of total recognised gains and losses. No prior period adjustment to shareholders’ funds is required.
 
(7)   In 2002 certain adjustments were made to period end market values in reporting long-term assurance business. The 2001 and 2000 comparative amounts have been restated to reflect this change in accounting policy. The reported earnings in these periods have been reduced by £443m and £102m, respectively. See note 21 “Long term assurance business” for further information.
 
(8)   Determination of the split of net income between continuing operations and discontinued operations, and the related earnings per share amounts for 2000 is not practicable.

196


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Five year record Continued

Selected statistical information

                                         
    Year ended/as at 31 December  
            2003     2002              
    2004     (restated)     (restated)     2001     2000  
    %     %     %     %     %  
 
Selected UK GAAP financial statistics
                                       
Profitability ratios:
                                       
Return on average total assets (1, 9)
    0.02       (0.39 )     (0.56 )     0.43       0.66  
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ funds (2)
    0.66       (13.54 )     (20.01 )     13.01       20.56  
Return on average risk weighted assets (3)
    0.05       (1.10 )     (1.47 )     1.07       1.59  
Net interest margin (excluding exceptional items) (4, 9)
    1.40       1.69       1.73       1.47       1.61  
Cost: income ratio (including exceptional items) (5)
    84.65       95.49       61.46       48.38       45.32  
Cost: income ratio (excluding exceptional items) (5)
    84.65       95.49       61.46       48.38       45.32  
Capital ratios:
                                       
Ordinary dividends as a percentage of net income
    1814.63       (47.96 )     (29.60 )     79.56       51.22  
Average ordinary shareholders’ funds as a percentage of average total assets (9)
    2.56       2.89       2.80       3.33       3.21  
Risk asset ratios:
                                       
Total
    12.0       13.3       11.6       11.6       13.5  
Tier 1
    10.4       10.1       9.2       8.4       8.8  
Credit quality data: (6)
                                       
Non-performing loans as a percentage of loans and advances to customers excluding finance leases (6, 7)
    1.48       3.25       2.36       2.22       2.60  
Provisions as a percentage of loans and advances to customers excluding finance leases (6)
    0.57       1.01       0.78       0.62       0.70  
Provisions as a percentage of non-performing loans (6, 7)
    38.2       31.14       35.95       27.76       26.87  
Provisions charge for bad and doubtful debts as a percentage of average loans and advances to customers excluding finance leases (6)
    (0.04 )     0.54       0.60       0.33       0.35  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges: (8)
                                       
Excluding interest on retail deposits
    116.35       71.72       74.68       126.93       129.62  
Including interest on retail deposits
    107.26       83.16       82.59       119.47       121.91  
 
 
                                       
Selected US GAAP financial statistics
                                       
Return on average total assets (1)
    (0.04 )     (0.07 )     (0.76 )     0.52       0.70  
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ funds (2)
    (1.48 )     (2.55 )     (22.77 )     12.95       17.18  
Dividends as a percentage of net income
    (1213.22 )     (178.91 )     (51.22 )     71.29       50.89  
Average ordinary shareholders’ funds as a percentage of average total assets
    2.40       2.63       3.33       3.99       4.07  
 
                                         
    Number     Number     Number     Number     Number  
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges: (8)
                                       
Excluding interest on retail deposits
    1.07       0.92       0.67       1.28       1.26  
Including interest on retail deposits
    1.03       0.95       0.77       1.20       1.20  
 


(1)   Profit after tax divided by average total assets.
 
(2)   Profit after tax divided by average equity shareholders’ funds.
 
(3)   Profit after tax divided by average risk weighted assets.
 
(4)   Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
 
(5)   Cost: income ratio equals operating expenses excluding depreciation on operating lease assets divided by total operating income less depreciation on operating lease assets.
 
(6)   All credit quality data is calculated using period-end balances, except for provisions for bad and doubtful debts as a percentage of average loans and advances to customers, excluding assets held under purchase and resale agreements.
 
(7)   The non-performing loans used in these statistics are calculated in accordance with conventional US definitions. The value of non-performing loans represents the aggregate outstanding balance of all loans and advances 90 days or more overdue or, for unsecured loans less than 90 days overdue, the balance of loans where a provision has been made or interest suspended. Interest continues to be debited to substantially all of these loans and advances for collection purposes. The proportion of this interest whose collectability is in doubt is then suspended and excluded from the profit and loss account. Accordingly, the interest income figures included in the profit and loss account are the same as would be reported in the United States. However, the value of non-performing loans is higher by the cumulative amount of this suspended interest.

     In cases where borrowers have made arrangements to pay off their arrears over a period of time, the arrears remain on the loan accounts until cleared and as a result the loans are included in non-performing loans even though the customers are currently performing and many will ultimately discharge their loans fully.

     Abbey generally holds a first mortgage over the properties securing the UK residential mortgage loans. The value of the security will in many cases completely cover the value of the loan and the arrears and in the remainder will considerably reduce the size of the loss incurred.

     Non-performing loans also include the full value of loans for which Abbey has enforced its security by taking into possession the borrowers’ properties. In many such cases the value of the losses expected to result on sale of the security is known with some certainty and is included in the specific provisions. However, the value of the losses is not charged off until the properties are sold and the losses have thus been determined precisely. Other banks, including those in the US, may charge off losses more rapidly. Although Abbey’s practice does not affect net income or the carrying value of loans and advances to customers, it does increase the reported value of non-performing loans.

     For these reasons, the value of the non-performing loans is not necessarily indicative of the value of losses which Abbey is likely to suffer. Management believes that it is important to consider the quality of Abbey’s UK residential mortgage portfolio compared with those of its competitors. Over the reporting periods covered by this table, the number of mortgage loans which are six months or more in arrears as a percentage of the total number of outstanding mortgage loans has been broadly comparable with the UK Council of Mortgage Lenders’ (CML) industry average. At 31 December 2003, Abbey’s percentage was 0.19% compared with a Council of Mortgage Lenders percentage of 0.36%. The value of these Abbey non- performing loans as a percentage of its total UK

197


Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Five year record Continued

residential mortgage loan assets was 0.16%. Non-performing loans in this table also include the value of arrears cases between three and six months in arrears and the value of properties in possession. On this basis, the non-performing UK residential mortgage loans are 0.1% of its total UK residential loans and advances. If the remainder of Abbey’s loans and advances (excluding finance leases) are included, this ratio increases to 3.25%.

(8)   For the purpose of calculating the ratios of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consists of income before taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consists of interest payable, which includes the amortisation of discounts and premiums on debt securities in issue and interest payable on finance lease obligations.
 
(9)   These ratios have been restated for each of the comparative periods due to the US GAAP total assets being restated.

Exchange rates

The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, certain information concerning the exchange rate for pounds sterling based on the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in foreign currencies, as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, expressed in US dollars per £1.00. No representation is made that amounts in pounds sterling have been, could have been or could be converted into US dollars at the noon buying rate or at any other rate. The noon buying rate for US dollars on 25 May was $1.8312

                                 
    High     Low     Average (1)     Period end  
Calendar period   $ Rate     $ Rate     $ Rate     $ Rate  
 
Years ended 31 December:
                               
2004
    1.95       1.75       1.83       1.78  
2003
    1.78       1.55       1.63       1.78  
2002
    1.61       1.41       1.50       1.61  
2001
    1.50       1.37       1.44       1.45  
2000
    1.65       1.40       1.51       1.50  
Months ended:
                           
May 2005 (2)
    1.90       1.82                  
April 2005
    1.92       1.87                  
March 2005
    1.93       1.87                  
February 2005
    1.92       1.86                  
January 2005
    1.91       1.86                  
December 2004
    1.95       1.91                  
November 2004
    1.91       1.83                  
 


(1)   The average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of each month during the relevant period.
 
(2)   With respect to May 2005, for the period from May 1 to May 25.

198


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

Dividend and Share Information

Dividends on ordinary shares

Abbey National plc has paid dividends on its ordinary shares every year without interruption since its incorporation in 1989. At the interim stage in 2004 a dividend of 8.33 pence was paid. In addition a special dividend of 25 pence together with 6 pence dividend differential was paid to Abbey shareholders in December 2004 in relation to the sale to Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.

     The dividends (including interim dividends) declared for each of the last five years were as follows:

Pence per ordinary share

                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
 
Interim
    8.33       8.33       17.65       16.80       15.15  
Final*
    31.00       16.67       7.35       33.20       30.35  
 
Total
    39.33       25.00       25.00       50.00       45.50  
 

Cents per ordinary share

                                         
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
 
Interim
    14.83       14.82       28.41       24.36       22.66  
Final*
    55.18       29.67       11.83       48.14       45.39  
 
Total
    70.01       44.49       40.24       72.50       68.05  
 


*   The final dividend column for 2004 includes the special dividend paid in December 2004 in relation to the sale to Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.

Dividends expressed in cents are translated from sterling at the non-buying rate on 31 December of the year to which they relate (or the last business day in December if 31 December was not a business day that particular year). No representation is made that pounds sterling amounts have been, or could have been, or could be, converted into dollars at these rates.

Dividends on dollar-denominated preference shares

Dividends on the non-cumulative dollar-denominated preference shares, are paid quarterly at such rates as will, including the UK associated tax credit and before deduction of UK withholding tax (see “Taxation for US investors” below), result in annual dividends to holders amounting to 7 3/8% of the $25.00 issue price, respectively.

Dollar-denominated preference shares and American Depository Shares

At 31 December 2004, Abbey National plc had outstanding 18,000,000 Series B non-cumulative dollar-denominated preference shares, nominal value $0.01 each. The Series B preference shares were issued in November 2001. Currently, the only trading market for these shares is the New York Stock Exchange where they are traded in the form of Series B American Depositary Shares, each representing one preference share.

     At 31 December 2004, the series B American Depository Shares were held by 32 holders, all with US addresses. The Series B American Depository Shares traded on the New York Stock Exchange at prices ranging from a high of $28.00 to a low of $24.37 during 2004.

Share price history

The following tables show the high and low sale prices for the ordinary shares during the periods indicated, based on mid-market prices at the close of business on the London Stock Exchange for the following periods:

(i)   The five most recent financial years;
 
(ii)   Each financial quarter for the two most recent financial years; and
 
(iii)   Each of the six most recent months.

(i) Five most recent financial years

                 
    Ordinary shares  
    High     Low  
    pence     pence  
 
2004*
    644       420  
2003
    596       317  
2002
    1,132       487  
2001
    1,305       885  
2000
    1,219       622  
 


*   The period for which the figures are calculated is up to 12 November 2004 as on that date the ordinary shares were cancelled.

199


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

Dividend and Share Information Continued

(ii) Quarterly for the two most recent financial years

                 
 
2004: Fourth quarter*
    644       571  
Third quarter
    598       469  
Second quarter
    513       420  
First quarter
    587       438  
 
2003: Fourth quarter
    596       518  
Third quarter
    577       470  
Second quarter
    538       337  
First quarter
    539       317  
 


*   The period for which the figures are calculated is up to 12 November 2004, as on that date the ordinary shares were cancelled.

(iii) The six most recent months 

                 
 
November 2004**
    644       623  
October 2004
    632       571  
September 2004
    619       550  
August 2004
    598       575  
July 2004
    580       469  
June 2004
    514       448  
 


 
**   1 November 2004 through 12 November 2004.

Major shareholders

As at 31 December 2004, Abbey National plc was a wholly owned subsidiary of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. The acquisition was effected by means of a scheme of arrangement under Section 425 Companies Act on 12 November 2004. The ordinary shares in Abbey National plc were cancelled and holders of Abbey National plc shares who were on the register at 4.30pm on 12 November 2004 received one Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. share for each Abbey share.

Exchange controls

There are no United Kingdom laws, decrees or regulations that restrict Abbey’s export or import of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by Abbey, or that affect the remittance of dividends or other shareholder payments to non UK Holders of Abbey Shares, except as outlined in the section on “Taxation”.

200


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

Risk Factors

An investment in Abbey’s shares involves a number of risks, certain of which are set forth below. The factors discussed below should not be regarded as a complete and comprehensive statement of all potential risks and uncertainties.

Risks concerning borrower credit quality and general economic conditions are inherent in Abbey’s business

Risks arising from changes in credit quality and the recoverability of loans and amounts due from counterparties are inherent in a wide range of Abbey’s businesses. Adverse changes in the credit quality of Abbey’s borrowers and counterparties or a general deterioration in UK or global economic conditions, or arising from systemic risks in the financial systems, could reduce the recoverability and value of Abbey’s assets and require an increase in Abbey’s level of provisions for bad and doubtful debts. Deterioration in the UK economy could reduce the profit margins for Abbey’s banking and financial services businesses. See “Risk management” for a discussion of these items.

Market risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, bond and equity prices and other market factors are inherent in Abbey’s business

The most significant market risks Abbey faces are interest rate, foreign exchange and bond and equity price risks.

Changes in interest rate levels, yield curves and spreads may affect the interest rate margin realised between lending and borrowing costs. Over the last year we experienced a reduction in our interest rate spread. Should interest rate spreads continue to decrease this could adversely affect our profit from banking operations.

Changes in currency rates, particularly in the sterling-dollar and sterling-euro exchange rates, affect the value of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies and affect earnings reported by Abbey’s non-UK businesses.

     The performance of financial markets may cause changes in the value of Abbey’s investment and trading portfolios. In addition Abbey is exposed to changes in the equity markets through its final salary pension scheme (closed to new entrants in 2002) and its life assurance funds including the requirement to maintain a minimum solvency margin.

     Abbey has implemented risk management methods to mitigate and control these and other market risks to which Abbey is exposed. However, it is difficult to predict with accuracy changes in economic or market conditions and to anticipate the effects that such changes could have on Abbey’s financial performance and business operations. See “Risk management” for a discussion of these risks.

Operational risks are inherent in Abbey’s business

Abbey’s businesses depend on the ability to process a large number of transactions efficiently and accurately. Losses can result from inadequate or failed internal control processes, people and systems, or from external events that interrupt normal business operations. See “Risk management – Operational risk”.

Abbey’s businesses are subject to substantial legislation, regulatory and governmental oversight

Abbey is subject to financial services laws, regulations, administrative actions and policies in each location in which Abbey operates. Changes in supervision and regulation, in particular in the UK, could materially affect Abbey’s business, the products and services offered or the value of assets. Although Abbey works closely with its regulators and continually monitors the situation, future changes in regulation, fiscal or other policies can be unpredictable and are beyond the control of Abbey. See “Supervision and Regulation” for additional information.

The resolution of a number of issues affecting the UK financial services industry, including Abbey, could have a negative impact on Abbey’s results on operations or on its relations with some of its customers and potential customers.

Risks associated with strategic decisions regarding organic growth, the competitive environment and potential acquisitions and disposals

Abbey devotes substantial management and planning resources developing strategic plans for organic growth and identifying possible acquisitions and disposals including the restructuring of Abbey’s businesses. If the outcome of these plans do not match expectations, Abbey’s earnings may not develop as forecast. In addition, the market for UK financial services and the other markets within which Abbey operates are highly competitive; Abbey’s ability to generate an appropriate return depends significantly upon management’s response to the competitive environment. See “Business overview – Competition” for additional information.

Abbey’s insurance businesses are subject to inherent risks regarding claims provisions

Claims in Abbey’s life assurance businesses may be higher than expected as a result of changing trends in claims experience arising from changes in demographic developments, mortality and morbidity rates and other factors outside Abbey’s control. Such changes could affect the profitability of current and future insurance products and services. See “Risk Management” — Life Business.

Risks associated with the disposal of our assets and/or businesses

Certain businesses are being managed for exit. In some cases this involves the sale of assets and/or businesses. Based on information currently available to us, the value of these assets or businesses shown in our financial statements reflect management’s best estimate of their current value. We believe these values will be close to ultimate disposal values. However there is an inherent uncertainty in predicting the ultimate sales value. As a result we may incur losses on disposal or further amounts to be written off fixed asset investments and/or increases in provisions, therefore reducing our profitability.

201


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

Taxation for US Investors

The following is a summary, under current law, of the principal UK and US federal income tax considerations relating to an investment by a US taxpayer in the Ordinary Shares, the Series A or B Non-cumulative Dollar-denominated Preference Shares, or the American Depositary Shares (ADSs) representing an interest in such shares (collectively, the “Shares”). This summary applies to you only if:

     
>
  you are an individual US citizen or resident, a US corporation, or otherwise subject to US federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of the Shares;
 
>
  you hold the Shares as a capital asset for tax purposes; and
 
>
  you are not resident or ordinarily resident in the UK for UK tax purposes, and do not hold the Shares for the purposes of a trade, profession, or vocation that you carry on in the UK through a branch or agency.

This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to any particular investor, and does not address the tax treatment of investors that are subject to special rules. We have assumed that you are familiar with the tax rules applicable to investments in securities generally and with any special rules to which you may be subject. You should consult your own tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the Shares in the light of your own particular circumstances.

The discussion is based on laws, treaties, judicial decisions, and regulatory interpretations in effect on the date hereof, all of which are subject to change. On March 31, 2003, representatives of the UK and US exchanged instruments of notification for a new income tax convention (the “New Treaty”). The New Treaty has the force and effect of law in respect of withholding taxes on dividends from May 1, 2003. As discussed below, you will no longer be entitled to claim a special foreign tax credit in respect of dividends that was available under the terms of the Prior Treaty between the US and the UK from December 31, 1975 (“the Prior Treaty”), except for a limited period of time during which you may elect to apply the entirety of the Prior Treaty in preference to the New Treaty.

In general, the UK and US federal income tax considerations relevant to an investment in the Shares will be similar to the considerations relevant to investments in equity securities issued by other UK corporations. With regard to UK taxation:

     
>
  dividends that you receive on the Shares will not be subject to any UK withholding tax;
 
   
>
  dispositions of Shares that you make will not give rise to any UK tax on chargeable gains;
 
   
>
  no UK stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax will be payable on a transfer of Shares in ADS form, provided, in the case of stamp duty, that the ADSs and any instrument of transfer are executed and remain at all times outside the UK; and
 
   
>
  UK stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax will generally be payable on a transfer of registered Shares in non-ADS form, and you should consult your own tax advisers with respect to this possibility.

With regard to US federal income taxation:

     
>
  if you hold Shares in ADS form, you will be treated as holding the underlying shares for US federal income tax purposes, and deposits and withdrawals of shares in exchange for ADSs will not be taxable events;
 
   
>
  you must include cash dividends paid on the Shares in ordinary income on the date that you or the ADS depositary receive them, translating dividends paid in UK pounds sterling into US dollars using the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt;
 
   
>
  subject to certain exceptions for positions that are hedged or held for less than 61 days, an individual holder of Shares generally should be subject to US taxation at a maximum rate of 15% in respect of dividends received in 2004.
 
   
>
  dispositions of Shares that you make will generally give rise to capital gain or loss, which will be long-term capital gain or loss, subject to taxation at reduced rates for non-corporate taxpayers, if the Shares were held for more than one year; and
 
   
>
  if you qualify for benefits under the Prior Treaty, you may be eligible, subject to generally applicable limitations, to receive a special US foreign tax credit equal to one-ninth of the amount of certain cash dividends that you receive on the Shares, so long as you make an election to include in your income, as an additional notional dividend, an amount equal to the tax credit. This foreign tax credit benefit is generally only available with respect to dividends paid before May 1, 2003, unless you elect to apply the Prior Treaty convention in its entirety for an optional 12-month extension period. You should consult your own tax advisers regarding your potential eligibility for this foreign tax credit benefit.

202


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

Contact Information

Abbey National plc registered and principal office
Abbey National House,
2 Triton Square,
Regent’s Place
London
NW1 3AN
Registered Number 2294747
Registered in England and Wales

Grupo Santander shareholder department
Grupo Santander
Santander House
100, Ludgate Hill
London
EC4M 7NJ

Phone number
Shareholder Services
0870 532 9430

Documents on display

Abbey is subject to the information requirements of the US Securities and Exchange Act 1934. In accordance with these requirements, Abbey files its Annual Report and other related documents with the SEC. These documents may be inspected by US investors at the SEC’s public reference rooms, which are located at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, NW Washington, DC 20549. Information on the operation of the public reference rooms can be obtained by calling the SEC on 1-800-SEC-0330.

Web site

Further information on Abbey is available on the Internet at www.abbey.com.

Memorandum and Articles

Pursuant to the requirements of Item 10(b) of Form 20-F, the following is a summary of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of Abbey National plc.

Abbey is a public company registered in England, registered number 2294747. Abbey’s objects and purposes are set out in the Memorandum of Association. These include the power to carry on all financial business and financial operations as well as a wide range of other specified powers and an overarching power to carry on any business or activity which the Board of Directors believes will enhance the value or profitability of the business.

     Subject to certain exceptions, as permitted by English law, no director may vote, or be counted in the quorum, in relation to any resolution concerning his own appointment or the terms of his appointment, or in respect of any contract in which he has a material interest.

Directors’ remuneration is decided by the Remuneration Committee.

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the Company or to issue debentures and other securities whether outright or as collateral security.

     A director has to leave office at the Annual General Meeting following his or her 70th birthday, although that director may be re-appointed at the Annual General Meeting.

     No share ownership is required for a director’s qualification.

Preference Shares

Preference shares entitle the holder to receive a preferential dividend payment at a fixed or variable rate and on such dates as are determined by the Board prior to their allotment. The Board will also determine whether these rights are cumulative or non-cumulative. The preference shares rank as regards participation in profits pari passu inter se. If dividends are unclaimed for twelve years, the right to the dividend ceases in accordance with Article 44 of the Articles of Association.

     The holders of any series of preference shares will only be entitled to receive notice of and to attend any general meeting of the Company if the preference dividend on the shares of such series has not, at the date of the notice of the general meeting, been paid in full in respect of such dividend periods as the board may prior to allotment determine, in which case the holders of the preference shares will be entitled to speak and/or vote upon any resolution proposed. Or, if a resolution is proposed at the general meeting, for, or in relation to, the winding-up of the Company; or varying, altering or abrogating any of the rights, privileges, limitations or restrictions attached to the preference shares of such series, in which case the holders of the preference shares of such series will be entitled to speak and/or vote only upon such resolution; or in such other circumstances, and upon and subject to such terms, as the Board may determine prior to allotment.

     If Abbey commences liquidation, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Companies Acts.

     
>
  divide among the members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of Abbey (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and, for that purpose, set such values as he deems fair upon any property to be divided and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members; or

203


Table of Contents

Shareholder Information

Contact Information continued

     
>
  vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit but no member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other assets upon which there is any liability.

Unless the Board determines, prior to allotment, that the series of preference shares shall be non-redeemable, each series shall be redeemable at the option of Abbey on any date falling not earlier than five years and one day after the date of allotment. On redemption Abbey shall pay the amount due. The formula for calculation of any relevant redemption premium is set out in the Articles.

     There are no sinking fund provisions.

     Where the preference shares are partly paid, the Board may make further calls upon the holders.

     There are no provisions discriminating against any existing or prospective shareholder as a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of shares.

Ordinary Shares

Dividends are payable to the holders of ordinary shares. These shares are transferable. If dividends are unclaimed, the right to the dividend ceases in accordance with Article 44 of the Articles of Association.

     Subject to any special terms as to voting upon which any shares may be issued or may for the time being be held or any suspension or any abrogation of voting rights as set out in the Articles, on a show of hands every member who is present in person at a general meeting of the Company shall have one vote, and on a poll every member who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he is the holder.

Subject to the prior rights of holders of preference shares, Abbey pays dividends on its ordinary shares only out of its distributable profits and not out of share capital. Dividends are determined by the Board.

     If Abbey commences liquidation, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Companies Acts:-

     
>
  divide among the members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of Abbey (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and, for that purpose, set such values as he deems fair upon any property to be divided and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members; or
 
   
>
  vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit but no member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other assets upon which there is any liability.

Abbey’s Articles authorise it to issue redeemable shares, but Abbey ordinary shares are not redeemable. There are no sinking fund provisions.

     The Board may from time to time make calls upon the members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares.

There are no provisions discriminating against any existing or prospective shareholder as a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of shares.

     Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, all or any of the rights attached to any class of shares (whether or not the Company is being wound up) may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of an extraordinary resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of those shares. Additional quorum and voting requirements apply to such meetings.

     Abbey’s Articles of Association provide that an Annual General Meeting must be held each year and not more than 15 months after the previous one. Twenty-one days written notice is required to be given.

     All other meetings are extraordinary general meetings and may be called by the Board or by shareholders holding at least one-tenth of the paid up share capital carrying voting rights at general meetings. In addition, shareholders holding at least 95% in nominal value of shares carrying voting rights at general meetings may require directors to call an EGM. The notice period depends on the resolutions to be put to the meeting and will be 14 or 21 days.

     There are no restrictions on the rights to own securities for either resident or non-resident shareholders, other than those to which they may be subject as a result of the laws and regulations in their home jurisdiction.

     There are no provisions that would have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Abbey that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring.

     There are no provisions in the Bylaws governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

     There are no conditions governing changes in capital in the Articles of Association which are more stringent than those implied by law.

204


Table of Contents

Glossary and Definitions

Glossary and Definitions

     
Terms used   US equivalent or brief description of meaning
 
Accounts
  Financial statements
Allotted
  Issued
Articles of Association
  Bylaws
Attributable profit
  Net income
Balance sheet
  Statement of financial position
Bills
  Notes
Called up share capital
  Ordinary shares and preferred stock, issued and fully paid
Capital allowances
  Tax depreciation allowances
Combined Code
  UK-derived principles of good corporate governance and code of best practice
Creditors
  Payables
Current account
  Checking account
Dealing
  Trading
Debtors
  Receivables
Deferred tax
  Deferred income tax
Depreciation
  Write-down of tangible fixed assets over their estimated useful lives
Fees and commissions payable
  Fees and commissions expense
Fees and commissions receivable
  Fees and commissions income
Finance lease
  Capital lease
Freehold
  Ownership with absolute rights in perpetuity
Interest payable
  Interest expense
Interest receivable
  Interest income
Loans and advances
  Lendings
Loan capital
  Long-term debt
Long-term assurance fund
  Long-term insurance fund
Members
  Shareholders
Net asset value
  Book value
Nominal value
  Par value
One-off
  Non-recurring
Ordinary shares
  Common stock
Overdraft
  A line of credit established through a customer’s current account and contractually repayable on demand
Preference shares
  Preferred stock
Premises
  Real estate
Profit
  Income
Profit and loss account
  Income statement
Profit and loss account reserves
  Retained earnings
Provisions
  Allowances
Share capital
  Ordinary shares, or common stock, and preferred stock
Shareholders’ funds
  Stockholders’ equity
Share premium account
  Additional paid-in capital
Shares in issue
  Shares outstanding
Tangible fixed assets
  Property, plant and equipment
Undistributable reserves
  Restricted surplus
Write-offs
  Charge-offs
 

205


Table of Contents

Cross-reference to Form 20-F

Cross-reference to Form 20-F

             
 
  Part I        
 
1
  Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers     *
 
2
  Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable     *
 
3
  Key Information        
 
  Selected Financial Data     195
 
  Capitalisation and Indebtedness     *
 
  Reasons for the Offer and use of Proceeds     *
 
  Exchange Rates     198
 
  Risk Factors     201
 
4
  Information on the Company        
 
  History and Development of the Company     7
 
  Business Overview     7
 
  Supervision and Regulation     92
 
  Organisational Structure     7
 
5
  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects        
 
  Operating Results     11
 
  Liquidity and Capital Resources     58
 
  Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc   Not applicable
 
  Trend Information     8
 
  Off- Balance Sheet Arrangements     64
 
  Contractual Obligations     65
 
6
  Directors, Senior Management and Employees        
 
  Directors     80
 
  Compensation     85
 
  Board Practices     83
 
  Employees     87
 
  Share Ownership     85
 
7
  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions        
 
  Major Shareholders     200
 
  Related Party Transactions   85
 
  Interests of Experts and Counsel     *
 
8
  Financial Information        
 
  Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information     98
 
  Significant Changes     11
 
9
  The Offer and Listing        
 
  Offer Listing and Details     *
 
  Plan of Distribution     *
 
  Selling shareholders     *
 
  Share Price History     199
 
  Trading Markets     *
 
  Dilution     *
 
  Expenses of the Issue     *
 
10
  Additional Information        
 
  Share Capital     *
 
  Memorandum and Articles of Association     203
 
  Material Contracts     46
 
  Exchange Controls     200
 
  Taxation     202
 
  Dividends and Paying Agents     *
 
  Statements by Experts     *
 
  Documents on Display     203
 
  Subsidiary Information   Not applicable
 
11
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     72
 
12
  Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities        
 
  Debt Securities     *
 
  Warrants and Rights     *
 
  Other Securities     *
 
  American Depositary Shares     *
 
  Part II        
 
13
  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies   Not applicable
 
14
  Material Modifications to the Rights   Not applicable
 
15
  Controls and Procedures        
 
  Disclosure Controls and Procedures     91
 
  Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting     *
 
16
  Internal Control over Financial Reporting        
 
  Audit Committee Financial Expert     84

206


Table of Contents

Cross-reference to Form 20-F

Cross-reference to Form 20-F

             
 
  Code of Ethics     90
 
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services     114
 
  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees     *
 
  Part III        
 
17
  Financial Statements   Not applicable
 
18
  Financial Statements     98
 
19
  Exhibits     Filed with the SEC
 


*   Not required for an Annual Report.

207


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
         
  ABBEY NATIONAL plc
 
 
  By  /s/ Francisco Gómez-Roldán 
    Francisco Gómez-Roldán   
       
 

Date: 8 June 2005


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibits *

1.1   Memorandum and Articles of Association of Abbey National plc
 
8.1   List of Subsidiaries of Abbey National plc
 
12.1   CEO Certificate pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
12.2   CFO Certificate pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
13.1   Certificate pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
14.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP **


*   Documents concerning Abbey National plc referred to within the Annual Report on Form 20-F 2004 may be inspected at Abbey National House, 2 Triton Square, Regent’s Place, London NW1 3AN, the principal executive offices and registered office of Abbey National plc.
 
**   Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statements on Form F-3 (No.333-13146).